--- /dev/null
+Copyright 1989, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright © 2009 Red Hat, Inc.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
--- /dev/null
+commit e752e92dbdcf01b1cd46a3853f582ff765d19e90
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Mar 2 12:58:18 2012 +1000
+
+ inputproto 2.2
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit b02b0b42e266560bd48f7e8f38c8338417394fd0
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Feb 29 15:08:01 2012 +1000
+
+ specs: XI 2.2 release date is March 2012
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 950a7a0b2e733d9713a88612b669603b0c155329
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Feb 29 14:55:26 2012 +1000
+
+ specs: Remove work in progress warning
+
+ We're close enough to a release now.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 3ac053f2c7ef8d07b4a6dcb64d8ca47edad15716
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Mar 2 10:31:26 2012 +1000
+
+ specs: remove "since" from TouchOwnershipEvent
+
+ It's already in a section "Events introduced in version 2.2"
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit b42e4d24a26fb8467ed54183480c9dacd66fc804
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Mar 2 10:28:46 2012 +1000
+
+ specs: remove TouchOwnership mention from DeviceEvent
+
+ TouchOwnership is described separately below.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit a09ca92ce31ede86b883cb74fb1767f8ed687ca5
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Mar 2 10:26:04 2012 +1000
+
+ specs: whitespace fix to avoid wrong asciidoc formatting
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit b1458f6fa9952365f4ad86dc87b385d467318fb1
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Mar 2 10:25:03 2012 +1000
+
+ specs: fix link to touch ownership section
+
+ Introduced in 535a4377ddb4c2680d54b4cbbb273134bb5f58a3
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit b321ea46fbb251970c2d655b73209750f24c0b8e
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Mar 2 10:21:12 2012 +1000
+
+ specs: GrabtypeTouchBegin was added in XI 2.2
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 3773e33579f0b5bd6de9f01481b8608fa3101a2b
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Mar 2 10:19:42 2012 +1000
+
+ specs: formatting fix, move AcceptTouch and RejectTouch onto their own line
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 4de6f26a705062343f5b93dd9827a736c721e265
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Mar 2 10:08:33 2012 +1000
+
+ specs: replace † with ²
+
+ † looks too much like a letter and we can't use * and ** because asciidoc
+ interprets it as lists.
+
+ Use numbers instead, and replace all current * with ¹.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 000a20296a3c52f4232aa466d29faa2e424ca626
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Mar 2 10:07:21 2012 +1000
+
+ specs: XITouchClass doesn't have properties
+
+ Leftover from an earlier version.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 0d7bfc10bffa29de1b7217d6399e8f0d5b24c579
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Mar 2 09:55:21 2012 +1000
+
+ specs: Formatting fix
+
+ asciidoc requires caption to be on one line but this one here is too long.
+ Split it up instead.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 883143e3454c7fe44b12b11fc12ff3ec2267ecd1
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Mar 2 09:32:18 2012 +1000
+
+ specs: some wording fixes
+
+ Button press events are insufficient even on scroll wheels, so don't say
+ they are good enough.
+
+ Remove duplicate claim of event emulation
+
+ Don't claim we send touch events "without delay"
+
+ Touch screens hardly ever "physically move" an object.
+
+ Hyphenate "implementation-dependent"
+
+ Remove unnecessary "however"
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 9a2e10213c996010124a3d58e71140f41202416c
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Feb 29 14:56:37 2012 +1000
+
+ specs: fix typos 'hierachy' → 'hierarchy'
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 5e18f74e24a17d6a1f18339600a00f5591dc6a82
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Feb 8 03:17:28 2012 +1000
+
+ Unbreak protocol ABI for XIAllowEvents - inputproto 2.1.99.6
+
+ XIAllowEvents was extended with touchid and grab_window in
+ 2ea2f99f4fe1dcd3b8e539ca41c482fc40a0533d. This extended the size of
+ the request from 12 to 20 but also broke the ABI. Older server
+ match the request size exactly, so compiling libXi 1.5 against
+ inputproto 2.2 and then running it against a pre-XI 2.2 server causes a
+ BadLength for any XIAllowEvent request.
+
+ Add a new request for the new data.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Keith Packard <keithp@keithp.com>
+
+commit 217afacda01b082f39fb6816e62ec20e4791857f
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Thu Jan 26 13:56:38 2012 +1000
+
+ specs: explain touch behaviour for dependent devices
+
+ Dependent devices don't send touch events until the interaction is a true
+ touch interaction (i.e. doesn't just serve to move the pointer). Once that
+ happens, all touchpoints send touch events exclusively. Pointer movement
+ restarts once we're down to one touch that controls the pointer again.
+
+ For clients listening to touch events in addition to pointer events, this
+ also means that a two-finger tap looks identical to holding one finger down
+ and tapping with a second-finger. Both actions will result in short
+ TouchBegin/TouchEnd sequences for both fingers.
+
+ The above is the default behaviour we expect from touchpads, the protocol is
+ more generically worded to leave more room for drivers to decide when a
+ touch only controls the pointer and when it doesn't.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit fc9372868bb772f38a6b17299ef26e3dc9c2ff87
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Thu Jan 26 13:36:24 2012 +1000
+
+ specs: move touch support details to "Touch device support" section
+
+ Keep the changelog small.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 92f769675b0e39c51280db9690db4b3d80637069
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Thu Jan 26 13:33:40 2012 +1000
+
+ specs: remove superfluous "Changes introduced by ..."
+
+ The line right above says the same thing.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 556ea96060071ab807ece4f77304208e15f25f9b
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Thu Jan 26 13:32:33 2012 +1000
+
+ specs: move touch mode explanations to where it belongs
+
+ Rather than have two different explanations to the touch modes, remove it
+ from the "Changes in version 2.2" section and merge the content into the
+ text.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 535a4377ddb4c2680d54b4cbbb273134bb5f58a3
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Wed Jan 25 17:03:15 2012 -0500
+
+ specs: replace hard coded number in some "See section" references
+
+ The glossary does not accept <<links>> however.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit f3d2feead483f6637ef8ff004afad55b5bbf2c62
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Wed Jan 25 17:03:13 2012 -0500
+
+ specs: fix Appendix A title
+
+ This section starts a new numbered sequence.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 9ff28b092f91ea1d7ff58f54a9404347f517361b
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Wed Jan 25 17:03:12 2012 -0500
+
+ specs: remove older manually typed in section number
+
+ These would come out in html as 5.2, 6.3 and 6.4.3.4
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 508a360f6530e75d94cd2999e56cb329b315ce5d
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Wed Jan 25 17:03:14 2012 -0500
+
+ specs: use subsections to group use cases description
+
+ It makes an entry in the appendix for quick navigation.
+ It looks more readable with subtitles.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 08ba2d4e1094fb196d1b7a7b3a3b27a81cb9834c
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Wed Jan 25 17:03:11 2012 -0500
+
+ specs: Edit titles for section 3 and 4
+
+ In the htlm version, the section number appeared to be 3.2.1 and
+ 4.2.2 because of the generated section number.
+
+ A section title should not begin with a number.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 1306ccf9f262c0c699bec093ffdc4b6695601599
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Jan 6 13:35:25 2012 +1000
+
+ inputproto 2.1.99.5
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 997ae0343730c66d581fd147741cbe27fbe55af2
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Jan 3 09:26:22 2012 +1000
+
+ Set a flag on the pointer-emulating touch event
+
+ Toolkits need to know which touch event emulated a pointer event and which
+ ones do not. To quote Carlos Garnacho:
+
+ GTK+ does client-side windows by default (GdkWindows without a backing X
+ window), for this to work the toplevel window in the client needs to
+ select for more events that it wouldn't normally select for in order to
+ cater for the event masks in such child "windows". This means that
+ ideally GTK+ should set the touch events mask in the toplevel, and then
+ find out whether the "window" would receive pointer or touch events for
+ the sequence emulating the pointer, and perform the emulation itself.
+
+ Reported-by: Carlos Garnacho <carlosg@gnome.org>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 5ee845c1bf457159a034111c3d0df584aa600cd6
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Jan 3 09:24:38 2012 +1000
+
+ specs: purge leftover TouchAccepted note
+
+ This flag does not exist anymore.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit e65ba758c2d4147c3873c63c262db36ec23bba63
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Jan 3 09:23:23 2012 +1000
+
+ specs: only pointer events have a PointerEmulated flag
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 9611be0a5bc7f4d583d49d51a0e98d3b9b75fc7a
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Dec 23 18:03:09 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: Clarify rejection for touch events on current owner
+
+ The current owner never gets a TouchUpdate(PendingEnd), that event is
+ superfluous for the owner. The owner receives a TouchEnd when the touch
+ physically ends. If the touch is still active, the owner receives a
+ TouchEnd after rejecting the touch.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit b9f1b26f076cdba373e8b7a0b73384b35e8d799c
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Dec 21 15:30:22 2011 +1000
+
+ inputproto 2.1.99.4
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit b4da32ed2856fef3e8135f03c9194f9dd0287f66
+Merge: 8640944 c508e93
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Dec 21 15:28:44 2011 +1000
+
+ Merge branch 'multitouch-devel'
+
+ Conflicts:
+ configure.ac
+ specs/XI2proto.txt
+
+commit c508e9360414f9724cc875a4731a5fd8a3969d2b
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Dec 21 15:27:47 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: add XI 2.1 release to history section
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 5c9a6569e5182a4c4c6ec052bcd76a9ca3b8f645
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Dec 21 15:24:44 2011 +1000
+
+ Remove --enable-unstable-protocol configure option
+
+ Protocol is reasonably stable and about to be merged onto the master
+ branch. People should be used to stuff on master being a tad unstable, don't
+ require any specific configure flags.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit aef700dbac09d3c8a576387be47e5693460f1393
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Dec 21 15:23:23 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: remove parts of the "Work in progress" warning
+
+ The protocol is stable enough now that a simple warning should be enough.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 9a9746b95f3585bba9730105769e9c74520f6bc4
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Dec 20 08:23:55 2011 +1000
+
+ Reinstate libXi's version defines
+
+ Realistically, we can't remove these from the protocol without breaking
+ older libraries.
+
+ Introduced in a02566ca7fd37d279b957037e1251a3b3419866d
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit ee0bc61ee3fd775127f8cd222d83314f66255f2b
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Dec 20 08:22:52 2011 +1000
+
+ Drop wrong comment for sourceid in TouchOwnershipEvents
+
+ Copy/paste error from DeviceChangedEvent
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 8640944f4ff193027ce0f21622918b88da910e72
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Dec 16 11:06:13 2011 +1000
+
+ inputproto 2.1
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit b701750ee99e1e227ad8baa994b6fd3398949a3a
+Author: Cyril Brulebois <kibi@debian.org>
+Date: Thu Dec 15 17:07:54 2011 +0100
+
+ specs: Fix tiny typo.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Cyril Brulebois <kibi@debian.org>
+ Reviewed-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 8687f155d8072763c2c7d52cb48eb5f46bfaf705
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Dec 14 08:56:59 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: clarify button state in touch events
+
+ Emulated pointer events will have button 1 logically down, but touch events
+ only represent the actual button state, irrespective of the touches.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit b1d71fe4cd3871a78e442159443c141193e79a7f
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Dec 14 08:56:09 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: drop leftover from active_touches removal
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 02eadf00f07abb9b0f19a05728b70e42eac08adb
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Tue Dec 13 10:35:18 2011 -0800
+
+ inputproto 2.1.99.3
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 84c049b6603e370afcd267ce4c53a566f842fd69
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Mon Dec 12 10:50:58 2011 -0800
+
+ State that future touch IDs are indeterminate
+
+ This just makes it absolutely clear that clients should not make any
+ assumptions about future touch ID values.
+
+ I also added "strictly monotonically" increasing to the definition of
+ touch IDs. It's a more precise definition of the protocol.
+
+ Reviewed-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 7d20c9bf38d3d47adc7fb1a70faa370dda1a390c
+Author: Chase Douglas <cndougla@cndougla.(none)>
+Date: Fri Dec 9 13:32:35 2011 -0800
+
+ Touch IDs must be globally unique
+
+ XIAllowEvents with a master device and a touch ID must uniquely identify
+ a touch sequence. If touch IDs were unique per slave device, multiple
+ slave devices could have valid sequences with the same touch ID, and the
+ sequences may both be grabbed through the same master device grab.
+
+ Reviewed-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit c4703fd9d97c962d5c599a7f826a9a11fc91ee70
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon Dec 12 10:26:20 2011 +1000
+
+ Remove XI2.1 and XI2.2 warnings and errors
+
+ This is too much of a pain, anyone who includes XI headers needs to define
+ this. And that affects input and output drivers as well as legacy clients
+ that don't even need the new stuff.
+
+ Removing the need for defines would be enough but then the warnings clog up
+ the output and hide real warnings. Just ditch them and laugh at those that
+ use an experimental branch and expect it to work.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 019a252a59c1d076b07a0162cb3ee6af42ceea14
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Dec 2 15:03:46 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: typo fix
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit a9fcea66eb18fab330f3b27b3daedef2b5c9210a
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Nov 11 14:33:34 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: smooth scrolling was added in 2.1, say so
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit c9c4e13e8a3eb90b45c5ef65f729089b7f742e6a
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Nov 11 14:22:08 2011 +1000
+
+ inputproto 2.1.99.2
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 279524b089c7b42871ee072cfc03a1fad7421b7b
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Nov 8 15:36:02 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: scroll events have no specific event type, state so.
+
+ This wasn't clear enough in the current spec.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 9f2b1a33063b139756e08951affe802e8af39a76
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Nov 8 15:29:24 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: We're up to version 2.1 now, say so
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit b289b1c039e36a9440c238ff09dfa3eb67e141e4
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Thu Oct 20 15:55:54 2011 +1000
+
+ XI2: Use touchid, not touch_id in XIAllowEvents
+
+ Be consistent with other usages of touchid.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 86ce2d05e86852d52f5b135ad03288e4cb16d5df
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Thu Nov 3 09:30:20 2011 +1000
+
+ XI2: swap (Raw)TouchUpdate and (Raw)TouchEnd
+
+ Not having the event codes in the order begin/update/end does my head in
+ when debugging. It also means there's no symmetry between raw and normal
+ touch events as the ownership event is wedged in between.
+ Rearrange event codes to be Begin/Update/End for both, with the
+ OwnershipEvent being in between.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Reviewed-by: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@apple.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 463ffaabab506ad6ddb3b55c5781ae91fcccfd04
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Sep 23 08:41:18 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: clarify that Preferred scroll valuators are per scroll direction
+
+ Reported-by: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit cec7567863c3d363b6b75c707540cfe524f849ba
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Wed Sep 14 22:09:28 2011 -0500
+
+ Revert addition of active_touches to device events
+
+ I can't remember why it's there, and I don't see how it may be useful.
+ If a client really wants to know how many touches are on the device,
+ they can listen to raw events and count the number of active touches.
+
+ (Real reason: extending events is hard :)
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Reviewed-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 22c06a5ddb1d3be2743a79b78eff3844f457dc5e
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Wed Sep 14 20:15:49 2011 -0500
+
+ Fix Xi 2.x version comment in XI2.h
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 88410aa51d03dbb5599e979998137ba6558ff677
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Tue Sep 13 16:59:54 2011 -0500
+
+ inputproto 2.1.99.1 (first snapshot of 2.2)
+
+ Note that this is built on top of 2.0.99.1, which is a development
+ snapshot of 2.1.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit fa16231f0e5244cdcf77e262647525716f507bdd
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Wed Sep 14 10:10:14 2011 -0500
+
+ Allow grabbing clients to accept or reject touches any time
+
+ This is potentially both a performance and client complexity
+ improvement. An example is a gesture recognizer using touch grabs on
+ each window with a subscription. If events on a child window are known
+ to not match any subscription on the child window, then the client
+ should be able to reject the touch grab even if the parent window hasn't
+ accepted any of the touches, perhaps because the parent window
+ gesture hasn't timed out or crossed other thresholds yet.
+
+ As an inverse example, the events may match a child window subscription
+ before the root window has rejected ownership. The child window should
+ be able to accept the touch proactively. This allows for further clients
+ to receive a TouchEnd event earlier, and means the client may be able to
+ reduce state being tracked. If this were not allowed, the client would
+ need to wait until it received ownership before accepting the sequence.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Reviewed-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 2ea2f99f4fe1dcd3b8e539ca41c482fc40a0533d
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Wed Sep 14 09:46:18 2011 -0500
+
+ Extend XIAllowEvents for handling touch grab processing
+
+ This removes the XIAllowTouchEvents request, which was the only new
+ request added for multitouch.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Reviewed-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 3c400af4f98740debd7916ad711cf91124a0f994
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Tue Sep 13 15:47:15 2011 -0500
+
+ Add event windows to ownership events
+
+ Also, match device event structure to make things easy.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit dd9e4bc5f5f2e0eb87b08199ce417849070249ab
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Tue Sep 13 15:30:34 2011 -0500
+
+ Really kill touch valuators
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 05fc509fdca8d8b414a20f1359b9cb80caf5240a
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Sep 14 05:46:43 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: if a sequence ends, all clients get TouchPendingEnd
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 94fecdf129d8ab5bece049a26eed03d24affb549
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Sep 14 05:26:54 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: remove broken asciidoc link to XIAllowTouchEvents
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 4782a76b6e679493f130a53afe158a13628fa504
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Sep 14 05:25:15 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: remove comment about overlapping selections, not true
+
+ There are no overlapping selections for touch events.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit dd32802d2e6134cf9c4efd49c56c118ed02e6a2b
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Sep 14 05:21:31 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: misc typos, rewording, etc.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit cfa06b98d50d6892e5961e86f6223b6b096d9ef4
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Tue Sep 13 15:09:57 2011 -0500
+
+ Bump version to 2.1.99 for XI 2.2 multitouch changes
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 24e7dac91fb919c1668736f6e4309ae522a96d86
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Tue Sep 13 14:27:13 2011 -0500
+
+ Switch multitouch additions to XI 2.2
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit b95adf9b14ff5ba2142e8521f02728dc6d903409
+Merge: d6dcfd4 9cfdeed
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Tue Sep 13 14:20:31 2011 -0500
+
+ Merge remote-tracking branch 'inputproto/master' into multitouch-devel
+
+ Conflicts:
+ XI2.h
+ XI2proto.h
+ specs/XI2proto.txt
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit d6dcfd4039ede37e9c858ab6e890fdb9582a5a9d
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Mon Sep 12 16:01:53 2011 -0500
+
+ Revert "Specify dependent device pointer/touch handling"
+
+ See parent commit for details.
+
+ This reverts commit 4adfb5ad6c064981e2c7eb57db4bdd81cc7029ea.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 42284fa0a233240d365ff2b49cc34c257e2d2bee
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Mon Sep 12 15:55:28 2011 -0500
+
+ Revert "Fix touch cancel/resume semantics"
+
+ The main use case for this was drag and drop, which we realized does not
+ need any special handling that requires canceling touches.
+
+ This reverts commit 9e46820e4a206ae48b3e87f6ef7506e583fa3793.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 1b40cc4ff63ebbf0a4b17507762b17fa1e91bea9
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon Aug 29 09:20:32 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: extend XI2.1 raw events to include touch events
+
+ RawEvents are simple enough that we can re-use the detail field for the
+ touch ID tracking and just update the respective event types.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit b55d236a66a614b2192da6d8a7ed4b7d831976f5
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon Aug 29 09:20:31 2011 +1000
+
+ Add comment to XI2.h to mark where the 2.1 events start
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 3d23bf3782c9962b70dfa46ea34c86efee57eeb2
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon Aug 29 09:20:30 2011 +1000
+
+ Change file header to note version 2.x
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 63f3097d264f790419ce59744e8d2733f9bb1026
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon Aug 29 09:20:29 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: Fix event lists for asciidoc parsing
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 4329d45d49741aad0e93f8e064042ba83e6a23a0
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon Aug 29 09:20:28 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: Fix in-document references
+
+ The primary format for the specs is still the txt format (since that's
+ guaranteed to be available anywhere, including cgit). Having in-paragraph
+ references breaks the flow of reading. Fix up some references that aren't
+ strictly necessary anyway, reword some to be easier to read and change the
+ titles of some to match the actual title of the section.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 9cfdeedd16e96c0e67e70537e97a8f8dd0358244
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Thu Jun 2 16:09:23 2011 +1000
+
+ inputproto 2.0.99.1 (first snapshot of 2.1)
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@apple.com>
+ Reviewed-by: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+
+commit 7d5a303cd8976a7eac1b96897c70d5d25c57ecf1
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon Aug 15 12:33:04 2011 +1000
+
+ Move scroll information into a new class.
+
+ Using labels only to mark smooth scrolling axes disallows scrolling from
+ hardware events (e.g. a mouse wheel). If those axes are marked as scrolling
+ axes instead, the clients lose information which hardware axis this event
+ corresponds to.
+
+ For example, on Wacom devices, the client can benefit from smooth scrolling
+ on the strip or wheel event but may still require the knowledge whether the
+ axis is a vertical strip (e.g. Intuos3) or a absolute scrolling wheel (e.g.
+ Intuos4).
+
+ Thus, add a new class to XIQueryDevice that represents scrolling information
+ on a valuator. One of these ScrollClass may exist for each ValuatorClass if
+ that valuator is a scrolling valuator. The increment field of this class
+ removes the requirement for 1.0 == 1 unit of scrolling.
+
+ This isn't true in most cases, especially where physical scroll axes are
+ involved. Wacom Intuos4 scroll rings have a unit size of 3.0 and the driver
+ historically sent one scroll event per 3.0 increment or decrement. Mapping
+ one scroll event to 1.0 makes the ring mostly unusable through legacy
+ button events.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 186aa20619d1720bde49fd92d2834c8f9eadf49b
+Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+Date: Wed Feb 23 17:37:29 2011 +0000
+
+ Document smooth-scrolling support
+
+ Two new axes are added to support smooth scrolling: Rel Vert Scroll and
+ Rel Horiz Scroll. Cumulative values of 1.0 with either magnitude on
+ these axes are considered to be equivalent to one legacy ButtonPress
+ event on the scroll buttons.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+ Reviewed-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 53b58e679f977550301130794c8cb19391ecceb7
+Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+Date: Tue Feb 15 14:27:53 2011 +0000
+
+ Add XIPointerEmulated for emulated events
+
+ The XIPointerEmulated flag on pointer events means that the event was
+ emulated from a smooth-scroll or touch event to support legacy events,
+ and the client may ignore this if it is listening to the other events.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+ Reviewed-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit af1fb609beece899188469a81ac9d8c5e07bfa4a
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Jul 29 10:09:02 2011 +1000
+
+ Add sourceid to RawEvents (#34420)
+
+ RawEvents in XI2 do not provide the source ID. The libXi headers however do
+ and it is currently always 0. Given that the sourceid may be useful for
+ some clients, send it down the wire.
+
+ This has no effect on the wire size of the struct, we can re-use a pad byte
+ here.
+
+ X.Org Bug 34420 <http://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=34420>
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+
+commit 1e63d01d041108db6fe5be32d033e80419a6ab05
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Apr 12 13:07:53 2011 +1000
+
+ XI2.1: send RawEvents at all times.
+
+ When a client grabbed a device, XI 2.0 only sends RawEvents to that client.
+ This behaviour is problematic and cannot be worked around for many
+ applications that need to continue receiving events.
+
+ On the other hand, no client seems to rely on this behaviour or use it to
+ its advantage. For XI 2.1, disable this behaviour and continue to send raw
+ events regardless of the grab state of the device.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Acked-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Reviewed-by: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+ Reviewed-by: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@apple.com>
+
+commit b35f20b7bd9620710a7a6b63e39758fe83b4dec8
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Apr 8 13:26:27 2011 +1000
+
+ Announce 2.1 availability through the XI_2_Major and XI_2_Minor defines
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 47a2cc250398648732ba2086ca6ecb21e7dabdc0
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Apr 8 12:59:17 2011 +1000
+
+ Bump to 2.0.99
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 9e46820e4a206ae48b3e87f6ef7506e583fa3793
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Wed Aug 24 15:10:21 2011 -0700
+
+ Fix touch cancel/resume semantics
+
+ If a touch is ended through a cancel, the client may never know if the
+ touch will come back as a resumed sequence. Instead, send a touch update
+ with the cancel flag, like the pending end flag, and send an end event
+ only when the full touch sequence has ended.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Reviewed-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 79c22a2e7b3c2bf73cd8af7eba7182198f13d2e4
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Wed Aug 24 13:34:47 2011 -0700
+
+ Fix indentation of active_touches definition
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Reviewed-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit cec253561ab3feaa0a5a57fa8aa47db15662cf3d
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Wed Aug 24 13:32:30 2011 -0700
+
+ Introduce Touch grab mode
+
+ Touch grabs are not really synchronous nor asynchronous. Use a separate
+ grab mode value for touch grabs, just to make the protocol seem more
+ sane.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Reviewed-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 1cb00433583341b3c52c8d3f62dcd19a55ddca29
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Aug 24 09:07:23 2011 +1000
+
+ DeviceEvents: a TouchPendingEnd won't generate further TouchUpdate events
+
+ Update, not motion.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit b025106fe8d8aa3043abd48ba3f50bde29527939
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Aug 24 09:07:22 2011 +1000
+
+ DeviceEvent: active_touches needs marker that it's XI 2.1
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit f469fa99ae9ffda806c3e935bbebc73d633f8c10
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Aug 24 09:07:21 2011 +1000
+
+ AllowTouchEvents can take any device id, not just slaves
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit d7fd289ee02d7ebc4cac5357edaaac1b55a7d10c
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Aug 24 09:07:19 2011 +1000
+
+ Indent Ownership explanation for consistent formatting
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit e51dd1b6bd4aa506231a41cbb400a8ece5a6aeaa
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Aug 24 09:07:18 2011 +1000
+
+ Reword the passive touch grab rules to be similar to the others
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 67e06b8f14ac39c6c38e851b94b879024ff806a9
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Aug 24 09:07:17 2011 +1000
+
+ Fix missing 'and' in GrabTypeFocusIn description
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 5b8a8bd0b4e779b947093f9722a2af2568c27118
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Aug 24 09:07:16 2011 +1000
+
+ XISelectEvents: BadValue is generated, not returned
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit ae6ba6b37e47134914b8fedb6524372f0a8119c0
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Aug 24 09:07:15 2011 +1000
+
+ Coordinates are always absolute, no need to re-state it
+
+ Coordinates in DeviceEvents are always absolute, regardless of the axis
+ mode. The same is true for touch events, stating it again here just adds to
+ the confusion.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 544ce0cee3cc146ed1df06ed5762d21ecdfe9e8a
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Aug 24 09:07:14 2011 +1000
+
+ Add two linebreaks for asciidoc list parsing
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 9e46dd35896c2517b1c95224b979fc7126dce49f
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Aug 24 09:07:13 2011 +1000
+
+ Changing the touch device mode generates a DeviceChangedEvent
+
+ State it explicitly.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 1b0c016d1f7615e3670fa97fc8f24bc6b79e4f7b
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Aug 24 09:07:11 2011 +1000
+
+ XITouchClass' props needs a num_props
+
+ In XI2 requests, the length field isn't enough to determine the number of
+ elements since it may vary in future versions.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 94b21b47b51c2c66aa0372dfc323d6aedf12b549
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Aug 23 15:28:50 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: fix two typos in XI2proto.txt
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 9f33733fffddd166c64f0bfd293c3de385cf4411
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Aug 17 16:02:39 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: ValuatorClass includes a mode
+
+ Documented in the description, but missing in the definition.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+
+commit 4adfb5ad6c064981e2c7eb57db4bdd81cc7029ea
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Fri Aug 5 15:28:51 2011 -0700
+
+ Specify dependent device pointer/touch handling
+
+ With the added rules, trackpads should be manageable no matter what
+ occurs (button presses and pointer motion). Gesture and touch semantics
+ during these actions are not well defined, and cancelling touches cleans
+ up the protocol and implementation.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 29cd8aac674b1d831814b48b2ee2f2f7ff16497b
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Fri Aug 5 14:41:59 2011 -0700
+
+ Use the same valuator axes for pointer and touch events
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit b5e357c76dc5d8b2176fa470186688ec943d08e6
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Fri Aug 5 14:49:32 2011 -0700
+
+ Remove touch "Observe" grabs
+
+ The semantics of these grabs doesn't work for all use cases. Raw touch
+ events will likely work better.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 3172e3c52eb45e4830d85ae53888d0b28c13df62
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Fri Aug 5 14:20:05 2011 -0700
+
+ Fix up pointer event emulation section
+
+ * Wording cleanups for tense and to make some sentences flow better.
+ * Upon further review, it does seem to make more sense to deliver
+ emulated pointer events through the same slave device rather than the
+ master device. Thus, slave devices (including floating devices) may
+ emit emulated pointer events.
+ * Peter is correct, it doesn't make sense to set the PointerEmulated
+ flag on touch events.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit b15ad6e0dc1759e514c998eecd7e61b25308add6
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Fri Aug 5 13:59:05 2011 -0700
+
+ Peter is right, floating devices can emit touch events
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 951cb8314343fcd5cdc392dfc78024fa184fc694
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Tue Aug 2 15:53:35 2011 -0700
+
+ Prettyify touch device types
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 45387042f8fa767dda610936557548adf76306c5
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Tue Aug 2 15:29:54 2011 -0700
+
+ Update device type terminology
+
+ Remove IndepedentTouch and SemiMultitouch devices. These may be handled
+ in an implementation specific manner through the props array of ATOMs in
+ the touch class information.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 3a2f149b33531d02fff8e46181ffdcfcecb0c8cb
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Tue Aug 2 15:23:21 2011 -0700
+
+ Yes, send TouchEnd to owner, TouchPendingEnd to other listeners
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 343fd699457483d1572b5229874f8ce6460a9b2d
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Tue Aug 2 15:22:15 2011 -0700
+
+ Separate "XI2.x" into "XI 2.x" for readability
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 3cbc9b68a314b2986afa811f81f76c941be1973b
+Merge: d331251 2ba875f
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Tue Aug 2 14:09:11 2011 -0700
+
+ Merge remote-tracking branch 'origin/master' into multitouch
+
+ Conflicts:
+ XI2.h
+
+commit 2ba875f4f2907bb9735ee3317b7e07c5b9d1304b
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Aug 2 10:20:53 2011 +1000
+
+ Put a warning in about not adding any further libXi defines
+
+ The matching commit in libXi is
+ e8531dd6a981c6cf19a1d256c29e886e34e8f51a
+ libXi-1.4.2-21-ge8531ddp
+
+ Add XI2 library-internal array offsets to XIint.h
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit ee91dcda461513cdca45160df580841daa6f50e2
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Thu Mar 17 16:29:08 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: add a linebreak for asciidoc parsing
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 2cd2adb7a454072954704e1a215df49ce9dac410
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Jun 3 15:56:21 2011 +1000
+
+ Provide convenience defines for owner_events.
+
+ No functional effect, just to improve readability of code.
+
+ It's not obvious what "True" or "False" stands for in a function with 11
+ arguments. Compare
+ XIGrabButton(dpy, deviceid, button, grab_window, cursor,
+ GrabModeAsync, GrabModeSync, True,
+ event_mask, num_modifiers, &modifiers);
+
+ vs.
+
+ XIGrabButton(dpy, deviceid, button, grab_window, cursor,
+ GrabModeAsync, GrabModeSync, XIOwnerEvents,
+ event_mask, num_modifiers, &modifiers);
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+
+commit bef7648827a0696debdd629472a45508a30144b1
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Jun 3 15:13:12 2011 +1000
+
+ Add XI2-specific defines for grab and property requests
+
+ XI 2.0 headers forced clients to mix XI2 specific constants with defines for
+ core input. Most notable here are the grab code which required GrabModeAsync
+ or GrabModeSync from core, but _not_ AnyModifier (XIAnymodifier !=
+ AnyModifier). This is a hard-to-debug cause for bugs.
+
+ Add defines for grab modes, grab return codes and property modes as well as
+ a define for the AnyPropertyType. These defines are identical to the ones
+ defined in core but stop the use of input-related defines from either core
+ or XI 1.x.
+
+ Clients must use the core defines None and CurrentTime where applicable.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+
+commit d331251884101c503c533e088bcace6b830b5a95
+Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+Date: Tue May 3 18:44:53 2011 +0100
+
+ Clean up and reword multitouch ownership/emulation
+
+ Remove 'withheld' indirect section as well.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+
+commit f17598c1beeadbc648588d192d2e7eb616019e2d
+Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+Date: Tue May 3 17:21:34 2011 +0100
+
+ Mostly typographical
+
+ Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+
+commit 2d5294cb0b9dc641e0f8ef1ff5f2a1a1803a57ee
+Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+Date: Thu Apr 28 12:02:43 2011 +0100
+
+ Further cleanups and clarifications
+
+ Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+
+commit 75790691706447cecc9f7948ea55caba05dc0d7d
+Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+Date: Tue Apr 26 20:30:13 2011 +0100
+
+ Reword touch introduction, labels for all
+
+ Reword the introduction to the multitouch section to try to be a bit
+ clearer, and go on a mad section-labelling spree.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+
+commit 400365a9bfa9ab3eaaa0bec08e32023f54d04207
+Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+Date: Tue Apr 26 19:51:41 2011 +0100
+
+ typo fix
+
+ Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+
+commit 416f077d8747d3d96dd5a71600e1e394226c3dc1
+Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+Date: Fri Apr 22 16:14:54 2011 +0100
+
+ Add FIXME sidebars, remove single-grab stipulation
+
+ Add very visible FIXME sections to more clearly mark what's broken; also
+ remove the stipulation that only one grab may be active at a time.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+
+commit a500bc990ba61bf32637114d1840db7147a0deaa
+Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+Date: Fri Apr 22 15:42:09 2011 +0100
+
+ Add inline references, fix usecase bulleting
+
+ Replace 'see section x.y.z' with better inline links; fix nested
+ bulleting of XI 2.1 usecases.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+
+commit 3a89a5a3003309f810c9273fac8cf5943238df28
+Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+Date: Fri Apr 22 15:31:52 2011 +0100
+
+ Doc note: No seriously, this is WIP
+
+ Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+
+commit b46a3bafd95f1bb507e4851aaa6967cf20c4eb8e
+Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+Date: Fri Apr 22 14:27:06 2011 +0100
+
+ Formatting fixups and minor rewording
+
+ No semantic changes.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+
+commit e19eaef83db9181787a13fa95d642971c33d559b
+Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+Date: Mon Apr 11 10:09:57 2011 +1000
+
+ Require configure flag to build this proto version.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit ca39f67c2aa5b255f2b85d7c649edff8295eed5e
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Apr 8 13:27:47 2011 +1000
+
+ Put a #warning and #error in to avoid unsuspecting XI 2.1 users.
+
+ The #warning directive is intentionally outside the define to disable the
+ error. Early adopters of the protocol can't see this warning often enough.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit b1149ab782619eaeadf70affd94239184e082d03
+Author: Alexandre Julliard <julliard@winehq.org>
+Date: Tue Apr 12 22:39:25 2011 +0200
+
+ XI2.h: Fix off-by-one error in the XIMaskLen definition.
+
+ The previous definition would give the wrong result for events that are
+ a multiple of 8.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alexandre Julliard <julliard@winehq.org>
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit ab930a51047f48c7befd4316a9b116f37075697f
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Mar 23 13:27:02 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: enable asciidoc parsing for XIproto.txt
+
+ The vast majority of this patch are indentation changes, removing preceding
+ spaces from text.
+ Header lines and some linebreaks to enable list parsing were added.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+
+commit ef7518cc6260e05a00c496c9e0f3a13c8a785b85
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Mar 23 13:32:42 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: move erroneous Errors: line to where it belongs
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Julien Cristau <jcristau@debian.org>
+
+commit ed840d79d3cac60b2fb17448afcc28828236e91b
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Mar 18 16:17:09 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: rewrite pointer emulation section
+
+ plus a fixme
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 15e76dd365fce4e936a9f468496be3789495103b
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Mar 18 15:29:25 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: rewrite pointer emulation for indirect devices
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 9c2817fd761bbe6c6da4e2a5638d80fa53975c4b
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Mar 18 15:10:34 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: Rewrite Touch events delivery section
+
+ And add a fixme
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit c883261f2bad6196e5ff1b3c1397300775e55da7
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Mar 18 14:48:15 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: Add a fixme for using raw events instead of GrabModeObserve
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 35710924957791e389e10fcc67b75967769f001c
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Mar 18 14:16:55 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: clean/rewrite touch grab and ownership bits
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit f24c9ae749c84d953ee3b35be1ea937dce7b86d3
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Mar 18 13:58:29 2011 +1000
+
+ spec: Move ClientPointer up again.
+
+ Prep work to have a separate first-class headline for touch processing
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 0e4a782339403f270de6e072262680b3a4baec01
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Mar 18 13:52:09 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: move warning about out-of-band processing up a bit.
+
+ The out-of-band processing is really only important for pointer emulation.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 1d720b30c996a693014f2c70004c9717945b574f
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Mar 18 12:12:47 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: move touch sequence handling (owner-only) up a bit.
+
+ This is to restructure to get the simple cases clarified up first before
+ explaining more complex changes.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit a4583dcd3e1c18e5c0cc616c143aafbf7ec1d88b
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Mar 18 12:02:21 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: move from "init move destroy" to "begin update end"
+
+ And rewrite that paragraph a bit.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit fe19202c220ce010a85fe5abc0b5a6a0c314ea9a
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Thu Mar 17 16:29:08 2011 +1000
+
+ specs: add a linebreak for asciidoc parsing
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit f9fa8f9a7dc333b45bfac0b0c6f97b8b1a72d260
+Merge: a02566c 47901cd
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Thu Mar 17 14:51:52 2011 +1000
+
+ Merge branch 'master' into chase-multitouch
+
+ Conflicts:
+ specs/XI2proto.txt
+
+ Fixed up (added) asciidoc for touch proto.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 47901cd142e832eb930166cbfa769e4fbca969c5
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Tue Mar 15 21:37:39 2011 -0400
+
+ XIproto.txt: fix whitespace issues
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+
+commit 5f43b8b19e6abd00a6295692f3346295bb01b973
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Tue Mar 15 21:29:43 2011 -0400
+
+ XI2proto.txt: fix whitespace issues
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+
+commit 0ac450f47c55fb2bac394f6377f1aabde1ab8429
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Tue Mar 15 15:43:48 2011 -0400
+
+ specs: convert XI2proto.txt to html using asciidoc
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+
+commit f21f00bd9b8e641d639d70d086df1b14faa34e38
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Mar 16 09:57:10 2011 +1000
+
+ Add minimal asciidoc syntax
+
+ Though this protocol description is mainly to be viewed as textfile, a few
+ minor changes make it parsable for asciidoc to spit out reasonably
+ nicely-formatted html code.
+
+ Changes include:
+ - underline section headers with the matching lines
+ - add linebreaks before lists to parse them as lists
+ - change indentation level for normal text to be left-marging aligned and
+ for <pre> text to be indented
+ - comment out section dividers
+
+ It's possible to run asciidoc XI2proto.txt and get some nice html output
+ now.
+
+ Reviewed-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit a02566ca7fd37d279b957037e1251a3b3419866d
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Thu Mar 10 11:53:57 2011 -0500
+
+ Many more updates to the XI 2.1 protocol
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit db7c0eccc74e95f247d78541e4c4a28cfa87b5b4
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+Date: Sun Feb 20 16:35:09 2011 -0500
+
+ Updates for pointer emulation and more touch device modes
+
+ Also includes resolutions for dependent devices and implicit grabs and
+ how to handle slave touch device attachment and touch selections.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+commit 99f15a2346c882237c78afbd638932f132d6113c
+Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+Date: Mon Feb 7 10:19:06 2011 +0000
+
+ Add touch classes and events, bump to 2.1
+
+ Introduce multitouch support through a new TouchClass, as well as new
+ TouchBegin, TouchEnd, TouchOwnership, TouchUpdate, and TouchUpdateUnowned
+ events. Bump to version 2.1.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+ Co-authored-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Co-authored-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 13baef91f071ee1607f4c3bf6c1fea60e6651b89
+Author: Fernando Carrijo <fcarrijo@freedesktop.org>
+Date: Thu Jan 27 22:40:11 2011 -0200
+
+ Fix typos in XIproto.txt
+
+ Signed-off-by: Fernando Carrijo <fcarrijo@freedesktop.org>
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 5c2d5fd99d73ae52aef62376046b5708c58a4271
+Author: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@ubuntu.com>
+Date: Fri Dec 17 17:11:09 2010 +0000
+
+ Include stdint.h
+
+ I'm now getting build failures due to missing stdint.h. It seems we
+ should include it explicitly in XI2proto.h anyways.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 56ffb564712257e0f998170e83071a6ee85aa231
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Thu Nov 11 14:10:26 2010 +1000
+
+ inputproto 2.0.1
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 52e92f280c4e065d6a3f040493a0b46d2c8bee1d
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon Aug 2 15:53:52 2010 +1000
+
+ Typo fix: GrabTypeFocusIn -> GrabtypeFocusIn
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 3dc8e70f761f7da338c632a5acb0176bef515b33
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Aug 6 09:52:33 2010 +1000
+
+ Spell out event types for XIDeviceEvent.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 993ca70d7ecfb88037edfd77bccfcb671aea4c7b
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon Jan 11 17:02:55 2010 +1000
+
+ Define the error cases for XSetDeviceMode better.
+
+ Take the error codes as described in the man page for XSetDeviceMode. This
+ is more likely to be what clients expect, especially since the protocol spec
+ doesn't actually define when BadMode is to be reported.
+
+ This behaviour is the same as specified in the XSetDeviceMode man page.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Reviewed-by: Fernando Carrijo <fcarrijo@yahoo.com.br>
+
+commit 617c4a2db48e98d06f728fa6b8caa18fbbfb66fc
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon Nov 23 10:21:17 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2proto.txt: fix up some request names.
+
+ Leftovers from previous versions of the spec before the requests were
+ renamed.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit b2e8bd74f0922e742ab41e9ccc202c0fdd9e152f
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Sun Mar 28 19:25:52 2010 -0400
+
+ config: update AC_PREREQ statement to 2.60
+
+ Unrelated to the previous patches, the new value simply reflects
+ the reality that the minimum level for autoconf to configure
+ all x.org modules is 2.60 dated June 2006.
+
+ ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/autoconf/autoconf-2.60.tar.gz
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+
+commit 5e22edcb54a29393ffb72e4014010835d1ceab69
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Sun Mar 28 19:00:31 2010 -0400
+
+ config: remove the pkgconfig pc.in file from EXTRA_DIST
+
+ Automake always includes it in the tarball.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+
+commit 33bab5091b5c16133d88269744f5305dfd4e4fcb
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Sun Mar 28 17:46:57 2010 -0400
+
+ config: install and distribute XI2proto.txt XIproto.txt
+
+ It will now be installed in $docdir in addition
+ to being distributed in the tarball.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+
+commit 0746aed42e50d7ac10fd1545cf6b89a8bc809884
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Mon Dec 21 19:00:00 2009 -0500
+
+ Add Red Had Copyright in the COPYING file.
+
+ Refer to XI2.h and XI2proto.h
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+
+commit e0ec5c81eef67a2b98396189b22b439953b616c0
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Sun Nov 22 19:24:48 2009 -0500
+
+ Makefile.am: add ChangeLog and INSTALL on MAINTAINERCLEANFILES
+
+ Now that the INSTALL file is generated.
+ Allows running make maintainer-clean.
+
+commit 30c2e875941b1dcce06821fb0c5af6a15ca98d4e
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Mon Nov 16 11:13:30 2009 -0500
+
+ README: file created or updated #24206
+
+ Contains a set of URLs to freedesktop.org.
+
+commit 7ddcd9b428797e37c3d362b27975b157647aceeb
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Sun Nov 15 19:45:26 2009 -0500
+
+ Makefile.am: ChangeLog not required: EXTRA_DIST or *CLEANFILES #24432
+
+ ChangeLog filename is known to Automake and requires no further
+ coding in the makefile.
+
+commit ee09bc24cebbb18c2a2ed81336ab4ead600d2e94
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Sun Nov 15 18:31:28 2009 -0500
+
+ Makefile.am: INSTALL file is missing or incorrect #24206
+
+ The standard GNU file on building/installing tarball is copied
+ using the XORG_INSTALL macro contained in XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
+ Add INSTALL target
+
+commit 2ee03af19d17c973072bbacaf7ab44a8fd8b64b1
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Sun Nov 15 18:11:36 2009 -0500
+
+ configure.ac: deploy the new XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS #24242
+
+ This macro aggregate a number of existing macros that sets commmon
+ X.Org components configuration options. It shields the configuration file from
+ future changes.
+
+commit bf66af595c9b43e4086401a11c5a7b269857f039
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Sun Nov 15 13:55:25 2009 -0500
+
+ configure.ac: AM_MAINTAINER_MODE missing #24238
+
+ This turns off maintainer mode build rules in tarballs.
+ Works in conjunction with autogen.sh --enable-maintainer-mode
+
+commit 9ad88d954d544db29972144f5a778bb05d9b19ad
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Sat Nov 14 18:26:47 2009 -0500
+
+ .gitignore: use common defaults with custom section # 24239
+
+ Using common defaults will reduce errors and maintenance.
+ Only the very small or inexistent custom section need periodic maintenance
+ when the structure of the component changes. Do not edit defaults.
+
+commit 34a9ab1151fb7b35a371cc98a34a20993816f78a
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Oct 2 11:38:12 2009 +1000
+
+ inputproto 2.0
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 0470d29c1e690f3784ca1a42f6d27aa322f9b37a
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Thu Oct 1 16:47:11 2009 +1000
+
+ Add XIproto.txt
+
+ This is the XI protocol specification document that used to be in xorg-docs.
+ It's now moved here, and if it ever sees updates, the updates will only
+ apply to here.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit bda99e7e5ac528aaa08664b21f0380db67bd2ac2
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Oct 2 11:31:13 2009 +1000
+
+ Require macros 1.3 for XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 472309905a66245c9fd420ef64716ec630216323
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Aug 21 14:25:51 2009 +1000
+
+ inputproto 1.9.99.902 (RC 2)
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit f3f79c0642f33b6a39a0f7fdab2bcb06d9cab0f7
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Aug 25 10:04:01 2009 +1000
+
+ Device cursors are deleted once the window or the device disappear.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit ae4588ff0c6e5cc7009e4ac78a3f953bc399bd84
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Aug 21 14:24:23 2009 +1000
+
+ XIWarpPointer needs to take FP1616 for positions.
+
+ This was already in the spec but the protocol itself hadn't cought up with
+ it.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 8eccc169c045fcf68b5a0974c49a8e6863894cf3
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Aug 21 13:56:11 2009 +1000
+
+ Replace four leftover INT16 with int16_t.
+
+commit 68cdaf8d26e133f700404bca93b18240aa6b8f86
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Aug 21 13:55:52 2009 +1000
+
+ XIQueryPointer only works on master pointers and floating slaves.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit d9aa0917b491e9d6ef887ac59fb7a01fb428fa62
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Aug 18 15:05:09 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2proto: XIChangeCursor request requires a master pointer.
+
+ State that the server will return BadDevice in this case.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 4f9d8d49eca460b24daca2a28a2c644f7edc19bd
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Aug 18 15:04:47 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2proto.txt: typo fix
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 6719ae1ed024270f7fe1cb6bbee1f84cdaeba90c
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Aug 7 10:39:46 2009 +1000
+
+ Remove eventtype field from xXIRawEvent.
+
+ With c455db2, raw events were split up into using multiple evtypes instead
+ of a sub event type. The eventtype field itself however has not been removed
+ and was unused by both the server and the library.
+
+ Field converted into a padding field, wire layout stays the same.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 1a7eb6de82bd61fc16f2a3f000d4d3b9d418dcd0
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Aug 4 10:43:52 2009 +1000
+
+ inputproto 1.9.99.901 (RC 1)
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit d8a1c1b1aba92e60d2fcad7cdf5abe77f3c9ae10
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Aug 5 14:52:45 2009 +1000
+
+ Revert "XI2proto.txt: grabbing a slave does not detach it anymore."
+
+ Detaching a slave device during an explicit grab makes sense from a UI
+ perspective. It allows a client to get exclusive access to a device without
+ that device's events also feeding into the respective master device.
+
+ Thanks to Thomas Jaeger for his contribution.
+
+ This reverts commit d0b1e55b876a29a7c820ec12d7b9cb5e081e1944.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit b31776bb5b416ffa15235611954e68d386edf674
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Jul 31 08:52:43 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2proto.txt: document ClientPointer in more detail.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 221aed39ac45ce4bf3b28c7956bc00ea3c9dbf57
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Jul 28 11:15:12 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2proto.txt: don't put field names in quotes.
+
+ This was done inconsistently anyway so get rid of it alltogether.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 5e76f4ca69fedab770280854ab238587eb5e10fb
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Jul 28 10:12:06 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2proto.txt: typo fixes and minor clarifications.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 26f244fadc188cc76f53c82c10bc3b308964f20c
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Jul 28 11:12:50 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2proto.txt: sourceid on DeviceChanged is the device.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit b877309713930f92f04e2485bc40e1b6730d7e77
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Jul 28 11:12:26 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2proto.txt: passive grabs can take XIAll{Master}Devices.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit d0b1e55b876a29a7c820ec12d7b9cb5e081e1944
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Jul 28 10:53:08 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2proto.txt: grabbing a slave does not detach it anymore.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 9f5d450fda41f936a8e12863aec544d69b30132f
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Jul 28 10:38:21 2009 +1000
+
+ XIproto.txt: clarify that the ClientPointer is set, even if implicitly.
+
+ It is indistinguishable for the client whether the the server chooses a
+ ClientPointer or whether the CP was set through an XISetClientPointer
+ request. The only thing that matters is that a device was actually assigned
+ and will be used in the future.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 7b988fcae5135d064388084ef190966c3e38702c
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Jul 28 10:10:10 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2proto.txt: padding bytes must be zero.
+
+ Padding bytes zeroed out ensures that future versions of the XI2 protcol may
+ use these padding bytes with a defined state. The server should ignore
+ padding bytes depending on the client's version anyway but better safe than
+ sorry.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 4b414dcdbb5641ea528ccc212584f9dac816b571
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon Jul 27 15:51:17 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2proto.h: Remove special doxygen tags.
+
+ The protocol header does not include enough documentation to make the use of
+ doxygen really worthwile. Special doxygen tags beyond the very simple use of
+ /** and /**< contribute too much to the noise and make it hard to actually
+ read the code itself.
+
+ While no extra tags are added now, a run of doxygen over XI2proto and XI.h
+ still produces an acceptable output.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 0542581edcef2795c613921e66736871b44408d7
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon Jul 27 14:29:00 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2proto.txt: Add some XI1 vs. XI2 interoperability descriptions.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 7cf46d64e0f2816f76ff3e23a77e5414a8625d10
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon Jul 27 14:20:38 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2proto.txt: update list of XI2 event types.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 0e7af09fcedc3f6f86306dbf2c683d065fc41f29
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Jul 22 12:11:13 2009 +1000
+
+ inputproto 1.9.99.15
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 006afb766ac1d01ad9d57035af56a5b48c6ec5d3
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon Jul 20 16:25:08 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2: remove Keysym grabs, use Keycode grabs instead.
+
+ Keysym grabs are tricky to get right for applications that are more
+ complicated than demo applications. otoh, we know keycode grabs are working.
+ So let's go with keycode grabs for now and add keysym grabs later when we've
+ sorted out the details.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit aaefb1e12229cc7bed40f6aaec3641db840aa4f2
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon Jul 13 16:05:07 2009 +1000
+
+ inputproto 1.9.99.14
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 1357361d6b2a72a3decd9307ca59cc7678ba3063
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Jul 14 16:15:19 2009 +1000
+
+ Add the enter/leave detail defines, same as the core protocol ones.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 2a3dc6c47145356a7c9e1cef59165a7ed2f2e9e2
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Jul 14 16:15:06 2009 +1000
+
+ Formatting fix, s/tabs/spaces/
+
+commit 51244a1a4f7165d995c139ba1f0d03d8a1140015
+Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+Date: Mon Jul 13 16:49:33 2009 +1000
+
+ Device{,Raw}Event: Add flags field.
+
+ Add a flags member to DeviceEvent and DeviceKeyEvent; the only currently
+ defined flag is KeyRepeat, indicating a repeat event (a la XKB detectable
+ autorepeat), which is only valid for key events.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit c455db2c251770a729d2747e6f05d53c2563b428
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon Jul 13 15:30:50 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2: Split up raw events into multiple event types.
+
+ Instead of a single XI_RawEvent type with subtypes to represent the actual
+ event, split up the event into XI_RawButtonPress, XI_RawButtonRelease, etc.
+ This way clients can select for specific raw events only instead of all of
+ them at once.
+
+ Note that raw events may be selected on master devices too, the server will
+ route them through master devices.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit f345258bf44e018e04643ccc6f02f5e40267d78c
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon Jul 13 14:37:13 2009 +1000
+
+ Fix XIMaskLen macro.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 6280b53cdbb750ef2363f5b55346a4271678ddef
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Sun Jul 12 16:19:19 2009 +1000
+
+ inputproto 1.9.99.13
+
+commit 2367e52404761ab14e0f908432f736cfc0813f8b
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Jun 23 21:01:27 2009 +1000
+
+ Add effective group and modifiers to XIGroupInfo/XIModifierInfo.
+
+ Effective modifiers are easy to calculate but let's send them down the wire
+ nonetheless. Effective group is slightly more complicated since group
+ wrapping must be taken into account - sending it down the wire simplifies
+ clients.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 3f0067b45e66ef8db785b67a36f015fd4e6a9f6c
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Thu Jun 18 00:29:44 2009 +1000
+
+ XIDeviceChangedEvents may occur on master devices too.
+
+ Prime example is a change in the number of buttons due to the availability
+ of a new slave device.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit b40f48b15e3362cc7b5aeb800b7de072ce20e4aa
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Jun 17 09:09:56 2009 +1000
+
+ inputproto 1.9.99.12
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit a6edd59c440cae9cd8ac775bb4d67ab433f2aae3
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Jun 17 08:53:26 2009 +1000
+
+ Use the term 'labels' to refer to button and axes labels.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit b0f7e24d210cb6d0a1c47cae39b54e56a5e996d8
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Jun 16 13:14:47 2009 +1000
+
+ Include valuator value in XIValuatorClasses
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit b2fb9f81a2a7af8656309420facd58ab610d5da1
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Sun Jun 14 08:23:56 2009 +1000
+
+ Include button state in XIButtonClasses.
+
+ Without including the state in a button class, it is impossible to know the
+ state of a device until this device has pressed or released another button
+ (and thus sends an event).
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit db98b817355ed12609cff077c4a12948ac41f88d
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Sun Jun 7 17:51:04 2009 +1000
+
+ Add a source field to the class information.
+
+ In some cases it is required to know the source device of a particular
+ device class. In the future we might also do lazy copying of classes,
+ meaning that for a given device, each class may come from a different
+ source. Hence the source id should be included for each class.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 48cf9a56066c4b5a2136310da3cd6846dcf3b607
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Jun 10 15:13:03 2009 +1000
+
+ Add note that bumping XI_LASTEVENT requires changes to the server.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit bac0e02889392534138e8b98e516a0ea3c76847a
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Jun 10 15:12:39 2009 +1000
+
+ Ensure XIAnyModifier is an unsigned int.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 1d59de593c5aac8e109fcb3c1173d4dc14742dee
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Jun 12 15:50:26 2009 +1000
+
+ XISelectEventsReq should use win (not window), like all requests.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit f711dfae6872371ec41aeeecda9570a57d0a746c
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Jun 12 15:50:07 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2proto: document XSetClientPointer behaviour on None window, etc.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 17a6ad094266cc14efb75cca36de0b8adff9d35b
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon Jun 8 15:40:21 2009 +1000
+
+ inputproto 1.9.99.11
+
+commit 03309cfbc19fc16b5ae25f8511b3ef28fcd66818
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon Jun 8 14:23:27 2009 +1000
+
+ xXIHierarchyEvent should list num_info, not num_devices.
+
+ The structures following the request are referred to as "info", having a
+ name of "num_devices" is misleading as the number of info structs does not
+ always reflect the number of devices (e.g. if a device got removed).
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 751f2d6c0fa88a6bfc380b57d72ae41ec790249d
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon Jun 8 13:31:28 2009 +1000
+
+ Rename XICreateMaster to XIAddMaster for consistency.
+
+ We use add/remove for slave devices, add/remove for the hierarchy changed
+ flags, so let's use add/remove to create a new device as well.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 44f2419e56b006b8f182ea5746e9b6eef205ff37
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon Jun 8 12:35:29 2009 +1000
+
+ Update comment referring to an old naming scheme.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 6e20d1fc2517e68b17f9da2e94f78e9d64a8c408
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon Jun 8 09:51:53 2009 +1000
+
+ Document BadValue error for XIHierarchyEvents selection on devices.
+
+ These events may only be selected on the XIAllDevices fake device.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 56da196866d8c883b9b25b04dd584fbcb159ffd3
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Thu Jun 4 13:35:42 2009 +1000
+
+ XIQueryVersion may return a BadValue for major_version less than 2.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 0d75208a554577d652ca9e2856a4f12b0d720a1f
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon Jun 1 09:12:42 2009 +1000
+
+ Move the XI2 index into versions[] over to XI2.h
+
+commit 8aff0836afaef4397f9df273cc90edeca1ab9641
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri May 29 13:25:32 2009 +1000
+
+ Specify modifier interactions with attached slave devices on passive grabs.
+
+commit e102c504ec58e6bc4620e7cd01ea34de665e5fd9
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed May 27 14:12:58 2009 +1000
+
+ inputproto 1.9.99.10
+
+commit 6b61bef5da91ca24d1bfcf9d314b8b8587c3e4fc
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Thu May 28 08:20:37 2009 +1000
+
+ Mirror the core enter/focus modes and add the passive grab mode.
+
+ If an enter/focus grabs activates (or deactivates), send an extra set of
+ enter/focus in (or leave/focus out) events to the grabbing client with mode
+ XIPassiveGrabNotify.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 1b2dc24bf51a325ea3fafb46768467675b00be52
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon May 25 15:48:25 2009 +1000
+
+ Add Enter/FocusIn passive grabs.
+
+ Same behaviour as button/keysym grabs but triggered on enter/leave and
+ focus in/out events.
+
+commit d0c6633f7bc2519c0b6c662a1f39a8ce56ab768a
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed May 27 13:11:49 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2proto.txt: remove one more keycode mentioning, fix typo
+
+commit 31f492bf9471fc593275fb95f97312db21439641
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon May 25 12:14:12 2009 +1000
+
+ Add XIGetSelectedEvents request and reply.
+
+ Counterpart to XISelectEvents, used to retrieve event masks from the server.
+
+commit f065f6c12aa5c2e79f1af38908e86d20a2efdc86
+Author: Benjamin Close <Benjamin.Close@clearchain.com>
+Date: Tue May 19 11:27:03 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2proto.h: fix two comments referring to the old naming scheme.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 3aca2d6ba53c8ddf5c40ae4b1411e50134b404a5
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri May 15 20:14:16 2009 +1000
+
+ inputproto 1.9.99.9
+
+commit 8c2872367765170c37f829d635c97dc3d68861b7
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Sat May 16 11:49:21 2009 +1000
+
+ Document naming conventions for XI2proto.h.
+
+commit b32e5830c0acbdba4798fad107bf8404c978753c
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Sat May 16 11:46:44 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2proto: define Window, Cursor, Atom and Time as uint32_t.
+
+ Since we're using stdint in the rest of the file, might as well ignore
+ CARD32 here.
+
+commit f4f09d40e0fd94d267b280f2a82385dca1141347
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Sat May 16 11:31:03 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2.h: remove XI2Mask, add XISetMask and friends.
+
+ XISetMask, XIClearMask, XIMaskIsSet serve to set, clear or check a bit in
+ the provided array.
+ XIMaskLen is a macro to get the minimum length of a mask for a given event
+ type.
+
+ They are expected to be common ways to deal with event masks, i.e. clients
+ will do:
+
+ unsigned char mask[XIMaskLen(XI_ButtonRelease)] = {0};
+ XISetMask(mask, XI_ButtonPress)
+ XISetMask(mask, XI_ButtonRelease)
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 0ae6581bc62b3b734c84b12e9a92d945d3e98aa7
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Sat May 16 11:25:49 2009 +1000
+
+ Add XIAnyButton and XIAnyKeysym.
+
+commit 4cc6992b08b6c7aed0d1242e3382fb53d51a0fe2
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Thu May 14 12:09:38 2009 +1000
+
+ XIQueryPointer needs to include sensible button/modifier state.
+
+ This includes shuffling the xXIModifierInfo and xXIGroupInfo structs to the
+ common structs section.
+
+commit d041f30777c09f07ac79fface61bfbfa654306f2
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Thu May 14 10:29:49 2009 +1000
+
+ Add an introduction to XI2proto.txt
+
+commit e1138da90235797248f38d7f613566fb8418c396
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue May 12 19:24:31 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2proto.txt: remove more mentioning of keycode grabs
+
+commit 7aba20ed4c404b80112a0bb28220a2c646f319e4
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue May 12 16:51:05 2009 +1000
+
+ Remove superfluous "Device" from protocol requests and events.
+
+ Anything with prefix XI is per-device anyway.
+
+commit 12635cbd4aea0ba3b38b96682d63bb71ba8c737e
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue May 12 16:14:01 2009 +1000
+
+ Add per-device flags to XIDeviceHierarchyEvents
+
+commit 886d2aceb77070292e984ed2b25e31ac9c82aba7
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue May 12 13:45:48 2009 +1000
+
+ Define Cursor as CARD32.
+
+ Reported-by: Benjamin Close <benjamin.close@clearchain.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 32277164bcff6b18a498f12886828187e1f96249
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon May 11 14:35:35 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2proto.h: doxygen-ify
+
+commit e9dfa4015520abd49779e96e7d54da763a54484b
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon May 11 13:46:53 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2proto.h: s/uint32_t/Time/ where appropriate
+
+commit a47a2b50845499e3f9144739db5644952faf8ea2
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Thu May 7 16:19:47 2009 +1000
+
+ Prefix all XI2 constants with "XI" -> inputproto 1.99.9.8
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 2edc35c032c2792d9528a396f596d466d4f10764
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed May 6 16:33:34 2009 +1000
+
+ Add XI2 property requests.
+
+ Basically the same as XI 1.5, save the 16 bit deviceids.
+
+commit 504b480c946fe4c4a96500ef8c5da100b787ab32
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Sat Apr 25 11:08:21 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2: add passive grabs.
+
+ Most notably XI2 provides keysym grabs instead of keycode grabs.
+
+commit 5d60550fdeb375a88ac9da42bcad4ee69b0df64a
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Sat Apr 25 10:43:43 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2 spec: Add some more Grab/Ungrab/AllowEvents documentation.
+
+commit 6d28cb22ada7a1abb6ab11863c82c9834d1a4b00
+Author: Benjamin Close <Benjamin.Close@clearchain.com>
+Date: Wed Apr 22 13:10:50 2009 +0930
+
+ Define the Cursor datasize correctly
+
+ On 64 bit machines, without Cursor defined Xlib would allocate 64 bits
+ rather than 32 to any structs using Cursor. This led to data not
+ correctly being available on the wire hence the Xserver would do strange
+ things. We hence define Cursor to what it should be and make sure
+ we undefine it after we've finished to users of XIproto.h aren't affected
+
+ Fix-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Signed-off-by: Benjamin Close <Benjamin.Close@clearchain.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 589dc6ffa509c1c7da2d94dc89b2246c3dfdc81d
+Author: Paul "TBBle" Hampson <Paul.Hampson@Pobox.com>
+Date: Wed Apr 22 09:00:14 2009 +1000
+
+ Fix typo in XI2proto.txt
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 3380ae0ac0220c7f8fea9df855113819b472a233
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Thu Apr 16 11:37:20 2009 +1000
+
+ Add XIAllowEvents.
+
+ Basically the same as the core protocol AllowEvents.
+
+commit 3c273d7145ed5f53b54d2812ad2ac8430d449555
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Sun Apr 19 21:33:42 2009 +1000
+
+ Change FP1616 into a single int32_t.
+
+commit 8914a9a2a99e334f66d6040d05b3d5f5b603780f
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Apr 10 17:31:05 2009 +1000
+
+ Add GrabDevice and UngrabDevice XI2 requests.
+
+commit 1956df7e45a49464dee2d7beff36f38ea00e9cb8
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Apr 10 14:56:20 2009 +1000
+
+ Revert "Add major/minor version as supported by client to GetExtensionVersionReq."
+
+ This reverts commit f6e41306f76de966884d4b72c5fb5e5d6d534ce4.
+ Sending the supported version hidden in another request is potentially
+ dangerous, so let's not do it.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 55ee1f97d446403b9c2ed2e3c321afa4d683c93f
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Apr 10 14:35:00 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2proto.txt: fix typo
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit d5105dc8516dd89cad0cd841081ff85d0a672bae
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Apr 10 14:17:51 2009 +1000
+
+ We don't need to define KeyCode and Mask.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 75daa0db2c87d065e80afdf248965f34f7073cd5
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Fri Apr 10 14:17:02 2009 +1000
+
+ Undef Window, Time, etc. after usage again to avoid pollution.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+
+commit 6c9785ea2581924fc748f61160a2faa4ab8eded0
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Mar 3 15:15:50 2009 +1000
+
+ Remove IsFloating - we don't need this in XI 1.x anymore.
+
+commit 069880638b1c2af821c6d84fde4119668c533063
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Mar 3 15:13:22 2009 +1000
+
+ Move XI_2_Major/Minor to XI2.h
+
+commit 2570457174fb951d3f5f725f87e8f7f45059158b
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Mar 3 16:13:05 2009 +1000
+
+ Move AttachToMaster, Floating to XI2.h
+
+commit 1d933800acfa31f0a8f014224c1708f0076f3db0
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Mar 3 15:58:24 2009 +1000
+
+ Move CH_* constants to xi2
+
+commit 5aa07308a10315f9305cd9637c71f98432c75ecf
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Feb 4 14:33:57 2009 +1000
+
+ Remove XI2 requests from XIproto.h
+
+ All requests been moved to XI2proto.h. Only ExtendedGrabDevice is gone for
+ good.
+
+commit 05f997e68921a1443728a9c58050eb82b73eaea8
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Thu Feb 26 15:22:55 2009 +1000
+
+ Bump to 1.9.99.7
+
+commit 7a73c3c64b1affa946deb66dd22042ee12fd747d
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Thu Mar 12 15:43:26 2009 +1000
+
+ Add XISetDeviceFocus and XIGetDeviceFocus requests
+
+commit 0ca1de737aa5cd714a4df3a45422dce415f9df55
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Mar 11 16:32:06 2009 +1000
+
+ Add focus events
+
+commit da74983b7d18ad06fe828040072d4a985ce4d448
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Mar 11 13:32:09 2009 +1000
+
+ Add buttons + modifier/group information to enter/leave events.
+
+commit c9ebfba4a128f0d0eda920a02af013b795adfec5
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Mar 11 12:30:16 2009 +1000
+
+ Define FP1616 as one int16_t, one uint16_t.
+
+commit 2339bc5b0eea89e676ac58a38ac5eb6a8ae6e6f9
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Mar 10 15:42:28 2009 +1000
+
+ ValuatorInfo moved to FP3232
+
+commit cac1bcbf6d544f29c3379bc0462bb237e8ff8399
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Mar 10 15:35:04 2009 +1000
+
+ Add FP3232 typedef.
+
+commit fc7f67959ad72c76e852827963d6a42b7d533b89
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Mar 10 12:26:18 2009 +1000
+
+ XI2: remove button state from the RawEvent.
+
+ A RawEvent is supposed to represent the state posted by the device. If a
+ client needs button state, then the client must keep track of it.
+
+commit d2ba9af0517f54fb58358e41859f5e4ead9b64f2
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Thu Feb 26 15:10:28 2009 +1000
+
+ Split CH_ChangeAttachment into CH_AttachSlave and CH_DetachSlave
+
+ CH_ChangeAttachment is still there, but won't be for long.
+
+commit 69f5b8a3ff8258cc6d50cca7d5382b0fe9fed893
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Thu Feb 5 15:57:56 2009 +1000
+
+ Add XI2.h and XI2proto.h, and a few required defines to XI.h
+
+commit 27dc5a8313d48a78a628563132142a97f7a47843
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Thu Feb 5 14:18:28 2009 +1000
+
+ Add XI2 protocol specification document.
+
+commit f39d3c8d6035fe65ad788987e291b99ad22448dd
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Feb 4 15:21:55 2009 +1000
+
+ Whitespace cleanups.
+
+ Yep. Slow day today.
+
+commit c2d426f232f214f24fba2e30766c94e643716a72
+Author: Paulo Cesar Pereira de Andrade <pcpa@mandriva.com.br>
+Date: Tue Jan 27 20:06:28 2009 -0200
+
+ Janitor: Correct make distcheck and dont distribute autogen.sh
+
+commit 7203036522ba9d4b224d282d6afc2d0b947711ee
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@redhat.com>
+Date: Fri Oct 31 16:33:25 2008 +1030
+
+ Bump to 1.9.99.6.
+
+commit f8064629496c6061bedb7a99b788fb9d3a170f11
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@redhat.com>
+Date: Fri Oct 31 17:53:39 2008 +1030
+
+ PropertyNotify, move deviceid back to last byte.
+
+ This way, it can be type-cast to deviceKeyButtonPointer to extract the
+ deviceid, which is (aside from time) the only thing it has in common with
+ those anyway.
+
+commit 90a86701e3b9feafa05f44649a8314f06285fab5
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@redhat.com>
+Date: Wed Oct 8 21:39:20 2008 +1030
+
+ Remove window access protocol requests.
+
+ This is a bad idea. It didn't provide security and you can get the same
+ functionality as you did with normal event registration.
+
+commit 36c8a6f3faf56a8f8ca31455812c9132b379b1b3
+Author: Julien Cristau <jcristau@jazzy.liafa.jussieu.fr>
+Date: Wed Oct 15 10:33:51 2008 +0200
+
+ Undef Atom after we're done so we don't pollute users of XIproto.h
+
+commit c919917e375aefaf473570c1b25b3c22231e858d
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@redhat.com>
+Date: Wed Oct 15 10:34:21 2008 +1030
+
+ Make sure Atoms are defined as CARD32.
+
+commit 2166b77ea60bd9cd87f1311a2e7d461db071cb07
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@redhat.com>
+Date: Fri Sep 26 10:11:04 2008 +0930
+
+ Bump to 1.9.99.5.
+
+commit 93c1ea035b46614fd907e33303c6a876d32e2c78
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@redhat.com>
+Date: Fri Sep 26 09:37:48 2008 +0930
+
+ Remove default properties (XI_PROP_MODE, XI_PROP_ENABLED)
+
+ These should be defined by the server, not the protocol.
+
+commit 18ef04f8a2026cca5d2d2b796ec2ea1c949bad36
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@redhat.com>
+Date: Thu Sep 18 15:00:54 2008 +0930
+
+ Remove Configure/QueryDeviceProperty.
+
+commit c9454a8e84b2dce54bb346ff1aafb32e3c0ac5b9
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@redhat.com>
+Date: Thu Sep 18 16:28:09 2008 +0930
+
+ Add XI_JOYSTICK type.
+
+commit 20a0c8433ee50ecef1dfdb218674c7729bbacb99
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@redhat.com>
+Date: Thu Sep 18 15:00:01 2008 +0930
+
+ Don't include Xmd.h.
+
+commit 3e7b663e7d5a40a115eba3cabfc173549ff89357
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@redhat.com>
+Date: Fri Aug 15 15:01:16 2008 +0930
+
+ inputproto 1.9.99.4
+
+ Backported device properties.
+
+commit fabe087cebb11c6a2600e57c6f7a52fda2efea29
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@redhat.com>
+Date: Fri Aug 15 14:50:23 2008 +0930
+
+ Protect against C++ includes.
+
+commit c2d47b04c55cf72aef6c13a9e2cc4b41abfca673
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@redhat.com>
+Date: Fri Aug 15 14:21:24 2008 +0930
+
+ Remove RCS tags, typo fix.
+
+commit 7c9620d8232e5c05115746055a832363a528ac2d
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@redhat.com>
+Date: Wed Aug 13 10:00:12 2008 +0930
+
+ Back out Device Properties from XI 2, push into XI 1.5.
+
+commit 54465c743354dd138f4ccacc196198e36c2ecdba
+Author: Alan Hourihane <alanh@tungstengraphics.com>
+Date: Tue Jul 29 14:15:04 2008 +0100
+
+ bump to 1.99.9.3
+
+commit 0daf8328cfa90b038753fc409c5eb05ba3fac6d5
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Tue Jul 29 08:58:53 2008 +0930
+
+ Add DeviceControlChanged define.
+
+ This value is used for the devchange field in the DevicePresenceNotify event
+ when a device's control has been modified.
+
+commit 0d300ce64c277f4f7c7fe5fd6dca1ed768880af1
+Author: Alan Hourihane <alanh@tungstengraphics.com>
+Date: Mon Jul 21 10:33:47 2008 +0100
+
+ Bump to 1.9.99.2 for inputproto
+
+commit fe74239e93e6562ba6c268b50d6cfb36d2426bef
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Sun Jul 13 20:49:51 2008 +0930
+
+ Add #defines for XI_PROP_ENABLED, XI_PROP_MODE
+
+ These two props are expected to be supported by the server.
+
+commit 5f686651087ac9d1a15b4d8aa631f2d7f2096871
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Wed Jul 9 18:28:26 2008 +0930
+
+ Set IEVENTS back to 18, got set to 8 inadvertantly.
+
+commit bbbe35b3513510afb524e02b8227826dbd5ea87e
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+Date: Mon Jul 7 15:38:50 2008 +0930
+
+ Add XI device property requests and replies.
+
+ New requests:
+ ListDeviceProperties ... list all props of a device
+ QueryDeviceProperty ... query meta-information about a property
+ ChangeDeviceProperty ... change the content of a property
+ DeleteDeviceProperty ... delete a property
+ GetDeviceProperty ... retrieve a property
+
+ New event:
+ DevicePropertyChangedNotify ... the given property on the device has changed
+
+commit 9f1f3ef7a36fddacf30ecf867ddad90253103b6a
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Wed May 28 17:13:49 2008 +0930
+
+ Bump to 1.9.99.1.
+
+commit 834c9ba8b4a1746a5d87d793f7c40bb882712656
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Mon May 12 17:30:30 2008 +0930
+
+ Remove a leftover typedef, the code that requires it has since been removed.
+
+ Was part of the FakeDeviceData request, this request does not exist anymore.
+
+commit c6df1392e52b5edf3f25e0198c06a3a1ae3c0356
+Merge: f6e4130 8525689
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Mon May 12 17:30:15 2008 +0930
+
+ Merge branch 'master' into mpx
+
+ Conflicts:
+
+ XI.h
+
+commit f6e41306f76de966884d4b72c5fb5e5d6d534ce4
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Sat Apr 26 10:03:19 2008 +0930
+
+ Add major/minor version as supported by client to GetExtensionVersionReq.
+
+ This sort-of breaks old clients. Behaviour to be assumed is that if nbytes is
+ 0, major/minorVersion is set and specifies the version as supported by the
+ client.
+ If nbytes is non-zero, the request is trailed by the extension name (INAME)
+ and major/minorVersion is undefined. This is the behaviour of pre-MPX clients.
+
+ And then there may be clients who found that no other extension uses this
+ request and supplying a name wasn't actually necessary since it was XI anyway.
+ These clients will break. Tough luck. Read the man pages next time.
+
+commit 746f61a86d1fd37216508a3f913bf2a1d1287478
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Fri Apr 25 18:09:32 2008 +0930
+
+ Remove XInput.h. This file is now part of libXi.
+
+ XInput.h only belongs to libXi and is should not be part of the protocol
+ headers. For future revisions of this file refer to
+ git://anongit.freedesktop.org/git/xorg/lib/libXi
+
+commit b762dad06c33a9bdcdedecb9a20d218aa38d05d6
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Fri Apr 25 10:34:01 2008 +0930
+
+ Add #define IREQUESTS 45. Specifies the number of requests in XI.
+
+commit 852568991b251e9366da167f1b746a0a1db6adf0
+Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@redhat.com>
+Date: Mon Mar 10 09:31:51 2008 -0400
+
+ Typo fix.
+
+commit b5cbe2d93f6c0129b8f29da97778f6d1b15c38f9
+Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@redhat.com>
+Date: Mon Mar 10 09:08:21 2008 -0400
+
+ C sucks: define XEventClass in terms of unsigned int, not CARD32.
+
+ Apparently pulling in Xmd.h here breaks qt, since they both define an
+ INT32 type (and incompatible ones even, since Xmd's is unsigned long on
+ ILP32 because whoever wrote Xmd.h is a C novice).
+
+commit 3edc1bf23b07ea47d7e1e32047e15c67333c663e
+Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@redhat.com>
+Date: Wed Mar 5 22:06:19 2008 -0500
+
+ inputproto 1.4.3
+
+commit 83fe5a31cbba502482ee1f2e720aaed8f4fa86b8
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Tue Mar 4 18:10:00 2008 +1030
+
+ Add deviceid to QueryDevicePointer reply.
+
+ Doesn't hurt, we have padding left over anyway.
+
+commit 52e366d845163cdc1ffa8955d36914cd6b5f21f9
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Mon Feb 25 16:51:31 2008 +1030
+
+ Squash opcode range for MPX XI requests.
+
+ This removes the opcode holes that were left by the excessive request removal
+ of the last weeks.
+
+commit 66ba434bc5c5fd343e558b758a7e0d61dcebb1c4
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Mon Feb 25 16:45:16 2008 +1030
+
+ Remove GetPairedPointer, paired device can be found through ListInputDevices.
+
+commit 1f37b09c99df0890fbf347f3767934cdd4e586c2
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Mon Feb 25 16:28:05 2008 +1030
+
+ Remove "ungrab" from ExtendedGrabDevice request, remove XUngrabExtDevice().
+
+ That's what UngrabDevice is for, it does the same anyway.
+
+commit 1f6d53f553e580757d4c7391838a44b659812ab0
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Mon Feb 18 17:21:37 2008 +1030
+
+ Add WindowAccessAllowAll constant.
+
+ Not surprisingly the inverse of DenyAll.
+
+commit b512f47795bd125f6b04806d8a831f888febb67d
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Thu Feb 14 18:25:24 2008 +1030
+
+ Change XChangeDeviceHieararchy API.
+
+ Single-pointer to changes is enough since we have a union now.
+ Provide array first, then number of elements. This at least gives us
+ consistency within the MPX-related stuff. The rest of Xlib can't seem to make
+ its mind up about that.
+
+commit 330cfbd0ca6e6d1557e08ab0c555fe87acc7be29
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Thu Feb 14 16:33:03 2008 +1030
+
+ Make XAnyDeviceHierarchyChangeInfo a union of the possible types.
+
+ Kinda the same as the XEvent union.
+
+ Some whitespace fixes too.
+
+commit d5245e8b85deec6f76bec2c9599da59516e50cca
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Thu Feb 14 09:17:34 2008 +1030
+
+ Whitespace fixing and sz_RegisterPairedClient removal.
+
+commit 3c24865ad98557a5bc3e12c954eefaffff01bf36
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Thu Feb 14 09:15:11 2008 +1030
+
+ Remove GrabAccessControl and FakeDeviceData.
+
+ Both aren't thought out enough to justify their inclusion in the first version
+ of MPX.
+
+commit 6a91ee1bd1d4751d09f2e4aa832913bc66ae4602
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Tue Feb 12 19:19:58 2008 +1030
+
+ Remove RawDeviceEvent - for now anyway.
+
+ Wasn't quite as thought-out as it should be. Throwing it out for now, to get
+ the rest of MPX more stable.
+
+commit 1d097c26264b657689d74f3f0a77cd1aa4f7e576
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Tue Feb 12 19:17:51 2008 +1030
+
+ Remove pairingChangedNotify event.
+
+ I swear I already removed that before... Anyway, we don't need it anymore,
+ since pairings can't be changed anyway. Hooray for the device hierarchy.
+
+commit be9e285258b8ea90628bbb5ae65bf74bdc59338b
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Tue Feb 12 15:04:24 2008 +1030
+
+ Remove "shared" field from QueryDevicePointer.
+
+ If it's a slave device, it's shared, if it's a master device it has its own
+ cursor. No need for this field.
+
+commit bd20f0ebd5e71fd03b3140960c3960bc50bd4273
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Wed Jan 23 15:47:56 2008 +1030
+
+ Add a device id to XiSelectEvent.
+
+commit 096b20bf5492d248b5c8ff0c1c28e221d59db724
+Author: Jesse Barnes <jesse.barnes@intel.com>
+Date: Mon Jan 21 15:28:49 2008 -0800
+
+ Use Xmd.h instead of X.h to pull in CARD32 definition
+
+ On 64 bit hosts, CARD32 may be undefined unless we use Xmd.h to define it for
+ us. Apparently X.h is no longer sufficient.
+
+commit 640a97d321cdc5fd2f34265cba86da40463f8e48
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Tue Dec 18 15:47:01 2007 +1030
+
+ Move deviceid in XDeviceCrossingEvent up to follow window.
+
+ This makes XDeviceCrossingEvents in line with the other events who have the
+ same initial ordering of things.
+
+commit 9359e625787761e6b3df15f29bbf842c67a9516d
+Author: James Cloos <cloos@jhcloos.com>
+Date: Thu Dec 6 16:39:02 2007 -0500
+
+ Replace static ChangeLog with dist-hook to generate from git log
+
+commit 92f083437f3129bb67cd4599ad776b8b691f0b56
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Tue Nov 13 17:22:21 2007 +1030
+
+ Remove RegisterPairingClient, deprecated with the device hierarchy now.
+
+commit 14e6e7bad06a560ec943654b94e05d4293709f2c
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Tue Nov 13 11:29:06 2007 +1030
+
+ Add DeviceClassesChangedEvent.
+
+commit 685a2dd32736956f5175afb9bc5773c829725fea
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Thu Nov 8 17:26:35 2007 +1030
+
+ Add DeviceHierarchyChangedEvent.
+
+ Uses same event type as the now removed PointerKeyboardPairingChangedNotify.
+
+ (removing the RandomStringEvent too, should have been gone a while ago)
+
+commit 6037b37a5bf03f0b38db6a83fe1bc48551b8363c
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Fri Oct 19 10:22:51 2007 +0930
+
+ Add XChangeDeviceHierarchy and its components.
+
+commit 52e2f24b3a21741d2fb0614642fd5b12b72c0d3d
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Thu Oct 18 12:23:34 2007 +0930
+
+ Create new XAttachInfo class for attachment info (slave devices).
+
+ Thanks to XLibs design we can't just change XDeviceInfo without breaking the
+ ABI. So here's a new class that isn't actually a class on the wire.
+
+commit 3c5555544e06f1be70e6981446e2a92dc1e2aecd
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Thu Oct 18 10:39:40 2007 +0930
+
+ Add XI version 2 defines.
+
+commit 6a0ffc2f461bd41a223732551e0ea1f05c293028
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Wed Oct 17 12:38:38 2007 +0930
+
+ xDeviceInfo: add "attached" field (replace previous padding).
+
+ If use is set to IsXExtensionPointer/Keyboard/Devices, attached indicates the
+ device ID of the master device it is attached to. If the device is floating,
+ attached is set to IsFloating.
+
+commit 4b22047f347d8fd65a36b2fc90e1a87dff8e93e3
+Author: Eamon Walsh <ewalsh@tycho.nsa.gov>
+Date: Thu Sep 27 12:27:19 2007 -0400
+
+ XI.h needs X.h for CARD32 on 64-bit systems.
+
+commit f033750780b74d72056da93fd9a91140a978891b
+Merge: 369dd28 96b0c13
+Author: James Cloos <cloos@jhcloos.com>
+Date: Mon Sep 3 06:17:20 2007 -0400
+
+ Merge branch 'master' of ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/xorg/proto/inputproto
+
+commit 369dd283cfcf006e2cfe3496ebc5157839a3d04e
+Author: James Cloos <cloos@jhcloos.com>
+Date: Mon Sep 3 05:54:06 2007 -0400
+
+ Add *~ to .gitignore to skip patch/emacs droppings
+
+commit 96b0c13a5a689b3a6dbc4249ca4ef364f778c003
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Fri Aug 31 17:58:27 2007 +0930
+
+ Bump to 1.4.2.1
+
+ No source changes, the 1.4.2 tarball had a busted configure script.
+
+commit 0e9f8468ba15a55ddba7fb8c263a80091e9decde
+Author: Paulo Ricardo Zanoni <prz05@c3sl.ufpr.br>
+Date: Tue Jul 10 10:16:06 2007 +0930
+
+ Change some calls to use XID* instead of char* for device id lists.
+
+commit 5e4ff6bf4590d856966f151529d27be0eb070804
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Thu May 17 20:19:29 2007 +0930
+
+ Move deviceid around in deviceEnterNotify, make room for detail field.
+
+commit 3d164140845c2ff65d84b56977b1722e95882f1c
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Thu May 17 20:19:02 2007 +0930
+
+ Add event_type to RawDeviceEvent to store matching core event type.
+
+commit 42a6b9b643d22ca8df64757cf497d2c7ac2dee65
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Mon May 14 18:03:53 2007 +0930
+
+ Add ExtendedGrabRequest and the matching reply.
+
+commit ccbe2e63123c58041a3c32ae6a21b05bd8c72b04
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Wed May 2 18:19:11 2007 +0930
+
+ Add xFakeDeviceDataReq
+
+commit b12514254cb1d2b91381b59251440b22e36052fb
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Wed May 2 09:43:48 2007 +0930
+
+ Providing a device id for a RawDeviceEvent may not be a bad idea.
+
+commit ce7bbfb7e0ecaf977c4ec8e760c634cebf8ac167
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Tue May 1 22:31:09 2007 +0930
+
+ Add XGE support and event types for RawDeviceEvent and PairingChanged event.
+
+commit 02c50062d357bc5d43ab4440eb195a33df0ec8b9
+Merge: f0baffd 310a93f
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Fri Apr 27 14:43:43 2007 +0930
+
+ Merge branch 'master' into mpx
+
+commit 310a93f8e194aa070b0f1d40c8fd5ae941908dbe
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Thu Apr 26 11:06:18 2007 +0930
+
+ bump to 1.4.2
+
+commit c9bed7d4750c314002c16430a4dd75f95cc2f78d
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Tue Apr 24 22:53:27 2007 +0930
+
+ Add flags to be used for DevicePrensence's devchange field.
+
+commit f0baffd3a04dfe8a09b59667e5dcaa0216a94e65
+Merge: a928365 c608d82
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Mon Apr 2 16:42:46 2007 +0930
+
+ Merge branch 'master' into mpx
+
+commit a928365b91a2e25d02291844e430db9a9a62673d
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Thu Mar 22 21:14:11 2007 +1030
+
+ Change XSetClientPointer API to use an XDevice instead of deviceid.
+
+commit 4ed9be75a5d3d75782351269481db5856f7e3f60
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Thu Mar 22 17:27:32 2007 +1030
+
+ add GetClientPointer request and reply.
+ add GetPairedPointer request and reply.
+ move declaration of _XiGetDevicePresenceNotifyEvent out of the macro and wrap
+ it between extern "C". Otherwise C++ code won't be able to find it.
+
+commit 9dd8dcfa7e084d94cf3b7429eae65c93416159e3
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Fri Mar 9 15:51:07 2007 +1030
+
+ add SetClientPointer request.
+ fix typos and wrong names for access function declarations.
+
+commit de6f3fcaffe204e8f7c811f8a1599e9ed0999f9c
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Thu Feb 22 20:03:36 2007 +1030
+
+ add access control requests.
+ fix wrong field lengths for RegisterPairing request and reply.
+
+commit bb5c144c53fcb03c56b247b439915d72ad284856
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Wed Feb 21 10:03:24 2007 +1030
+
+ add xRegisterPairingClient request and reply
+
+commit c608d82c6b5b87ddc8d14862f528bdd69f5f5b72
+Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+Date: Thu Feb 15 16:33:07 2007 +0200
+
+ bump to 1.4.1
+
+commit 157a7984f1d2e2630191b6d392bc15975a3786db
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Fri Feb 9 11:37:54 2007 +1030
+
+ add missing XWarpDevicePointer declaration
+
+commit 025e4cdde8267d678dc5105e11c7cd66e2ad89b5
+Merge: 328cd82 ad2edb6
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Thu Feb 8 10:55:55 2007 +1030
+
+ Merge branch 'master'
+
+commit 328cd827e89424292ca020d0b828154f8e4f2c17
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Thu Feb 8 10:54:34 2007 +1030
+
+ add flags field to deviceEnterNotify struct
+ add same_screen, focus to XDeviceCrossingEvent struct
+
+commit 4ab02ccbdad477a0d7a0bee79c947f50826f1a36
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Mon Jan 29 18:18:56 2007 +1030
+
+ add ChangePointerKeyboardPairing request
+ add pairingChangedNotify event
+
+commit b50c4424020d1b2b641ce15ee3ffea41a287a160
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Wed Jan 10 14:53:01 2007 +1030
+
+ add deviceEnterNotify event, DeviceEnterNotify, DeviceLeaveNotify support
+ add MPX Major/Minor version numbers
+
+commit ad2edb61ffd8baf87b9ab249aa36b0c04a765f79
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Tue Jan 9 13:32:39 2007 +1030
+
+ Fix typo in DevicePresence() macro
+
+commit 3b84ea85ace4dc9fe1caf7d7c45c0c51ee35b4b2
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Mon Jan 8 12:33:41 2007 +1030
+
+ add ChangeDeviceCursor request
+
+commit cc055ae804f4dfd8b09b8993673b4670e5cf61ce
+Author: Peter Hutterer <peter@cs.unisa.edu.au>
+Date: Wed Dec 20 13:36:06 2006 +1030
+
+ add QueryDevicePointer request + reply
+ add WarpDevicePointer request
+
+commit a0be30da79e35e7d503c6eeb9021c2f63beb2176
+Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+Date: Sun Oct 22 16:40:11 2006 +0300
+
+ DeviceAbs{Area,Calib}: properly align 32-bit types
+ Decorate CARD32s and INT32s with B32.
+
+commit b1b3dbfd9b00d47c84c213bc6b7d61c5e8c80466
+Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+Date: Sun Oct 22 16:30:56 2006 +0300
+
+ DevicePresenceNotify: add deviceid field, with explanation
+ Add deviceid field, and an explanation of same in XInput.h.
+ deviceid is only used if a specific device changed, and control
+ is non-zero if a specific control on that device changed.
+
+commit 06ffd1e6b600d4e3f55ce7da69448a284ff5dac6
+Author: Zephaniah E. Hull <warp@agamemnon.b5>
+Date: Sat Oct 21 03:58:53 2006 -0400
+
+ DEVICE_TOUCHPAD -> DEVICE_ABS_CALIB.
+
+ As it's really calibration for absolute devices, add some stuff.
+
+ DEVICE_ABS_AREA
+
+ Defines the area of the screen that an absolute device covers if it is sending
+ core events.
+
+commit 1fab95863efc2bbf9a5b836b3de31da4a956b4bd
+Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+Date: Fri Oct 20 00:33:13 2006 +0300
+
+ add DEVICE_ENABLE control, add core indication
+ Add DEVICE_ENABLE control, which allows specific devices to be
+ enabled or disabled at runtime.
+ Add 'iscore' flag to DEVICE_CORE, which indicates whether or not the
+ device is a virtual core device.
+
+commit 926251a486b57197d735a426887acad6fdfd7dc6
+Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+Date: Tue Jul 18 11:56:37 2006 -0400
+
+ add XExtensionKeyboard and XExtensionPointer classes
+ Add two new classes of device, XExtensionKeyboard, and XExtensionPointer.
+
+commit 7a4a2a3e733378abced0a184627adfda4ed387b9
+Author: Daniel Stone <daniel.stone@nokia.com>
+Date: Mon Jul 17 19:34:45 2006 -0400
+
+ add DevicePresenceNotify event, clean up
+ Add DevicePresenceNotify event, which indicates that something in the device
+ list changed (Kristian Høgsberg, Red Hat).
+ Add a core event control, which toggles the sending or not of core events by
+ an extended device.
+ Clean up some random detritus from the MetroLink merge.
+
+commit 6767671f502964d385aa41de3a45fb479c6330c0
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Fri Jul 14 18:56:18 2006 -0700
+
+ renamed: .cvsignore -> .gitignore
+
+commit 4cc2697880ae61723094dacf78ffe77d81f6e0ee
+Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
+Date: Thu Dec 15 00:24:37 2005 +0000
+
+ Update package version number for final X11R7 release candidate.
+
+commit 3ade2fe8443f572abeee73b4fa8e986e4a054017
+Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
+Date: Wed Oct 19 02:48:14 2005 +0000
+
+ Update package version number for RC1 release.
+
+commit 67498db2df7435d9d59eda4ac444c6560da839b3
+Author: Eric Anholt <anholt@freebsd.org>
+Date: Tue Aug 2 19:19:38 2005 +0000
+
+ Add basic .cvsignore files for proto modules.
+
+commit 742a1eb222d662fc9247ab7c1bd337ffef01eafb
+Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
+Date: Fri Jul 29 21:22:55 2005 +0000
+
+ Various changes preparing packages for RC0:
+ - Verify and update package version numbers as needed
+ - Implement versioning scheme
+ - Change bug address to point to bugzilla bug entry form
+ - Disable loadable i18n in libX11 by default (use --enable-loadable-i18n to
+ reenable it)
+ - Fix makedepend to use pkgconfig and pass distcheck
+ - Update build script to build macros first
+ - Update modular Xorg version
+
+commit 9161a356397a07002e03cf1846d212c7154f4c52
+Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+Date: Sat May 21 04:04:21 2005 +0000
+
+ Set version to 1.3.
+
+commit 492f0a9e16bfe9cfb2c7b888b5b5e511db2bf83b
+Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@nwnk.net>
+Date: Thu May 19 00:22:39 2005 +0000
+
+ revert last change, didn't do right thing at all, sorry for the noise
+
+commit ec71e17293b90ff5eeaa97566751fc5c3955904a
+Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@nwnk.net>
+Date: Thu May 19 00:10:18 2005 +0000
+
+ Require automake 1.7 in AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE
+
+commit 242316c65e53d1bba244e4f35e5a93718b0ea8d0
+Author: Josh Triplett <josh@speakeasy.net>
+Date: Mon May 16 03:30:03 2005 +0000
+
+ Add COPYING file for Input.
+
+commit 5c5945a47990b7bc077bcfdbabb6e0003cbf1659
+Author: Søren Sandmann Pedersen <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>
+Date: Mon May 9 18:20:04 2005 +0000
+
+ Change all the protonames from <extension>Ext to <extension>Proto.
+
+commit 518f527ab685d2d082796460113bb7a9ea9bfe15
+Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
+Date: Fri May 6 01:46:30 2005 +0000
+
+ Initial build system files for proto module.
+
+commit 4254b2967e3c5f256138f35de1ab49efff87220c
+Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de>
+Date: Fri Apr 23 18:43:06 2004 +0000
+
+ Merging XORG-CURRENT into trunk
+
+commit ca910a158bdc060d17cf3c00f93c82c3a6ee6f05
+Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de>
+Date: Sun Mar 14 08:31:35 2004 +0000
+
+ Importing vendor version xf86-4_4_99_1 on Sun Mar 14 00:26:39 PST 2004
+
+commit 08e413c25f385e51466ef3309d880c1f63bf0a73
+Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de>
+Date: Wed Mar 3 12:10:54 2004 +0000
+
+ Importing vendor version xf86-4_4_0 on Wed Mar 3 04:09:24 PST 2004
+
+commit 1b98dbf2eab5a8ef74afda0c669c9fdfc6461cda
+Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de>
+Date: Thu Feb 26 13:35:11 2004 +0000
+
+ readding XFree86's cvs IDs
+
+commit f276a601f272742ea8570fae4326c172cf4b8723
+Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de>
+Date: Thu Feb 26 09:22:27 2004 +0000
+
+ Importing vendor version xf86-4_3_99_903 on Wed Feb 26 01:21:00 PST 2004
+
+commit 47d36cccfdf0e65848bb2e9595779501a76d6000
+Author: Kaleb Keithley <kaleb@freedesktop.org>
+Date: Tue Nov 25 19:28:02 2003 +0000
+
+ XFree86 4.3.99.16 Bring the tree up to date for the Cygwin folks
+
+commit 4383a95e0bbc2f09394deefc453c2edd1c813d0f
+Author: Kaleb Keithley <kaleb@freedesktop.org>
+Date: Fri Nov 14 16:48:42 2003 +0000
+
+ XFree86 4.3.0.1
+
+commit 51468f1607f0b88576628c89e85d159afbb4628e
+Author: Kaleb Keithley <kaleb@freedesktop.org>
+Date: Fri Nov 14 15:54:35 2003 +0000
+
+ R6.6 is the Xorg base-line
--- /dev/null
+Installation Instructions
+*************************
+
+Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005,
+2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is free documentation; the Free Software Foundation gives
+unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+Basic Installation
+==================
+
+ Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should
+configure, build, and install this package. The following
+more-detailed instructions are generic; see the `README' file for
+instructions specific to this package.
+
+ The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
+various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
+those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
+It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
+definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
+you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
+file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
+debugging `configure').
+
+ It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
+and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
+the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. Caching is
+disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
+cache files.
+
+ If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
+to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
+diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
+be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at
+some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
+may remove or edit it.
+
+ The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
+`configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You need `configure.ac' if
+you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version
+of `autoconf'.
+
+The simplest way to compile this package is:
+
+ 1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
+ `./configure' to configure the package for your system.
+
+ Running `configure' might take a while. While running, it prints
+ some messages telling which features it is checking for.
+
+ 2. Type `make' to compile the package.
+
+ 3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
+ the package.
+
+ 4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
+ documentation.
+
+ 5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
+ source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the
+ files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
+ a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is
+ also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
+ for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get
+ all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
+ with the distribution.
+
+ 6. Often, you can also type `make uninstall' to remove the installed
+ files again.
+
+Compilers and Options
+=====================
+
+ Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
+the `configure' script does not know about. Run `./configure --help'
+for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
+
+ You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters
+by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here
+is an example:
+
+ ./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
+
+ *Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
+
+Compiling For Multiple Architectures
+====================================
+
+ You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
+same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
+own directory. To do this, you can use GNU `make'. `cd' to the
+directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
+the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the
+source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
+
+ With a non-GNU `make', it is safer to compile the package for one
+architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have
+installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before
+reconfiguring for another architecture.
+
+ On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and
+executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or
+"universal" binaries--by specifying multiple `-arch' options to the
+compiler but only a single `-arch' option to the preprocessor. Like
+this:
+
+ ./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
+ CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
+ CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E"
+
+ This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you
+may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results
+using the `lipo' tool if you have problems.
+
+Installation Names
+==================
+
+ By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under
+`/usr/local/bin', include files under `/usr/local/include', etc. You
+can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving
+`configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX'.
+
+ You can specify separate installation prefixes for
+architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
+pass the option `--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to `configure', the package uses
+PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
+Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
+
+ In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
+options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
+kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
+you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
+
+ If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
+with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
+option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
+
+Optional Features
+=================
+
+ Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
+`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
+They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
+is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The
+`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
+package recognizes.
+
+ For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
+find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
+you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
+`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
+
+Particular systems
+==================
+
+ On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible. If GNU
+CC is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in
+order to use an ANSI C compiler:
+
+ ./configure CC="cc -Ae"
+
+and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX.
+
+ On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot
+parse its `<wchar.h>' header file. The option `-nodtk' can be used as
+a workaround. If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended
+to try
+
+ ./configure CC="cc"
+
+and if that doesn't work, try
+
+ ./configure CC="cc -nodtk"
+
+Specifying the System Type
+==========================
+
+ There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out
+automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
+will run on. Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
+_same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
+a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
+`--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
+type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
+
+ CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
+
+where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
+
+ OS KERNEL-OS
+
+ See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
+`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
+need to know the machine type.
+
+ If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
+use the option `--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
+produce code for.
+
+ If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
+platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
+"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
+eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
+
+Sharing Defaults
+================
+
+ If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
+you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
+default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
+`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
+`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
+`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
+A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
+
+Defining Variables
+==================
+
+ Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
+environment passed to `configure'. However, some packages may run
+configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
+variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set
+them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'. For example:
+
+ ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
+
+causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
+overridden in the site shell script).
+
+Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to
+an Autoconf bug. Until the bug is fixed you can use this workaround:
+
+ CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
+
+`configure' Invocation
+======================
+
+ `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
+operates.
+
+`--help'
+`-h'
+ Print a summary of all of the options to `configure', and exit.
+
+`--help=short'
+`--help=recursive'
+ Print a summary of the options unique to this package's
+ `configure', and exit. The `short' variant lists options used
+ only in the top level, while the `recursive' variant lists options
+ also present in any nested packages.
+
+`--version'
+`-V'
+ Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
+ script, and exit.
+
+`--cache-file=FILE'
+ Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
+ traditionally `config.cache'. FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
+ disable caching.
+
+`--config-cache'
+`-C'
+ Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
+
+`--quiet'
+`--silent'
+`-q'
+ Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To
+ suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
+ messages will still be shown).
+
+`--srcdir=DIR'
+ Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
+ `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
+
+`--prefix=DIR'
+ Use DIR as the installation prefix. *Note Installation Names::
+ for more details, including other options available for fine-tuning
+ the installation locations.
+
+`--no-create'
+`-n'
+ Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output
+ files.
+
+`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run
+`configure --help' for more details.
+
--- /dev/null
+
+SUBDIRS = specs
+
+inputdir = $(includedir)/X11/extensions
+input_HEADERS = \
+ XI.h \
+ XIproto.h \
+ XI2.h \
+ XI2proto.h
+
+pkgconfigdir = $(libdir)/pkgconfig
+pkgconfig_DATA = inputproto.pc
+
+MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = ChangeLog INSTALL
+
+.PHONY: ChangeLog INSTALL
+
+INSTALL:
+ $(INSTALL_CMD)
+
+ChangeLog:
+ $(CHANGELOG_CMD)
+
+dist-hook: ChangeLog INSTALL
--- /dev/null
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+build_triplet = @build@
+host_triplet = @host@
+subdir = .
+DIST_COMMON = README $(am__configure_deps) $(input_HEADERS) \
+ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
+ $(srcdir)/inputproto.pc.in $(top_srcdir)/configure COPYING \
+ ChangeLog INSTALL config.guess config.sub install-sh missing
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+ $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \
+ configure.lineno config.status.lineno
+mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = inputproto.pc
+CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_$(V))
+am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_$(V))
+am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
+am__v_at_0 = @
+SOURCES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \
+ html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \
+ install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \
+ install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \
+ install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \
+ installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \
+ ps-recursive uninstall-recursive
+am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
+am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
+ $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+ *) f=$$p;; \
+ esac;
+am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
+am__install_max = 40
+am__nobase_strip_setup = \
+ srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
+am__nobase_strip = \
+ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
+am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
+ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
+ sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
+ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
+ if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
+ { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
+ END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
+am__base_list = \
+ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
+ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
+am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(inputdir)"
+DATA = $(pkgconfig_DATA)
+HEADERS = $(input_HEADERS)
+RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \
+ distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive
+AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS:-recursive=) \
+ $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS:-recursive=) tags TAGS ctags CTAGS \
+ distdir dist dist-all distcheck
+ETAGS = etags
+CTAGS = ctags
+DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+top_distdir = $(distdir)
+am__remove_distdir = \
+ { test ! -d "$(distdir)" \
+ || { find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \
+ && rm -fr "$(distdir)"; }; }
+am__relativize = \
+ dir0=`pwd`; \
+ sed_first='s,^\([^/]*\)/.*$$,\1,'; \
+ sed_rest='s,^[^/]*/*,,'; \
+ sed_last='s,^.*/\([^/]*\)$$,\1,'; \
+ sed_butlast='s,/*[^/]*$$,,'; \
+ while test -n "$$dir1"; do \
+ first=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \
+ if test "$$first" != "."; then \
+ if test "$$first" = ".."; then \
+ dir2=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_last"`/"$$dir2"; \
+ dir0=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_butlast"`; \
+ else \
+ first2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \
+ if test "$$first2" = "$$first"; then \
+ dir2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \
+ else \
+ dir2="../$$dir2"; \
+ fi; \
+ dir0="$$dir0"/"$$first"; \
+ fi; \
+ fi; \
+ dir1=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \
+ done; \
+ reldir="$$dir2"
+DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir).tar.bz2
+GZIP_ENV = --best
+distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
+distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+ADMIN_MAN_DIR = @ADMIN_MAN_DIR@
+ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = @ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
+APP_MAN_DIR = @APP_MAN_DIR@
+APP_MAN_SUFFIX = @APP_MAN_SUFFIX@
+ASCIIDOC = @ASCIIDOC@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CHANGELOG_CMD = @CHANGELOG_CMD@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CWARNFLAGS = @CWARNFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+DRIVER_MAN_DIR = @DRIVER_MAN_DIR@
+DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = @DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+FILE_MAN_DIR = @FILE_MAN_DIR@
+FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = @FILE_MAN_SUFFIX@
+GREP = @GREP@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_CMD = @INSTALL_CMD@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LIB_MAN_DIR = @LIB_MAN_DIR@
+LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = @LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAINT = @MAINT@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MAN_SUBSTS = @MAN_SUBSTS@
+MISC_MAN_DIR = @MISC_MAN_DIR@
+MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = @MISC_MAN_SUFFIX@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
+PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@
+PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@
+SED = @SED@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRICT_CFLAGS = @STRICT_CFLAGS@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+XORG_MAN_PAGE = @XORG_MAN_PAGE@
+abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
+abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
+abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
+abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build = @build@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+build_cpu = @build_cpu@
+build_os = @build_os@
+build_vendor = @build_vendor@
+builddir = @builddir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+docdir = @docdir@
+dvidir = @dvidir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+host = @host@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_cpu = @host_cpu@
+host_os = @host_os@
+host_vendor = @host_vendor@
+htmldir = @htmldir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+pdfdir = @pdfdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+psdir = @psdir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
+top_builddir = @top_builddir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+SUBDIRS = specs
+inputdir = $(includedir)/X11/extensions
+input_HEADERS = \
+ XI.h \
+ XIproto.h \
+ XI2.h \
+ XI2proto.h
+
+pkgconfigdir = $(libdir)/pkgconfig
+pkgconfig_DATA = inputproto.pc
+MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = ChangeLog INSTALL
+all: all-recursive
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+am--refresh:
+ @:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
+ @for dep in $?; do \
+ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+ *$$dep*) \
+ echo ' cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign'; \
+ $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign \
+ && exit 0; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile'; \
+ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
+ $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ @case '$?' in \
+ *config.status*) \
+ echo ' $(SHELL) ./config.status'; \
+ $(SHELL) ./config.status;; \
+ *) \
+ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+ esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+ $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps)
+ $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF)
+$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+ $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS)
+$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
+inputproto.pc: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/inputproto.pc.in
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@
+install-pkgconfigDATA: $(pkgconfig_DATA)
+ @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+ test -z "$(pkgconfigdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)"
+ @list='$(pkgconfig_DATA)'; test -n "$(pkgconfigdir)" || list=; \
+ for p in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+ echo "$$d$$p"; \
+ done | $(am__base_list) | \
+ while read files; do \
+ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)'"; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)" || exit $$?; \
+ done
+
+uninstall-pkgconfigDATA:
+ @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+ @list='$(pkgconfig_DATA)'; test -n "$(pkgconfigdir)" || list=; \
+ files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
+ test -n "$$files" || exit 0; \
+ echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
+ cd "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)" && rm -f $$files
+install-inputHEADERS: $(input_HEADERS)
+ @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+ test -z "$(inputdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(inputdir)"
+ @list='$(input_HEADERS)'; test -n "$(inputdir)" || list=; \
+ for p in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+ echo "$$d$$p"; \
+ done | $(am__base_list) | \
+ while read files; do \
+ echo " $(INSTALL_HEADER) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(inputdir)'"; \
+ $(INSTALL_HEADER) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(inputdir)" || exit $$?; \
+ done
+
+uninstall-inputHEADERS:
+ @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+ @list='$(input_HEADERS)'; test -n "$(inputdir)" || list=; \
+ files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
+ test -n "$$files" || exit 0; \
+ echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(inputdir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
+ cd "$(DESTDIR)$(inputdir)" && rm -f $$files
+
+# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
+# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
+# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
+# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
+# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
+# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
+$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
+ @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
+ for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
+ case $$f in \
+ *=* | --[!k]*);; \
+ *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ dot_seen=no; \
+ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+ dot_seen=yes; \
+ local_target="$$target-am"; \
+ else \
+ local_target="$$target"; \
+ fi; \
+ ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+ || eval $$failcom; \
+ done; \
+ if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
+ fi; test -z "$$fail"
+
+$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS):
+ @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
+ for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
+ case $$f in \
+ *=* | --[!k]*);; \
+ *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ dot_seen=no; \
+ case "$@" in \
+ distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ esac; \
+ rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
+ rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
+ fi; \
+ done; \
+ rev="$$rev ."; \
+ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+ for subdir in $$rev; do \
+ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+ local_target="$$target-am"; \
+ else \
+ local_target="$$target"; \
+ fi; \
+ ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+ || eval $$failcom; \
+ done && test -z "$$fail"
+tags-recursive:
+ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
+ done
+ctags-recursive:
+ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \
+ done
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
+ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | \
+ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+ set x; \
+ here=`pwd`; \
+ if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+ include_option=--etags-include; \
+ empty_fix=.; \
+ else \
+ include_option=--include; \
+ empty_fix=; \
+ fi; \
+ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+ test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \
+ set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
+ fi; \
+ done; \
+ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | \
+ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ shift; \
+ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
+ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
+ if test $$# -gt 0; then \
+ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+ "$$@" $$unique; \
+ else \
+ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+ $$unique; \
+ fi; \
+ fi
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | \
+ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
+ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
+ $$unique
+
+GTAGS:
+ here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+ && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
+ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
+
+distclean-tags:
+ -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+ $(am__remove_distdir)
+ test -d "$(distdir)" || mkdir "$(distdir)"
+ @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
+ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
+ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
+ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
+ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
+ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
+ case $$dist_files in \
+ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
+ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
+ sort -u` ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for file in $$dist_files; do \
+ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
+ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
+ fi; \
+ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+ else \
+ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+ || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ done
+ @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+ test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+ || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+ || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ done
+ @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+ dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \
+ $(am__relativize); \
+ new_distdir=$$reldir; \
+ dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(top_distdir)"; \
+ $(am__relativize); \
+ new_top_distdir=$$reldir; \
+ echo " (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" distdir="$$new_distdir" \\"; \
+ echo " am__remove_distdir=: am__skip_length_check=: am__skip_mode_fix=: distdir)"; \
+ ($(am__cd) $$subdir && \
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+ top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" \
+ distdir="$$new_distdir" \
+ am__remove_distdir=: \
+ am__skip_length_check=: \
+ am__skip_mode_fix=: \
+ distdir) \
+ || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ done
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+ top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" \
+ dist-hook
+ -test -n "$(am__skip_mode_fix)" \
+ || find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -755 \
+ -exec chmod u+rwx,go+rx {} \; -o \
+ ! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
+ ! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
+ ! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \
+ || chmod -R a+r "$(distdir)"
+dist-gzip: distdir
+ tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
+ $(am__remove_distdir)
+dist-bzip2: distdir
+ tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2
+ $(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist-lzma: distdir
+ tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | lzma -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.lzma
+ $(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist-xz: distdir
+ tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | xz -c >$(distdir).tar.xz
+ $(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist-tarZ: distdir
+ tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z
+ $(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist-shar: distdir
+ shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz
+ $(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist-zip: distdir
+ -rm -f $(distdir).zip
+ zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir)
+ $(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist dist-all: distdir
+ tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
+ tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2
+ $(am__remove_distdir)
+
+# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then
+# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
+# tarfile.
+distcheck: dist
+ case '$(DIST_ARCHIVES)' in \
+ *.tar.gz*) \
+ GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\
+ *.tar.bz2*) \
+ bzip2 -dc $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\
+ *.tar.lzma*) \
+ lzma -dc $(distdir).tar.lzma | $(am__untar) ;;\
+ *.tar.xz*) \
+ xz -dc $(distdir).tar.xz | $(am__untar) ;;\
+ *.tar.Z*) \
+ uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(am__untar) ;;\
+ *.shar.gz*) \
+ GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\
+ *.zip*) \
+ unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\
+ esac
+ chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir)
+ mkdir $(distdir)/_build
+ mkdir $(distdir)/_inst
+ chmod a-w $(distdir)
+ test -d $(distdir)/_build || exit 0; \
+ dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\\/]:[\\/],/,'` \
+ && dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \
+ && am__cwd=`pwd` \
+ && $(am__cd) $(distdir)/_build \
+ && ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \
+ $(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_install_base" \
+ distuninstallcheck \
+ && chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \
+ && ({ \
+ (cd ../.. && umask 077 && mkdir "$$dc_destdir") \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \
+ distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_destdir" distuninstallcheck; \
+ } || { rm -rf "$$dc_destdir"; exit 1; }) \
+ && rm -rf "$$dc_destdir" \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \
+ && rm -rf $(DIST_ARCHIVES) \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck \
+ && cd "$$am__cwd" \
+ || exit 1
+ $(am__remove_distdir)
+ @(echo "$(distdir) archives ready for distribution: "; \
+ list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \
+ sed -e 1h -e 1s/./=/g -e 1p -e 1x -e '$$p' -e '$$x'
+distuninstallcheck:
+ @$(am__cd) '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' \
+ && test `$(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -le 1 \
+ || { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \
+ if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \
+ echo " (check DESTDIR support)"; \
+ fi ; \
+ $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) ; \
+ exit 1; } >&2
+distcleancheck: distclean
+ @if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \
+ echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \
+ exit 1 ; \
+ fi
+ @test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \
+ || { echo "ERROR: files left in build directory after distclean:" ; \
+ $(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \
+ exit 1; } >&2
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-recursive
+all-am: Makefile $(DATA) $(HEADERS)
+installdirs: installdirs-recursive
+installdirs-am:
+ for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(inputdir)"; do \
+ test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
+ done
+install: install-recursive
+install-exec: install-exec-recursive
+install-data: install-data-recursive
+uninstall: uninstall-recursive
+
+install-am: all-am
+ @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-recursive
+install-strip:
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+ `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+ echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+ -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+ -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+ -test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
+clean: clean-recursive
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-recursive
+ -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
+ -rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags
+
+dvi: dvi-recursive
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-recursive
+
+html-am:
+
+info: info-recursive
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am: install-inputHEADERS install-pkgconfigDATA
+
+install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive
+
+install-dvi-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-html: install-html-recursive
+
+install-html-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-recursive
+
+install-info-am:
+
+install-man:
+
+install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive
+
+install-pdf-am:
+
+install-ps: install-ps-recursive
+
+install-ps-am:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
+ -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
+ -rm -rf $(top_srcdir)/autom4te.cache
+ -rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-recursive
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-recursive
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-inputHEADERS uninstall-pkgconfigDATA
+
+.MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) ctags-recursive \
+ install-am install-strip tags-recursive
+
+.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \
+ all all-am am--refresh check check-am clean clean-generic \
+ ctags ctags-recursive dist dist-all dist-bzip2 dist-gzip \
+ dist-hook dist-lzma dist-shar dist-tarZ dist-xz dist-zip \
+ distcheck distclean distclean-generic distclean-tags \
+ distcleancheck distdir distuninstallcheck dvi dvi-am html \
+ html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
+ install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
+ install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
+ install-info-am install-inputHEADERS install-man install-pdf \
+ install-pdf-am install-pkgconfigDATA install-ps install-ps-am \
+ install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
+ installdirs-am maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
+ mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags \
+ tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-inputHEADERS \
+ uninstall-pkgconfigDATA
+
+
+.PHONY: ChangeLog INSTALL
+
+INSTALL:
+ $(INSTALL_CMD)
+
+ChangeLog:
+ $(CHANGELOG_CMD)
+
+dist-hook: ChangeLog INSTALL
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
--- /dev/null
+ X Input Extension
+
+This extension defines a protocol to provide additional input devices
+management such as graphic tablets.
+
+Extension name: XInputExtension
+
+All questions regarding this software should be directed at the
+Xorg mailing list:
+
+ http://lists.freedesktop.org/mailman/listinfo/xorg
+
+Please submit bug reports to the Xorg bugzilla:
+
+ https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg
+
+The master development code repository can be found at:
+
+ git://anongit.freedesktop.org/git/xorg/proto/inputproto
+
+ http://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/proto/inputproto
+
+For patch submission instructions, see:
+
+ http://www.x.org/wiki/Development/Documentation/SubmittingPatches
+
+For more information on the git code manager, see:
+
+ http://wiki.x.org/wiki/GitPage
+
--- /dev/null
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/* Definitions used by the server, library and client */
+
+#ifndef _XI_H_
+#define _XI_H_
+
+#define sz_xGetExtensionVersionReq 8
+#define sz_xGetExtensionVersionReply 32
+#define sz_xListInputDevicesReq 4
+#define sz_xListInputDevicesReply 32
+#define sz_xOpenDeviceReq 8
+#define sz_xOpenDeviceReply 32
+#define sz_xCloseDeviceReq 8
+#define sz_xSetDeviceModeReq 8
+#define sz_xSetDeviceModeReply 32
+#define sz_xSelectExtensionEventReq 12
+#define sz_xGetSelectedExtensionEventsReq 8
+#define sz_xGetSelectedExtensionEventsReply 32
+#define sz_xChangeDeviceDontPropagateListReq 12
+#define sz_xGetDeviceDontPropagateListReq 8
+#define sz_xGetDeviceDontPropagateListReply 32
+#define sz_xGetDeviceMotionEventsReq 16
+#define sz_xGetDeviceMotionEventsReply 32
+#define sz_xChangeKeyboardDeviceReq 8
+#define sz_xChangeKeyboardDeviceReply 32
+#define sz_xChangePointerDeviceReq 8
+#define sz_xChangePointerDeviceReply 32
+#define sz_xGrabDeviceReq 20
+#define sz_xGrabDeviceReply 32
+#define sz_xUngrabDeviceReq 12
+#define sz_xGrabDeviceKeyReq 20
+#define sz_xGrabDeviceKeyReply 32
+#define sz_xUngrabDeviceKeyReq 16
+#define sz_xGrabDeviceButtonReq 20
+#define sz_xGrabDeviceButtonReply 32
+#define sz_xUngrabDeviceButtonReq 16
+#define sz_xAllowDeviceEventsReq 12
+#define sz_xGetDeviceFocusReq 8
+#define sz_xGetDeviceFocusReply 32
+#define sz_xSetDeviceFocusReq 16
+#define sz_xGetFeedbackControlReq 8
+#define sz_xGetFeedbackControlReply 32
+#define sz_xChangeFeedbackControlReq 12
+#define sz_xGetDeviceKeyMappingReq 8
+#define sz_xGetDeviceKeyMappingReply 32
+#define sz_xChangeDeviceKeyMappingReq 8
+#define sz_xGetDeviceModifierMappingReq 8
+#define sz_xSetDeviceModifierMappingReq 8
+#define sz_xSetDeviceModifierMappingReply 32
+#define sz_xGetDeviceButtonMappingReq 8
+#define sz_xGetDeviceButtonMappingReply 32
+#define sz_xSetDeviceButtonMappingReq 8
+#define sz_xSetDeviceButtonMappingReply 32
+#define sz_xQueryDeviceStateReq 8
+#define sz_xQueryDeviceStateReply 32
+#define sz_xSendExtensionEventReq 16
+#define sz_xDeviceBellReq 8
+#define sz_xSetDeviceValuatorsReq 8
+#define sz_xSetDeviceValuatorsReply 32
+#define sz_xGetDeviceControlReq 8
+#define sz_xGetDeviceControlReply 32
+#define sz_xChangeDeviceControlReq 8
+#define sz_xChangeDeviceControlReply 32
+#define sz_xListDevicePropertiesReq 8
+#define sz_xListDevicePropertiesReply 32
+#define sz_xChangeDevicePropertyReq 20
+#define sz_xDeleteDevicePropertyReq 12
+#define sz_xGetDevicePropertyReq 24
+#define sz_xGetDevicePropertyReply 32
+
+#define INAME "XInputExtension"
+
+#define XI_KEYBOARD "KEYBOARD"
+#define XI_MOUSE "MOUSE"
+#define XI_TABLET "TABLET"
+#define XI_TOUCHSCREEN "TOUCHSCREEN"
+#define XI_TOUCHPAD "TOUCHPAD"
+#define XI_BARCODE "BARCODE"
+#define XI_BUTTONBOX "BUTTONBOX"
+#define XI_KNOB_BOX "KNOB_BOX"
+#define XI_ONE_KNOB "ONE_KNOB"
+#define XI_NINE_KNOB "NINE_KNOB"
+#define XI_TRACKBALL "TRACKBALL"
+#define XI_QUADRATURE "QUADRATURE"
+#define XI_ID_MODULE "ID_MODULE"
+#define XI_SPACEBALL "SPACEBALL"
+#define XI_DATAGLOVE "DATAGLOVE"
+#define XI_EYETRACKER "EYETRACKER"
+#define XI_CURSORKEYS "CURSORKEYS"
+#define XI_FOOTMOUSE "FOOTMOUSE"
+#define XI_JOYSTICK "JOYSTICK"
+
+/* Indices into the versions[] array (XExtInt.c). Used as a index to
+ * retrieve the minimum version of XI from _XiCheckExtInit */
+#define Dont_Check 0
+#define XInput_Initial_Release 1
+#define XInput_Add_XDeviceBell 2
+#define XInput_Add_XSetDeviceValuators 3
+#define XInput_Add_XChangeDeviceControl 4
+#define XInput_Add_DevicePresenceNotify 5
+#define XInput_Add_DeviceProperties 6
+/* DO NOT ADD TO HERE -> XI2 */
+
+#define XI_Absent 0
+#define XI_Present 1
+
+#define XI_Initial_Release_Major 1
+#define XI_Initial_Release_Minor 0
+
+#define XI_Add_XDeviceBell_Major 1
+#define XI_Add_XDeviceBell_Minor 1
+
+#define XI_Add_XSetDeviceValuators_Major 1
+#define XI_Add_XSetDeviceValuators_Minor 2
+
+#define XI_Add_XChangeDeviceControl_Major 1
+#define XI_Add_XChangeDeviceControl_Minor 3
+
+#define XI_Add_DevicePresenceNotify_Major 1
+#define XI_Add_DevicePresenceNotify_Minor 4
+
+#define XI_Add_DeviceProperties_Major 1
+#define XI_Add_DeviceProperties_Minor 5
+
+#define DEVICE_RESOLUTION 1
+#define DEVICE_ABS_CALIB 2
+#define DEVICE_CORE 3
+#define DEVICE_ENABLE 4
+#define DEVICE_ABS_AREA 5
+
+#define NoSuchExtension 1
+
+#define COUNT 0
+#define CREATE 1
+
+#define NewPointer 0
+#define NewKeyboard 1
+
+#define XPOINTER 0
+#define XKEYBOARD 1
+
+#define UseXKeyboard 0xFF
+
+#define IsXPointer 0
+#define IsXKeyboard 1
+#define IsXExtensionDevice 2
+#define IsXExtensionKeyboard 3
+#define IsXExtensionPointer 4
+
+#define AsyncThisDevice 0
+#define SyncThisDevice 1
+#define ReplayThisDevice 2
+#define AsyncOtherDevices 3
+#define AsyncAll 4
+#define SyncAll 5
+
+#define FollowKeyboard 3
+#ifndef RevertToFollowKeyboard
+#define RevertToFollowKeyboard 3
+#endif
+
+#define DvAccelNum (1L << 0)
+#define DvAccelDenom (1L << 1)
+#define DvThreshold (1L << 2)
+
+#define DvKeyClickPercent (1L<<0)
+#define DvPercent (1L<<1)
+#define DvPitch (1L<<2)
+#define DvDuration (1L<<3)
+#define DvLed (1L<<4)
+#define DvLedMode (1L<<5)
+#define DvKey (1L<<6)
+#define DvAutoRepeatMode (1L<<7)
+
+#define DvString (1L << 0)
+
+#define DvInteger (1L << 0)
+
+#define DeviceMode (1L << 0)
+#define Relative 0
+#define Absolute 1
+
+#define ProximityState (1L << 1)
+#define InProximity (0L << 1)
+#define OutOfProximity (1L << 1)
+
+#define AddToList 0
+#define DeleteFromList 1
+
+#define KeyClass 0
+#define ButtonClass 1
+#define ValuatorClass 2
+#define FeedbackClass 3
+#define ProximityClass 4
+#define FocusClass 5
+#define OtherClass 6
+#define AttachClass 7
+
+#define KbdFeedbackClass 0
+#define PtrFeedbackClass 1
+#define StringFeedbackClass 2
+#define IntegerFeedbackClass 3
+#define LedFeedbackClass 4
+#define BellFeedbackClass 5
+
+#define _devicePointerMotionHint 0
+#define _deviceButton1Motion 1
+#define _deviceButton2Motion 2
+#define _deviceButton3Motion 3
+#define _deviceButton4Motion 4
+#define _deviceButton5Motion 5
+#define _deviceButtonMotion 6
+#define _deviceButtonGrab 7
+#define _deviceOwnerGrabButton 8
+#define _noExtensionEvent 9
+
+#define _devicePresence 0
+
+#define _deviceEnter 0
+#define _deviceLeave 1
+
+/* Device presence notify states */
+#define DeviceAdded 0
+#define DeviceRemoved 1
+#define DeviceEnabled 2
+#define DeviceDisabled 3
+#define DeviceUnrecoverable 4
+#define DeviceControlChanged 5
+
+/* XI Errors */
+#define XI_BadDevice 0
+#define XI_BadEvent 1
+#define XI_BadMode 2
+#define XI_DeviceBusy 3
+#define XI_BadClass 4
+
+/*
+ * Make XEventClass be a CARD32 for 64 bit servers. Don't affect client
+ * definition of XEventClass since that would be a library interface change.
+ * See the top of X.h for more _XSERVER64 magic.
+ *
+ * But, don't actually use the CARD32 type. We can't get it defined here
+ * without polluting the namespace.
+ */
+#ifdef _XSERVER64
+typedef unsigned int XEventClass;
+#else
+typedef unsigned long XEventClass;
+#endif
+
+/*******************************************************************
+ *
+ * Extension version structure.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ int present;
+ short major_version;
+ short minor_version;
+} XExtensionVersion;
+
+#endif /* _XI_H_ */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright © 2009 Red Hat, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _XI2_H_
+#define _XI2_H_
+
+#define XInput_2_0 7
+/* DO NOT ADD TO THIS LIST. These are libXi-specific defines.
+ See commit libXi-1.4.2-21-ge8531dd */
+
+#define XI_2_Major 2
+#define XI_2_Minor 2
+
+/* Property event flags */
+#define XIPropertyDeleted 0
+#define XIPropertyCreated 1
+#define XIPropertyModified 2
+
+/* Property modes */
+#define XIPropModeReplace 0
+#define XIPropModePrepend 1
+#define XIPropModeAppend 2
+
+/* Special property type used for XIGetProperty */
+#define XIAnyPropertyType 0L
+
+/* Enter/Leave and Focus In/Out modes */
+#define XINotifyNormal 0
+#define XINotifyGrab 1
+#define XINotifyUngrab 2
+#define XINotifyWhileGrabbed 3
+#define XINotifyPassiveGrab 4
+#define XINotifyPassiveUngrab 5
+
+/* Enter/Leave and focus In/out detail */
+#define XINotifyAncestor 0
+#define XINotifyVirtual 1
+#define XINotifyInferior 2
+#define XINotifyNonlinear 3
+#define XINotifyNonlinearVirtual 4
+#define XINotifyPointer 5
+#define XINotifyPointerRoot 6
+#define XINotifyDetailNone 7
+
+/* Grab modes */
+#define XIGrabModeSync 0
+#define XIGrabModeAsync 1
+#define XIGrabModeTouch 2
+
+/* Grab reply status codes */
+#define XIGrabSuccess 0
+#define XIAlreadyGrabbed 1
+#define XIGrabInvalidTime 2
+#define XIGrabNotViewable 3
+#define XIGrabFrozen 4
+
+/* Grab owner events values */
+#define XIOwnerEvents True
+#define XINoOwnerEvents False
+
+/* Passive grab types */
+#define XIGrabtypeButton 0
+#define XIGrabtypeKeycode 1
+#define XIGrabtypeEnter 2
+#define XIGrabtypeFocusIn 3
+#define XIGrabtypeTouchBegin 4
+
+/* Passive grab modifier */
+#define XIAnyModifier (1U << 31)
+#define XIAnyButton 0
+#define XIAnyKeycode 0
+
+/* XIAllowEvents event-modes */
+#define XIAsyncDevice 0
+#define XISyncDevice 1
+#define XIReplayDevice 2
+#define XIAsyncPairedDevice 3
+#define XIAsyncPair 4
+#define XISyncPair 5
+#define XIAcceptTouch 6
+#define XIRejectTouch 7
+
+/* DeviceChangedEvent change reasons */
+#define XISlaveSwitch 1
+#define XIDeviceChange 2
+
+/* Hierarchy flags */
+#define XIMasterAdded (1 << 0)
+#define XIMasterRemoved (1 << 1)
+#define XISlaveAdded (1 << 2)
+#define XISlaveRemoved (1 << 3)
+#define XISlaveAttached (1 << 4)
+#define XISlaveDetached (1 << 5)
+#define XIDeviceEnabled (1 << 6)
+#define XIDeviceDisabled (1 << 7)
+
+/* ChangeHierarchy constants */
+#define XIAddMaster 1
+#define XIRemoveMaster 2
+#define XIAttachSlave 3
+#define XIDetachSlave 4
+
+#define XIAttachToMaster 1
+#define XIFloating 2
+
+/* Valuator modes */
+#define XIModeRelative 0
+#define XIModeAbsolute 1
+
+/* Device types */
+#define XIMasterPointer 1
+#define XIMasterKeyboard 2
+#define XISlavePointer 3
+#define XISlaveKeyboard 4
+#define XIFloatingSlave 5
+
+/* Device classes: classes that are not identical to Xi 1.x classes must be
+ * numbered starting from 8. */
+#define XIKeyClass 0
+#define XIButtonClass 1
+#define XIValuatorClass 2
+#define XIScrollClass 3
+#define XITouchClass 8
+
+/* Scroll class types */
+#define XIScrollTypeVertical 1
+#define XIScrollTypeHorizontal 2
+
+/* Scroll class flags */
+#define XIScrollFlagNoEmulation (1 << 0)
+#define XIScrollFlagPreferred (1 << 1)
+
+/* Device event flags (common) */
+/* Device event flags (key events only) */
+#define XIKeyRepeat (1 << 16)
+/* Device event flags (pointer events only) */
+#define XIPointerEmulated (1 << 16)
+/* Device event flags (touch events only) */
+#define XITouchPendingEnd (1 << 16)
+#define XITouchEmulatingPointer (1 << 17)
+
+/* Touch modes */
+#define XIDirectTouch 1
+#define XIDependentTouch 2
+
+/* XI2 event mask macros */
+#define XISetMask(ptr, event) (((unsigned char*)(ptr))[(event)>>3] |= (1 << ((event) & 7)))
+#define XIClearMask(ptr, event) (((unsigned char*)(ptr))[(event)>>3] &= ~(1 << ((event) & 7)))
+#define XIMaskIsSet(ptr, event) (((unsigned char*)(ptr))[(event)>>3] & (1 << ((event) & 7)))
+#define XIMaskLen(event) (((event) >> 3) + 1)
+
+/* Fake device ID's for event selection */
+#define XIAllDevices 0
+#define XIAllMasterDevices 1
+
+/* Event types */
+#define XI_DeviceChanged 1
+#define XI_KeyPress 2
+#define XI_KeyRelease 3
+#define XI_ButtonPress 4
+#define XI_ButtonRelease 5
+#define XI_Motion 6
+#define XI_Enter 7
+#define XI_Leave 8
+#define XI_FocusIn 9
+#define XI_FocusOut 10
+#define XI_HierarchyChanged 11
+#define XI_PropertyEvent 12
+#define XI_RawKeyPress 13
+#define XI_RawKeyRelease 14
+#define XI_RawButtonPress 15
+#define XI_RawButtonRelease 16
+#define XI_RawMotion 17
+#define XI_TouchBegin 18 /* XI 2.2 */
+#define XI_TouchUpdate 19
+#define XI_TouchEnd 20
+#define XI_TouchOwnership 21
+#define XI_RawTouchBegin 22
+#define XI_RawTouchUpdate 23
+#define XI_RawTouchEnd 24
+#define XI_LASTEVENT XI_RawTouchEnd
+/* NOTE: XI2LASTEVENT in xserver/include/inputstr.h must be the same value
+ * as XI_LASTEVENT if the server is supposed to handle masks etc. for this
+ * type of event. */
+
+/* Event masks.
+ * Note: the protocol spec defines a mask to be of (1 << type). Clients are
+ * free to create masks by bitshifting instead of using these defines.
+ */
+#define XI_DeviceChangedMask (1 << XI_DeviceChanged)
+#define XI_KeyPressMask (1 << XI_KeyPress)
+#define XI_KeyReleaseMask (1 << XI_KeyRelease)
+#define XI_ButtonPressMask (1 << XI_ButtonPress)
+#define XI_ButtonReleaseMask (1 << XI_ButtonRelease)
+#define XI_MotionMask (1 << XI_Motion)
+#define XI_EnterMask (1 << XI_Enter)
+#define XI_LeaveMask (1 << XI_Leave)
+#define XI_FocusInMask (1 << XI_FocusIn)
+#define XI_FocusOutMask (1 << XI_FocusOut)
+#define XI_HierarchyChangedMask (1 << XI_HierarchyChanged)
+#define XI_PropertyEventMask (1 << XI_PropertyEvent)
+#define XI_RawKeyPressMask (1 << XI_RawKeyPress)
+#define XI_RawKeyReleaseMask (1 << XI_RawKeyRelease)
+#define XI_RawButtonPressMask (1 << XI_RawButtonPress)
+#define XI_RawButtonReleaseMask (1 << XI_RawButtonRelease)
+#define XI_RawMotionMask (1 << XI_RawMotion)
+#define XI_TouchBeginMask (1 << XI_TouchBegin)
+#define XI_TouchEndMask (1 << XI_TouchEnd)
+#define XI_TouchOwnershipChangedMask (1 << XI_TouchOwnershipChanged)
+#define XI_TouchUpdateMask (1 << XI_TouchUpdate)
+#define XI_RawTouchBeginMask (1 << XI_RawTouchBegin)
+#define XI_RawTouchEndMask (1 << XI_RawTouchEnd)
+#define XI_RawTouchUpdateMask (1 << XI_RawTouchUpdate)
+
+#endif /* _XI2_H_ */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright © 2009 Red Hat, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ */
+
+/* Conventions for this file:
+ * Names:
+ * structs: always typedef'd, prefixed with xXI, CamelCase
+ * struct members: lower_case_with_underscores
+ * Exceptions: reqType, ReqType, repType, RepType, sequenceNumber are
+ * named as such for historical reasons.
+ * request opcodes: X_XIRequestName as CamelCase
+ * defines: defines used in client applications must go in XI2.h
+ * defines used only in protocol handling: XISOMENAME
+ *
+ * Data types: unless there is a historical name for a datatype (e.g.
+ * Window), use stdint types specifying the size of the datatype.
+ * historical data type names must be defined and undefined at the top and
+ * end of the file.
+ *
+ * General:
+ * spaces, not tabs.
+ * structs specific to a request or reply added before the request
+ * definition. structs used in more than one request, reply or event
+ * appended to the common structs section before the definition of the
+ * first request.
+ * members of structs vertically aligned on column 16 if datatypes permit.
+ * otherwise alingned on next available 8n column.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Protocol definitions for the XI2 protocol.
+ * This file should not be included by clients that merely use XI2, but do not
+ * need the wire protocol. Such clients should include XI2.h, or the matching
+ * header from the library.
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef _XI2PROTO_H_
+#define _XI2PROTO_H_
+
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/* make sure types have right sizes for protocol structures. */
+#define Window uint32_t
+#define Time uint32_t
+#define Atom uint32_t
+#define Cursor uint32_t
+
+/**
+ * XI2 Request opcodes
+ */
+#define X_XIQueryPointer 40
+#define X_XIWarpPointer 41
+#define X_XIChangeCursor 42
+#define X_XIChangeHierarchy 43
+#define X_XISetClientPointer 44
+#define X_XIGetClientPointer 45
+#define X_XISelectEvents 46
+#define X_XIQueryVersion 47
+#define X_XIQueryDevice 48
+#define X_XISetFocus 49
+#define X_XIGetFocus 50
+#define X_XIGrabDevice 51
+#define X_XIUngrabDevice 52
+#define X_XIAllowEvents 53
+#define X_XIPassiveGrabDevice 54
+#define X_XIPassiveUngrabDevice 55
+#define X_XIListProperties 56
+#define X_XIChangeProperty 57
+#define X_XIDeleteProperty 58
+#define X_XIGetProperty 59
+#define X_XIGetSelectedEvents 60
+
+/** Number of XI requests */
+#define XI2REQUESTS (X_XIGetSelectedEvents - X_XIQueryPointer + 1)
+/** Number of XI2 events */
+#define XI2EVENTS (XI_LASTEVENT + 1)
+
+/*************************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * COMMON STRUCTS *
+ * *
+ *************************************************************************************/
+/** Fixed point 16.16 */
+typedef int32_t FP1616;
+
+/** Fixed point 32.32 */
+typedef struct {
+ int32_t integral;
+ uint32_t frac;
+} FP3232;
+
+/**
+ * Struct to describe a device.
+ *
+ * For a MasterPointer or a MasterKeyboard, 'attachment' specifies the
+ * paired master device.
+ * For a SlaveKeyboard or SlavePointer, 'attachment' specifies the master
+ * device this device is attached to.
+ * For a FloatingSlave, 'attachment' is undefined.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ uint16_t use; /**< ::XIMasterPointer, ::XIMasterKeyboard,
+ ::XISlavePointer, ::XISlaveKeyboard,
+ ::XIFloatingSlave */
+ uint16_t attachment; /**< Current attachment or pairing.*/
+ uint16_t num_classes; /**< Number of classes following this struct. */
+ uint16_t name_len; /**< Length of name in bytes. */
+ uint8_t enabled; /**< TRUE if device is enabled. */
+ uint8_t pad;
+} xXIDeviceInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Default template for a device class.
+ * A device class is equivalent to a device's capabilities. Multiple classes
+ * are supported per device.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint16_t type; /**< One of *class */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ uint16_t sourceid; /**< source device for this class */
+ uint16_t pad;
+} xXIAnyInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Denotes button capability on a device.
+ * Struct is followed by num_buttons * Atom that names the buttons in the
+ * device-native setup (i.e. ignoring button mappings).
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint16_t type; /**< Always ButtonClass */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ uint16_t sourceid; /**< source device for this class */
+ uint16_t num_buttons; /**< Number of buttons provide */
+} xXIButtonInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Denotes key capability on a device.
+ * Struct is followed by num_keys * CARD32 that lists the keycodes available
+ * on the device.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint16_t type; /**< Always KeyClass */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ uint16_t sourceid; /**< source device for this class */
+ uint16_t num_keycodes; /**< Number of keys provided */
+} xXIKeyInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Denotes an valuator capability on a device.
+ * One XIValuatorInfo describes exactly one valuator (axis) on the device.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint16_t type; /**< Always ValuatorClass */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ uint16_t sourceid; /**< source device for this class */
+ uint16_t number; /**< Valuator number */
+ Atom label; /**< Axis label */
+ FP3232 min; /**< Min value */
+ FP3232 max; /**< Max value */
+ FP3232 value; /**< Last published value */
+ uint32_t resolution; /**< Resolutions in units/m */
+ uint8_t mode; /**< ModeRelative or ModeAbsolute */
+ uint8_t pad1;
+ uint16_t pad2;
+} xXIValuatorInfo;
+
+/***
+ * Denotes a scroll valuator on a device.
+ * One XIScrollInfo describes exactly one scroll valuator that must have a
+ * XIValuatorInfo struct.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint16_t type; /**< Always ValuatorClass */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ uint16_t sourceid; /**< source device for this class */
+ uint16_t number; /**< Valuator number */
+ uint16_t scroll_type; /**< ::XIScrollTypeVertical, ::XIScrollTypeHorizontal */
+ uint16_t pad0;
+ uint32_t flags; /**< ::XIScrollFlagEmulate, ::XIScrollFlagPreferred */
+ FP3232 increment; /**< Increment for one unit of scrolling */
+} xXIScrollInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Denotes multitouch capability on a device.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint16_t type; /**< Always TouchClass */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ uint16_t sourceid; /**< source device for this class */
+ uint8_t mode; /**< DirectTouch or DependentTouch */
+ uint8_t num_touches; /**< Maximum number of touches (0==unlimited) */
+} xXITouchInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Used to select for events on a given window.
+ * Struct is followed by (mask_len * CARD8), with each bit set representing
+ * the event mask for the given type. A mask bit represents an event type if
+ * (mask == (1 << type)).
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint16_t deviceid; /**< Device id to select for */
+ uint16_t mask_len; /**< Length of mask in 4 byte units */
+} xXIEventMask;
+
+/**
+ * XKB modifier information.
+ * The effective modifier is a binary mask of base, latched, and locked
+ * modifiers.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t base_mods; /**< Logically pressed modifiers */
+ uint32_t latched_mods; /**< Logically latched modifiers */
+ uint32_t locked_mods; /**< Logically locked modifiers */
+ uint32_t effective_mods; /**< Effective modifiers */
+} xXIModifierInfo;
+
+/**
+ * XKB group information.
+ * The effective group is the mathematical sum of base, latched, and locked
+ * group after group wrapping is taken into account.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t base_group; /**< Logically "pressed" group */
+ uint8_t latched_group; /**< Logically latched group */
+ uint8_t locked_group; /**< Logically locked group */
+ uint8_t effective_group; /**< Effective group */
+} xXIGroupInfo;
+
+
+/*************************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * REQUESTS *
+ * *
+ *************************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * Query the server for the supported X Input extension version.
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t reqType; /**< Input extension major code */
+ uint8_t ReqType; /**< Always ::X_XIQueryVersion */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ uint16_t major_version;
+ uint16_t minor_version;
+} xXIQueryVersionReq;
+#define sz_xXIQueryVersionReq 8
+
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t repType; /**< ::X_Reply */
+ uint8_t RepType; /**< Always ::X_XIQueryVersion */
+ uint16_t sequenceNumber;
+ uint32_t length;
+ uint16_t major_version;
+ uint16_t minor_version;
+ uint32_t pad1;
+ uint32_t pad2;
+ uint32_t pad3;
+ uint32_t pad4;
+ uint32_t pad5;
+} xXIQueryVersionReply;
+#define sz_xXIQueryVersionReply 32
+
+/**
+ * Query the server for information about a specific device or all input
+ * devices.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t reqType; /**< Input extension major code */
+ uint8_t ReqType; /**< Always ::X_XIQueryDevice */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ uint16_t pad;
+} xXIQueryDeviceReq;
+#define sz_xXIQueryDeviceReq 8
+
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t repType; /**< ::X_Reply */
+ uint8_t RepType; /**< Always ::X_XIQueryDevice */
+ uint16_t sequenceNumber;
+ uint32_t length;
+ uint16_t num_devices;
+ uint16_t pad0;
+ uint32_t pad1;
+ uint32_t pad2;
+ uint32_t pad3;
+ uint32_t pad4;
+ uint32_t pad5;
+} xXIQueryDeviceReply;
+#define sz_xXIQueryDeviceReply 32
+
+/**
+ * Select for events on a given window.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t reqType; /**< Input extension major code */
+ uint8_t ReqType; /**< Always ::X_XISelectEvents */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ Window win;
+ uint16_t num_masks;
+ uint16_t pad;
+} xXISelectEventsReq;
+#define sz_xXISelectEventsReq 12
+
+/**
+ * Query for selected events on a given window.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t reqType; /**< Input extension major code */
+ uint8_t ReqType; /**< Always ::X_XIGetSelectedEvents */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ Window win;
+} xXIGetSelectedEventsReq;
+#define sz_xXIGetSelectedEventsReq 8
+
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t repType; /**< Input extension major opcode */
+ uint8_t RepType; /**< Always ::X_XIGetSelectedEvents */
+ uint16_t sequenceNumber;
+ uint32_t length;
+ uint16_t num_masks; /**< Number of xXIEventMask structs
+ trailing the reply */
+ uint16_t pad0;
+ uint32_t pad1;
+ uint32_t pad2;
+ uint32_t pad3;
+ uint32_t pad4;
+ uint32_t pad5;
+} xXIGetSelectedEventsReply;
+#define sz_xXIGetSelectedEventsReply 32
+
+/**
+ * Query the given device's screen/window coordinates.
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t reqType; /**< Input extension major code */
+ uint8_t ReqType; /**< Always ::X_XIQueryPointer */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ Window win;
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ uint16_t pad1;
+} xXIQueryPointerReq;
+#define sz_xXIQueryPointerReq 12
+
+
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t repType; /**< Input extension major opcode */
+ uint8_t RepType; /**< Always ::X_XIQueryPointer */
+ uint16_t sequenceNumber;
+ uint32_t length;
+ Window root;
+ Window child;
+ FP1616 root_x;
+ FP1616 root_y;
+ FP1616 win_x;
+ FP1616 win_y;
+ uint8_t same_screen;
+ uint8_t pad0;
+ uint16_t buttons_len;
+ xXIModifierInfo mods;
+ xXIGroupInfo group;
+} xXIQueryPointerReply;
+#define sz_xXIQueryPointerReply 56
+
+/**
+ * Warp the given device's pointer to the specified position.
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t reqType; /**< Input extension major code */
+ uint8_t ReqType; /**< Always ::X_XIWarpPointer */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ Window src_win;
+ Window dst_win;
+ FP1616 src_x;
+ FP1616 src_y;
+ uint16_t src_width;
+ uint16_t src_height;
+ FP1616 dst_x;
+ FP1616 dst_y;
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ uint16_t pad1;
+} xXIWarpPointerReq;
+#define sz_xXIWarpPointerReq 36
+
+/**
+ * Change the given device's sprite to the given cursor.
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t reqType; /**< Input extension major code */
+ uint8_t ReqType; /**< Always ::X_XIChangeCursor */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ Window win;
+ Cursor cursor;
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ uint16_t pad1;
+} xXIChangeCursorReq;
+#define sz_xXIChangeCursorReq 16
+
+/**
+ * Modify the device hierarchy.
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t reqType; /**< Input extension major code */
+ uint8_t ReqType; /**< Always ::X_XIChangeHierarchy */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ uint8_t num_changes;
+ uint8_t pad0;
+ uint16_t pad1;
+} xXIChangeHierarchyReq;
+#define sz_xXIChangeHierarchyReq 8
+
+/**
+ * Generic header for any hierarchy change.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint16_t type;
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+} xXIAnyHierarchyChangeInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Create a new master device.
+ * Name of new master follows struct (4-byte padded)
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint16_t type; /**< Always ::XIAddMaster */
+ uint16_t length; /**< 2 + (namelen + padding)/4 */
+ uint16_t name_len;
+ uint8_t send_core;
+ uint8_t enable;
+} xXIAddMasterInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Delete a master device. Will automatically delete the master device paired
+ * with the given master device.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint16_t type; /**< Always ::XIRemoveMaster */
+ uint16_t length; /**< 3 */
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ uint8_t return_mode; /**< ::XIAttachToMaster, ::XIFloating */
+ uint8_t pad;
+ uint16_t return_pointer; /**< Pointer to attach slave ptr devices to */
+ uint16_t return_keyboard; /**< keyboard to attach slave keybd devices to*/
+} xXIRemoveMasterInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Attach an SD to a new device.
+ * NewMaster has to be of same type (pointer->pointer, keyboard->keyboard);
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint16_t type; /**< Always ::XIAttachSlave */
+ uint16_t length; /**< 2 */
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ uint16_t new_master; /**< id of new master device */
+} xXIAttachSlaveInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Detach an SD from its current master device.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint16_t type; /**< Always ::XIDetachSlave */
+ uint16_t length; /**< 2 */
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ uint16_t pad;
+} xXIDetachSlaveInfo;
+
+
+/**
+ * Set the window/client's ClientPointer.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t reqType;
+ uint8_t ReqType; /**< Always ::X_XISetClientPointer */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ Window win;
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ uint16_t pad1;
+} xXISetClientPointerReq;
+#define sz_xXISetClientPointerReq 12
+
+/**
+ * Query the given window/client's ClientPointer setting.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t reqType;
+ uint8_t ReqType; /**< Always ::X_GetClientPointer */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ Window win;
+} xXIGetClientPointerReq;
+#define sz_xXIGetClientPointerReq 8
+
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t repType; /**< Input extension major opcode */
+ uint8_t RepType; /**< Always ::X_GetClientPointer */
+ uint16_t sequenceNumber;
+ uint32_t length;
+ BOOL set; /**< client pointer is set? */
+ uint8_t pad0;
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ uint32_t pad1;
+ uint32_t pad2;
+ uint32_t pad3;
+ uint32_t pad4;
+ uint32_t pad5;
+} xXIGetClientPointerReply;
+#define sz_xXIGetClientPointerReply 32
+
+/**
+ * Set the input focus to the specified window.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t reqType;
+ uint8_t ReqType; /**< Always ::X_XISetFocus */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ Window focus;
+ Time time;
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ uint16_t pad0;
+} xXISetFocusReq;
+#define sz_xXISetFocusReq 16
+
+/**
+ * Query the current input focus.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t reqType;
+ uint8_t ReqType; /**< Always ::X_XIGetDeviceFocus */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ uint16_t pad0;
+} xXIGetFocusReq;
+#define sz_xXIGetFocusReq 8
+
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t repType; /**< Input extension major opcode */
+ uint8_t RepType; /**< Always ::X_XIGetFocus */
+ uint16_t sequenceNumber;
+ uint32_t length;
+ Window focus;
+ uint32_t pad1;
+ uint32_t pad2;
+ uint32_t pad3;
+ uint32_t pad4;
+ uint32_t pad5;
+} xXIGetFocusReply;
+#define sz_xXIGetFocusReply 32
+
+
+/**
+ * Grab the given device.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t reqType;
+ uint8_t ReqType; /**< Always ::X_XIGrabDevice */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ Window grab_window;
+ Time time;
+ Cursor cursor;
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ uint8_t grab_mode;
+ uint8_t paired_device_mode;
+ uint8_t owner_events;
+ uint8_t pad;
+ uint16_t mask_len;
+} xXIGrabDeviceReq;
+#define sz_xXIGrabDeviceReq 24
+
+/**
+ * Return codes from a XIPassiveGrabDevice request.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint32_t modifiers; /**< Modifier state */
+ uint8_t status; /**< Grab status code */
+ uint8_t pad0;
+ uint16_t pad1;
+} xXIGrabModifierInfo;
+
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t repType; /**< Input extension major opcode */
+ uint8_t RepType; /**< Always ::X_XIGrabDevice */
+ uint16_t sequenceNumber;
+ uint32_t length;
+ uint8_t status;
+ uint8_t pad0;
+ uint16_t pad1;
+ uint32_t pad2;
+ uint32_t pad3;
+ uint32_t pad4;
+ uint32_t pad5;
+ uint32_t pad6;
+} xXIGrabDeviceReply;
+#define sz_xXIGrabDeviceReply 32
+
+/**
+ * Ungrab the specified device.
+ *
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t reqType;
+ uint8_t ReqType; /**< Always ::X_XIUngrabDevice */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ Time time;
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ uint16_t pad;
+} xXIUngrabDeviceReq;
+#define sz_xXIUngrabDeviceReq 12
+
+
+/**
+ * Allow or replay events on the specified grabbed device.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t reqType;
+ uint8_t ReqType; /**< Always ::X_XIAllowEvents */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ Time time;
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ uint8_t mode;
+ uint8_t pad;
+} xXIAllowEventsReq;
+#define sz_xXIAllowEventsReq 12
+
+/**
+ * Allow or replay events on the specified grabbed device.
+ * Since XI 2.2
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t reqType;
+ uint8_t ReqType; /**< Always ::X_XIAllowEvents */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ Time time;
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ uint8_t mode;
+ uint8_t pad;
+ uint32_t touchid; /**< Since XI 2.2 */
+ Window grab_window; /**< Since XI 2.2 */
+} xXI2_2AllowEventsReq;
+#define sz_xXI2_2AllowEventsReq 20
+
+
+/**
+ * Passively grab the device.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t reqType;
+ uint8_t ReqType; /**< Always ::X_XIPassiveGrabDevice */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ Time time;
+ Window grab_window;
+ Cursor cursor;
+ uint32_t detail;
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ uint16_t num_modifiers;
+ uint16_t mask_len;
+ uint8_t grab_type;
+ uint8_t grab_mode;
+ uint8_t paired_device_mode;
+ uint8_t owner_events;
+ uint16_t pad1;
+} xXIPassiveGrabDeviceReq;
+#define sz_xXIPassiveGrabDeviceReq 32
+
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t repType; /**< Input extension major opcode */
+ uint8_t RepType; /**< Always ::X_XIPassiveGrabDevice */
+ uint16_t sequenceNumber;
+ uint32_t length;
+ uint16_t num_modifiers;
+ uint16_t pad1;
+ uint32_t pad2;
+ uint32_t pad3;
+ uint32_t pad4;
+ uint32_t pad5;
+ uint32_t pad6;
+} xXIPassiveGrabDeviceReply;
+#define sz_xXIPassiveGrabDeviceReply 32
+
+/**
+ * Delete a passive grab for the given device.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t reqType;
+ uint8_t ReqType; /**< Always ::X_XIPassiveUngrabDevice */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ Window grab_window;
+ uint32_t detail;
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ uint16_t num_modifiers;
+ uint8_t grab_type;
+ uint8_t pad0;
+ uint16_t pad1;
+} xXIPassiveUngrabDeviceReq;
+#define sz_xXIPassiveUngrabDeviceReq 20
+
+/**
+ * List all device properties on the specified device.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t reqType;
+ uint8_t ReqType; /**< Always ::X_XIListProperties */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ uint16_t pad;
+} xXIListPropertiesReq;
+#define sz_xXIListPropertiesReq 8
+
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t repType; /**< Input extension major opcode */
+ uint8_t RepType; /**< Always ::X_XIListProperties */
+ uint16_t sequenceNumber;
+ uint32_t length;
+ uint16_t num_properties;
+ uint16_t pad0;
+ uint32_t pad1;
+ uint32_t pad2;
+ uint32_t pad3;
+ uint32_t pad4;
+ uint32_t pad5;
+} xXIListPropertiesReply;
+#define sz_xXIListPropertiesReply 32
+
+/**
+ * Change a property on the specified device.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t reqType;
+ uint8_t ReqType; /**< Always ::X_XIChangeProperty */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ uint8_t mode;
+ uint8_t format;
+ Atom property;
+ Atom type;
+ uint32_t num_items;
+} xXIChangePropertyReq;
+#define sz_xXIChangePropertyReq 20
+
+/**
+ * Delete the specified property.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t reqType;
+ uint8_t ReqType; /**< Always X_XIDeleteProperty */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ uint16_t pad0;
+ Atom property;
+} xXIDeletePropertyReq;
+#define sz_xXIDeletePropertyReq 12
+
+/**
+ * Query the specified property's values.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t reqType;
+ uint8_t ReqType; /**< Always X_XIGetProperty */
+ uint16_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+ uint8_t c_delete;
+#else
+ uint8_t delete;
+#endif
+ uint8_t pad0;
+ Atom property;
+ Atom type;
+ uint32_t offset;
+ uint32_t len;
+} xXIGetPropertyReq;
+#define sz_xXIGetPropertyReq 24
+
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t repType; /**< Input extension major opcode */
+ uint8_t RepType; /**< Always X_XIGetProperty */
+ uint16_t sequenceNumber;
+ uint32_t length;
+ Atom type;
+ uint32_t bytes_after;
+ uint32_t num_items;
+ uint8_t format;
+ uint8_t pad0;
+ uint16_t pad1;
+ uint32_t pad2;
+ uint32_t pad3;
+} xXIGetPropertyReply;
+#define sz_xXIGetPropertyReply 32
+
+/*************************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * EVENTS *
+ * *
+ *************************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * Generic XI2 event header. All XI2 events use the same header.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t type;
+ uint8_t extension; /**< XI extension offset */
+ uint16_t sequenceNumber;
+ uint32_t length;
+ uint16_t evtype;
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ Time time;
+} xXIGenericDeviceEvent;
+
+/**
+ * Device hierarchy information.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ uint16_t attachment; /**< ID of master or paired device */
+ uint8_t use; /**< ::XIMasterKeyboard,
+ ::XIMasterPointer,
+ ::XISlaveKeyboard,
+ ::XISlavePointer,
+ ::XIFloatingSlave */
+ BOOL enabled; /**< TRUE if the device is enabled */
+ uint16_t pad;
+ uint32_t flags; /**< ::XIMasterAdded, ::XIMasterRemoved,
+ ::XISlaveAttached, ::XISlaveDetached,
+ ::XISlaveAdded, ::XISlaveRemoved,
+ ::XIDeviceEnabled, ::XIDeviceDisabled */
+} xXIHierarchyInfo;
+
+/**
+ * The device hierarchy has been modified. This event includes the device
+ * hierarchy after the modification has been applied.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t type; /**< Always GenericEvent */
+ uint8_t extension; /**< XI extension offset */
+ uint16_t sequenceNumber;
+ uint32_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ uint16_t evtype; /**< ::XI_Hierarchy */
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ Time time;
+ uint32_t flags; /**< ::XIMasterAdded, ::XIMasterDeleted,
+ ::XISlaveAttached, ::XISlaveDetached,
+ ::XISlaveAdded, ::XISlaveRemoved,
+ ::XIDeviceEnabled, ::XIDeviceDisabled */
+ uint16_t num_info;
+ uint16_t pad0;
+ uint32_t pad1;
+ uint32_t pad2;
+} xXIHierarchyEvent;
+
+/**
+ * A device has changed capabilities.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t type; /**< Always GenericEvent */
+ uint8_t extension; /**< XI extension offset */
+ uint16_t sequenceNumber;
+ uint32_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ uint16_t evtype; /**< XI_DeviceChanged */
+ uint16_t deviceid; /**< Device that has changed */
+ Time time;
+ uint16_t num_classes; /**< Number of classes that have changed */
+ uint16_t sourceid; /**< Source of the new classes */
+ uint8_t reason; /**< ::XISlaveSwitch, ::XIDeviceChange */
+ uint8_t pad0;
+ uint16_t pad1;
+ uint32_t pad2;
+ uint32_t pad3;
+} xXIDeviceChangedEvent;
+
+/**
+ * The owner of a touch stream has passed on ownership to another client.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t type; /**< Always GenericEvent */
+ uint8_t extension; /**< XI extension offset */
+ uint16_t sequenceNumber;
+ uint32_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+ uint16_t evtype; /**< XI_TouchOwnership */
+ uint16_t deviceid; /**< Device that has changed */
+ Time time;
+ uint32_t touchid;
+ Window root;
+ Window event;
+ Window child;
+/* └──────── 32 byte boundary ────────┘ */
+ uint16_t sourceid;
+ uint16_t pad0;
+ uint32_t flags;
+ uint32_t pad1;
+ uint32_t pad2;
+} xXITouchOwnershipEvent;
+
+/**
+ * Default input event for pointer, keyboard or touch input.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t type; /**< Always GenericEvent */
+ uint8_t extension; /**< XI extension offset */
+ uint16_t sequenceNumber;
+ uint32_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte uints */
+ uint16_t evtype;
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ Time time;
+ uint32_t detail; /**< Keycode or button */
+ Window root;
+ Window event;
+ Window child;
+/* └──────── 32 byte boundary ────────┘ */
+ FP1616 root_x; /**< Always screen coords, 16.16 fixed point */
+ FP1616 root_y;
+ FP1616 event_x; /**< Always screen coords, 16.16 fixed point */
+ FP1616 event_y;
+ uint16_t buttons_len; /**< Len of button flags in 4 b units */
+ uint16_t valuators_len; /**< Len of val. flags in 4 b units */
+ uint16_t sourceid; /**< The source device */
+ uint16_t pad0;
+ uint32_t flags; /**< ::XIKeyRepeat */
+ xXIModifierInfo mods;
+ xXIGroupInfo group;
+} xXIDeviceEvent;
+
+
+/**
+ * Sent when an input event is generated. RawEvents include valuator
+ * information in both device-specific data (i.e. unaccelerated) and
+ * processed data (i.e. accelerated, if applicable).
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t type; /**< Always GenericEvent */
+ uint8_t extension; /**< XI extension offset */
+ uint16_t sequenceNumber;
+ uint32_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte uints */
+ uint16_t evtype; /**< ::XI_RawEvent */
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ Time time;
+ uint32_t detail;
+ uint16_t sourceid; /**< The source device (XI 2.1) */
+ uint16_t valuators_len; /**< Length of trailing valuator
+ mask in 4 byte units */
+ uint32_t flags; /**< ::XIKeyRepeat */
+ uint32_t pad2;
+} xXIRawEvent;
+
+/**
+ * Note that the layout of root, event, child, root_x, root_y, event_x,
+ * event_y must be identical to the xXIDeviceEvent.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t type; /**< Always GenericEvent */
+ uint8_t extension; /**< XI extension offset */
+ uint16_t sequenceNumber;
+ uint32_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte uints */
+ uint16_t evtype; /**< ::XI_Enter */
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ Time time;
+ uint16_t sourceid;
+ uint8_t mode;
+ uint8_t detail;
+ Window root;
+ Window event;
+ Window child;
+/* └──────── 32 byte boundary ────────┘ */
+ FP1616 root_x;
+ FP1616 root_y;
+ FP1616 event_x;
+ FP1616 event_y;
+ BOOL same_screen;
+ BOOL focus;
+ uint16_t buttons_len; /**< Length of trailing button mask
+ in 4 byte units */
+ xXIModifierInfo mods;
+ xXIGroupInfo group;
+} xXIEnterEvent;
+
+typedef xXIEnterEvent xXILeaveEvent;
+typedef xXIEnterEvent xXIFocusInEvent;
+typedef xXIEnterEvent xXIFocusOutEvent;
+
+/**
+ * Sent when a device property is created, modified or deleted. Does not
+ * include property data, the client is required to query the data.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t type; /**< Always GenericEvent */
+ uint8_t extension; /**< XI extension offset */
+ uint16_t sequenceNumber;
+ uint32_t length; /**< Length in 4 byte uints */
+ uint16_t evtype; /**< ::XI_PropertyEvent */
+ uint16_t deviceid;
+ Time time;
+ Atom property;
+ uint8_t what; /**< ::XIPropertyDeleted,
+ ::XIPropertyCreated,
+ ::XIPropertyMotified */
+ uint8_t pad0;
+ uint16_t pad1;
+ uint32_t pad2;
+ uint32_t pad3;
+} xXIPropertyEvent;
+
+
+#undef Window
+#undef Time
+#undef Atom
+#undef Cursor
+
+#endif /* _XI2PROTO_H_ */
--- /dev/null
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _XIPROTO_H
+#define _XIPROTO_H
+
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include <X11/X.h>
+
+/* make sure types have right sizes for protocol structures. */
+#define Window CARD32
+#define Time CARD32
+#define KeyCode CARD8
+#define Mask CARD32
+#define Atom CARD32
+#define Cursor CARD32
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * number of events, errors, and extension name.
+ *
+ */
+
+#define MORE_EVENTS 0x80
+#define DEVICE_BITS 0x7F
+
+#define InputClassBits 0x3F /* bits in mode field for input classes */
+#define ModeBitsShift 6 /* amount to shift the remaining bits */
+
+#define numInputClasses 7
+
+#define IEVENTS 17 /* does NOT include generic events */
+#define IERRORS 5
+#define IREQUESTS 39
+
+#define CLIENT_REQ 1
+
+typedef struct _XExtEventInfo
+ {
+ Mask mask;
+ BYTE type;
+ BYTE word;
+ } XExtEventInfo;
+
+typedef unsigned char *Pointer;
+
+struct tmask
+ {
+ Mask mask;
+ Pointer dev;
+ };
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * Event constants used by library.
+ *
+ */
+
+#define XI_DeviceValuator 0
+#define XI_DeviceKeyPress 1
+#define XI_DeviceKeyRelease 2
+#define XI_DeviceButtonPress 3
+#define XI_DeviceButtonRelease 4
+#define XI_DeviceMotionNotify 5
+#define XI_DeviceFocusIn 6
+#define XI_DeviceFocusOut 7
+#define XI_ProximityIn 8
+#define XI_ProximityOut 9
+#define XI_DeviceStateNotify 10
+#define XI_DeviceMappingNotify 11
+#define XI_ChangeDeviceNotify 12
+#define XI_DeviceKeystateNotify 13
+#define XI_DeviceButtonstateNotify 14
+#define XI_DevicePresenceNotify 15
+#define XI_DevicePropertyNotify 16
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * Protocol request constants
+ *
+ */
+
+#define X_GetExtensionVersion 1
+#define X_ListInputDevices 2
+#define X_OpenDevice 3
+#define X_CloseDevice 4
+#define X_SetDeviceMode 5
+#define X_SelectExtensionEvent 6
+#define X_GetSelectedExtensionEvents 7
+#define X_ChangeDeviceDontPropagateList 8
+#define X_GetDeviceDontPropagateList 9
+#define X_GetDeviceMotionEvents 10
+#define X_ChangeKeyboardDevice 11
+#define X_ChangePointerDevice 12
+#define X_GrabDevice 13
+#define X_UngrabDevice 14
+#define X_GrabDeviceKey 15
+#define X_UngrabDeviceKey 16
+#define X_GrabDeviceButton 17
+#define X_UngrabDeviceButton 18
+#define X_AllowDeviceEvents 19
+#define X_GetDeviceFocus 20
+#define X_SetDeviceFocus 21
+#define X_GetFeedbackControl 22
+#define X_ChangeFeedbackControl 23
+#define X_GetDeviceKeyMapping 24
+#define X_ChangeDeviceKeyMapping 25
+#define X_GetDeviceModifierMapping 26
+#define X_SetDeviceModifierMapping 27
+#define X_GetDeviceButtonMapping 28
+#define X_SetDeviceButtonMapping 29
+#define X_QueryDeviceState 30
+#define X_SendExtensionEvent 31
+#define X_DeviceBell 32
+#define X_SetDeviceValuators 33
+#define X_GetDeviceControl 34
+#define X_ChangeDeviceControl 35
+/* XI 1.5 */
+#define X_ListDeviceProperties 36
+#define X_ChangeDeviceProperty 37
+#define X_DeleteDeviceProperty 38
+#define X_GetDeviceProperty 39
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * Protocol request and reply structures.
+ *
+ * GetExtensionVersion.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_GetExtensionVersion */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD16 nbytes B16;
+ CARD8 pad1, pad2;
+} xGetExtensionVersionReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 repType; /* X_Reply */
+ CARD8 RepType; /* always X_GetExtensionVersion */
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD32 length B32;
+ CARD16 major_version B16;
+ CARD16 minor_version B16;
+ BOOL present;
+ CARD8 pad1, pad2, pad3;
+ CARD32 pad01 B32;
+ CARD32 pad02 B32;
+ CARD32 pad03 B32;
+ CARD32 pad04 B32;
+} xGetExtensionVersionReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * ListInputDevices.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_ListInputDevices */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+} xListInputDevicesReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 repType; /* X_Reply */
+ CARD8 RepType; /* always X_ListInputDevices */
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD32 length B32;
+ CARD8 ndevices;
+ CARD8 pad1, pad2, pad3;
+ CARD32 pad01 B32;
+ CARD32 pad02 B32;
+ CARD32 pad03 B32;
+ CARD32 pad04 B32;
+ CARD32 pad05 B32;
+} xListInputDevicesReply;
+
+typedef struct _xDeviceInfo *xDeviceInfoPtr;
+
+typedef struct _xAnyClassinfo *xAnyClassPtr;
+
+typedef struct _xAnyClassinfo {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+ CARD8 c_class;
+#else
+ CARD8 class;
+#endif
+ CARD8 length;
+ } xAnyClassInfo;
+
+typedef struct _xDeviceInfo {
+ CARD32 type B32;
+ CARD8 id;
+ CARD8 num_classes;
+ CARD8 use; /* IsXPointer | IsXKeyboard | IsXExtension... */
+ CARD8 attached; /* id of master dev (if IsXExtension..) */
+ } xDeviceInfo;
+
+typedef struct _xKeyInfo *xKeyInfoPtr;
+
+typedef struct _xKeyInfo {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+ CARD8 c_class;
+#else
+ CARD8 class;
+#endif
+ CARD8 length;
+ KeyCode min_keycode;
+ KeyCode max_keycode;
+ CARD16 num_keys B16;
+ CARD8 pad1,pad2;
+ } xKeyInfo;
+
+typedef struct _xButtonInfo *xButtonInfoPtr;
+
+typedef struct _xButtonInfo {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+ CARD8 c_class;
+#else
+ CARD8 class;
+#endif
+ CARD8 length;
+ CARD16 num_buttons B16;
+ } xButtonInfo;
+
+typedef struct _xValuatorInfo *xValuatorInfoPtr;
+
+typedef struct _xValuatorInfo {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+ CARD8 c_class;
+#else
+ CARD8 class;
+#endif
+ CARD8 length;
+ CARD8 num_axes;
+ CARD8 mode;
+ CARD32 motion_buffer_size B32;
+ } xValuatorInfo;
+
+typedef struct _xAxisInfo *xAxisInfoPtr;
+
+typedef struct _xAxisInfo {
+ CARD32 resolution B32;
+ CARD32 min_value B32;
+ CARD32 max_value B32;
+ } xAxisInfo;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * OpenDevice.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_OpenDevice */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2, pad3;
+} xOpenDeviceReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 repType; /* X_Reply */
+ CARD8 RepType; /* always X_OpenDevice */
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD32 length B32;
+ CARD8 num_classes;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2, pad3;
+ CARD32 pad00 B32;
+ CARD32 pad01 B32;
+ CARD32 pad02 B32;
+ CARD32 pad03 B32;
+ CARD32 pad04 B32;
+ } xOpenDeviceReply;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+ CARD8 c_class;
+#else
+ CARD8 class;
+#endif
+ CARD8 event_type_base;
+ } xInputClassInfo;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * CloseDevice.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_CloseDevice */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2, pad3;
+} xCloseDeviceReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * SetDeviceMode.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_SetDeviceMode */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ CARD8 mode;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2;
+} xSetDeviceModeReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 repType; /* X_Reply */
+ CARD8 RepType; /* always X_SetDeviceMode */
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD32 length B32;
+ CARD8 status;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2, pad3;
+ CARD32 pad01 B32;
+ CARD32 pad02 B32;
+ CARD32 pad03 B32;
+ CARD32 pad04 B32;
+ CARD32 pad05 B32;
+} xSetDeviceModeReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * SelectExtensionEvent.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_SelectExtensionEvent */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ Window window B32;
+ CARD16 count B16;
+ CARD16 pad00 B16;
+} xSelectExtensionEventReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GetSelectedExtensionEvent.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* X_GetSelectedExtensionEvents */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ Window window B32;
+} xGetSelectedExtensionEventsReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 repType; /* X_Reply */
+ CARD8 RepType; /* GetSelectedExtensionEvents */
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD32 length B32;
+ CARD16 this_client_count B16;
+ CARD16 all_clients_count B16;
+ CARD32 pad01 B32;
+ CARD32 pad02 B32;
+ CARD32 pad03 B32;
+ CARD32 pad04 B32;
+ CARD32 pad05 B32;
+} xGetSelectedExtensionEventsReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * ChangeDeviceDontPropagateList.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* X_ChangeDeviceDontPropagateList */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ Window window B32;
+ CARD16 count B16;
+ CARD8 mode;
+ BYTE pad;
+} xChangeDeviceDontPropagateListReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GetDeviceDontPropagateList.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* X_GetDeviceDontPropagateList */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ Window window B32;
+} xGetDeviceDontPropagateListReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 repType; /* X_Reply */
+ CARD8 RepType; /* GetDeviceDontPropagateList */
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD32 length B32;
+ CARD16 count B16;
+ CARD16 pad00 B16;
+ CARD32 pad01 B32;
+ CARD32 pad02 B32;
+ CARD32 pad03 B32;
+ CARD32 pad04 B32;
+ CARD32 pad05 B32;
+ } xGetDeviceDontPropagateListReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GetDeviceMotionEvents.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_GetDeviceMotionEvents*/
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ Time start B32;
+ Time stop B32;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2, pad3;
+} xGetDeviceMotionEventsReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 repType; /* X_Reply */
+ CARD8 RepType; /* always X_GetDeviceMotionEvents */
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD32 length B32;
+ CARD32 nEvents B32;
+ CARD8 axes;
+ CARD8 mode;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2;
+ CARD32 pad01 B32;
+ CARD32 pad02 B32;
+ CARD32 pad03 B32;
+ CARD32 pad04 B32;
+} xGetDeviceMotionEventsReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * ChangeKeyboardDevice.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* X_ChangeKeyboardDevice */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2, pad3;
+} xChangeKeyboardDeviceReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 repType; /* X_Reply */
+ CARD8 RepType; /* always X_ChangeKeyboardDevice*/
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD32 length B32; /* 0 */
+ CARD8 status;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2, pad3;
+ CARD32 pad01 B32;
+ CARD32 pad02 B32;
+ CARD32 pad03 B32;
+ CARD32 pad04 B32;
+ CARD32 pad05 B32;
+ } xChangeKeyboardDeviceReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * ChangePointerDevice.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* X_ChangePointerDevice */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD8 xaxis;
+ CARD8 yaxis;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ BYTE pad1;
+} xChangePointerDeviceReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 repType; /* X_Reply */
+ CARD8 RepType; /* always X_ChangePointerDevice */
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD32 length B32; /* 0 */
+ CARD8 status;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2, pad3;
+ CARD32 pad01 B32;
+ CARD32 pad02 B32;
+ CARD32 pad03 B32;
+ CARD32 pad04 B32;
+ CARD32 pad05 B32;
+ } xChangePointerDeviceReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GrabDevice.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_GrabDevice */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ Window grabWindow B32;
+ Time time B32;
+ CARD16 event_count B16;
+ CARD8 this_device_mode;
+ CARD8 other_devices_mode;
+ BOOL ownerEvents;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ CARD16 pad01 B16;
+} xGrabDeviceReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 repType; /* X_Reply */
+ CARD8 RepType; /* always X_GrabDevice */
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD32 length B32; /* 0 */
+ CARD8 status;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2, pad3;
+ CARD32 pad01 B32;
+ CARD32 pad02 B32;
+ CARD32 pad03 B32;
+ CARD32 pad04 B32;
+ CARD32 pad05 B32;
+ } xGrabDeviceReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * UngrabDevice.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_UnGrabDevice */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ Time time B32;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2, pad3;
+} xUngrabDeviceReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GrabDeviceKey.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_GrabDeviceKey */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ Window grabWindow B32;
+ CARD16 event_count B16;
+ CARD16 modifiers B16;
+ CARD8 modifier_device;
+ CARD8 grabbed_device;
+ CARD8 key;
+ BYTE this_device_mode;
+ BYTE other_devices_mode;
+ BOOL ownerEvents;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2;
+} xGrabDeviceKeyReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * UngrabDeviceKey.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_UngrabDeviceKey */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ Window grabWindow B32;
+ CARD16 modifiers B16;
+ CARD8 modifier_device;
+ CARD8 key;
+ CARD8 grabbed_device;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2, pad3;
+} xUngrabDeviceKeyReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GrabDeviceButton.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_GrabDeviceButton */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ Window grabWindow B32;
+ CARD8 grabbed_device;
+ CARD8 modifier_device;
+ CARD16 event_count B16;
+ CARD16 modifiers B16;
+ BYTE this_device_mode;
+ BYTE other_devices_mode;
+ CARD8 button;
+ BOOL ownerEvents;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2;
+} xGrabDeviceButtonReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * UngrabDeviceButton.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_UngrabDeviceButton */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ Window grabWindow B32;
+ CARD16 modifiers B16;
+ CARD8 modifier_device;
+ CARD8 button;
+ CARD8 grabbed_device;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2, pad3;
+} xUngrabDeviceButtonReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * AllowDeviceEvents.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_AllowDeviceEvents */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ Time time B32;
+ CARD8 mode;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2;
+} xAllowDeviceEventsReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GetDeviceFocus.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_GetDeviceFocus */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2, pad3;
+} xGetDeviceFocusReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 repType; /* X_Reply */
+ CARD8 RepType; /* always X_GetDeviceFocus */
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD32 length B32;
+ CARD32 focus B32;
+ Time time B32;
+ CARD8 revertTo;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2, pad3;
+ CARD32 pad01 B32;
+ CARD32 pad02 B32;
+ CARD32 pad03 B32;
+ } xGetDeviceFocusReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * SetDeviceFocus.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_SetDeviceFocus */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ Window focus B32;
+ Time time B32;
+ CARD8 revertTo;
+ CARD8 device;
+ CARD16 pad01 B16;
+} xSetDeviceFocusReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GetFeedbackControl.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* X_GetFeedbackControl */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2, pad3;
+} xGetFeedbackControlReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 repType; /* X_Reply */
+ CARD8 RepType; /* always X_GetFeedbackControl */
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD32 length B32;
+ CARD16 num_feedbacks B16;
+ CARD16 pad01 B16;
+ CARD32 pad02 B32;
+ CARD32 pad03 B32;
+ CARD32 pad04 B32;
+ CARD32 pad05 B32;
+ CARD32 pad06 B32;
+} xGetFeedbackControlReply;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+ CARD8 c_class; /* feedback class */
+#else
+ CARD8 class; /* feedback class */
+#endif
+ CARD8 id; /* feedback id */
+ CARD16 length B16; /* feedback length */
+} xFeedbackState;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+ CARD8 c_class;
+#else
+ CARD8 class;
+#endif
+ CARD8 id;
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD16 pitch B16;
+ CARD16 duration B16;
+ CARD32 led_mask B32;
+ CARD32 led_values B32;
+ BOOL global_auto_repeat;
+ CARD8 click;
+ CARD8 percent;
+ BYTE pad;
+ BYTE auto_repeats[32];
+} xKbdFeedbackState;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+ CARD8 c_class;
+#else
+ CARD8 class;
+#endif
+ CARD8 id;
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD8 pad1,pad2;
+ CARD16 accelNum B16;
+ CARD16 accelDenom B16;
+ CARD16 threshold B16;
+} xPtrFeedbackState;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+ CARD8 c_class; /* feedback class id */
+#else
+ CARD8 class; /* feedback class id */
+#endif
+ CARD8 id;
+ CARD16 length B16; /* feedback length */
+ CARD32 resolution B32;
+ INT32 min_value B32;
+ INT32 max_value B32;
+} xIntegerFeedbackState;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+ CARD8 c_class; /* feedback class id */
+#else
+ CARD8 class; /* feedback class id */
+#endif
+ CARD8 id;
+ CARD16 length B16; /* feedback length */
+ CARD16 max_symbols B16;
+ CARD16 num_syms_supported B16;
+} xStringFeedbackState;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+ CARD8 c_class; /* feedback class id */
+#else
+ CARD8 class; /* feedback class id */
+#endif
+ CARD8 id;
+ CARD16 length B16; /* feedback length */
+ CARD8 percent;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2, pad3;
+ CARD16 pitch B16;
+ CARD16 duration B16;
+} xBellFeedbackState;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+ CARD8 c_class; /* feedback class id */
+#else
+ CARD8 class; /* feedback class id */
+#endif
+ CARD8 id;
+ CARD16 length B16; /* feedback length */
+ CARD32 led_mask B32;
+ CARD32 led_values B32;
+} xLedFeedbackState;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * ChangeFeedbackControl.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* X_ChangeFeedbackControl */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD32 mask B32;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ CARD8 feedbackid;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2;
+} xChangeFeedbackControlReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+ CARD8 c_class; /* feedback class id */
+#else
+ CARD8 class; /* feedback class id */
+#endif
+ CARD8 id; /* feedback id */
+ CARD16 length B16; /* feedback length */
+} xFeedbackCtl;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+ CARD8 c_class; /* feedback class id */
+#else
+ CARD8 class; /* feedback class id */
+#endif
+ CARD8 id; /* feedback length */
+ CARD16 length B16; /* feedback length */
+ KeyCode key;
+ CARD8 auto_repeat_mode;
+ INT8 click;
+ INT8 percent;
+ INT16 pitch B16;
+ INT16 duration B16;
+ CARD32 led_mask B32;
+ CARD32 led_values B32;
+} xKbdFeedbackCtl;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+ CARD8 c_class; /* feedback class id */
+#else
+ CARD8 class; /* feedback class id */
+#endif
+ CARD8 id; /* feedback id */
+ CARD16 length B16; /* feedback length */
+ CARD8 pad1,pad2;
+ INT16 num B16;
+ INT16 denom B16;
+ INT16 thresh B16;
+} xPtrFeedbackCtl;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+ CARD8 c_class; /* feedback class id */
+#else
+ CARD8 class; /* feedback class id */
+#endif
+ CARD8 id; /* feedback id */
+ CARD16 length B16; /* feedback length */
+ INT32 int_to_display B32;
+} xIntegerFeedbackCtl;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+ CARD8 c_class; /* feedback class id */
+#else
+ CARD8 class; /* feedback class id */
+#endif
+ CARD8 id; /* feedback id */
+ CARD16 length B16; /* feedback length */
+ CARD8 pad1,pad2;
+ CARD16 num_keysyms B16;
+} xStringFeedbackCtl;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+ CARD8 c_class; /* feedback class id */
+#else
+ CARD8 class; /* feedback class id */
+#endif
+ CARD8 id; /* feedback id */
+ CARD16 length B16; /* feedback length */
+ INT8 percent;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2, pad3;
+ INT16 pitch B16;
+ INT16 duration B16;
+} xBellFeedbackCtl;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+ CARD8 c_class; /* feedback class id */
+#else
+ CARD8 class; /* feedback class id */
+#endif
+ CARD8 id; /* feedback id */
+ CARD16 length B16; /* feedback length */
+ CARD32 led_mask B32;
+ CARD32 led_values B32;
+} xLedFeedbackCtl;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GetDeviceKeyMapping.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_GetDeviceKeyMapping */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ KeyCode firstKeyCode;
+ CARD8 count;
+ BYTE pad1;
+} xGetDeviceKeyMappingReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 repType; /* X_Reply */
+ CARD8 RepType; /* always X_GetDeviceKeyMapping */
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD32 length B32;
+ CARD8 keySymsPerKeyCode;
+ CARD8 pad0;
+ CARD16 pad1 B16;
+ CARD32 pad2 B32;
+ CARD32 pad3 B32;
+ CARD32 pad4 B32;
+ CARD32 pad5 B32;
+ CARD32 pad6 B32;
+} xGetDeviceKeyMappingReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * ChangeDeviceKeyMapping.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_ChangeDeviceKeyMapping */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ KeyCode firstKeyCode;
+ CARD8 keySymsPerKeyCode;
+ CARD8 keyCodes;
+} xChangeDeviceKeyMappingReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GetDeviceModifierMapping.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_GetDeviceModifierMapping */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2, pad3;
+} xGetDeviceModifierMappingReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 repType; /* X_Reply */
+ CARD8 RepType; /* always X_GetDeviceModifierMapping */
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD32 length B32;
+ CARD8 numKeyPerModifier;
+ CARD8 pad0;
+ CARD16 pad1 B16;
+ CARD32 pad2 B32;
+ CARD32 pad3 B32;
+ CARD32 pad4 B32;
+ CARD32 pad5 B32;
+ CARD32 pad6 B32;
+} xGetDeviceModifierMappingReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * SetDeviceModifierMapping.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_SetDeviceModifierMapping */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ CARD8 numKeyPerModifier;
+ CARD16 pad1 B16;
+} xSetDeviceModifierMappingReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 repType; /* X_Reply */
+ CARD8 RepType; /* always X_SetDeviceModifierMapping */
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD32 length B32;
+ CARD8 success;
+ CARD8 pad0;
+ CARD16 pad1 B16;
+ CARD32 pad2 B32;
+ CARD32 pad3 B32;
+ CARD32 pad4 B32;
+ CARD32 pad5 B32;
+ CARD32 pad6 B32;
+} xSetDeviceModifierMappingReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GetDeviceButtonMapping.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* X_GetDeviceButtonMapping */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2, pad3;
+} xGetDeviceButtonMappingReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 repType; /* X_Reply */
+ CARD8 RepType; /* always X_GetDeviceButtonMapping */
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD32 length B32;
+ CARD8 nElts;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2, pad3;
+ CARD32 pad01 B32;
+ CARD32 pad02 B32;
+ CARD32 pad03 B32;
+ CARD32 pad04 B32;
+ CARD32 pad05 B32;
+} xGetDeviceButtonMappingReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * SetDeviceButtonMapping.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* X_SetDeviceButtonMapping */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ CARD8 map_length;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2;
+} xSetDeviceButtonMappingReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 repType; /* X_Reply */
+ CARD8 RepType; /* always X_SetDeviceButtonMapping */
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD32 length B32;
+ CARD8 status;
+ BYTE pad0;
+ CARD16 pad1 B16;
+ CARD32 pad2 B32;
+ CARD32 pad3 B32;
+ CARD32 pad4 B32;
+ CARD32 pad5 B32;
+ CARD32 pad6 B32;
+} xSetDeviceButtonMappingReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * QueryDeviceState.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType;
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_QueryDeviceState */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2, pad3;
+} xQueryDeviceStateReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 repType; /* X_Reply */
+ CARD8 RepType; /* always X_QueryDeviceState */
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD32 length B32;
+ CARD8 num_classes;
+ BYTE pad0;
+ CARD16 pad1 B16;
+ CARD32 pad2 B32;
+ CARD32 pad3 B32;
+ CARD32 pad4 B32;
+ CARD32 pad5 B32;
+ CARD32 pad6 B32;
+} xQueryDeviceStateReply;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+ CARD8 c_class;
+#else
+ CARD8 class;
+#endif
+ CARD8 length;
+ CARD8 num_keys;
+ BYTE pad1;
+ CARD8 keys[32];
+} xKeyState;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+ CARD8 c_class;
+#else
+ CARD8 class;
+#endif
+ CARD8 length;
+ CARD8 num_buttons;
+ BYTE pad1;
+ CARD8 buttons[32];
+} xButtonState;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+ CARD8 c_class;
+#else
+ CARD8 class;
+#endif
+ CARD8 length;
+ CARD8 num_valuators;
+ CARD8 mode;
+} xValuatorState;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * SendExtensionEvent.
+ * THIS REQUEST MUST BE KEPT A MULTIPLE OF 8 BYTES IN LENGTH!
+ * MORE EVENTS MAY FOLLOW AND THEY MUST BE QUAD-ALIGNED!
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType;
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_SendExtensionEvent */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ Window destination B32;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ BOOL propagate;
+ CARD16 count B16;
+ CARD8 num_events;
+ BYTE pad1,pad2,pad3;
+} xSendExtensionEventReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * DeviceBell.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType;
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_DeviceBell */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ CARD8 feedbackid;
+ CARD8 feedbackclass;
+ INT8 percent;
+} xDeviceBellReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * SetDeviceValuators.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_SetDeviceValuators */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ CARD8 first_valuator;
+ CARD8 num_valuators;
+ BYTE pad1;
+} xSetDeviceValuatorsReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 repType; /* X_Reply */
+ CARD8 RepType; /* always X_SetDeviceValuators */
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD32 length B32;
+ CARD8 status;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2, pad3;
+ CARD32 pad01 B32;
+ CARD32 pad02 B32;
+ CARD32 pad03 B32;
+ CARD32 pad04 B32;
+ CARD32 pad05 B32;
+} xSetDeviceValuatorsReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GetDeviceControl.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_GetDeviceControl */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD16 control B16;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ BYTE pad2;
+} xGetDeviceControlReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 repType; /* X_Reply */
+ CARD8 RepType; /* always X_GetDeviceControl */
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD32 length B32;
+ CARD8 status;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2, pad3;
+ CARD32 pad01 B32;
+ CARD32 pad02 B32;
+ CARD32 pad03 B32;
+ CARD32 pad04 B32;
+ CARD32 pad05 B32;
+} xGetDeviceControlReply;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD16 control B16; /* control type */
+ CARD16 length B16; /* control length */
+} xDeviceState;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD16 control B16; /* control type */
+ CARD16 length B16; /* control length */
+ CARD32 num_valuators B32; /* number of valuators */
+} xDeviceResolutionState;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD16 control B16;
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ INT32 min_x B32;
+ INT32 max_x B32;
+ INT32 min_y B32;
+ INT32 max_y B32;
+ CARD32 flip_x B32;
+ CARD32 flip_y B32;
+ CARD32 rotation B32;
+ CARD32 button_threshold B32;
+} xDeviceAbsCalibState;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD16 control B16;
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD32 offset_x B32;
+ CARD32 offset_y B32;
+ CARD32 width B32;
+ CARD32 height B32;
+ CARD32 screen B32;
+ CARD32 following B32;
+} xDeviceAbsAreaState;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD16 control B16; /* control type */
+ CARD16 length B16; /* control length */
+ CARD8 status;
+ CARD8 iscore;
+ CARD16 pad1 B16;
+} xDeviceCoreState;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD16 control B16; /* control type */
+ CARD16 length B16; /* control length */
+ CARD8 enable;
+ CARD8 pad0;
+ CARD16 pad1 B16;
+} xDeviceEnableState;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * ChangeDeviceControl.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major code */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_ChangeDeviceControl */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD16 control B16;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ BYTE pad0;
+} xChangeDeviceControlReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 repType; /* X_Reply */
+ CARD8 RepType; /* always X_ChangeDeviceControl */
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD32 length B32;
+ CARD8 status;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2, pad3;
+ CARD32 pad01 B32;
+ CARD32 pad02 B32;
+ CARD32 pad03 B32;
+ CARD32 pad04 B32;
+ CARD32 pad05 B32;
+} xChangeDeviceControlReply;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD16 control B16; /* control type */
+ CARD16 length B16; /* control length */
+} xDeviceCtl;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD16 control B16; /* control type */
+ CARD16 length B16; /* control length */
+ CARD8 first_valuator; /* first valuator to change */
+ CARD8 num_valuators; /* number of valuators to change*/
+ CARD8 pad1,pad2;
+} xDeviceResolutionCtl;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD16 control B16;
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ INT32 min_x;
+ INT32 max_x;
+ INT32 min_y;
+ INT32 max_y;
+ CARD32 flip_x;
+ CARD32 flip_y;
+ CARD32 rotation;
+ CARD32 button_threshold;
+} xDeviceAbsCalibCtl;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD16 control B16;
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD32 offset_x;
+ CARD32 offset_y;
+ INT32 width;
+ INT32 height;
+ INT32 screen;
+ CARD32 following;
+} xDeviceAbsAreaCtl;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD16 control B16;
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD8 status;
+ CARD8 pad0;
+ CARD16 pad1 B16;
+} xDeviceCoreCtl;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD16 control B16;
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD8 enable;
+ CARD8 pad0;
+ CARD16 pad1 B16;
+} xDeviceEnableCtl;
+
+/* XI 1.5 */
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * ListDeviceProperties.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major opcode */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_ListDeviceProperties */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ CARD8 pad0;
+ CARD16 pad1 B16;
+} xListDevicePropertiesReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 repType; /* X_Reply */
+ CARD8 RepType; /* always X_ListDeviceProperties */
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD32 length B32;
+ CARD16 nAtoms B16;
+ CARD16 pad1 B16;
+ CARD32 pad2 B32;
+ CARD32 pad3 B32;
+ CARD32 pad4 B32;
+ CARD32 pad5 B32;
+ CARD32 pad6 B32;
+} xListDevicePropertiesReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * ChangeDeviceProperty.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major opcode */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_ChangeDeviceProperty */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ Atom property B32;
+ Atom type B32;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ CARD8 format;
+ CARD8 mode;
+ CARD8 pad;
+ CARD32 nUnits B32;
+} xChangeDevicePropertyReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * DeleteDeviceProperty.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major opcode */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_DeleteDeviceProperty */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ Atom property B32;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ CARD8 pad0;
+ CARD16 pad1 B16;
+} xDeleteDevicePropertyReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GetDeviceProperty.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 reqType; /* input extension major opcode */
+ CARD8 ReqType; /* always X_GetDeviceProperty */
+ CARD16 length B16;
+ Atom property B32;
+ Atom type B32;
+ CARD32 longOffset B32;
+ CARD32 longLength B32;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+ BOOL c_delete;
+#else
+ BOOL delete;
+#endif
+ CARD16 pad;
+} xGetDevicePropertyReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 repType; /* X_Reply */
+ CARD8 RepType; /* always X_GetDeviceProperty */
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD32 length B32;
+ Atom propertyType B32;
+ CARD32 bytesAfter B32;
+ CARD32 nItems B32;
+ CARD8 format;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ CARD16 pad1 B16;
+ CARD32 pad2 B32;
+ CARD32 pad3 B32;
+} xGetDevicePropertyReply;
+
+
+/**********************************************************
+ *
+ * Input extension events.
+ *
+ * DeviceValuator
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+ {
+ BYTE type;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ KeyButMask device_state B16;
+ CARD8 num_valuators;
+ CARD8 first_valuator;
+ INT32 valuator0 B32;
+ INT32 valuator1 B32;
+ INT32 valuator2 B32;
+ INT32 valuator3 B32;
+ INT32 valuator4 B32;
+ INT32 valuator5 B32;
+ } deviceValuator;
+
+/**********************************************************
+ *
+ * DeviceKeyButtonPointer.
+ *
+ * Used for: DeviceKeyPress, DeviceKeyRelease,
+ * DeviceButtonPress, DeviceButtonRelease,
+ * ProximityIn, ProximityOut
+ * DeviceMotionNotify,
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+ {
+ BYTE type;
+ BYTE detail;
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ Time time B32;
+ Window root B32;
+ Window event B32;
+ Window child B32;
+ INT16 root_x B16;
+ INT16 root_y B16;
+ INT16 event_x B16;
+ INT16 event_y B16;
+ KeyButMask state B16;
+ BOOL same_screen;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ } deviceKeyButtonPointer;
+
+/**********************************************************
+ *
+ * DeviceFocus.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+ {
+ BYTE type;
+ BYTE detail;
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ Time time B32;
+ Window window B32;
+ BYTE mode;
+ CARD8 deviceid;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2;
+ CARD32 pad00 B32;
+ CARD32 pad01 B32;
+ CARD32 pad02 B32;
+ CARD32 pad03 B32;
+ } deviceFocus;
+
+/**********************************************************
+ *
+ * DeviceStateNotify.
+ *
+ * Note that the two high-order bits in the classes_reported
+ * field are the proximity state (InProximity or OutOfProximity),
+ * and the device mode (Absolute or Relative), respectively.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+ {
+ BYTE type;
+ BYTE deviceid;
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ Time time B32;
+ CARD8 num_keys;
+ CARD8 num_buttons;
+ CARD8 num_valuators;
+ CARD8 classes_reported;
+ CARD8 buttons[4];
+ CARD8 keys[4];
+ INT32 valuator0 B32;
+ INT32 valuator1 B32;
+ INT32 valuator2 B32;
+ } deviceStateNotify;
+
+/**********************************************************
+ *
+ * DeviceKeyStateNotify.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+ {
+ BYTE type;
+ BYTE deviceid;
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD8 keys[28];
+ } deviceKeyStateNotify;
+
+/**********************************************************
+ *
+ * DeviceButtonStateNotify.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+ {
+ BYTE type;
+ BYTE deviceid;
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD8 buttons[28];
+ } deviceButtonStateNotify;
+
+/**********************************************************
+ *
+ * DeviceMappingNotify.
+ * Fields must be kept in sync with core mappingnotify event.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+ {
+ BYTE type;
+ BYTE deviceid;
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD8 request;
+ KeyCode firstKeyCode;
+ CARD8 count;
+ BYTE pad1;
+ Time time B32;
+ CARD32 pad00 B32;
+ CARD32 pad01 B32;
+ CARD32 pad02 B32;
+ CARD32 pad03 B32;
+ CARD32 pad04 B32;
+ } deviceMappingNotify;
+
+/**********************************************************
+ *
+ * ChangeDeviceNotify.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+ {
+ BYTE type;
+ BYTE deviceid;
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ Time time B32;
+ CARD8 request;
+ BYTE pad1, pad2, pad3;
+ CARD32 pad00 B32;
+ CARD32 pad01 B32;
+ CARD32 pad02 B32;
+ CARD32 pad03 B32;
+ CARD32 pad04 B32;
+ } changeDeviceNotify;
+
+/**********************************************************
+ *
+ * devicePresenceNotify.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+ {
+ BYTE type;
+ BYTE pad00;
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ Time time B32;
+ BYTE devchange; /* Device{Added|Removed|Enabled|Disabled|ControlChanged} */
+ BYTE deviceid;
+ CARD16 control B16;
+ CARD32 pad02 B32;
+ CARD32 pad03 B32;
+ CARD32 pad04 B32;
+ CARD32 pad05 B32;
+ CARD32 pad06 B32;
+ } devicePresenceNotify;
+
+
+/*********************************************************
+ * DevicePropertyNotifyEvent
+ *
+ * Sent whenever a device's property changes.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+ {
+ BYTE type;
+ BYTE state; /* NewValue or Deleted */
+ CARD16 sequenceNumber B16;
+ CARD32 time B32;
+ Atom atom B32; /* affected property */
+ CARD32 pad0 B32;
+ CARD32 pad1 B32;
+ CARD32 pad2 B32;
+ CARD32 pad3 B32;
+ CARD16 pad5 B16;
+ CARD8 pad4;
+ CARD8 deviceid; /* id of device */
+ } devicePropertyNotify;
+
+#undef Window
+#undef Time
+#undef KeyCode
+#undef Mask
+#undef Atom
+#undef Cursor
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+# generated automatically by aclocal 1.11.1 -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
+# 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION],
+ [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl
+m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.68],,
+[m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.68.
+You have another version of autoconf. It may work, but is not guaranteed to.
+If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely.
+To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically `autoreconf'.])])
+
+# pkg.m4 - Macros to locate and utilise pkg-config. -*- Autoconf -*-
+# serial 1 (pkg-config-0.24)
+#
+# Copyright © 2004 Scott James Remnant <scott@netsplit.com>.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG([MIN-VERSION])
+# ----------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG],
+[m4_pattern_forbid([^_?PKG_[A-Z_]+$])
+m4_pattern_allow([^PKG_CONFIG(_PATH)?$])
+AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG], [path to pkg-config utility])
+AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [directories to add to pkg-config's search path])
+AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR], [path overriding pkg-config's built-in search path])
+
+if test "x$ac_cv_env_PKG_CONFIG_set" != "xset"; then
+ AC_PATH_TOOL([PKG_CONFIG], [pkg-config])
+fi
+if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
+ _pkg_min_version=m4_default([$1], [0.9.0])
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version])
+ if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $_pkg_min_version; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+ PKG_CONFIG=""
+ fi
+fi[]dnl
+])# PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG
+
+# PKG_CHECK_EXISTS(MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
+#
+# Check to see whether a particular set of modules exists. Similar
+# to PKG_CHECK_MODULES(), but does not set variables or print errors.
+#
+# Please remember that m4 expands AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])
+# only at the first occurence in configure.ac, so if the first place
+# it's called might be skipped (such as if it is within an "if", you
+# have to call PKG_CHECK_EXISTS manually
+# --------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_EXISTS],
+[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl
+if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \
+ AC_RUN_LOG([$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "$1"]); then
+ m4_default([$2], [:])
+m4_ifvaln([$3], [else
+ $3])dnl
+fi])
+
+# _PKG_CONFIG([VARIABLE], [COMMAND], [MODULES])
+# ---------------------------------------------
+m4_define([_PKG_CONFIG],
+[if test -n "$$1"; then
+ pkg_cv_[]$1="$$1"
+ elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
+ PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([$3],
+ [pkg_cv_[]$1=`$PKG_CONFIG --[]$2 "$3" 2>/dev/null`],
+ [pkg_failed=yes])
+ else
+ pkg_failed=untried
+fi[]dnl
+])# _PKG_CONFIG
+
+# _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
+# -----------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([_PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED],
+[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])
+if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version 0.20; then
+ _pkg_short_errors_supported=yes
+else
+ _pkg_short_errors_supported=no
+fi[]dnl
+])# _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
+
+
+# PKG_CHECK_MODULES(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND],
+# [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
+#
+#
+# Note that if there is a possibility the first call to
+# PKG_CHECK_MODULES might not happen, you should be sure to include an
+# explicit call to PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG in your configure.ac
+#
+#
+# --------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_MODULES],
+[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl
+AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_CFLAGS], [C compiler flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl
+AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_LIBS], [linker flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl
+
+pkg_failed=no
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1])
+
+_PKG_CONFIG([$1][_CFLAGS], [cflags], [$2])
+_PKG_CONFIG([$1][_LIBS], [libs], [$2])
+
+m4_define([_PKG_TEXT], [Alternatively, you may set the environment variables $1[]_CFLAGS
+and $1[]_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config.
+See the pkg-config man page for more details.])
+
+if test $pkg_failed = yes; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+ _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
+ if test $_pkg_short_errors_supported = yes; then
+ $1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --short-errors --print-errors "$2" 2>&1`
+ else
+ $1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors "$2" 2>&1`
+ fi
+ # Put the nasty error message in config.log where it belongs
+ echo "$$1[]_PKG_ERRORS" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+
+ m4_default([$4], [AC_MSG_ERROR(
+[Package requirements ($2) were not met:
+
+$$1_PKG_ERRORS
+
+Consider adjusting the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable if you
+installed software in a non-standard prefix.
+
+_PKG_TEXT])
+ ])
+elif test $pkg_failed = untried; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+ m4_default([$4], [AC_MSG_FAILURE(
+[The pkg-config script could not be found or is too old. Make sure it
+is in your PATH or set the PKG_CONFIG environment variable to the full
+path to pkg-config.
+
+_PKG_TEXT
+
+To get pkg-config, see <http://pkg-config.freedesktop.org/>.])
+ ])
+else
+ $1[]_CFLAGS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_CFLAGS
+ $1[]_LIBS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_LIBS
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+ $3
+fi[]dnl
+])# PKG_CHECK_MODULES
+
+dnl xorg-macros.m4. Generated from xorg-macros.m4.in xorgversion.m4 by configure.
+dnl
+dnl Copyright (c) 2005, 2006, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+dnl
+dnl Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+dnl copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+dnl to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+dnl the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+dnl and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+dnl Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+dnl
+dnl The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+dnl paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+dnl Software.
+dnl
+dnl THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+dnl IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+dnl FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+dnl THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+dnl LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+dnl FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+dnl DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+# XORG_MACROS_VERSION(required-version)
+# -------------------------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.1.0
+#
+# If you're using a macro added in Version 1.1 or newer, include this in
+# your configure.ac with the minimum required version, such as:
+# XORG_MACROS_VERSION(1.1)
+#
+# To ensure that this macro is defined, also add:
+# m4_ifndef([XORG_MACROS_VERSION],
+# [m4_fatal([must install xorg-macros 1.1 or later before running autoconf/autogen])])
+#
+#
+# See the "minimum version" comment for each macro you use to see what
+# version you require.
+m4_defun([XORG_MACROS_VERSION],[
+m4_define([vers_have], [1.15.0])
+m4_define([maj_have], m4_substr(vers_have, 0, m4_index(vers_have, [.])))
+m4_define([maj_needed], m4_substr([$1], 0, m4_index([$1], [.])))
+m4_if(m4_cmp(maj_have, maj_needed), 0,,
+ [m4_fatal([xorg-macros major version ]maj_needed[ is required but ]vers_have[ found])])
+m4_if(m4_version_compare(vers_have, [$1]), -1,
+ [m4_fatal([xorg-macros version $1 or higher is required but ]vers_have[ found])])
+m4_undefine([vers_have])
+m4_undefine([maj_have])
+m4_undefine([maj_needed])
+]) # XORG_MACROS_VERSION
+
+# XORG_PROG_RAWCPP()
+# ------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.0.0
+#
+# Find cpp program and necessary flags for use in pre-processing text files
+# such as man pages and config files
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_PROG_RAWCPP],[
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CPP])
+AC_PATH_PROGS(RAWCPP, [cpp], [${CPP}],
+ [$PATH:/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/lib:/usr/libexec:/usr/ccs/lib:/usr/ccs/lbin:/lib])
+
+# Check for flag to avoid builtin definitions - assumes unix is predefined,
+# which is not the best choice for supporting other OS'es, but covers most
+# of the ones we need for now.
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([if $RAWCPP requires -undef])
+AC_LANG_CONFTEST([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[Does cpp redefine unix ?]])])
+if test `${RAWCPP} < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'unix'` -eq 1 ; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+else
+ if test `${RAWCPP} -undef < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'unix'` -eq 1 ; then
+ RAWCPPFLAGS=-undef
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+ # under Cygwin unix is still defined even with -undef
+ elif test `${RAWCPP} -undef -ansi < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'unix'` -eq 1 ; then
+ RAWCPPFLAGS="-undef -ansi"
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([yes, with -ansi])
+ else
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([${RAWCPP} defines unix with or without -undef. I don't know what to do.])
+ fi
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([if $RAWCPP requires -traditional])
+AC_LANG_CONFTEST([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[Does cpp preserve "whitespace"?]])])
+if test `${RAWCPP} < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'preserve \"'` -eq 1 ; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+else
+ if test `${RAWCPP} -traditional < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'preserve \"'` -eq 1 ; then
+ RAWCPPFLAGS="${RAWCPPFLAGS} -traditional"
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+ else
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([${RAWCPP} does not preserve whitespace with or without -traditional. I don't know what to do.])
+ fi
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+AC_SUBST(RAWCPPFLAGS)
+]) # XORG_PROG_RAWCPP
+
+# XORG_MANPAGE_SECTIONS()
+# -----------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.0.0
+#
+# Determine which sections man pages go in for the different man page types
+# on this OS - replaces *ManSuffix settings in old Imake *.cf per-os files.
+# Not sure if there's any better way than just hardcoding by OS name.
+# Override default settings by setting environment variables
+# Added MAN_SUBSTS in version 1.8
+# Added AC_PROG_SED in version 1.8
+
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_MANPAGE_SECTIONS],[
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_SED])
+
+if test x$APP_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then
+ APP_MAN_SUFFIX=1
+fi
+if test x$APP_MAN_DIR = x ; then
+ APP_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX)'
+fi
+
+if test x$LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then
+ LIB_MAN_SUFFIX=3
+fi
+if test x$LIB_MAN_DIR = x ; then
+ LIB_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX)'
+fi
+
+if test x$FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then
+ case $host_os in
+ solaris*) FILE_MAN_SUFFIX=4 ;;
+ *) FILE_MAN_SUFFIX=5 ;;
+ esac
+fi
+if test x$FILE_MAN_DIR = x ; then
+ FILE_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(FILE_MAN_SUFFIX)'
+fi
+
+if test x$MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then
+ case $host_os in
+ solaris*) MISC_MAN_SUFFIX=5 ;;
+ *) MISC_MAN_SUFFIX=7 ;;
+ esac
+fi
+if test x$MISC_MAN_DIR = x ; then
+ MISC_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(MISC_MAN_SUFFIX)'
+fi
+
+if test x$DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then
+ case $host_os in
+ solaris*) DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX=7 ;;
+ *) DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX=4 ;;
+ esac
+fi
+if test x$DRIVER_MAN_DIR = x ; then
+ DRIVER_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX)'
+fi
+
+if test x$ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then
+ case $host_os in
+ solaris*) ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX=1m ;;
+ *) ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX=8 ;;
+ esac
+fi
+if test x$ADMIN_MAN_DIR = x ; then
+ ADMIN_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX)'
+fi
+
+
+AC_SUBST([APP_MAN_SUFFIX])
+AC_SUBST([LIB_MAN_SUFFIX])
+AC_SUBST([FILE_MAN_SUFFIX])
+AC_SUBST([MISC_MAN_SUFFIX])
+AC_SUBST([DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX])
+AC_SUBST([ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX])
+AC_SUBST([APP_MAN_DIR])
+AC_SUBST([LIB_MAN_DIR])
+AC_SUBST([FILE_MAN_DIR])
+AC_SUBST([MISC_MAN_DIR])
+AC_SUBST([DRIVER_MAN_DIR])
+AC_SUBST([ADMIN_MAN_DIR])
+
+XORG_MAN_PAGE="X Version 11"
+AC_SUBST([XORG_MAN_PAGE])
+MAN_SUBSTS="\
+ -e 's|__vendorversion__|\"\$(PACKAGE_STRING)\" \"\$(XORG_MAN_PAGE)\"|' \
+ -e 's|__xorgversion__|\"\$(PACKAGE_STRING)\" \"\$(XORG_MAN_PAGE)\"|' \
+ -e 's|__xservername__|Xorg|g' \
+ -e 's|__xconfigfile__|xorg.conf|g' \
+ -e 's|__projectroot__|\$(prefix)|g' \
+ -e 's|__apploaddir__|\$(appdefaultdir)|g' \
+ -e 's|__appmansuffix__|\$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
+ -e 's|__drivermansuffix__|\$(DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
+ -e 's|__adminmansuffix__|\$(ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
+ -e 's|__libmansuffix__|\$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
+ -e 's|__miscmansuffix__|\$(MISC_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
+ -e 's|__filemansuffix__|\$(FILE_MAN_SUFFIX)|g'"
+AC_SUBST([MAN_SUBSTS])
+
+]) # XORG_MANPAGE_SECTIONS
+
+# XORG_CHECK_SGML_DOCTOOLS([MIN-VERSION])
+# ------------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.7.0
+#
+# Defines the variable XORG_SGML_PATH containing the location of X11/defs.ent
+# provided by xorg-sgml-doctools, if installed.
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHECK_SGML_DOCTOOLS],[
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X.Org SGML entities m4_ifval([$1],[>= $1])])
+XORG_SGML_PATH=
+PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([xorg-sgml-doctools m4_ifval([$1],[>= $1])],
+ [XORG_SGML_PATH=`$PKG_CONFIG --variable=sgmlrootdir xorg-sgml-doctools`],
+ [m4_ifval([$1],[:],
+ [if test x"$cross_compiling" != x"yes" ; then
+ AC_CHECK_FILE([$prefix/share/sgml/X11/defs.ent],
+ [XORG_SGML_PATH=$prefix/share/sgml])
+ fi])
+ ])
+
+# Define variables STYLESHEET_SRCDIR and XSL_STYLESHEET containing
+# the path and the name of the doc stylesheet
+if test "x$XORG_SGML_PATH" != "x" ; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$XORG_SGML_PATH])
+ STYLESHEET_SRCDIR=$XORG_SGML_PATH/X11
+ XSL_STYLESHEET=$STYLESHEET_SRCDIR/xorg.xsl
+else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST(XORG_SGML_PATH)
+AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_SRCDIR)
+AC_SUBST(XSL_STYLESHEET)
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_STYLESHEETS], [test "x$XSL_STYLESHEET" != "x"])
+]) # XORG_CHECK_SGML_DOCTOOLS
+
+# XORG_CHECK_LINUXDOC
+# -------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.0.0
+#
+# Defines the variable MAKE_TEXT if the necessary tools and
+# files are found. $(MAKE_TEXT) blah.sgml will then produce blah.txt.
+# Whether or not the necessary tools and files are found can be checked
+# with the AM_CONDITIONAL "BUILD_LINUXDOC"
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHECK_LINUXDOC],[
+AC_REQUIRE([XORG_CHECK_SGML_DOCTOOLS])
+AC_REQUIRE([XORG_WITH_PS2PDF])
+
+AC_PATH_PROG(LINUXDOC, linuxdoc)
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build documentation])
+
+if test x$XORG_SGML_PATH != x && test x$LINUXDOC != x ; then
+ BUILDDOC=yes
+else
+ BUILDDOC=no
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_LINUXDOC, [test x$BUILDDOC = xyes])
+
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDDOC])
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build pdf documentation])
+
+if test x$have_ps2pdf != xno && test x$BUILD_PDFDOC != xno; then
+ BUILDPDFDOC=yes
+else
+ BUILDPDFDOC=no
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_PDFDOC, [test x$BUILDPDFDOC = xyes])
+
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDPDFDOC])
+
+MAKE_TEXT="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH GROFF_NO_SGR=y $LINUXDOC -B txt -f"
+MAKE_PS="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $LINUXDOC -B latex --papersize=letter --output=ps"
+MAKE_PDF="$PS2PDF"
+MAKE_HTML="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $LINUXDOC -B html --split=0"
+
+AC_SUBST(MAKE_TEXT)
+AC_SUBST(MAKE_PS)
+AC_SUBST(MAKE_PDF)
+AC_SUBST(MAKE_HTML)
+]) # XORG_CHECK_LINUXDOC
+
+# XORG_CHECK_DOCBOOK
+# -------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.0.0
+#
+# Checks for the ability to build output formats from SGML DocBook source.
+# For XXX in {TXT, PDF, PS, HTML}, the AM_CONDITIONAL "BUILD_XXXDOC"
+# indicates whether the necessary tools and files are found and, if set,
+# $(MAKE_XXX) blah.sgml will produce blah.xxx.
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHECK_DOCBOOK],[
+AC_REQUIRE([XORG_CHECK_SGML_DOCTOOLS])
+
+BUILDTXTDOC=no
+BUILDPDFDOC=no
+BUILDPSDOC=no
+BUILDHTMLDOC=no
+
+AC_PATH_PROG(DOCBOOKPS, docbook2ps)
+AC_PATH_PROG(DOCBOOKPDF, docbook2pdf)
+AC_PATH_PROG(DOCBOOKHTML, docbook2html)
+AC_PATH_PROG(DOCBOOKTXT, docbook2txt)
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build text documentation])
+if test x$XORG_SGML_PATH != x && test x$DOCBOOKTXT != x &&
+ test x$BUILD_TXTDOC != xno; then
+ BUILDTXTDOC=yes
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_TXTDOC, [test x$BUILDTXTDOC = xyes])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDTXTDOC])
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build PDF documentation])
+if test x$XORG_SGML_PATH != x && test x$DOCBOOKPDF != x &&
+ test x$BUILD_PDFDOC != xno; then
+ BUILDPDFDOC=yes
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_PDFDOC, [test x$BUILDPDFDOC = xyes])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDPDFDOC])
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build PostScript documentation])
+if test x$XORG_SGML_PATH != x && test x$DOCBOOKPS != x &&
+ test x$BUILD_PSDOC != xno; then
+ BUILDPSDOC=yes
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_PSDOC, [test x$BUILDPSDOC = xyes])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDPSDOC])
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build HTML documentation])
+if test x$XORG_SGML_PATH != x && test x$DOCBOOKHTML != x &&
+ test x$BUILD_HTMLDOC != xno; then
+ BUILDHTMLDOC=yes
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_HTMLDOC, [test x$BUILDHTMLDOC = xyes])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDHTMLDOC])
+
+MAKE_TEXT="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $DOCBOOKTXT"
+MAKE_PS="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $DOCBOOKPS"
+MAKE_PDF="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $DOCBOOKPDF"
+MAKE_HTML="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $DOCBOOKHTML"
+
+AC_SUBST(MAKE_TEXT)
+AC_SUBST(MAKE_PS)
+AC_SUBST(MAKE_PDF)
+AC_SUBST(MAKE_HTML)
+]) # XORG_CHECK_DOCBOOK
+
+# XORG_WITH_XMLTO([MIN-VERSION], [DEFAULT])
+# ----------------
+# Minimum version: 1.5.0
+# Minimum version for optional DEFAULT argument: 1.11.0
+#
+# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
+# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the
+# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with
+# the --with-xmlto option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions
+# as whether or not to use the xmlto package. When DEFAULT is not specified,
+# --with-xmlto assumes 'auto'.
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# HAVE_XMLTO: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
+# XMLTO: returns the path of the xmlto program found
+# returns the path set by the user in the environment
+# --with-xmlto: 'yes' user instructs the module to use xmlto
+# 'no' user instructs the module not to use xmlto
+#
+# Added in version 1.10.0
+# HAVE_XMLTO_TEXT: used in makefiles to conditionally generate text documentation
+# xmlto for text output requires either lynx, links, or w3m browsers
+#
+# If the user sets the value of XMLTO, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_XMLTO],[
+AC_ARG_VAR([XMLTO], [Path to xmlto command])
+m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$2], [auto]))
+AC_ARG_WITH(xmlto,
+ AS_HELP_STRING([--with-xmlto],
+ [Use xmlto to regenerate documentation (default: ]_defopt[)]),
+ [use_xmlto=$withval], [use_xmlto=]_defopt)
+m4_undefine([_defopt])
+
+if test "x$use_xmlto" = x"auto"; then
+ AC_PATH_PROG([XMLTO], [xmlto])
+ if test "x$XMLTO" = "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN([xmlto not found - documentation targets will be skipped])
+ have_xmlto=no
+ else
+ have_xmlto=yes
+ fi
+elif test "x$use_xmlto" = x"yes" ; then
+ AC_PATH_PROG([XMLTO], [xmlto])
+ if test "x$XMLTO" = "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-xmlto=yes specified but xmlto not found in PATH])
+ fi
+ have_xmlto=yes
+elif test "x$use_xmlto" = x"no" ; then
+ if test "x$XMLTO" != "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring XMLTO environment variable since --with-xmlto=no was specified])
+ fi
+ have_xmlto=no
+else
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-xmlto expects 'yes' or 'no'])
+fi
+
+# Test for a minimum version of xmlto, if provided.
+m4_ifval([$1],
+[if test "$have_xmlto" = yes; then
+ # scrape the xmlto version
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([the xmlto version])
+ xmlto_version=`$XMLTO --version 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f3`
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$xmlto_version])
+ AS_VERSION_COMPARE([$xmlto_version], [$1],
+ [if test "x$use_xmlto" = xauto; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN([xmlto version $xmlto_version found, but $1 needed])
+ have_xmlto=no
+ else
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([xmlto version $xmlto_version found, but $1 needed])
+ fi])
+fi])
+
+# Test for the ability of xmlto to generate a text target
+have_xmlto_text=no
+cat > conftest.xml << "EOF"
+EOF
+AS_IF([test "$have_xmlto" = yes],
+ [AS_IF([$XMLTO --skip-validation txt conftest.xml >/dev/null 2>&1],
+ [have_xmlto_text=yes],
+ [AC_MSG_WARN([xmlto cannot generate text format, this format skipped])])])
+rm -f conftest.xml
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_XMLTO_TEXT], [test $have_xmlto_text = yes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_XMLTO], [test "$have_xmlto" = yes])
+]) # XORG_WITH_XMLTO
+
+# XORG_WITH_XSLTPROC([MIN-VERSION], [DEFAULT])
+# --------------------------------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.12.0
+# Minimum version for optional DEFAULT argument: 1.12.0
+#
+# XSLT (Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformations) is a declarative,
+# XML-based language used for the transformation of XML documents.
+# The xsltproc command line tool is for applying XSLT stylesheets to XML documents.
+# It is used under the cover by xmlto to generate html files from DocBook/XML.
+# The XSLT processor is often used as a standalone tool for transformations.
+# It should not be assumed that this tool is used only to work with documnetation.
+# When DEFAULT is not specified, --with-xsltproc assumes 'auto'.
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# HAVE_XSLTPROC: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
+# XSLTPROC: returns the path of the xsltproc program found
+# returns the path set by the user in the environment
+# --with-xsltproc: 'yes' user instructs the module to use xsltproc
+# 'no' user instructs the module not to use xsltproc
+# have_xsltproc: returns yes if xsltproc found in PATH or no
+#
+# If the user sets the value of XSLTPROC, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_XSLTPROC],[
+AC_ARG_VAR([XSLTPROC], [Path to xsltproc command])
+# Preserves the interface, should it be implemented later
+m4_ifval([$1], [m4_warn([syntax], [Checking for xsltproc MIN-VERSION is not implemented])])
+m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$2], [auto]))
+AC_ARG_WITH(xsltproc,
+ AS_HELP_STRING([--with-xsltproc],
+ [Use xsltproc for the transformation of XML documents (default: ]_defopt[)]),
+ [use_xsltproc=$withval], [use_xsltproc=]_defopt)
+m4_undefine([_defopt])
+
+if test "x$use_xsltproc" = x"auto"; then
+ AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])
+ if test "x$XSLTPROC" = "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN([xsltproc not found - cannot transform XML documents])
+ have_xsltproc=no
+ else
+ have_xsltproc=yes
+ fi
+elif test "x$use_xsltproc" = x"yes" ; then
+ AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])
+ if test "x$XSLTPROC" = "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-xsltproc=yes specified but xsltproc not found in PATH])
+ fi
+ have_xsltproc=yes
+elif test "x$use_xsltproc" = x"no" ; then
+ if test "x$XSLTPROC" != "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring XSLTPROC environment variable since --with-xsltproc=no was specified])
+ fi
+ have_xsltproc=no
+else
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-xsltproc expects 'yes' or 'no'])
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_XSLTPROC], [test "$have_xsltproc" = yes])
+]) # XORG_WITH_XSLTPROC
+
+# XORG_WITH_PERL([MIN-VERSION], [DEFAULT])
+# ----------------------------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.15.0
+#
+# PERL (Practical Extraction and Report Language) is a language optimized for
+# scanning arbitrary text files, extracting information from those text files,
+# and printing reports based on that information.
+#
+# When DEFAULT is not specified, --with-perl assumes 'auto'.
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# HAVE_PERL: used in makefiles to conditionally scan text files
+# PERL: returns the path of the perl program found
+# returns the path set by the user in the environment
+# --with-perl: 'yes' user instructs the module to use perl
+# 'no' user instructs the module not to use perl
+# have_perl: returns yes if perl found in PATH or no
+#
+# If the user sets the value of PERL, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_PERL],[
+AC_ARG_VAR([PERL], [Path to perl command])
+# Preserves the interface, should it be implemented later
+m4_ifval([$1], [m4_warn([syntax], [Checking for perl MIN-VERSION is not implemented])])
+m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$2], [auto]))
+AC_ARG_WITH(perl,
+ AS_HELP_STRING([--with-perl],
+ [Use perl for extracting information from files (default: ]_defopt[)]),
+ [use_perl=$withval], [use_perl=]_defopt)
+m4_undefine([_defopt])
+
+if test "x$use_perl" = x"auto"; then
+ AC_PATH_PROG([PERL], [perl])
+ if test "x$PERL" = "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN([perl not found - cannot extract information and report])
+ have_perl=no
+ else
+ have_perl=yes
+ fi
+elif test "x$use_perl" = x"yes" ; then
+ AC_PATH_PROG([PERL], [perl])
+ if test "x$PERL" = "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-perl=yes specified but perl not found in PATH])
+ fi
+ have_perl=yes
+elif test "x$use_perl" = x"no" ; then
+ if test "x$PERL" != "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring PERL environment variable since --with-perl=no was specified])
+ fi
+ have_perl=no
+else
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-perl expects 'yes' or 'no'])
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_PERL], [test "$have_perl" = yes])
+]) # XORG_WITH_PERL
+
+# XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC([MIN-VERSION], [DEFAULT])
+# ----------------
+# Minimum version: 1.5.0
+# Minimum version for optional DEFAULT argument: 1.11.0
+#
+# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
+# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the
+# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with
+# the --with-asciidoc option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions
+# as whether or not to use the asciidoc package. When DEFAULT is not specified,
+# --with-asciidoc assumes 'auto'.
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# HAVE_ASCIIDOC: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
+# ASCIIDOC: returns the path of the asciidoc program found
+# returns the path set by the user in the environment
+# --with-asciidoc: 'yes' user instructs the module to use asciidoc
+# 'no' user instructs the module not to use asciidoc
+#
+# If the user sets the value of ASCIIDOC, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC],[
+AC_ARG_VAR([ASCIIDOC], [Path to asciidoc command])
+m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$2], [auto]))
+AC_ARG_WITH(asciidoc,
+ AS_HELP_STRING([--with-asciidoc],
+ [Use asciidoc to regenerate documentation (default: ]_defopt[)]),
+ [use_asciidoc=$withval], [use_asciidoc=]_defopt)
+m4_undefine([_defopt])
+
+if test "x$use_asciidoc" = x"auto"; then
+ AC_PATH_PROG([ASCIIDOC], [asciidoc])
+ if test "x$ASCIIDOC" = "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN([asciidoc not found - documentation targets will be skipped])
+ have_asciidoc=no
+ else
+ have_asciidoc=yes
+ fi
+elif test "x$use_asciidoc" = x"yes" ; then
+ AC_PATH_PROG([ASCIIDOC], [asciidoc])
+ if test "x$ASCIIDOC" = "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-asciidoc=yes specified but asciidoc not found in PATH])
+ fi
+ have_asciidoc=yes
+elif test "x$use_asciidoc" = x"no" ; then
+ if test "x$ASCIIDOC" != "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring ASCIIDOC environment variable since --with-asciidoc=no was specified])
+ fi
+ have_asciidoc=no
+else
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-asciidoc expects 'yes' or 'no'])
+fi
+m4_ifval([$1],
+[if test "$have_asciidoc" = yes; then
+ # scrape the asciidoc version
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([the asciidoc version])
+ asciidoc_version=`$ASCIIDOC --version 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2`
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$asciidoc_version])
+ AS_VERSION_COMPARE([$asciidoc_version], [$1],
+ [if test "x$use_asciidoc" = xauto; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN([asciidoc version $asciidoc_version found, but $1 needed])
+ have_asciidoc=no
+ else
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([asciidoc version $asciidoc_version found, but $1 needed])
+ fi])
+fi])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_ASCIIDOC], [test "$have_asciidoc" = yes])
+]) # XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC
+
+# XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN([MIN-VERSION], [DEFAULT])
+# --------------------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.5.0
+# Minimum version for optional DEFAULT argument: 1.11.0
+#
+# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
+# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the
+# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with
+# the --with-doxygen option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions
+# as whether or not to use the doxygen package. When DEFAULT is not specified,
+# --with-doxygen assumes 'auto'.
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# HAVE_DOXYGEN: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
+# DOXYGEN: returns the path of the doxygen program found
+# returns the path set by the user in the environment
+# --with-doxygen: 'yes' user instructs the module to use doxygen
+# 'no' user instructs the module not to use doxygen
+#
+# If the user sets the value of DOXYGEN, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN],[
+AC_ARG_VAR([DOXYGEN], [Path to doxygen command])
+m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$2], [auto]))
+AC_ARG_WITH(doxygen,
+ AS_HELP_STRING([--with-doxygen],
+ [Use doxygen to regenerate documentation (default: ]_defopt[)]),
+ [use_doxygen=$withval], [use_doxygen=]_defopt)
+m4_undefine([_defopt])
+
+if test "x$use_doxygen" = x"auto"; then
+ AC_PATH_PROG([DOXYGEN], [doxygen])
+ if test "x$DOXYGEN" = "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN([doxygen not found - documentation targets will be skipped])
+ have_doxygen=no
+ else
+ have_doxygen=yes
+ fi
+elif test "x$use_doxygen" = x"yes" ; then
+ AC_PATH_PROG([DOXYGEN], [doxygen])
+ if test "x$DOXYGEN" = "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-doxygen=yes specified but doxygen not found in PATH])
+ fi
+ have_doxygen=yes
+elif test "x$use_doxygen" = x"no" ; then
+ if test "x$DOXYGEN" != "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring DOXYGEN environment variable since --with-doxygen=no was specified])
+ fi
+ have_doxygen=no
+else
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-doxygen expects 'yes' or 'no'])
+fi
+m4_ifval([$1],
+[if test "$have_doxygen" = yes; then
+ # scrape the doxygen version
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([the doxygen version])
+ doxygen_version=`$DOXYGEN --version 2>/dev/null`
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$doxygen_version])
+ AS_VERSION_COMPARE([$doxygen_version], [$1],
+ [if test "x$use_doxygen" = xauto; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN([doxygen version $doxygen_version found, but $1 needed])
+ have_doxygen=no
+ else
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([doxygen version $doxygen_version found, but $1 needed])
+ fi])
+fi])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_DOXYGEN], [test "$have_doxygen" = yes])
+]) # XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN
+
+# XORG_WITH_GROFF([DEFAULT])
+# ----------------
+# Minimum version: 1.6.0
+# Minimum version for optional DEFAULT argument: 1.11.0
+#
+# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
+# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the
+# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with
+# the --with-groff option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions
+# as whether or not to use the groff package. When DEFAULT is not specified,
+# --with-groff assumes 'auto'.
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# HAVE_GROFF: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
+# HAVE_GROFF_MM: the memorandum macros (-mm) package
+# HAVE_GROFF_MS: the -ms macros package
+# GROFF: returns the path of the groff program found
+# returns the path set by the user in the environment
+# --with-groff: 'yes' user instructs the module to use groff
+# 'no' user instructs the module not to use groff
+#
+# Added in version 1.9.0:
+# HAVE_GROFF_HTML: groff has dependencies to output HTML format:
+# pnmcut pnmcrop pnmtopng pnmtops from the netpbm package.
+# psselect from the psutils package.
+# the ghostcript package. Refer to the grohtml man pages
+#
+# If the user sets the value of GROFF, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
+#
+# OS and distros often splits groff in a basic and full package, the former
+# having the groff program and the later having devices, fonts and macros
+# Checking for the groff executable is not enough.
+#
+# If macros are missing, we cannot assume that groff is useless, so we don't
+# unset HAVE_GROFF or GROFF env variables.
+# HAVE_GROFF_?? can never be true while HAVE_GROFF is false.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_GROFF],[
+AC_ARG_VAR([GROFF], [Path to groff command])
+m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$1], [auto]))
+AC_ARG_WITH(groff,
+ AS_HELP_STRING([--with-groff],
+ [Use groff to regenerate documentation (default: ]_defopt[)]),
+ [use_groff=$withval], [use_groff=]_defopt)
+m4_undefine([_defopt])
+
+if test "x$use_groff" = x"auto"; then
+ AC_PATH_PROG([GROFF], [groff])
+ if test "x$GROFF" = "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN([groff not found - documentation targets will be skipped])
+ have_groff=no
+ else
+ have_groff=yes
+ fi
+elif test "x$use_groff" = x"yes" ; then
+ AC_PATH_PROG([GROFF], [groff])
+ if test "x$GROFF" = "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-groff=yes specified but groff not found in PATH])
+ fi
+ have_groff=yes
+elif test "x$use_groff" = x"no" ; then
+ if test "x$GROFF" != "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring GROFF environment variable since --with-groff=no was specified])
+ fi
+ have_groff=no
+else
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-groff expects 'yes' or 'no'])
+fi
+
+# We have groff, test for the presence of the macro packages
+if test "x$have_groff" = x"yes"; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ${GROFF} -ms macros])
+ if ${GROFF} -ms -I. /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+ groff_ms_works=yes
+ else
+ groff_ms_works=no
+ fi
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$groff_ms_works])
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ${GROFF} -mm macros])
+ if ${GROFF} -mm -I. /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+ groff_mm_works=yes
+ else
+ groff_mm_works=no
+ fi
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$groff_mm_works])
+fi
+
+# We have groff, test for HTML dependencies, one command per package
+if test "x$have_groff" = x"yes"; then
+ AC_PATH_PROGS(GS_PATH, [gs gswin32c])
+ AC_PATH_PROG(PNMTOPNG_PATH, [pnmtopng])
+ AC_PATH_PROG(PSSELECT_PATH, [psselect])
+ if test "x$GS_PATH" != "x" -a "x$PNMTOPNG_PATH" != "x" -a "x$PSSELECT_PATH" != "x"; then
+ have_groff_html=yes
+ else
+ have_groff_html=no
+ AC_MSG_WARN([grohtml dependencies not found - HTML Documentation skipped. Refer to grohtml man pages])
+ fi
+fi
+
+# Set Automake conditionals for Makefiles
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GROFF], [test "$have_groff" = yes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GROFF_MS], [test "$groff_ms_works" = yes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GROFF_MM], [test "$groff_mm_works" = yes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GROFF_HTML], [test "$have_groff_html" = yes])
+]) # XORG_WITH_GROFF
+
+# XORG_WITH_FOP([MIN-VERSION], [DEFAULT])
+# ---------------------------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.6.0
+# Minimum version for optional DEFAULT argument: 1.11.0
+# Minimum version for optional MIN-VERSION argument: 1.15.0
+#
+# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
+# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the
+# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with
+# the --with-fop option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions
+# as whether or not to use the fop package. When DEFAULT is not specified,
+# --with-fop assumes 'auto'.
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# HAVE_FOP: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
+# FOP: returns the path of the fop program found
+# returns the path set by the user in the environment
+# --with-fop: 'yes' user instructs the module to use fop
+# 'no' user instructs the module not to use fop
+#
+# If the user sets the value of FOP, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_FOP],[
+AC_ARG_VAR([FOP], [Path to fop command])
+m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$2], [auto]))
+AC_ARG_WITH(fop,
+ AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fop],
+ [Use fop to regenerate documentation (default: ]_defopt[)]),
+ [use_fop=$withval], [use_fop=]_defopt)
+m4_undefine([_defopt])
+
+if test "x$use_fop" = x"auto"; then
+ AC_PATH_PROG([FOP], [fop])
+ if test "x$FOP" = "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN([fop not found - documentation targets will be skipped])
+ have_fop=no
+ else
+ have_fop=yes
+ fi
+elif test "x$use_fop" = x"yes" ; then
+ AC_PATH_PROG([FOP], [fop])
+ if test "x$FOP" = "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-fop=yes specified but fop not found in PATH])
+ fi
+ have_fop=yes
+elif test "x$use_fop" = x"no" ; then
+ if test "x$FOP" != "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring FOP environment variable since --with-fop=no was specified])
+ fi
+ have_fop=no
+else
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-fop expects 'yes' or 'no'])
+fi
+
+# Test for a minimum version of fop, if provided.
+m4_ifval([$1],
+[if test "$have_fop" = yes; then
+ # scrape the fop version
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for fop minimum version])
+ fop_version=`$FOP -version 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f3`
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$fop_version])
+ AS_VERSION_COMPARE([$fop_version], [$1],
+ [if test "x$use_fop" = xauto; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN([fop version $fop_version found, but $1 needed])
+ have_fop=no
+ else
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([fop version $fop_version found, but $1 needed])
+ fi])
+fi])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_FOP], [test "$have_fop" = yes])
+]) # XORG_WITH_FOP
+
+# XORG_WITH_PS2PDF([DEFAULT])
+# ----------------
+# Minimum version: 1.6.0
+# Minimum version for optional DEFAULT argument: 1.11.0
+#
+# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
+# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the
+# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with
+# the --with-ps2pdf option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions
+# as whether or not to use the ps2pdf package. When DEFAULT is not specified,
+# --with-ps2pdf assumes 'auto'.
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# HAVE_PS2PDF: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
+# PS2PDF: returns the path of the ps2pdf program found
+# returns the path set by the user in the environment
+# --with-ps2pdf: 'yes' user instructs the module to use ps2pdf
+# 'no' user instructs the module not to use ps2pdf
+#
+# If the user sets the value of PS2PDF, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_PS2PDF],[
+AC_ARG_VAR([PS2PDF], [Path to ps2pdf command])
+m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$1], [auto]))
+AC_ARG_WITH(ps2pdf,
+ AS_HELP_STRING([--with-ps2pdf],
+ [Use ps2pdf to regenerate documentation (default: ]_defopt[)]),
+ [use_ps2pdf=$withval], [use_ps2pdf=]_defopt)
+m4_undefine([_defopt])
+
+if test "x$use_ps2pdf" = x"auto"; then
+ AC_PATH_PROG([PS2PDF], [ps2pdf])
+ if test "x$PS2PDF" = "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN([ps2pdf not found - documentation targets will be skipped])
+ have_ps2pdf=no
+ else
+ have_ps2pdf=yes
+ fi
+elif test "x$use_ps2pdf" = x"yes" ; then
+ AC_PATH_PROG([PS2PDF], [ps2pdf])
+ if test "x$PS2PDF" = "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-ps2pdf=yes specified but ps2pdf not found in PATH])
+ fi
+ have_ps2pdf=yes
+elif test "x$use_ps2pdf" = x"no" ; then
+ if test "x$PS2PDF" != "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring PS2PDF environment variable since --with-ps2pdf=no was specified])
+ fi
+ have_ps2pdf=no
+else
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-ps2pdf expects 'yes' or 'no'])
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_PS2PDF], [test "$have_ps2pdf" = yes])
+]) # XORG_WITH_PS2PDF
+
+# XORG_ENABLE_DOCS (enable_docs=yes)
+# ----------------
+# Minimum version: 1.6.0
+#
+# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
+# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a builder to skip all
+# documentation targets except traditional man pages.
+# Combined with the specific tool checking macros XORG_WITH_*, it provides
+# maximum flexibilty in controlling documentation building.
+# Refer to:
+# XORG_WITH_XMLTO --with-xmlto
+# XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC --with-asciidoc
+# XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN --with-doxygen
+# XORG_WITH_FOP --with-fop
+# XORG_WITH_GROFF --with-groff
+# XORG_WITH_PS2PDF --with-ps2pdf
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# ENABLE_DOCS: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
+# --enable-docs: 'yes' user instructs the module to generate docs
+# 'no' user instructs the module not to generate docs
+# parm1: specify the default value, yes or no.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_ENABLE_DOCS],[
+m4_define([docs_default], m4_default([$1], [yes]))
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(docs,
+ AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-docs],
+ [Enable building the documentation (default: ]docs_default[)]),
+ [build_docs=$enableval], [build_docs=]docs_default)
+m4_undefine([docs_default])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_DOCS, [test x$build_docs = xyes])
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build documentation])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$build_docs])
+]) # XORG_ENABLE_DOCS
+
+# XORG_ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS (enable_devel_docs=yes)
+# ----------------
+# Minimum version: 1.6.0
+#
+# This macro enables a builder to skip all developer documentation.
+# Combined with the specific tool checking macros XORG_WITH_*, it provides
+# maximum flexibilty in controlling documentation building.
+# Refer to:
+# XORG_WITH_XMLTO --with-xmlto
+# XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC --with-asciidoc
+# XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN --with-doxygen
+# XORG_WITH_FOP --with-fop
+# XORG_WITH_GROFF --with-groff
+# XORG_WITH_PS2PDF --with-ps2pdf
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS: used in makefiles to conditionally generate developer docs
+# --enable-devel-docs: 'yes' user instructs the module to generate developer docs
+# 'no' user instructs the module not to generate developer docs
+# parm1: specify the default value, yes or no.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS],[
+m4_define([devel_default], m4_default([$1], [yes]))
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(devel-docs,
+ AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-devel-docs],
+ [Enable building the developer documentation (default: ]devel_default[)]),
+ [build_devel_docs=$enableval], [build_devel_docs=]devel_default)
+m4_undefine([devel_default])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS, [test x$build_devel_docs = xyes])
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build developer documentation])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$build_devel_docs])
+]) # XORG_ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS
+
+# XORG_ENABLE_SPECS (enable_specs=yes)
+# ----------------
+# Minimum version: 1.6.0
+#
+# This macro enables a builder to skip all functional specification targets.
+# Combined with the specific tool checking macros XORG_WITH_*, it provides
+# maximum flexibilty in controlling documentation building.
+# Refer to:
+# XORG_WITH_XMLTO --with-xmlto
+# XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC --with-asciidoc
+# XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN --with-doxygen
+# XORG_WITH_FOP --with-fop
+# XORG_WITH_GROFF --with-groff
+# XORG_WITH_PS2PDF --with-ps2pdf
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# ENABLE_SPECS: used in makefiles to conditionally generate specs
+# --enable-specs: 'yes' user instructs the module to generate specs
+# 'no' user instructs the module not to generate specs
+# parm1: specify the default value, yes or no.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_ENABLE_SPECS],[
+m4_define([spec_default], m4_default([$1], [yes]))
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(specs,
+ AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-specs],
+ [Enable building the specs (default: ]spec_default[)]),
+ [build_specs=$enableval], [build_specs=]spec_default)
+m4_undefine([spec_default])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_SPECS, [test x$build_specs = xyes])
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build functional specifications])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$build_specs])
+]) # XORG_ENABLE_SPECS
+
+# XORG_ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS (enable_unit_tests=auto)
+# ----------------------------------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.13.0
+#
+# This macro enables a builder to enable/disable unit testing
+# It makes no assumption about the test cases implementation
+# Test cases may or may not use Automake "Support for test suites"
+# They may or may not use the software utility library GLib
+#
+# When used in conjunction with XORG_WITH_GLIB, use both AM_CONDITIONAL
+# ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS and HAVE_GLIB. Not all unit tests may use glib.
+# The variable enable_unit_tests is used by other macros in this file.
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS: used in makefiles to conditionally build tests
+# enable_unit_tests: used in configure.ac for additional configuration
+# --enable-unit-tests: 'yes' user instructs the module to build tests
+# 'no' user instructs the module not to build tests
+# parm1: specify the default value, yes or no.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS],[
+AC_BEFORE([$0], [XORG_WITH_GLIB])
+AC_BEFORE([$0], [XORG_LD_WRAP])
+m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$1], [auto]))
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(unit-tests, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-unit-tests],
+ [Enable building unit test cases (default: ]_defopt[)]),
+ [enable_unit_tests=$enableval], [enable_unit_tests=]_defopt)
+m4_undefine([_defopt])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS, [test "x$enable_unit_tests" != xno])
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build unit test cases])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_unit_tests])
+]) # XORG_ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS
+
+# XORG_WITH_GLIB([MIN-VERSION], [DEFAULT])
+# ----------------------------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.13.0
+#
+# GLib is a library which provides advanced data structures and functions.
+# This macro enables a module to test for the presence of Glib.
+#
+# When used with ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS, it is assumed GLib is used for unit testing.
+# Otherwise the value of $enable_unit_tests is blank.
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# HAVE_GLIB: used in makefiles to conditionally build targets
+# with_glib: used in configure.ac to know if GLib has been found
+# --with-glib: 'yes' user instructs the module to use glib
+# 'no' user instructs the module not to use glib
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_GLIB],[
+AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])
+m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$2], [auto]))
+AC_ARG_WITH(glib, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-glib],
+ [Use GLib library for unit testing (default: ]_defopt[)]),
+ [with_glib=$withval], [with_glib=]_defopt)
+m4_undefine([_defopt])
+
+have_glib=no
+# Do not probe GLib if user explicitly disabled unit testing
+if test "x$enable_unit_tests" != x"no"; then
+ # Do not probe GLib if user explicitly disabled it
+ if test "x$with_glib" != x"no"; then
+ m4_ifval(
+ [$1],
+ [PKG_CHECK_MODULES([GLIB], [glib-2.0 >= $1], [have_glib=yes], [have_glib=no])],
+ [PKG_CHECK_MODULES([GLIB], [glib-2.0], [have_glib=yes], [have_glib=no])]
+ )
+ fi
+fi
+
+# Not having GLib when unit testing has been explicitly requested is an error
+if test "x$enable_unit_tests" = x"yes"; then
+ if test "x$have_glib" = x"no"; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-unit-tests=yes specified but glib-2.0 not found])
+ fi
+fi
+
+# Having unit testing disabled when GLib has been explicitly requested is an error
+if test "x$enable_unit_tests" = x"no"; then
+ if test "x$with_glib" = x"yes"; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-unit-tests=yes specified but glib-2.0 not found])
+ fi
+fi
+
+# Not having GLib when it has been explicitly requested is an error
+if test "x$with_glib" = x"yes"; then
+ if test "x$have_glib" = x"no"; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-glib=yes specified but glib-2.0 not found])
+ fi
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GLIB], [test "$have_glib" = yes])
+]) # XORG_WITH_GLIB
+
+# XORG_LD_WRAP
+# ------------
+# Minimum version: 1.13.0
+#
+# Check if linker supports -wrap, passed via compiler flags
+#
+# When used with ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS, it is assumed -wrap is used for unit testing.
+# Otherwise the value of $enable_unit_tests is blank.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_LD_WRAP],[
+XORG_CHECK_LINKER_FLAGS([-Wl,-wrap,exit],[have_ld_wrap=yes],[have_ld_wrap=no])
+# Not having ld wrap when unit testing has been explicitly requested is an error
+if test "x$enable_unit_tests" = x"yes"; then
+ if test "x$have_ld_wrap" = x"no"; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-unit-tests=yes specified but ld -wrap support is not available])
+ fi
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_LD_WRAP], [test "$have_ld_wrap" = yes])
+#
+]) # XORG_LD_WRAP
+
+# XORG_CHECK_LINKER_FLAGS
+# -----------------------
+# SYNOPSIS
+#
+# XORG_CHECK_LINKER_FLAGS(FLAGS, [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE])
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#
+# Check whether the given linker FLAGS work with the current language's
+# linker, or whether they give an error.
+#
+# ACTION-SUCCESS/ACTION-FAILURE are shell commands to execute on
+# success/failure.
+#
+# NOTE: Based on AX_CHECK_COMPILER_FLAGS.
+#
+# LICENSE
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2009 Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
+# Copyright (c) 2009 Steven G. Johnson <stevenj@alum.mit.edu>
+# Copyright (c) 2009 Matteo Frigo
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+# Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your
+# option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General
+# Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+# with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# As a special exception, the respective Autoconf Macro's copyright owner
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify the configure
+# scripts that are the output of Autoconf when processing the Macro. You
+# need not follow the terms of the GNU General Public License when using
+# or distributing such scripts, even though portions of the text of the
+# Macro appear in them. The GNU General Public License (GPL) does govern
+# all other use of the material that constitutes the Autoconf Macro.
+#
+# This special exception to the GPL applies to versions of the Autoconf
+# Macro released by the Autoconf Archive. When you make and distribute a
+# modified version of the Autoconf Macro, you may extend this special
+# exception to the GPL to apply to your modified version as well.#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHECK_LINKER_FLAGS],
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the linker accepts $1])
+dnl Some hackery here since AC_CACHE_VAL can't handle a non-literal varname:
+AS_LITERAL_IF([$1],
+ [AC_CACHE_VAL(AS_TR_SH(xorg_cv_linker_flags_[$1]), [
+ ax_save_FLAGS=$LDFLAGS
+ LDFLAGS="$1"
+ AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM()],
+ AS_TR_SH(xorg_cv_linker_flags_[$1])=yes,
+ AS_TR_SH(xorg_cv_linker_flags_[$1])=no)
+ LDFLAGS=$ax_save_FLAGS])],
+ [ax_save_FLAGS=$LDFLAGS
+ LDFLAGS="$1"
+ AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM()],
+ eval AS_TR_SH(xorg_cv_linker_flags_[$1])=yes,
+ eval AS_TR_SH(xorg_cv_linker_flags_[$1])=no)
+ LDFLAGS=$ax_save_FLAGS])
+eval xorg_check_linker_flags=$AS_TR_SH(xorg_cv_linker_flags_[$1])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($xorg_check_linker_flags)
+if test "x$xorg_check_linker_flags" = xyes; then
+ m4_default([$2], :)
+else
+ m4_default([$3], :)
+fi
+]) # XORG_CHECK_LINKER_FLAGS
+
+# XORG_CHECK_MALLOC_ZERO
+# ----------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.0.0
+#
+# Defines {MALLOC,XMALLOC,XTMALLOC}_ZERO_CFLAGS appropriately if
+# malloc(0) returns NULL. Packages should add one of these cflags to
+# their AM_CFLAGS (or other appropriate *_CFLAGS) to use them.
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHECK_MALLOC_ZERO],[
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(malloc0returnsnull,
+ AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-malloc0returnsnull],
+ [malloc(0) returns NULL (default: auto)]),
+ [MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=$enableval],
+ [MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=auto])
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether malloc(0) returns NULL])
+if test "x$MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL" = xauto; then
+ AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
+#include <stdlib.h>
+],[
+ char *m0, *r0, *c0, *p;
+ m0 = malloc(0);
+ p = malloc(10);
+ r0 = realloc(p,0);
+ c0 = calloc(0,10);
+ exit((m0 == 0 || r0 == 0 || c0 == 0) ? 0 : 1);
+])],
+ [MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=yes],
+ [MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=no],
+ [MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=yes])
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL])
+
+if test "x$MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL" = xyes; then
+ MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS="-DMALLOC_0_RETURNS_NULL"
+ XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS=$MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS
+ XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS="$MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS -DXTMALLOC_BC"
+else
+ MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS=""
+ XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS=""
+ XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS=""
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST([MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS])
+AC_SUBST([XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS])
+AC_SUBST([XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS])
+]) # XORG_CHECK_MALLOC_ZERO
+
+# XORG_WITH_LINT()
+# ----------------
+# Minimum version: 1.1.0
+#
+# This macro enables the use of a tool that flags some suspicious and
+# non-portable constructs (likely to be bugs) in C language source code.
+# It will attempt to locate the tool and use appropriate options.
+# There are various lint type tools on different platforms.
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# LINT: returns the path to the tool found on the platform
+# or the value set to LINT on the configure cmd line
+# also an Automake conditional
+# LINT_FLAGS: an Automake variable with appropriate flags
+#
+# --with-lint: 'yes' user instructs the module to use lint
+# 'no' user instructs the module not to use lint (default)
+#
+# If the user sets the value of LINT, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
+# If the user sets the value of LINT_FLAGS, they are used verbatim.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_LINT],[
+
+AC_ARG_VAR([LINT], [Path to a lint-style command])
+AC_ARG_VAR([LINT_FLAGS], [Flags for the lint-style command])
+AC_ARG_WITH(lint, [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-lint],
+ [Use a lint-style source code checker (default: disabled)])],
+ [use_lint=$withval], [use_lint=no])
+
+# Obtain platform specific info like program name and options
+# The lint program on FreeBSD and NetBSD is different from the one on Solaris
+case $host_os in
+ *linux* | *openbsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu | darwin* | cygwin*)
+ lint_name=splint
+ lint_options="-badflag"
+ ;;
+ *freebsd* | *netbsd*)
+ lint_name=lint
+ lint_options="-u -b"
+ ;;
+ *solaris*)
+ lint_name=lint
+ lint_options="-u -b -h -erroff=E_INDISTING_FROM_TRUNC2"
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# Test for the presence of the program (either guessed by the code or spelled out by the user)
+if test "x$use_lint" = x"yes" ; then
+ AC_PATH_PROG([LINT], [$lint_name])
+ if test "x$LINT" = "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-lint=yes specified but lint-style tool not found in PATH])
+ fi
+elif test "x$use_lint" = x"no" ; then
+ if test "x$LINT" != "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring LINT environment variable since --with-lint=no was specified])
+ fi
+else
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-lint expects 'yes' or 'no'. Use LINT variable to specify path.])
+fi
+
+# User supplied flags override default flags
+if test "x$LINT_FLAGS" != "x"; then
+ lint_options=$LINT_FLAGS
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST([LINT_FLAGS],[$lint_options])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(LINT, [test "x$LINT" != x])
+
+]) # XORG_WITH_LINT
+
+# XORG_LINT_LIBRARY(LIBNAME)
+# --------------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.1.0
+#
+# Sets up flags for building lint libraries for checking programs that call
+# functions in the library.
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# LINTLIB - Automake variable with the name of lint library file to make
+# MAKE_LINT_LIB - Automake conditional
+#
+# --enable-lint-library: - 'yes' user instructs the module to created a lint library
+# - 'no' user instructs the module not to create a lint library (default)
+
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_LINT_LIBRARY],[
+AC_REQUIRE([XORG_WITH_LINT])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(lint-library, [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-lint-library],
+ [Create lint library (default: disabled)])],
+ [make_lint_lib=$enableval], [make_lint_lib=no])
+
+if test "x$make_lint_lib" = x"yes" ; then
+ LINTLIB=llib-l$1.ln
+ if test "x$LINT" = "x"; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot make lint library without --with-lint])
+ fi
+elif test "x$make_lint_lib" != x"no" ; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-lint-library expects 'yes' or 'no'.])
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST(LINTLIB)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(MAKE_LINT_LIB, [test x$make_lint_lib != xno])
+
+]) # XORG_LINT_LIBRARY
+
+# XORG_COMPILER_BRAND
+# -------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.14.0
+#
+# Checks for various brands of compilers and sets flags as appropriate:
+# GNU gcc - relies on AC_PROG_CC (via AC_PROG_CC_C99) to set GCC to "yes"
+# clang compiler - sets CLANGCC to "yes"
+# Intel compiler - sets INTELCC to "yes"
+# Sun/Oracle Solaris Studio cc - sets SUNCC to "yes"
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_COMPILER_BRAND], [
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC_C99])
+AC_CHECK_DECL([__clang__], [CLANGCC="yes"], [CLANGCC="no"])
+AC_CHECK_DECL([__INTEL_COMPILER], [INTELCC="yes"], [INTELCC="no"])
+AC_CHECK_DECL([__SUNPRO_C], [SUNCC="yes"], [SUNCC="no"])
+]) # XORG_COMPILER_BRAND
+
+# XORG_CWARNFLAGS
+# ---------------
+# Minimum version: 1.2.0
+#
+# Defines CWARNFLAGS to enable C compiler warnings.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_CWARNFLAGS], [
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC_C99])
+AC_REQUIRE([XORG_COMPILER_BRAND])
+if test "x$GCC" = xyes ; then
+ CWARNFLAGS="-Wall -Wpointer-arith -Wstrict-prototypes -Wmissing-prototypes \
+-Wmissing-declarations -Wnested-externs -fno-strict-aliasing \
+-Wbad-function-cast -Wformat=2"
+ case `$CC -dumpversion` in
+ 3.4.* | 4.*)
+ CWARNFLAGS="$CWARNFLAGS -Wold-style-definition -Wdeclaration-after-statement"
+ ;;
+ esac
+else
+ if test "x$SUNCC" = "xyes"; then
+ CWARNFLAGS="-v"
+ fi
+fi
+AC_SUBST(CWARNFLAGS)
+]) # XORG_CWARNFLAGS
+
+# XORG_STRICT_OPTION
+# -----------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.3.0
+#
+# Add configure option to enable strict compilation flags, such as treating
+# warnings as fatal errors.
+# If --enable-strict-compilation is passed to configure, adds strict flags to
+# $CWARNFLAGS.
+#
+# Starting in 1.14.0 also exports $STRICT_CFLAGS for use in other tests or
+# when strict compilation is unconditionally desired.
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_STRICT_OPTION], [
+# If the module's configure.ac calls AC_PROG_CC later on, CC gets set to C89
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC_C99])
+AC_REQUIRE([XORG_COMPILER_BRAND])
+AC_REQUIRE([XORG_CWARNFLAGS])
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(strict-compilation,
+ AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-strict-compilation],
+ [Enable all warnings from compiler and make them errors (default: disabled)]),
+ [STRICT_COMPILE=$enableval], [STRICT_COMPILE=no])
+if test "x$GCC" = xyes ; then
+ STRICT_CFLAGS="-pedantic -Werror"
+ # Add -Werror=attributes if supported (gcc 4.2 & later)
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([if $CC supports -Werror=attributes])
+ save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $STRICT_CFLAGS -Werror=attributes"
+ AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([return 0;])],
+ [STRICT_CFLAGS="$STRICT_CFLAGS -Werror=attributes"
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])],
+ [AC_MSG_RESULT([no])])
+ CFLAGS="$save_CFLAGS"
+elif test "x$SUNCC" = "xyes"; then
+ STRICT_CFLAGS="-errwarn"
+elif test "x$INTELCC" = "xyes"; then
+ STRICT_CFLAGS="-Werror"
+fi
+if test "x$STRICT_COMPILE" = "xyes"; then
+ CWARNFLAGS="$CWARNFLAGS $STRICT_CFLAGS"
+fi
+AC_SUBST([STRICT_CFLAGS])
+AC_SUBST([CWARNFLAGS])
+]) # XORG_STRICT_OPTION
+
+# XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
+# --------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.3.0
+#
+# Defines default options for X.Org modules.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS], [
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])
+XORG_CWARNFLAGS
+XORG_STRICT_OPTION
+XORG_RELEASE_VERSION
+XORG_CHANGELOG
+XORG_INSTALL
+XORG_MANPAGE_SECTIONS
+m4_ifdef([AM_SILENT_RULES], [AM_SILENT_RULES([yes])],
+ [AC_SUBST([AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY], [1])])
+]) # XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
+
+# XORG_INSTALL()
+# ----------------
+# Minimum version: 1.4.0
+#
+# Defines the variable INSTALL_CMD as the command to copy
+# INSTALL from $prefix/share/util-macros.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_INSTALL], [
+AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])
+macros_datadir=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors --variable=pkgdatadir xorg-macros`
+INSTALL_CMD="(cp -f "$macros_datadir/INSTALL" \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp && \
+mv \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp \$(top_srcdir)/INSTALL) \
+|| (rm -f \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp; touch \$(top_srcdir)/INSTALL; \
+echo 'util-macros \"pkgdatadir\" from xorg-macros.pc not found: installing possibly empty INSTALL.' >&2)"
+AC_SUBST([INSTALL_CMD])
+]) # XORG_INSTALL
+dnl Copyright 2005 Red Hat, Inc
+dnl
+dnl Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+dnl documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+dnl the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+dnl copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+dnl documentation.
+dnl
+dnl The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+dnl in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+dnl
+dnl THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+dnl OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+dnl MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+dnl IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+dnl OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+dnl ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+dnl OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+dnl
+dnl Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holders shall
+dnl not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+dnl other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+dnl from the copyright holders.
+dnl
+
+# XORG_RELEASE_VERSION
+# --------------------
+# Defines PACKAGE_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,PATCHLEVEL} for modules to use.
+
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_RELEASE_VERSION],[
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR],
+ [`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 1`],
+ [Major version of this package])
+ PVM=`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 2 | cut -d - -f 1`
+ if test "x$PVM" = "x"; then
+ PVM="0"
+ fi
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR],
+ [$PVM],
+ [Minor version of this package])
+ PVP=`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 3 | cut -d - -f 1`
+ if test "x$PVP" = "x"; then
+ PVP="0"
+ fi
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL],
+ [$PVP],
+ [Patch version of this package])
+])
+
+# XORG_CHANGELOG()
+# ----------------
+# Minimum version: 1.2.0
+#
+# Defines the variable CHANGELOG_CMD as the command to generate
+# ChangeLog from git.
+#
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHANGELOG], [
+CHANGELOG_CMD="(GIT_DIR=\$(top_srcdir)/.git git log > \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp && \
+mv \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp \$(top_srcdir)/ChangeLog) \
+|| (rm -f \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp; touch \$(top_srcdir)/ChangeLog; \
+echo 'git directory not found: installing possibly empty changelog.' >&2)"
+AC_SUBST([CHANGELOG_CMD])
+]) # XORG_CHANGELOG
+
+# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION)
+# ----------------------------
+# Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been
+# generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y.
+# (This private macro should not be called outside this file.)
+AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION],
+[am__api_version='1.11'
+dnl Some users find AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and mistake it for a way to
+dnl require some minimum version. Point them to the right macro.
+m4_if([$1], [1.11.1], [],
+ [AC_FATAL([Do not call $0, use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([$1]).])])dnl
+])
+
+# _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(VERSION)
+# -----------------------------
+# aclocal traces this macro to find the Autoconf version.
+# This is a private macro too. Using m4_define simplifies
+# the logic in aclocal, which can simply ignore this definition.
+m4_define([_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [])
+
+# AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION
+# -------------------------------
+# Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so they can be traced.
+# This function is AC_REQUIREd by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION],
+[AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.11.1])dnl
+m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION],
+ [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl
+_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]))])
+
+# AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets
+# $ac_aux_dir to `$srcdir/foo'. In other projects, it is set to
+# `$srcdir', `$srcdir/..', or `$srcdir/../..'.
+#
+# Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a
+# tool from the auxiliary directory. The problem is that $srcdir (and
+# therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative,
+# depending on how configure is run. This is pretty annoying, since
+# it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top
+# source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a
+# relative path needs to be adjusted first.
+#
+# $ac_aux_dir/missing
+# fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative
+# $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing
+# fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute,
+# fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with
+# a relative $ac_aux_dir
+#
+# The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir
+# are both prefixed by $srcdir. In an in-source build this is usually
+# harmless because $srcdir is `.', but things will broke when you
+# start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir.
+#
+# So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing,
+# iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir. That would be:
+# am_aux_dir='\$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*\(.*\)"`
+# and then we would define $MISSING as
+# MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing"
+# This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because
+# unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure.
+# However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in
+# configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir.
+#
+# Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an
+# absolute PATH. The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a
+# configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND],
+[dnl Rely on autoconf to set up CDPATH properly.
+AC_PREREQ([2.50])dnl
+# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path
+am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`
+])
+
+# AM_CONDITIONAL -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 9
+
+# AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION)
+# -------------------------------------
+# Define a conditional.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_CONDITIONAL],
+[AC_PREREQ(2.52)dnl
+ ifelse([$1], [TRUE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])],
+ [$1], [FALSE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl
+AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE])dnl
+AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE])dnl
+_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_TRUE])dnl
+_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_FALSE])dnl
+m4_define([_AM_COND_VALUE_$1], [$2])dnl
+if $2; then
+ $1_TRUE=
+ $1_FALSE='#'
+else
+ $1_TRUE='#'
+ $1_FALSE=
+fi
+AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(
+[if test -z "${$1_TRUE}" && test -z "${$1_FALSE}"; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([[conditional "$1" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.]])
+fi])])
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 10
+
+# There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting `AC_PROG_CC' be
+# written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4,
+# will think it sees a *use*, and therefore will trigger all it's
+# C support machinery. Also note that it means that autoscan, seeing
+# CC etc. in the Makefile, will ask for an AC_PROG_CC use...
+
+
+# _AM_DEPENDENCIES(NAME)
+# ----------------------
+# See how the compiler implements dependency checking.
+# NAME is "CC", "CXX", "GCJ", or "OBJC".
+# We try a few techniques and use that to set a single cache variable.
+#
+# We don't AC_REQUIRE the corresponding AC_PROG_CC since the latter was
+# modified to invoke _AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC); we would have a circular
+# dependency, and given that the user is not expected to run this macro,
+# just rely on AC_PROG_CC.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_DEPENDENCIES],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_DEPDIR])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_DEP_TRACK])dnl
+
+ifelse([$1], CC, [depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list=],
+ [$1], CXX, [depcc="$CXX" am_compiler_list=],
+ [$1], OBJC, [depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
+ [$1], UPC, [depcc="$UPC" am_compiler_list=],
+ [$1], GCJ, [depcc="$GCJ" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
+ [depcc="$$1" am_compiler_list=])
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc],
+ [am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type],
+[if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then
+ # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up
+ # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For
+ # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up
+ # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output
+ # in D'.
+ mkdir conftest.dir
+ # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're
+ # using a relative directory.
+ cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir
+ cd conftest.dir
+ # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because
+ # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance
+ # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a
+ # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in
+ # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object
+ # directory.
+ mkdir sub
+
+ am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+ if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then
+ am_compiler_list=`sed -n ['s/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p'] < ./depcomp`
+ fi
+ am__universal=false
+ m4_case([$1], [CC],
+ [case " $depcc " in #(
+ *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
+ esac],
+ [CXX],
+ [case " $depcc " in #(
+ *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
+ esac])
+
+ for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do
+ # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers
+ # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and
+ # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this.
+ #
+ # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may
+ # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines.
+ # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler.
+ : > sub/conftest.c
+ for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do
+ echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c
+ # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with
+ # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh.
+ touch sub/conftst$i.h
+ done
+ echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf
+
+ # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout"
+ # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly
+ # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel
+ # versions had trouble with output in subdirs
+ am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
+ am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj"
+ case $depmode in
+ gcc)
+ # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode.
+ test "$am__universal" = false || continue
+ ;;
+ nosideeffect)
+ # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll
+ # only be used when explicitly requested
+ if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then
+ continue
+ else
+ break
+ fi
+ ;;
+ msvisualcpp | msvcmsys)
+ # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has
+ # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and
+ # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted.
+ am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
+ am__minus_obj=
+ ;;
+ none) break ;;
+ esac
+ if depmode=$depmode \
+ source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \
+ depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \
+ $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \
+ >/dev/null 2>conftest.err &&
+ grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings
+ # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message
+ # that says an option was ignored or not supported.
+ # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly:
+ # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required
+ # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0:
+ # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported
+ if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err ||
+ grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+ am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode
+ break
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+
+ cd ..
+ rm -rf conftest.dir
+else
+ am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+fi
+])
+AC_SUBST([$1DEPMODE], [depmode=$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([am__fastdep$1], [
+ test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \
+ && test "$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3])
+])
+
+
+# AM_SET_DEPDIR
+# -------------
+# Choose a directory name for dependency files.
+# This macro is AC_REQUIREd in _AM_DEPENDENCIES
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_DEPDIR],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl
+AC_SUBST([DEPDIR], ["${am__leading_dot}deps"])dnl
+])
+
+
+# AM_DEP_TRACK
+# ------------
+AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK],
+[AC_ARG_ENABLE(dependency-tracking,
+[ --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build
+ --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors])
+if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then
+ am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp"
+ AMDEPBACKSLASH='\'
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL([AMDEP], [test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno])
+AC_SUBST([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl
+_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl
+])
+
+# Generate code to set up dependency tracking. -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+#serial 5
+
+# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
+# ------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
+[{
+ # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files
+ # are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval
+ # if we detect the quoting.
+ case $CONFIG_FILES in
+ *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;;
+ *) set x $CONFIG_FILES ;;
+ esac
+ shift
+ for mf
+ do
+ # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file.
+ mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'`
+ # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not.
+ # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but
+ # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content.
+ # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process
+ # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so.
+ # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line
+ # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000.
+ if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ dirpart=`AS_DIRNAME("$mf")`
+ else
+ continue
+ fi
+ # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote
+ # from the Makefile without running `make'.
+ DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"`
+ test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue
+ am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"`
+ test -z "am__include" && continue
+ am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"`
+ # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it
+ U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"`
+ # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with
+ # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the
+ # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the
+ # expansion.
+ for file in `sed -n "
+ s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \
+ sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do
+ # Make sure the directory exists.
+ test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue
+ fdir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])`
+ AS_MKDIR_P([$dirpart/$fdir])
+ # echo "creating $dirpart/$file"
+ echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file"
+ done
+ done
+}
+])# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
+
+
+# AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
+# -----------------------------
+# This macro should only be invoked once -- use via AC_REQUIRE.
+#
+# This code is only required when automatic dependency tracking
+# is enabled. FIXME. This creates each `.P' file that we will
+# need in order to bootstrap the dependency handling code.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
+[AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([depfiles],
+ [test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
+ [AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"])
+])
+
+# Do all the work for Automake. -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
+# 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 16
+
+# This macro actually does too much. Some checks are only needed if
+# your package does certain things. But this isn't really a big deal.
+
+# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE])
+# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS])
+# -----------------------------------------------
+# The call with PACKAGE and VERSION arguments is the old style
+# call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out. PACKAGE
+# and VERSION should now be passed to AC_INIT and removed from
+# the call to AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
+# We support both call styles for the transition. After
+# the next Automake release, Autoconf can make the AC_INIT
+# arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf
+# release and drop the old call support.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE],
+[AC_PREREQ([2.62])dnl
+dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names. We explicitly allow
+dnl the ones we care about.
+m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
+if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then
+ # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output
+ # is not polluted with repeated "-I."
+ AC_SUBST([am__isrc], [' -I$(srcdir)'])_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__isrc])dnl
+ # test to see if srcdir already configured
+ if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first])
+ fi
+fi
+
+# test whether we have cygpath
+if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then
+ if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+ CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w'
+ else
+ CYGPATH_W=echo
+ fi
+fi
+AC_SUBST([CYGPATH_W])
+
+# Define the identity of the package.
+dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls.
+m4_ifval([$2],
+[m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])],
+[_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl
+dnl Diagnose old-style AC_INIT with new-style AM_AUTOMAKE_INIT.
+m4_if(m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], 1)m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], 1), 11,,
+ [m4_fatal([AC_INIT should be called with package and version arguments])])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl
+
+_AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],,
+[AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE", [Name of package])
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION", [Version number of package])])dnl
+
+# Some tools Automake needs.
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl
+AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal-${am__api_version})
+AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf)
+AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake-${am__api_version})
+AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader)
+AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo)
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl
+# We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on
+# some platforms.
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl
+_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-ustar], [_AM_PROG_TAR([ustar])],
+ [_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])],
+ [_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])])
+_AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],,
+[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC],
+ [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)],
+ [define([AC_PROG_CC],
+ defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)])])dnl
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX],
+ [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)],
+ [define([AC_PROG_CXX],
+ defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)])])dnl
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJC],
+ [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)],
+ [define([AC_PROG_OBJC],
+ defn([AC_PROG_OBJC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)])])dnl
+])
+_AM_IF_OPTION([silent-rules], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SILENT_RULES])])dnl
+dnl The `parallel-tests' driver may need to know about EXEEXT, so add the
+dnl `am__EXEEXT' conditional if _AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT was seen. This macro
+dnl is hooked onto _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT early, see below.
+AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(dnl
+[m4_provide_if([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT],
+ [AM_CONDITIONAL([am__EXEEXT], [test -n "$EXEEXT"])])])dnl
+])
+
+dnl Hook into `_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT' early to learn its expansion. Do not
+dnl add the conditional right here, as _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT may be further
+dnl mangled by Autoconf and run in a shell conditional statement.
+m4_define([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT],
+m4_defn([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT])[m4_provide([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT])])
+
+
+# When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file.
+# This file resides in the same directory as the config header
+# that is generated. The stamp files are numbered to have different names.
+
+# Autoconf calls _AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK (when defined) in the
+# loop where config.status creates the headers, so we can generate
+# our stamp files there.
+AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK],
+[# Compute $1's index in $config_headers.
+_am_arg=$1
+_am_stamp_count=1
+for _am_header in $config_headers :; do
+ case $_am_header in
+ $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* )
+ break ;;
+ * )
+ _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;;
+ esac
+done
+echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`AS_DIRNAME(["$_am_arg"])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH
+# ------------------
+# Define $install_sh.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
+if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then
+ case $am_aux_dir in
+ *\ * | *\ *)
+ install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;;
+ *)
+ install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh"
+ esac
+fi
+AC_SUBST(install_sh)])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 2
+
+# Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames
+# with a leading dot. For instance MS-DOS doesn't.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT],
+[rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null
+mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+if test -d .tst; then
+ am__leading_dot=.
+else
+ am__leading_dot=_
+fi
+rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])])
+
+# Add --enable-maintainer-mode option to configure. -*- Autoconf -*-
+# From Jim Meyering
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 5
+
+# AM_MAINTAINER_MODE([DEFAULT-MODE])
+# ----------------------------------
+# Control maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles.
+# Default is to disable them, unless `enable' is passed literally.
+# For symmetry, `disable' may be passed as well. Anyway, the user
+# can override the default with the --enable/--disable switch.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MAINTAINER_MODE],
+[m4_case(m4_default([$1], [disable]),
+ [enable], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [disable])],
+ [disable], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable])],
+ [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable])
+ m4_warn([syntax], [unexpected argument to AM@&t@_MAINTAINER_MODE: $1])])
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to am_maintainer_other maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles])
+ dnl maintainer-mode's default is 'disable' unless 'enable' is passed
+ AC_ARG_ENABLE([maintainer-mode],
+[ --][am_maintainer_other][-maintainer-mode am_maintainer_other make rules and dependencies not useful
+ (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer],
+ [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval],
+ [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=]m4_if(am_maintainer_other, [enable], [no], [yes]))
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE])
+ AM_CONDITIONAL([MAINTAINER_MODE], [test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes])
+ MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE
+ AC_SUBST([MAINT])dnl
+]
+)
+
+AU_DEFUN([jm_MAINTAINER_MODE], [AM_MAINTAINER_MODE])
+
+# Check to see how 'make' treats includes. -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 4
+
+# AM_MAKE_INCLUDE()
+# -----------------
+# Check to see how make treats includes.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE],
+[am_make=${MAKE-make}
+cat > confinc << 'END'
+am__doit:
+ @echo this is the am__doit target
+.PHONY: am__doit
+END
+# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code.
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for style of include used by $am_make])
+am__include="#"
+am__quote=
+_am_result=none
+# First try GNU make style include.
+echo "include confinc" > confmf
+# Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'.
+case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
+*the\ am__doit\ target*)
+ am__include=include
+ am__quote=
+ _am_result=GNU
+ ;;
+esac
+# Now try BSD make style include.
+if test "$am__include" = "#"; then
+ echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf
+ case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
+ *the\ am__doit\ target*)
+ am__include=.include
+ am__quote="\""
+ _am_result=BSD
+ ;;
+ esac
+fi
+AC_SUBST([am__include])
+AC_SUBST([am__quote])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$_am_result])
+rm -f confinc confmf
+])
+
+# Fake the existence of programs that GNU maintainers use. -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 6
+
+# AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM)
+# ------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN])
+$1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"}
+AC_SUBST($1)])
+
+
+# AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN
+# ------------------
+# Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it supports --run.
+# If it does, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([missing])dnl
+if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then
+ case $am_aux_dir in
+ *\ * | *\ *)
+ MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;;
+ *)
+ MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;;
+ esac
+fi
+# Use eval to expand $SHELL
+if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then
+ am_missing_run="$MISSING --run "
+else
+ am_missing_run=
+ AC_MSG_WARN([`missing' script is too old or missing])
+fi
+])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_PROG_MKDIR_P
+# ---------------
+# Check for `mkdir -p'.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P],
+[AC_PREREQ([2.60])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl
+dnl Automake 1.8 to 1.9.6 used to define mkdir_p. We now use MKDIR_P,
+dnl while keeping a definition of mkdir_p for backward compatibility.
+dnl @MKDIR_P@ is magic: AC_OUTPUT adjusts its value for each Makefile.
+dnl However we cannot define mkdir_p as $(MKDIR_P) for the sake of
+dnl Makefile.ins that do not define MKDIR_P, so we do our own
+dnl adjustment using top_builddir (which is defined more often than
+dnl MKDIR_P).
+AC_SUBST([mkdir_p], ["$MKDIR_P"])dnl
+case $mkdir_p in
+ [[\\/$]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) ;;
+ */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;;
+esac
+])
+
+# Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 4
+
+# _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME)
+# -----------------------
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION],
+[[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])])
+
+# _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME)
+# ------------------------------
+# Set option NAME. Presently that only means defining a flag for this option.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION],
+[m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), 1)])
+
+# _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS)
+# ----------------------------------
+# OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS],
+[m4_foreach_w([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])])
+
+# _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET])
+# -------------------------------------------
+# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION],
+[m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])])
+
+# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane. -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 5
+
+# AM_SANITY_CHECK
+# ---------------
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK],
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane])
+# Just in case
+sleep 1
+echo timestamp > conftest.file
+# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory
+# name. Accept space and tab only in the latter.
+am_lf='
+'
+case `pwd` in
+ *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]]*)
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe absolute working directory name]);;
+esac
+case $srcdir in
+ *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]]*)
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe srcdir value: `$srcdir']);;
+esac
+
+# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
+# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
+# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
+# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
+# directory).
+if (
+ set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null`
+ if test "$[*]" = "X"; then
+ # -L didn't work.
+ set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file`
+ fi
+ rm -f conftest.file
+ if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \
+ && test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then
+
+ # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen
+ # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
+ # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually
+ # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane".
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken
+alias in your environment])
+ fi
+
+ test "$[2]" = conftest.file
+ )
+then
+ # Ok.
+ :
+else
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files!
+Check your system clock])
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 1
+
+# AM_SILENT_RULES([DEFAULT])
+# --------------------------
+# Enable less verbose build rules; with the default set to DEFAULT
+# (`yes' being less verbose, `no' or empty being verbose).
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SILENT_RULES],
+[AC_ARG_ENABLE([silent-rules],
+[ --enable-silent-rules less verbose build output (undo: `make V=1')
+ --disable-silent-rules verbose build output (undo: `make V=0')])
+case $enable_silent_rules in
+yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;;
+no) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;;
+*) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=m4_if([$1], [yes], [0], [1]);;
+esac
+AC_SUBST([AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY])dnl
+AM_BACKSLASH='\'
+AC_SUBST([AM_BACKSLASH])dnl
+_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_BACKSLASH])dnl
+])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP
+# ---------------------
+# One issue with vendor `install' (even GNU) is that you can't
+# specify the program used to strip binaries. This is especially
+# annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip
+# is unlikely to handle the host's binaries.
+# Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we
+# always use install-sh in `make install-strip', and initialize
+# STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user).
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl
+# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user
+# run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right
+# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake
+# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program.
+dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be `maybe'.
+if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then
+ AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :)
+fi
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s"
+AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2006, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 2
+
+# _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE)
+# ---------------------------
+# Prevent Automake from outputting VARIABLE = @VARIABLE@ in Makefile.in.
+# This macro is traced by Automake.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE])
+
+# AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE)
+# ---------------------------
+# Public sister of _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($@)])
+
+# Check how to create a tarball. -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 2
+
+# _AM_PROG_TAR(FORMAT)
+# --------------------
+# Check how to create a tarball in format FORMAT.
+# FORMAT should be one of `v7', `ustar', or `pax'.
+#
+# Substitute a variable $(am__tar) that is a command
+# writing to stdout a FORMAT-tarball containing the directory
+# $tardir.
+# tardir=directory && $(am__tar) > result.tar
+#
+# Substitute a variable $(am__untar) that extract such
+# a tarball read from stdin.
+# $(am__untar) < result.tar
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR],
+[# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility.
+AM_MISSING_PROG([AMTAR], [tar])
+m4_if([$1], [v7],
+ [am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -'],
+ [m4_case([$1], [ustar],, [pax],,
+ [m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])])
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive])
+# Loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works.
+_am_tools='gnutar m4_if([$1], [ustar], [plaintar]) pax cpio none'
+_am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools}
+# Do not fold the above two line into one, because Tru64 sh and
+# Solaris sh will not grok spaces in the rhs of `-'.
+for _am_tool in $_am_tools
+do
+ case $_am_tool in
+ gnutar)
+ for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar;
+ do
+ AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break
+ done
+ am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"'
+ am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"'
+ am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -"
+ ;;
+ plaintar)
+ # Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create
+ # ustar tarball either.
+ (tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue
+ am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"'
+ am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"'
+ am__untar='tar xf -'
+ ;;
+ pax)
+ am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"'
+ am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"'
+ am__untar='pax -r'
+ ;;
+ cpio)
+ am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
+ am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
+ am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d'
+ ;;
+ none)
+ am__tar=false
+ am__tar_=false
+ am__untar=false
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # If the value was cached, stop now. We just wanted to have am__tar
+ # and am__untar set.
+ test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break
+
+ # tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works
+ rm -rf conftest.dir
+ mkdir conftest.dir
+ echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file
+ AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar])
+ rm -rf conftest.dir
+ if test -s conftest.tar; then
+ AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar <conftest.tar])
+ grep GrepMe conftest.dir/file >/dev/null 2>&1 && break
+ fi
+done
+rm -rf conftest.dir
+
+AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])])
+AC_SUBST([am__tar])
+AC_SUBST([am__untar])
+]) # _AM_PROG_TAR
+
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+timestamp='2009-04-27'
+
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+# 02110-1301, USA.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+
+# Originally written by Per Bothner <per@bothner.com>.
+# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context
+# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
+#
+# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
+# config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
+# exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1.
+#
+# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you
+# don't specify an explicit build system type.
+
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]
+
+Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on.
+
+Operation modes:
+ -h, --help print this help, then exit
+ -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
+ -v, --version print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
+
+Originally written by Per Bothner.
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
+2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+ case $1 in
+ --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+ echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
+ --version | -v )
+ echo "$version" ; exit ;;
+ --help | --h* | -h )
+ echo "$usage"; exit ;;
+ -- ) # Stop option processing
+ shift; break ;;
+ - ) # Use stdin as input.
+ break ;;
+ -* )
+ echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
+ exit 1 ;;
+ * )
+ break ;;
+ esac
+done
+
+if test $# != 0; then
+ echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a
+# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires
+# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a
+# headache to deal with in a portable fashion.
+
+# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still
+# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated.
+
+# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team.
+
+set_cc_for_build='
+trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ;
+trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ;
+: ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ;
+ { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } ||
+ { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } ||
+ { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } ||
+ { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ;
+dummy=$tmp/dummy ;
+tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ;
+case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in
+ ,,) echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ;
+ for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do
+ if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+ CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ;
+ fi ;
+ done ;
+ if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then
+ CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ;
+ fi
+ ;;
+ ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;;
+ ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;;
+esac ; set_cc_for_build= ;'
+
+# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
+# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24)
+if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+ PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
+fi
+
+UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
+UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
+UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
+UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
+
+# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
+
+case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
+ *:NetBSD:*:*)
+ # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
+ # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
+ # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently
+ # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
+ # object file format. This provides both forward
+ # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the
+ # object file format.
+ #
+ # Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor
+ # portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown".
+ sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch"
+ UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \
+ /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)`
+ case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
+ armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;;
+ arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;;
+ sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;;
+ sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;;
+ sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;;
+ *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;;
+ esac
+ # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
+ # to ELF recently, or will in the future.
+ case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
+ arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+ | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null
+ then
+ # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
+ # Return netbsd for either. FIX?
+ os=netbsd
+ else
+ os=netbsdelf
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=netbsd
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # The OS release
+ # Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and
+ # thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need
+ # kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a
+ # suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu.
+ case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in
+ Debian*)
+ release='-gnu'
+ ;;
+ *)
+ release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM:
+ # contains redundant information, the shorter form:
+ # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
+ echo "${machine}-${os}${release}"
+ exit ;;
+ *:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'`
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *:ekkoBSD:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *:SolidBSD:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-solidbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ macppc:MirBSD:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *:MirBSD:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ alpha:OSF1:*:*)
+ case $UNAME_RELEASE in
+ *4.0)
+ UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
+ ;;
+ *5.*)
+ UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'`
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on
+ # OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995. I hope that
+ # covers most systems running today. This code pipes the CPU
+ # types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0.
+ ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1`
+ case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in
+ "EV4 (21064)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+ "EV4.5 (21064)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+ "LCA4 (21066/21068)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+ "EV5 (21164)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;;
+ "EV5.6 (21164A)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;;
+ "EV5.6 (21164PC)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;;
+ "EV5.7 (21164PC)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;;
+ "EV6 (21264)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;;
+ "EV6.7 (21264A)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;;
+ "EV6.8CB (21264C)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+ "EV6.8AL (21264B)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+ "EV6.8CX (21264D)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+ "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;;
+ "EV7 (21364)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;;
+ "EV7.9 (21364A)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;;
+ esac
+ # A Pn.n version is a patched version.
+ # A Vn.n version is a released version.
+ # A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
+ # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
+ # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
+ exit ;;
+ Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*)
+ # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
+ # Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead
+ # of the specific Alpha model?
+ echo alpha-pc-interix
+ exit ;;
+ 21064:Windows_NT:50:3)
+ echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
+ exit ;;
+ Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-sysv4
+ exit ;;
+ *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos
+ exit ;;
+ *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos
+ exit ;;
+ *:OS/390:*:*)
+ echo i370-ibm-openedition
+ exit ;;
+ *:z/VM:*:*)
+ echo s390-ibm-zvmoe
+ exit ;;
+ *:OS400:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-ibm-os400
+ exit ;;
+ arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
+ echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ arm:riscos:*:*|arm:RISCOS:*:*)
+ echo arm-unknown-riscos
+ exit ;;
+ SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
+ echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
+ exit ;;
+ Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*)
+ # akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
+ if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then
+ echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3
+ else
+ echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd
+ fi
+ exit ;;
+ NILE*:*:*:dcosx)
+ echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4
+ exit ;;
+ DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*)
+ echo sparc-icl-nx6
+ exit ;;
+ DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*)
+ case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in
+ sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;;
+ esac ;;
+ s390x:SunOS:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit ;;
+ sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
+ echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit ;;
+ sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
+ echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit ;;
+ i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ SUN_ARCH="i386"
+ # If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects.
+ # Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does.
+ # This test works for both compilers.
+ if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then
+ if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
+ (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
+ grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
+ then
+ SUN_ARCH="x86_64"
+ fi
+ fi
+ echo ${SUN_ARCH}-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit ;;
+ sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
+ # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
+ # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
+ # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
+ echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit ;;
+ sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
+ case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in
+ Series*|S4*)
+ UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
+ echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'`
+ exit ;;
+ sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ sun*:*:4.2BSD:*)
+ UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null`
+ test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3
+ case "`/bin/arch`" in
+ sun3)
+ echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ ;;
+ sun4)
+ echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ ;;
+ esac
+ exit ;;
+ aushp:SunOS:*:*)
+ echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name
+ # can be virtually everything (everything which is not
+ # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
+ # > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT"
+ # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally
+ # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not
+ # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should
+ # be no problem.
+ atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ m68k:machten:*:*)
+ echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ powerpc:machten:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ RISC*:Mach:*:*)
+ echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
+ exit ;;
+ RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
+ echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
+ echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ 2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*)
+ echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#include <stdio.h> /* for printf() prototype */
+ int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
+#else
+ int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
+#endif
+ #if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB)
+ #if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV)
+ printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+ #endif
+ #if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4)
+ printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+ #endif
+ #if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD)
+ printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+EOF
+ $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c &&
+ dummyarg=`echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` &&
+ SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy $dummyarg` &&
+ { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
+ echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-motorola-powermax
+ exit ;;
+ Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*)
+ echo powerpc-harris-powermax
+ exit ;;
+ Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-harris-powermax
+ exit ;;
+ Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-harris-powerunix
+ exit ;;
+ m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
+ echo m88k-harris-cxux7
+ exit ;;
+ m88k:*:4*:R4*)
+ echo m88k-motorola-sysv4
+ exit ;;
+ m88k:*:3*:R3*)
+ echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
+ exit ;;
+ AViiON:dgux:*:*)
+ # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
+ if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ]
+ then
+ if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \
+ [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ]
+ then
+ echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ else
+ echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ else
+ echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ exit ;;
+ M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3)
+ echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
+ exit ;;
+ M88*:*:R3*:*)
+ # Delta 88k system running SVR3
+ echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
+ exit ;;
+ XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
+ echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3
+ exit ;;
+ Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
+ echo m68k-tektronix-bsd
+ exit ;;
+ *:IRIX*:*:*)
+ echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
+ exit ;;
+ ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
+ echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
+ exit ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
+ i*86:AIX:*:*)
+ echo i386-ibm-aix
+ exit ;;
+ ia64:AIX:*:*)
+ if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
+ IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
+ else
+ IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
+ exit ;;
+ *:AIX:2:3)
+ if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #include <sys/systemcfg.h>
+
+ main()
+ {
+ if (!__power_pc())
+ exit(1);
+ puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
+ exit(0);
+ }
+EOF
+ if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy`
+ then
+ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"
+ else
+ echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
+ fi
+ elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
+ else
+ echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
+ fi
+ exit ;;
+ *:AIX:*:[456])
+ IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
+ if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ IBM_ARCH=rs6000
+ else
+ IBM_ARCH=powerpc
+ fi
+ if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
+ IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
+ else
+ IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
+ exit ;;
+ *:AIX:*:*)
+ echo rs6000-ibm-aix
+ exit ;;
+ ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)
+ echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
+ exit ;;
+ ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and
+ echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to
+ exit ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
+ *:BOSX:*:*)
+ echo rs6000-bull-bosx
+ exit ;;
+ DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
+ echo m68k-bull-sysv3
+ exit ;;
+ 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
+ echo m68k-hp-bsd
+ exit ;;
+ hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
+ echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
+ exit ;;
+ 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
+ HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
+ 9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
+ 9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
+ 9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
+ if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then
+ sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
+ sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
+ case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
+ 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
+ 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
+ 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
+ case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
+ 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;;
+ 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;;
+ '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20
+ esac ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+
+ #define _HPUX_SOURCE
+ #include <stdlib.h>
+ #include <unistd.h>
+
+ int main ()
+ {
+ #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+ long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
+ #endif
+ long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+
+ switch (cpu)
+ {
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
+ #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+ switch (bits)
+ {
+ case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
+ case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
+ default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+ } break;
+ #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
+ puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+ #endif
+ default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+ }
+ exit (0);
+ }
+EOF
+ (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy`
+ test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa
+ fi ;;
+ esac
+ if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ]
+ then
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+
+ # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating
+ # 32-bit code. hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler
+ # generating 64-bit code. GNU and HP use different nomenclature:
+ #
+ # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess
+ # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23
+ # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess
+ # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23
+
+ if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) |
+ grep __LP64__ >/dev/null
+ then
+ HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w"
+ else
+ HP_ARCH="hppa64"
+ fi
+ fi
+ echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
+ exit ;;
+ ia64:HP-UX:*:*)
+ HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+ echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
+ exit ;;
+ 3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #include <unistd.h>
+ int
+ main ()
+ {
+ long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+ /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
+ true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
+ results, however. */
+ if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
+ {
+ switch (cpu)
+ {
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+ default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
+ puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+ else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+ exit (0);
+ }
+EOF
+ $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` &&
+ { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
+ echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
+ exit ;;
+ 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* )
+ echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd
+ exit ;;
+ 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
+ echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd
+ exit ;;
+ *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*)
+ echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix
+ exit ;;
+ hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* )
+ echo hppa1.1-hp-osf
+ exit ;;
+ hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
+ echo hppa1.0-hp-osf
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:OSF1:*:*)
+ if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk
+ else
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1
+ fi
+ exit ;;
+ parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
+ echo hppa1.1-hp-lites
+ exit ;;
+ C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
+ echo c1-convex-bsd
+ exit ;;
+ C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
+ if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
+ then echo c32-convex-bsd
+ else echo c2-convex-bsd
+ fi
+ exit ;;
+ C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
+ echo c34-convex-bsd
+ exit ;;
+ C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
+ echo c38-convex-bsd
+ exit ;;
+ C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
+ echo c4-convex-bsd
+ exit ;;
+ CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
+ echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit ;;
+ CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \
+ | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \
+ -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \
+ -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit ;;
+ CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
+ echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit ;;
+ CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
+ echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit ;;
+ CRAY*SV1:*:*:*)
+ echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit ;;
+ *:UNICOS/mp:*:*)
+ echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit ;;
+ F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+ FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
+ FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
+ FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+ echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
+ exit ;;
+ 5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
+ FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
+ FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+ echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
+ echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *:BSD/OS:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *:FreeBSD:*:*)
+ case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
+ pc98)
+ echo i386-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
+ amd64)
+ echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
+ *)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
+ esac
+ exit ;;
+ i*:CYGWIN*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin
+ exit ;;
+ *:MINGW*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
+ exit ;;
+ i*:windows32*:*)
+ # uname -m includes "-pc" on this system.
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32
+ exit ;;
+ i*:PW*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32
+ exit ;;
+ *:Interix*:[3456]*)
+ case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
+ x86)
+ echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ EM64T | authenticamd | genuineintel)
+ echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ IA64)
+ echo ia64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ esac ;;
+ [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*)
+ echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks
+ exit ;;
+ i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*)
+ # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
+ # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we
+ # UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386?
+ echo i586-pc-interix
+ exit ;;
+ i*:UWIN*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin
+ exit ;;
+ amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*)
+ echo x86_64-unknown-cygwin
+ exit ;;
+ p*:CYGWIN*:*)
+ echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin
+ exit ;;
+ prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
+ echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit ;;
+ *:GNU:*:*)
+ # the GNU system
+ echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
+ exit ;;
+ *:GNU/*:*:*)
+ # other systems with GNU libc and userland
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:Minix:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
+ exit ;;
+ arm*:Linux:*:*)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+ | grep -q __ARM_EABI__
+ then
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ else
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabi
+ fi
+ exit ;;
+ avr32*:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ cris:Linux:*:*)
+ echo cris-axis-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ crisv32:Linux:*:*)
+ echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ frv:Linux:*:*)
+ echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ ia64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ m32r*:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ m68*:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ mips:Linux:*:*)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #undef CPU
+ #undef mips
+ #undef mipsel
+ #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
+ CPU=mipsel
+ #else
+ #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
+ CPU=mips
+ #else
+ CPU=
+ #endif
+ #endif
+EOF
+ eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
+ /^CPU/{
+ s: ::g
+ p
+ }'`"
+ test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
+ ;;
+ mips64:Linux:*:*)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #undef CPU
+ #undef mips64
+ #undef mips64el
+ #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
+ CPU=mips64el
+ #else
+ #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
+ CPU=mips64
+ #else
+ CPU=
+ #endif
+ #endif
+EOF
+ eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
+ /^CPU/{
+ s: ::g
+ p
+ }'`"
+ test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
+ ;;
+ or32:Linux:*:*)
+ echo or32-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ ppc:Linux:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ ppc64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ alpha:Linux:*:*)
+ case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
+ EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
+ EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
+ PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+ PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+ EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
+ EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
+ EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
+ esac
+ objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null
+ if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
+ exit ;;
+ padre:Linux:*:*)
+ echo sparc-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
+ # Look for CPU level
+ case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
+ PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+ PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+ *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+ esac
+ exit ;;
+ parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux
+ exit ;;
+ sh64*:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ sh*:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ vax:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ x86_64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ xtensa*:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:Linux:*:*)
+ # The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
+ # first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent
+ # problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path.
+ # Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English.
+ ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \
+ | sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d
+ s/[ ][ ]*/ /g
+ s/.*supported targets: *//
+ s/ .*//
+ p'`
+ case "$ld_supported_targets" in
+ elf32-i386)
+ TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu"
+ ;;
+ a.out-i386-linux)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout"
+ exit ;;
+ "")
+ # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or
+ # one that does not give us useful --help.
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld"
+ exit ;;
+ esac
+ # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #include <features.h>
+ #ifdef __ELF__
+ # ifdef __GLIBC__
+ # if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+ LIBC=gnu
+ # else
+ LIBC=gnulibc1
+ # endif
+ # else
+ LIBC=gnulibc1
+ # endif
+ #else
+ #if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__PGI) || defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC)
+ LIBC=gnu
+ #else
+ LIBC=gnuaout
+ #endif
+ #endif
+ #ifdef __dietlibc__
+ LIBC=dietlibc
+ #endif
+EOF
+ eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
+ /^LIBC/{
+ s: ::g
+ p
+ }'`"
+ test x"${LIBC}" != x && {
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}"
+ exit
+ }
+ test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && { echo "${TENTATIVE}"; exit; }
+ ;;
+ i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
+ # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
+ # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
+ # sysname and nodename.
+ echo i386-sequent-sysv4
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
+ # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
+ # number series starting with 2...
+ # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
+ # I just have to hope. -- rms.
+ # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION}
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:OS/2:*:*)
+ # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility
+ # is probably installed.
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:atheos:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:syllable:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
+ echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:*DOS:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
+ UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'`
+ if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL}
+ else
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL}
+ fi
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:*:5:[678]*)
+ # UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6.
+ case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in
+ *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;;
+ *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;;
+ *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;;
+ esac
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:*:3.2:*)
+ if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
+ UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name`
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-isc$UNAME_REL
+ elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+ UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
+ (/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
+ (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
+ && UNAME_MACHINE=i586
+ (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \
+ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686
+ (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \
+ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL
+ else
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32
+ fi
+ exit ;;
+ pc:*:*:*)
+ # Left here for compatibility:
+ # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
+ # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586.
+ # Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub
+ # prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configury will decide that
+ # this is a cross-build.
+ echo i586-pc-msdosdjgpp
+ exit ;;
+ Intel:Mach:3*:*)
+ echo i386-pc-mach3
+ exit ;;
+ paragon:*:*:*)
+ echo i860-intel-osf1
+ exit ;;
+ i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
+ if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+ echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
+ else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
+ echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4
+ fi
+ exit ;;
+ mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
+ # "miniframe"
+ echo m68010-convergent-sysv
+ exit ;;
+ mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m)
+ echo m68k-convergent-sysv
+ exit ;;
+ M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*)
+ echo m68k-diab-dnix
+ exit ;;
+ M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*)
+ test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;;
+ 3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0)
+ OS_REL=''
+ test -r /etc/.relid \
+ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
+ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+ && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
+ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
+ && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
+ 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
+ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+ && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
+ NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*)
+ OS_REL='.3'
+ test -r /etc/.relid \
+ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
+ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+ && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
+ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
+ && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
+ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \
+ && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
+ m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
+ echo m68k-atari-sysv4
+ exit ;;
+ TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+ echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+ echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
+ echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
+ echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*)
+ echo mips-sni-sysv4
+ exit ;;
+ RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
+ echo mips-sni-sysv4
+ exit ;;
+ *:SINIX-*:*:*)
+ if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+ UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4
+ else
+ echo ns32k-sni-sysv
+ fi
+ exit ;;
+ PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
+ # says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV>
+ echo i586-unisys-sysv4
+ exit ;;
+ *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
+ # From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>.
+ # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
+ echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4
+ exit ;;
+ *:*:*:FTX*)
+ # From seanf@swdc.stratus.com.
+ echo i860-stratus-sysv4
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:VOS:*:*)
+ # From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-stratus-vos
+ exit ;;
+ *:VOS:*:*)
+ # From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
+ echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos
+ exit ;;
+ mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
+ echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*)
+ echo mips-sony-newsos6
+ exit ;;
+ R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
+ if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
+ echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ else
+ echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ exit ;;
+ BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
+ echo powerpc-be-beos
+ exit ;;
+ BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only.
+ echo powerpc-apple-beos
+ exit ;;
+ BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
+ echo i586-pc-beos
+ exit ;;
+ BePC:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku running on Intel PC compatible.
+ echo i586-pc-haiku
+ exit ;;
+ SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ echo sx7-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ echo sx8-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ echo sx8r-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ Power*:Rhapsody:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *:Rhapsody:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *:Darwin:*:*)
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown
+ case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
+ unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;;
+ esac
+ echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
+ if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386
+ UNAME_MACHINE=pc
+ fi
+ echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *:QNX:*:4*)
+ echo i386-pc-qnx
+ exit ;;
+ NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+ echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+ echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *:NonStop-UX:*:*)
+ echo mips-compaq-nonstopux
+ exit ;;
+ BS2000:POSIX*:*:*)
+ echo bs2000-siemens-sysv
+ exit ;;
+ DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *:Plan9:*:*)
+ # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386
+ # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86
+ # operating systems.
+ if test "$cputype" = "386"; then
+ UNAME_MACHINE=i386
+ else
+ UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype"
+ fi
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9
+ exit ;;
+ *:TOPS-10:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-unknown-tops10
+ exit ;;
+ *:TENEX:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-unknown-tenex
+ exit ;;
+ KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-dec-tops20
+ exit ;;
+ XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-xkl-tops20
+ exit ;;
+ *:TOPS-20:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-unknown-tops20
+ exit ;;
+ *:ITS:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-unknown-its
+ exit ;;
+ SEI:*:*:SEIUX)
+ echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *:DragonFly:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
+ exit ;;
+ *:*VMS:*:*)
+ UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
+ A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;;
+ I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;;
+ V*) echo vax-dec-vms ; exit ;;
+ esac ;;
+ *:XENIX:*:SysV)
+ echo i386-pc-xenix
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:skyos:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}` | sed -e 's/ .*$//'
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:rdos:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:AROS:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-aros
+ exit ;;
+esac
+
+#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
+#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2
+
+eval $set_cc_for_build
+cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
+#ifdef _SEQUENT_
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/utsname.h>
+#endif
+main ()
+{
+#if defined (sony)
+#if defined (MIPSEB)
+ /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed,
+ I don't know.... */
+ printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#include <sys/param.h>
+ printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n",
+#ifdef NEWSOS4
+ "4"
+#else
+ ""
+#endif
+ ); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix)
+ printf ("arm-acorn-riscix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux)
+ printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (NeXT)
+#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__)
+#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k"
+#endif
+ int version;
+ version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`;
+ if (version < 4)
+ printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
+ else
+ printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
+ exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16)
+#if defined (UMAXV)
+ printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#if defined (CMU)
+ printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+ printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__386BSD__)
+ printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (sequent)
+#if defined (i386)
+ printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#if defined (ns32000)
+ printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (_SEQUENT_)
+ struct utsname un;
+
+ uname(&un);
+
+ if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) {
+ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0);
+ }
+ if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */
+ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0);
+ }
+ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0);
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined (vax)
+# if !defined (ultrix)
+# include <sys/param.h>
+# if defined (BSD)
+# if BSD == 43
+ printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0);
+# else
+# if BSD == 199006
+ printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0);
+# else
+ printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+# endif
+# endif
+# else
+ printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+# endif
+# else
+ printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860)
+ printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+ exit (1);
+}
+EOF
+
+$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` &&
+ { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
+
+# Apollos put the system type in the environment.
+
+test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit; }
+
+# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1)
+
+if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ]
+then
+ case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in
+ c1*)
+ echo c1-convex-bsd
+ exit ;;
+ c2*)
+ if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
+ then echo c32-convex-bsd
+ else echo c2-convex-bsd
+ fi
+ exit ;;
+ c34*)
+ echo c34-convex-bsd
+ exit ;;
+ c38*)
+ echo c38-convex-bsd
+ exit ;;
+ c4*)
+ echo c4-convex-bsd
+ exit ;;
+ esac
+fi
+
+cat >&2 <<EOF
+$0: unable to guess system type
+
+This script, last modified $timestamp, has failed to recognize
+the operating system you are using. It is advised that you
+download the most up to date version of the config scripts from
+
+ http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD
+and
+ http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD
+
+If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please
+send the following data and any information you think might be
+pertinent to <config-patches@gnu.org> in order to provide the needed
+information to handle your system.
+
+config.guess timestamp = $timestamp
+
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null`
+
+hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+
+UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE}
+UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE}
+UNAME_SYSTEM = ${UNAME_SYSTEM}
+UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION}
+EOF
+
+exit 1
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+# time-stamp-end: "'"
+# End:
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+# Configuration validation subroutine script.
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+timestamp='2009-04-17'
+
+# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
+# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
+# can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
+#
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+# 02110-1301, USA.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+
+# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context
+# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
+#
+# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
+# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
+# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
+# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
+
+# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
+# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
+# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
+# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations
+# it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish
+# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless
+# configuration.
+
+# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given
+# machine specification into a single specification in the form:
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or in some cases, the newer four-part form:
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
+
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS
+ $0 [OPTION] ALIAS
+
+Canonicalize a configuration name.
+
+Operation modes:
+ -h, --help print this help, then exit
+ -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
+ -v, --version print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
+
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
+2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+ case $1 in
+ --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+ echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
+ --version | -v )
+ echo "$version" ; exit ;;
+ --help | --h* | -h )
+ echo "$usage"; exit ;;
+ -- ) # Stop option processing
+ shift; break ;;
+ - ) # Use stdin as input.
+ break ;;
+ -* )
+ echo "$me: invalid option $1$help"
+ exit 1 ;;
+
+ *local*)
+ # First pass through any local machine types.
+ echo $1
+ exit ;;
+
+ * )
+ break ;;
+ esac
+done
+
+case $# in
+ 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2
+ exit 1;;
+ 1) ;;
+ *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+ exit 1;;
+esac
+
+# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any).
+# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
+maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
+case $maybe_os in
+ nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \
+ uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
+ kopensolaris*-gnu* | \
+ storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
+ os=-$maybe_os
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
+ ;;
+ *)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'`
+ if [ $basic_machine != $1 ]
+ then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'`
+ else os=; fi
+ ;;
+esac
+
+### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so
+### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work. We also
+### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we
+### can provide default operating systems below.
+case $os in
+ -sun*os*)
+ # Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input.
+ ;;
+ -dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \
+ -att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \
+ -unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \
+ -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
+ -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
+ -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
+ -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray)
+ os=
+ basic_machine=$1
+ ;;
+ -sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond)
+ os=
+ basic_machine=$1
+ ;;
+ -scout)
+ ;;
+ -wrs)
+ os=-vxworks
+ basic_machine=$1
+ ;;
+ -chorusos*)
+ os=-chorusos
+ basic_machine=$1
+ ;;
+ -chorusrdb)
+ os=-chorusrdb
+ basic_machine=$1
+ ;;
+ -hiux*)
+ os=-hiuxwe2
+ ;;
+ -sco6)
+ os=-sco5v6
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -sco5)
+ os=-sco3.2v5
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -sco4)
+ os=-sco3.2v4
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -sco3.2.[4-9]*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'`
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -sco3.2v[4-9]*)
+ # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -sco5v6*)
+ # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -sco*)
+ os=-sco3.2v2
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -udk*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -isc)
+ os=-isc2.2
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -clix*)
+ basic_machine=clipper-intergraph
+ ;;
+ -isc*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -lynx*)
+ os=-lynxos
+ ;;
+ -ptx*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'`
+ ;;
+ -windowsnt*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'`
+ ;;
+ -psos*)
+ os=-psos
+ ;;
+ -mint | -mint[0-9]*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-atari
+ os=-mint
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations.
+case $basic_machine in
+ # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
+ # Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
+ 1750a | 580 \
+ | a29k \
+ | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \
+ | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \
+ | am33_2.0 \
+ | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \
+ | bfin \
+ | c4x | clipper \
+ | d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \
+ | fido | fr30 | frv \
+ | h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
+ | i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \
+ | ip2k | iq2000 \
+ | lm32 \
+ | m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \
+ | maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep | metag \
+ | mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
+ | mips16 \
+ | mips64 | mips64el \
+ | mips64octeon | mips64octeonel \
+ | mips64orion | mips64orionel \
+ | mips64r5900 | mips64r5900el \
+ | mips64vr | mips64vrel \
+ | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
+ | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \
+ | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \
+ | mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \
+ | mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \
+ | mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \
+ | mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \
+ | mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \
+ | mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \
+ | mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
+ | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
+ | mn10200 | mn10300 \
+ | moxie \
+ | mt \
+ | msp430 \
+ | nios | nios2 \
+ | ns16k | ns32k \
+ | or32 \
+ | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
+ | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \
+ | pyramid \
+ | score \
+ | sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
+ | sh64 | sh64le \
+ | sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \
+ | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \
+ | spu | strongarm \
+ | tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \
+ | v850 | v850e \
+ | we32k \
+ | x86 | xc16x | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \
+ | z8k | z80)
+ basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+ ;;
+ m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12)
+ # Motorola 68HC11/12.
+ basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+ os=-none
+ ;;
+ m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k)
+ ;;
+ ms1)
+ basic_machine=mt-unknown
+ ;;
+
+ # We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
+ # because (1) that's what they normally are, and
+ # (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
+ i*86 | x86_64)
+ basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc
+ ;;
+ # Object if more than one company name word.
+ *-*-*)
+ echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+ # Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
+ 580-* \
+ | a29k-* \
+ | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \
+ | alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \
+ | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \
+ | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
+ | avr-* | avr32-* \
+ | bfin-* | bs2000-* \
+ | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \
+ | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \
+ | d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
+ | elxsi-* \
+ | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
+ | h8300-* | h8500-* \
+ | hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \
+ | i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \
+ | ip2k-* | iq2000-* \
+ | lm32-* \
+ | m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \
+ | m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \
+ | m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* | metag-* \
+ | mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \
+ | mips16-* \
+ | mips64-* | mips64el-* \
+ | mips64octeon-* | mips64octeonel-* \
+ | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
+ | mips64r5900-* | mips64r5900el-* \
+ | mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \
+ | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \
+ | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
+ | mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \
+ | mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \
+ | mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \
+ | mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \
+ | mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \
+ | mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \
+ | mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \
+ | mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \
+ | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \
+ | mmix-* \
+ | mt-* \
+ | msp430-* \
+ | nios-* | nios2-* \
+ | none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
+ | orion-* \
+ | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \
+ | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \
+ | pyramid-* \
+ | romp-* | rs6000-* \
+ | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[24]aeb-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \
+ | shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \
+ | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \
+ | sparclite-* \
+ | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
+ | tahoe-* | thumb-* \
+ | tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* | tile-* \
+ | tron-* \
+ | v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \
+ | we32k-* \
+ | x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \
+ | xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \
+ | ymp-* \
+ | z8k-* | z80-*)
+ ;;
+ # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name, with glob match.
+ xtensa*)
+ basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+ ;;
+ # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
+ # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
+ 386bsd)
+ basic_machine=i386-unknown
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ 3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc)
+ basic_machine=m68000-att
+ ;;
+ 3b*)
+ basic_machine=we32k-att
+ ;;
+ a29khif)
+ basic_machine=a29k-amd
+ os=-udi
+ ;;
+ abacus)
+ basic_machine=abacus-unknown
+ ;;
+ adobe68k)
+ basic_machine=m68010-adobe
+ os=-scout
+ ;;
+ alliant | fx80)
+ basic_machine=fx80-alliant
+ ;;
+ altos | altos3068)
+ basic_machine=m68k-altos
+ ;;
+ am29k)
+ basic_machine=a29k-none
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ amd64)
+ basic_machine=x86_64-pc
+ ;;
+ amd64-*)
+ basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ amdahl)
+ basic_machine=580-amdahl
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ amiga | amiga-*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+ ;;
+ amigaos | amigados)
+ basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+ os=-amigaos
+ ;;
+ amigaunix | amix)
+ basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ apollo68)
+ basic_machine=m68k-apollo
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ apollo68bsd)
+ basic_machine=m68k-apollo
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ aros)
+ basic_machine=i386-pc
+ os=-aros
+ ;;
+ aux)
+ basic_machine=m68k-apple
+ os=-aux
+ ;;
+ balance)
+ basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
+ os=-dynix
+ ;;
+ blackfin)
+ basic_machine=bfin-unknown
+ os=-linux
+ ;;
+ blackfin-*)
+ basic_machine=bfin-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ os=-linux
+ ;;
+ c90)
+ basic_machine=c90-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
+ cegcc)
+ basic_machine=arm-unknown
+ os=-cegcc
+ ;;
+ convex-c1)
+ basic_machine=c1-convex
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ convex-c2)
+ basic_machine=c2-convex
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ convex-c32)
+ basic_machine=c32-convex
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ convex-c34)
+ basic_machine=c34-convex
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ convex-c38)
+ basic_machine=c38-convex
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ cray | j90)
+ basic_machine=j90-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
+ craynv)
+ basic_machine=craynv-cray
+ os=-unicosmp
+ ;;
+ cr16)
+ basic_machine=cr16-unknown
+ os=-elf
+ ;;
+ crds | unos)
+ basic_machine=m68k-crds
+ ;;
+ crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*)
+ basic_machine=crisv32-axis
+ ;;
+ cris | cris-* | etrax*)
+ basic_machine=cris-axis
+ ;;
+ crx)
+ basic_machine=crx-unknown
+ os=-elf
+ ;;
+ da30 | da30-*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-da30
+ ;;
+ decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn)
+ basic_machine=mips-dec
+ ;;
+ decsystem10* | dec10*)
+ basic_machine=pdp10-dec
+ os=-tops10
+ ;;
+ decsystem20* | dec20*)
+ basic_machine=pdp10-dec
+ os=-tops20
+ ;;
+ delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \
+ | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola)
+ basic_machine=m68k-motorola
+ ;;
+ delta88)
+ basic_machine=m88k-motorola
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ dicos)
+ basic_machine=i686-pc
+ os=-dicos
+ ;;
+ djgpp)
+ basic_machine=i586-pc
+ os=-msdosdjgpp
+ ;;
+ dpx20 | dpx20-*)
+ basic_machine=rs6000-bull
+ os=-bosx
+ ;;
+ dpx2* | dpx2*-bull)
+ basic_machine=m68k-bull
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ ebmon29k)
+ basic_machine=a29k-amd
+ os=-ebmon
+ ;;
+ elxsi)
+ basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ encore | umax | mmax)
+ basic_machine=ns32k-encore
+ ;;
+ es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE)
+ basic_machine=m68k-ericsson
+ os=-ose
+ ;;
+ fx2800)
+ basic_machine=i860-alliant
+ ;;
+ genix)
+ basic_machine=ns32k-ns
+ ;;
+ gmicro)
+ basic_machine=tron-gmicro
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ go32)
+ basic_machine=i386-pc
+ os=-go32
+ ;;
+ h3050r* | hiux*)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
+ os=-hiuxwe2
+ ;;
+ h8300hms)
+ basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
+ os=-hms
+ ;;
+ h8300xray)
+ basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
+ os=-xray
+ ;;
+ h8500hms)
+ basic_machine=h8500-hitachi
+ os=-hms
+ ;;
+ harris)
+ basic_machine=m88k-harris
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ hp300-*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-hp
+ ;;
+ hp300bsd)
+ basic_machine=m68k-hp
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ hp300hpux)
+ basic_machine=m68k-hp
+ os=-hpux
+ ;;
+ hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9])
+ basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9])
+ basic_machine=m68000-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k3[2-9][0-9])
+ basic_machine=m68k-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9])
+ basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9])
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9])
+ # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893)
+ # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679])
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9])
+ basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+ ;;
+ hppa-next)
+ os=-nextstep3
+ ;;
+ hppaosf)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ os=-osf
+ ;;
+ hppro)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ os=-proelf
+ ;;
+ i370-ibm* | ibm*)
+ basic_machine=i370-ibm
+ ;;
+# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2?
+ i*86v32)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+ os=-sysv32
+ ;;
+ i*86v4*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ i*86v)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ i*86sol2)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+ os=-solaris2
+ ;;
+ i386mach)
+ basic_machine=i386-mach
+ os=-mach
+ ;;
+ i386-vsta | vsta)
+ basic_machine=i386-unknown
+ os=-vsta
+ ;;
+ iris | iris4d)
+ basic_machine=mips-sgi
+ case $os in
+ -irix*)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=-irix4
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ isi68 | isi)
+ basic_machine=m68k-isi
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ m68knommu)
+ basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+ os=-linux
+ ;;
+ m68knommu-*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ os=-linux
+ ;;
+ m88k-omron*)
+ basic_machine=m88k-omron
+ ;;
+ magnum | m3230)
+ basic_machine=mips-mips
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ merlin)
+ basic_machine=ns32k-utek
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ mingw32)
+ basic_machine=i386-pc
+ os=-mingw32
+ ;;
+ mingw32ce)
+ basic_machine=arm-unknown
+ os=-mingw32ce
+ ;;
+ miniframe)
+ basic_machine=m68000-convergent
+ ;;
+ *mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-atari
+ os=-mint
+ ;;
+ mips3*-*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`
+ ;;
+ mips3*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
+ ;;
+ monitor)
+ basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ morphos)
+ basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
+ os=-morphos
+ ;;
+ msdos)
+ basic_machine=i386-pc
+ os=-msdos
+ ;;
+ ms1-*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'`
+ ;;
+ mvs)
+ basic_machine=i370-ibm
+ os=-mvs
+ ;;
+ ncr3000)
+ basic_machine=i486-ncr
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ netbsd386)
+ basic_machine=i386-unknown
+ os=-netbsd
+ ;;
+ netwinder)
+ basic_machine=armv4l-rebel
+ os=-linux
+ ;;
+ news | news700 | news800 | news900)
+ basic_machine=m68k-sony
+ os=-newsos
+ ;;
+ news1000)
+ basic_machine=m68030-sony
+ os=-newsos
+ ;;
+ news-3600 | risc-news)
+ basic_machine=mips-sony
+ os=-newsos
+ ;;
+ necv70)
+ basic_machine=v70-nec
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ next | m*-next )
+ basic_machine=m68k-next
+ case $os in
+ -nextstep* )
+ ;;
+ -ns2*)
+ os=-nextstep2
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=-nextstep3
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ nh3000)
+ basic_machine=m68k-harris
+ os=-cxux
+ ;;
+ nh[45]000)
+ basic_machine=m88k-harris
+ os=-cxux
+ ;;
+ nindy960)
+ basic_machine=i960-intel
+ os=-nindy
+ ;;
+ mon960)
+ basic_machine=i960-intel
+ os=-mon960
+ ;;
+ nonstopux)
+ basic_machine=mips-compaq
+ os=-nonstopux
+ ;;
+ np1)
+ basic_machine=np1-gould
+ ;;
+ nsr-tandem)
+ basic_machine=nsr-tandem
+ ;;
+ op50n-* | op60c-*)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+ os=-proelf
+ ;;
+ openrisc | openrisc-*)
+ basic_machine=or32-unknown
+ ;;
+ os400)
+ basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
+ os=-os400
+ ;;
+ OSE68000 | ose68000)
+ basic_machine=m68000-ericsson
+ os=-ose
+ ;;
+ os68k)
+ basic_machine=m68k-none
+ os=-os68k
+ ;;
+ pa-hitachi)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
+ os=-hiuxwe2
+ ;;
+ paragon)
+ basic_machine=i860-intel
+ os=-osf
+ ;;
+ parisc)
+ basic_machine=hppa-unknown
+ os=-linux
+ ;;
+ parisc-*)
+ basic_machine=hppa-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ os=-linux
+ ;;
+ pbd)
+ basic_machine=sparc-tti
+ ;;
+ pbb)
+ basic_machine=m68k-tti
+ ;;
+ pc532 | pc532-*)
+ basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
+ ;;
+ pc98)
+ basic_machine=i386-pc
+ ;;
+ pc98-*)
+ basic_machine=i386-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3)
+ basic_machine=i586-pc
+ ;;
+ pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*)
+ basic_machine=i686-pc
+ ;;
+ pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3)
+ basic_machine=i686-pc
+ ;;
+ pentium4)
+ basic_machine=i786-pc
+ ;;
+ pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*)
+ basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*)
+ basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*)
+ basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ pentium4-*)
+ basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ pn)
+ basic_machine=pn-gould
+ ;;
+ power) basic_machine=power-ibm
+ ;;
+ ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
+ ;;
+ ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
+ basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
+ ;;
+ ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*)
+ basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ ppc64) basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown
+ ;;
+ ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little)
+ basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown
+ ;;
+ ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*)
+ basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ ps2)
+ basic_machine=i386-ibm
+ ;;
+ pw32)
+ basic_machine=i586-unknown
+ os=-pw32
+ ;;
+ rdos)
+ basic_machine=i386-pc
+ os=-rdos
+ ;;
+ rom68k)
+ basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ rm[46]00)
+ basic_machine=mips-siemens
+ ;;
+ rtpc | rtpc-*)
+ basic_machine=romp-ibm
+ ;;
+ s390 | s390-*)
+ basic_machine=s390-ibm
+ ;;
+ s390x | s390x-*)
+ basic_machine=s390x-ibm
+ ;;
+ sa29200)
+ basic_machine=a29k-amd
+ os=-udi
+ ;;
+ sb1)
+ basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown
+ ;;
+ sb1el)
+ basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown
+ ;;
+ sde)
+ basic_machine=mipsisa32-sde
+ os=-elf
+ ;;
+ sei)
+ basic_machine=mips-sei
+ os=-seiux
+ ;;
+ sequent)
+ basic_machine=i386-sequent
+ ;;
+ sh)
+ basic_machine=sh-hitachi
+ os=-hms
+ ;;
+ sh5el)
+ basic_machine=sh5le-unknown
+ ;;
+ sh64)
+ basic_machine=sh64-unknown
+ ;;
+ sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs)
+ basic_machine=sparclite-wrs
+ os=-vxworks
+ ;;
+ sps7)
+ basic_machine=m68k-bull
+ os=-sysv2
+ ;;
+ spur)
+ basic_machine=spur-unknown
+ ;;
+ st2000)
+ basic_machine=m68k-tandem
+ ;;
+ stratus)
+ basic_machine=i860-stratus
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ sun2)
+ basic_machine=m68000-sun
+ ;;
+ sun2os3)
+ basic_machine=m68000-sun
+ os=-sunos3
+ ;;
+ sun2os4)
+ basic_machine=m68000-sun
+ os=-sunos4
+ ;;
+ sun3os3)
+ basic_machine=m68k-sun
+ os=-sunos3
+ ;;
+ sun3os4)
+ basic_machine=m68k-sun
+ os=-sunos4
+ ;;
+ sun4os3)
+ basic_machine=sparc-sun
+ os=-sunos3
+ ;;
+ sun4os4)
+ basic_machine=sparc-sun
+ os=-sunos4
+ ;;
+ sun4sol2)
+ basic_machine=sparc-sun
+ os=-solaris2
+ ;;
+ sun3 | sun3-*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-sun
+ ;;
+ sun4)
+ basic_machine=sparc-sun
+ ;;
+ sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
+ basic_machine=i386-sun
+ ;;
+ sv1)
+ basic_machine=sv1-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
+ symmetry)
+ basic_machine=i386-sequent
+ os=-dynix
+ ;;
+ t3e)
+ basic_machine=alphaev5-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
+ t90)
+ basic_machine=t90-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
+ tic54x | c54x*)
+ basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ tic55x | c55x*)
+ basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ tic6x | c6x*)
+ basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ tile*)
+ basic_machine=tile-unknown
+ os=-linux-gnu
+ ;;
+ tx39)
+ basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown
+ ;;
+ tx39el)
+ basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown
+ ;;
+ toad1)
+ basic_machine=pdp10-xkl
+ os=-tops20
+ ;;
+ tower | tower-32)
+ basic_machine=m68k-ncr
+ ;;
+ tpf)
+ basic_machine=s390x-ibm
+ os=-tpf
+ ;;
+ udi29k)
+ basic_machine=a29k-amd
+ os=-udi
+ ;;
+ ultra3)
+ basic_machine=a29k-nyu
+ os=-sym1
+ ;;
+ v810 | necv810)
+ basic_machine=v810-nec
+ os=-none
+ ;;
+ vaxv)
+ basic_machine=vax-dec
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ vms)
+ basic_machine=vax-dec
+ os=-vms
+ ;;
+ vpp*|vx|vx-*)
+ basic_machine=f301-fujitsu
+ ;;
+ vxworks960)
+ basic_machine=i960-wrs
+ os=-vxworks
+ ;;
+ vxworks68)
+ basic_machine=m68k-wrs
+ os=-vxworks
+ ;;
+ vxworks29k)
+ basic_machine=a29k-wrs
+ os=-vxworks
+ ;;
+ w65*)
+ basic_machine=w65-wdc
+ os=-none
+ ;;
+ w89k-*)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
+ os=-proelf
+ ;;
+ xbox)
+ basic_machine=i686-pc
+ os=-mingw32
+ ;;
+ xps | xps100)
+ basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
+ ;;
+ ymp)
+ basic_machine=ymp-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
+ z8k-*-coff)
+ basic_machine=z8k-unknown
+ os=-sim
+ ;;
+ z80-*-coff)
+ basic_machine=z80-unknown
+ os=-sim
+ ;;
+ none)
+ basic_machine=none-none
+ os=-none
+ ;;
+
+# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in
+# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
+ w89k)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
+ ;;
+ op50n)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+ ;;
+ op60c)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+ ;;
+ romp)
+ basic_machine=romp-ibm
+ ;;
+ mmix)
+ basic_machine=mmix-knuth
+ ;;
+ rs6000)
+ basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
+ ;;
+ vax)
+ basic_machine=vax-dec
+ ;;
+ pdp10)
+ # there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet
+ basic_machine=pdp10-unknown
+ ;;
+ pdp11)
+ basic_machine=pdp11-dec
+ ;;
+ we32k)
+ basic_machine=we32k-att
+ ;;
+ sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
+ basic_machine=sh-unknown
+ ;;
+ sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v)
+ basic_machine=sparc-sun
+ ;;
+ cydra)
+ basic_machine=cydra-cydrome
+ ;;
+ orion)
+ basic_machine=orion-highlevel
+ ;;
+ orion105)
+ basic_machine=clipper-highlevel
+ ;;
+ mac | mpw | mac-mpw)
+ basic_machine=m68k-apple
+ ;;
+ pmac | pmac-mpw)
+ basic_machine=powerpc-apple
+ ;;
+ *-unknown)
+ # Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers.
+case $basic_machine in
+ *-digital*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'`
+ ;;
+ *-commodore*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'`
+ ;;
+ *)
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems.
+
+if [ x"$os" != x"" ]
+then
+case $os in
+ # First match some system type aliases
+ # that might get confused with valid system types.
+ # -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
+ -solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
+ ;;
+ -solaris)
+ os=-solaris2
+ ;;
+ -svr4*)
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ -unixware*)
+ os=-sysv4.2uw
+ ;;
+ -gnu/linux*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'`
+ ;;
+ # First accept the basic system types.
+ # The portable systems comes first.
+ # Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number.
+ # -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
+ -gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
+ | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
+ | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \
+ | -kopensolaris* \
+ | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \
+ | -aos* | -aros* \
+ | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
+ | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
+ | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \
+ | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \
+ | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \
+ | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
+ | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
+ | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
+ | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \
+ | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
+ | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \
+ | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
+ | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
+ | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \
+ | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \
+ | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \
+ | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \
+ | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \
+ | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops*)
+ # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
+ ;;
+ -qnx*)
+ case $basic_machine in
+ x86-* | i*86-*)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=-nto$os
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ -nto-qnx*)
+ ;;
+ -nto*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'`
+ ;;
+ -sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \
+ | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* | -haiku* \
+ | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*)
+ ;;
+ -mac*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'`
+ ;;
+ -linux-dietlibc)
+ os=-linux-dietlibc
+ ;;
+ -linux*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'`
+ ;;
+ -sunos5*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'`
+ ;;
+ -sunos6*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
+ ;;
+ -opened*)
+ os=-openedition
+ ;;
+ -os400*)
+ os=-os400
+ ;;
+ -wince*)
+ os=-wince
+ ;;
+ -osfrose*)
+ os=-osfrose
+ ;;
+ -osf*)
+ os=-osf
+ ;;
+ -utek*)
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ -dynix*)
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ -acis*)
+ os=-aos
+ ;;
+ -atheos*)
+ os=-atheos
+ ;;
+ -syllable*)
+ os=-syllable
+ ;;
+ -386bsd)
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ -ctix* | -uts*)
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ -nova*)
+ os=-rtmk-nova
+ ;;
+ -ns2 )
+ os=-nextstep2
+ ;;
+ -nsk*)
+ os=-nsk
+ ;;
+ # Preserve the version number of sinix5.
+ -sinix5.*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'`
+ ;;
+ -sinix*)
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ -tpf*)
+ os=-tpf
+ ;;
+ -triton*)
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ -oss*)
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ -svr4)
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ -svr3)
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ -sysvr4)
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ # This must come after -sysvr4.
+ -sysv*)
+ ;;
+ -ose*)
+ os=-ose
+ ;;
+ -es1800*)
+ os=-ose
+ ;;
+ -xenix)
+ os=-xenix
+ ;;
+ -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
+ os=-mint
+ ;;
+ -aros*)
+ os=-aros
+ ;;
+ -kaos*)
+ os=-kaos
+ ;;
+ -zvmoe)
+ os=-zvmoe
+ ;;
+ -dicos*)
+ os=-dicos
+ ;;
+ -none)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os.
+ os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'`
+ echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+else
+
+# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines.
+# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their
+# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine.
+
+# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say,
+# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top
+# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system. Otherwise, code above
+# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating
+# system, and we'll never get to this point.
+
+case $basic_machine in
+ score-*)
+ os=-elf
+ ;;
+ spu-*)
+ os=-elf
+ ;;
+ *-acorn)
+ os=-riscix1.2
+ ;;
+ arm*-rebel)
+ os=-linux
+ ;;
+ arm*-semi)
+ os=-aout
+ ;;
+ c4x-* | tic4x-*)
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ # This must come before the *-dec entry.
+ pdp10-*)
+ os=-tops20
+ ;;
+ pdp11-*)
+ os=-none
+ ;;
+ *-dec | vax-*)
+ os=-ultrix4.2
+ ;;
+ m68*-apollo)
+ os=-domain
+ ;;
+ i386-sun)
+ os=-sunos4.0.2
+ ;;
+ m68000-sun)
+ os=-sunos3
+ # This also exists in the configure program, but was not the
+ # default.
+ # os=-sunos4
+ ;;
+ m68*-cisco)
+ os=-aout
+ ;;
+ mep-*)
+ os=-elf
+ ;;
+ mips*-cisco)
+ os=-elf
+ ;;
+ mips*-*)
+ os=-elf
+ ;;
+ or32-*)
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ *-tti) # must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os.
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ sparc-* | *-sun)
+ os=-sunos4.1.1
+ ;;
+ *-be)
+ os=-beos
+ ;;
+ *-haiku)
+ os=-haiku
+ ;;
+ *-ibm)
+ os=-aix
+ ;;
+ *-knuth)
+ os=-mmixware
+ ;;
+ *-wec)
+ os=-proelf
+ ;;
+ *-winbond)
+ os=-proelf
+ ;;
+ *-oki)
+ os=-proelf
+ ;;
+ *-hp)
+ os=-hpux
+ ;;
+ *-hitachi)
+ os=-hiux
+ ;;
+ i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent)
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ *-cbm)
+ os=-amigaos
+ ;;
+ *-dg)
+ os=-dgux
+ ;;
+ *-dolphin)
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ m68k-ccur)
+ os=-rtu
+ ;;
+ m88k-omron*)
+ os=-luna
+ ;;
+ *-next )
+ os=-nextstep
+ ;;
+ *-sequent)
+ os=-ptx
+ ;;
+ *-crds)
+ os=-unos
+ ;;
+ *-ns)
+ os=-genix
+ ;;
+ i370-*)
+ os=-mvs
+ ;;
+ *-next)
+ os=-nextstep3
+ ;;
+ *-gould)
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ *-highlevel)
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ *-encore)
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ *-sgi)
+ os=-irix
+ ;;
+ *-siemens)
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ *-masscomp)
+ os=-rtu
+ ;;
+ f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu)
+ os=-uxpv
+ ;;
+ *-rom68k)
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ *-*bug)
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ *-apple)
+ os=-macos
+ ;;
+ *-atari*)
+ os=-mint
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=-none
+ ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the
+# manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer.
+vendor=unknown
+case $basic_machine in
+ *-unknown)
+ case $os in
+ -riscix*)
+ vendor=acorn
+ ;;
+ -sunos*)
+ vendor=sun
+ ;;
+ -aix*)
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ -beos*)
+ vendor=be
+ ;;
+ -hpux*)
+ vendor=hp
+ ;;
+ -mpeix*)
+ vendor=hp
+ ;;
+ -hiux*)
+ vendor=hitachi
+ ;;
+ -unos*)
+ vendor=crds
+ ;;
+ -dgux*)
+ vendor=dg
+ ;;
+ -luna*)
+ vendor=omron
+ ;;
+ -genix*)
+ vendor=ns
+ ;;
+ -mvs* | -opened*)
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ -os400*)
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ -ptx*)
+ vendor=sequent
+ ;;
+ -tpf*)
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*)
+ vendor=wrs
+ ;;
+ -aux*)
+ vendor=apple
+ ;;
+ -hms*)
+ vendor=hitachi
+ ;;
+ -mpw* | -macos*)
+ vendor=apple
+ ;;
+ -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
+ vendor=atari
+ ;;
+ -vos*)
+ vendor=stratus
+ ;;
+ esac
+ basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"`
+ ;;
+esac
+
+echo $basic_machine$os
+exit
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+# time-stamp-end: "'"
+# End:
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68 for InputProto 2.2.
+#
+# Report bugs to <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg>.
+#
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
+# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+## -------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+# Be more Bourne compatible
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+ emulate sh
+ NULLCMD=:
+ # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+ # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
+ alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+ setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+ case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #(
+ *posix*) :
+ set -o posix ;; #(
+ *) :
+ ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+
+as_nl='
+'
+export as_nl
+# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
+as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris,
+# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh.
+if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \
+ && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+ as_echo='print -r --'
+ as_echo_n='print -rn --'
+elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+ as_echo='printf %s\n'
+ as_echo_n='printf %s'
+else
+ if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
+ as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
+ as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
+ else
+ as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"'
+ as_echo_n_body='eval
+ arg=$1;
+ case $arg in #(
+ *"$as_nl"*)
+ expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl";
+ arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;;
+ esac;
+ expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
+ '
+ export as_echo_n_body
+ as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
+ fi
+ export as_echo_body
+ as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
+fi
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+ PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+ (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
+ (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+ PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+ }
+fi
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is
+# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
+# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
+# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
+IFS=" "" $as_nl"
+
+# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
+as_myself=
+case $0 in #((
+ *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+ *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+ done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+ ;;
+esac
+# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+ as_myself=$0
+fi
+if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+ $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in
+# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1"
+# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could
+# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14.
+for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \
+ && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || :
+done
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+LANGUAGE=C
+export LANGUAGE
+
+# CDPATH.
+(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+
+if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then
+ as_bourne_compatible="if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+ emulate sh
+ NULLCMD=:
+ # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which
+ # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
+ alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"'
+ setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+ case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in #(
+ *posix*) :
+ set -o posix ;; #(
+ *) :
+ ;;
+esac
+fi
+"
+ as_required="as_fn_return () { (exit \$1); }
+as_fn_success () { as_fn_return 0; }
+as_fn_failure () { as_fn_return 1; }
+as_fn_ret_success () { return 0; }
+as_fn_ret_failure () { return 1; }
+
+exitcode=0
+as_fn_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_success failed.; }
+as_fn_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_failure succeeded.; }
+as_fn_ret_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_success failed.; }
+as_fn_ret_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_failure succeeded.; }
+if ( set x; as_fn_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then :
+
+else
+ exitcode=1; echo positional parameters were not saved.
+fi
+test x\$exitcode = x0 || exit 1"
+ as_suggested=" as_lineno_1=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_1a=\$LINENO
+ as_lineno_2=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_2a=\$LINENO
+ eval 'test \"x\$as_lineno_1'\$as_run'\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\" &&
+ test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1'\$as_run' + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\"' || exit 1
+test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2 || exit 1"
+ if (eval "$as_required") 2>/dev/null; then :
+ as_have_required=yes
+else
+ as_have_required=no
+fi
+ if test x$as_have_required = xyes && (eval "$as_suggested") 2>/dev/null; then :
+
+else
+ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+as_found=false
+for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ as_found=:
+ case $as_dir in #(
+ /*)
+ for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
+ # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks.
+ as_shell=$as_dir/$as_base
+ if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } &&
+ { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
+ CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell as_have_required=yes
+ if { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_suggested" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
+ break 2
+fi
+fi
+ done;;
+ esac
+ as_found=false
+done
+$as_found || { if { test -f "$SHELL" || test -f "$SHELL.exe"; } &&
+ { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$SHELL"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
+ CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL as_have_required=yes
+fi; }
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+
+ if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then :
+ # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a
+ # neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also
+ # works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables.
+ # Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell.
+ BASH_ENV=/dev/null
+ ENV=/dev/null
+ (unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV
+ export CONFIG_SHELL
+ case $- in # ((((
+ *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;;
+ *v* ) as_opts=-v ;;
+ *x* ) as_opts=-x ;;
+ * ) as_opts= ;;
+ esac
+ exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"}
+fi
+
+ if test x$as_have_required = xno; then :
+ $as_echo "$0: This script requires a shell more modern than all"
+ $as_echo "$0: the shells that I found on your system."
+ if test x${ZSH_VERSION+set} = xset ; then
+ $as_echo "$0: In particular, zsh $ZSH_VERSION has bugs and should"
+ $as_echo "$0: be upgraded to zsh 4.3.4 or later."
+ else
+ $as_echo "$0: Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org and
+$0: https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg
+$0: about your system, including any error possibly output
+$0: before this message. Then install a modern shell, or
+$0: manually run the script under such a shell if you do
+$0: have one."
+ fi
+ exit 1
+fi
+fi
+fi
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+export SHELL
+# Unset more variables known to interfere with behavior of common tools.
+CLICOLOR_FORCE= GREP_OPTIONS=
+unset CLICOLOR_FORCE GREP_OPTIONS
+
+## --------------------- ##
+## M4sh Shell Functions. ##
+## --------------------- ##
+# as_fn_unset VAR
+# ---------------
+# Portably unset VAR.
+as_fn_unset ()
+{
+ { eval $1=; unset $1;}
+}
+as_unset=as_fn_unset
+
+# as_fn_set_status STATUS
+# -----------------------
+# Set $? to STATUS, without forking.
+as_fn_set_status ()
+{
+ return $1
+} # as_fn_set_status
+
+# as_fn_exit STATUS
+# -----------------
+# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context.
+as_fn_exit ()
+{
+ set +e
+ as_fn_set_status $1
+ exit $1
+} # as_fn_exit
+
+# as_fn_mkdir_p
+# -------------
+# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary.
+as_fn_mkdir_p ()
+{
+
+ case $as_dir in #(
+ -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;;
+ esac
+ test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || {
+ as_dirs=
+ while :; do
+ case $as_dir in #(
+ *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'(
+ *) as_qdir=$as_dir;;
+ esac
+ as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs"
+ as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" ||
+$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$as_dir" |
+ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\).*/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ s/.*/./; q'`
+ test -d "$as_dir" && break
+ done
+ test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs"
+ } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir"
+
+
+} # as_fn_mkdir_p
+# as_fn_append VAR VALUE
+# ----------------------
+# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take
+# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over
+# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive
+# implementations.
+if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then :
+ eval 'as_fn_append ()
+ {
+ eval $1+=\$2
+ }'
+else
+ as_fn_append ()
+ {
+ eval $1=\$$1\$2
+ }
+fi # as_fn_append
+
+# as_fn_arith ARG...
+# ------------------
+# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the
+# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments
+# must be portable across $(()) and expr.
+if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then :
+ eval 'as_fn_arith ()
+ {
+ as_val=$(( $* ))
+ }'
+else
+ as_fn_arith ()
+ {
+ as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1`
+ }
+fi # as_fn_arith
+
+
+# as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD]
+# ----------------------------------------
+# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are
+# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the
+# script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0.
+as_fn_error ()
+{
+ as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1
+ if test "$4"; then
+ as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4
+ fi
+ $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2
+ as_fn_exit $as_status
+} # as_fn_error
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
+ as_expr=expr
+else
+ as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+ as_basename=basename
+else
+ as_basename=false
+fi
+
+if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ as_dirname=dirname
+else
+ as_dirname=false
+fi
+
+as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
+ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X/"$0" |
+ sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\/\(\/\).*/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ s/.*/./; q'`
+
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+
+ as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_1a=$LINENO
+ as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_2a=$LINENO
+ eval 'test "x$as_lineno_1'$as_run'" != "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'" &&
+ test "x`expr $as_lineno_1'$as_run' + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'"' || {
+ # Blame Lee E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax. :-)
+ sed -n '
+ p
+ /[$]LINENO/=
+ ' <$as_myself |
+ sed '
+ s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/
+ t lineno
+ b
+ :lineno
+ N
+ :loop
+ s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/
+ t loop
+ s/-\n.*//
+ ' >$as_me.lineno &&
+ chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" ||
+ { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2; as_fn_exit 1; }
+
+ # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
+ # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
+ # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this).
+ . "./$as_me.lineno"
+ # Exit status is that of the last command.
+ exit
+}
+
+ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=
+case `echo -n x` in #(((((
+-n*)
+ case `echo 'xy\c'` in
+ *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character.
+ xy) ECHO_C='\c';;
+ *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null
+ ECHO_T=' ';;
+ esac;;
+*)
+ ECHO_N='-n';;
+esac
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+if test -d conf$$.dir; then
+ rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
+else
+ rm -f conf$$.dir
+ mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+fi
+if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
+ if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+ as_ln_s='ln -s'
+ # ... but there are two gotchas:
+ # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
+ # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
+ # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'.
+ ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||
+ as_ln_s='cp -p'
+ elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+ as_ln_s=ln
+ else
+ as_ln_s='cp -p'
+ fi
+else
+ as_ln_s='cp -p'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
+rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+ as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"'
+else
+ test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+ as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ as_test_x='test -x'
+else
+ if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ as_ls_L_option=L
+ else
+ as_ls_L_option=
+ fi
+ as_test_x='
+ eval sh -c '\''
+ if test -d "$1"; then
+ test -d "$1/.";
+ else
+ case $1 in #(
+ -*)set "./$1";;
+ esac;
+ case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in #((
+ ???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi
+ '\'' sh
+ '
+fi
+as_executable_p=$as_test_x
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+as_awk_strverscmp='
+ # Use only awk features that work with 7th edition Unix awk (1978).
+ # My, what an old awk you have, Mr. Solaris!
+ END {
+ while (length(v1) && length(v2)) {
+ # Set d1 to be the next thing to compare from v1, and likewise for d2.
+ # Normally this is a single character, but if v1 and v2 contain digits,
+ # compare them as integers and fractions as strverscmp does.
+ if (v1 ~ /^[0-9]/ && v2 ~ /^[0-9]/) {
+ # Split v1 and v2 into their leading digit string components d1 and d2,
+ # and advance v1 and v2 past the leading digit strings.
+ for (len1 = 1; substr(v1, len1 + 1) ~ /^[0-9]/; len1++) continue
+ for (len2 = 1; substr(v2, len2 + 1) ~ /^[0-9]/; len2++) continue
+ d1 = substr(v1, 1, len1); v1 = substr(v1, len1 + 1)
+ d2 = substr(v2, 1, len2); v2 = substr(v2, len2 + 1)
+ if (d1 ~ /^0/) {
+ if (d2 ~ /^0/) {
+ # Compare two fractions.
+ while (d1 ~ /^0/ && d2 ~ /^0/) {
+ d1 = substr(d1, 2); len1--
+ d2 = substr(d2, 2); len2--
+ }
+ if (len1 != len2 && ! (len1 && len2 && substr(d1, 1, 1) == substr(d2, 1, 1))) {
+ # The two components differ in length, and the common prefix
+ # contains only leading zeros. Consider the longer to be less.
+ d1 = -len1
+ d2 = -len2
+ } else {
+ # Otherwise, compare as strings.
+ d1 = "x" d1
+ d2 = "x" d2
+ }
+ } else {
+ # A fraction is less than an integer.
+ exit 1
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (d2 ~ /^0/) {
+ # An integer is greater than a fraction.
+ exit 2
+ } else {
+ # Compare two integers.
+ d1 += 0
+ d2 += 0
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ # The normal case, without worrying about digits.
+ d1 = substr(v1, 1, 1); v1 = substr(v1, 2)
+ d2 = substr(v2, 1, 1); v2 = substr(v2, 2)
+ }
+ if (d1 < d2) exit 1
+ if (d1 > d2) exit 2
+ }
+ # Beware Solaris /usr/xgp4/bin/awk (at least through Solaris 10),
+ # which mishandles some comparisons of empty strings to integers.
+ if (length(v2)) exit 1
+ if (length(v1)) exit 2
+ }
+'
+
+test -n "$DJDIR" || exec 7<&0 </dev/null
+exec 6>&1
+
+# Name of the host.
+# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, old GNU/Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
+# so uname gets run too.
+ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+
+#
+# Initializations.
+#
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+ac_clean_files=
+ac_config_libobj_dir=.
+LIBOBJS=
+cross_compiling=no
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS=
+MAKEFLAGS=
+
+# Identity of this package.
+PACKAGE_NAME='InputProto'
+PACKAGE_TARNAME='inputproto'
+PACKAGE_VERSION='2.2'
+PACKAGE_STRING='InputProto 2.2'
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg'
+PACKAGE_URL=''
+
+# Factoring default headers for most tests.
+ac_includes_default="\
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+# if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H
+# include <memory.h>
+# endif
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif"
+
+ac_subst_vars='am__EXEEXT_FALSE
+am__EXEEXT_TRUE
+LTLIBOBJS
+LIBOBJS
+HAVE_ASCIIDOC_FALSE
+HAVE_ASCIIDOC_TRUE
+ASCIIDOC
+ENABLE_SPECS_FALSE
+ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE
+AM_BACKSLASH
+AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY
+MAN_SUBSTS
+XORG_MAN_PAGE
+ADMIN_MAN_DIR
+DRIVER_MAN_DIR
+MISC_MAN_DIR
+FILE_MAN_DIR
+LIB_MAN_DIR
+APP_MAN_DIR
+ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX
+DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX
+MISC_MAN_SUFFIX
+FILE_MAN_SUFFIX
+LIB_MAN_SUFFIX
+APP_MAN_SUFFIX
+SED
+host_os
+host_vendor
+host_cpu
+host
+build_os
+build_vendor
+build_cpu
+build
+INSTALL_CMD
+PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR
+PKG_CONFIG_PATH
+PKG_CONFIG
+CHANGELOG_CMD
+STRICT_CFLAGS
+CWARNFLAGS
+EGREP
+GREP
+CPP
+am__fastdepCC_FALSE
+am__fastdepCC_TRUE
+CCDEPMODE
+AMDEPBACKSLASH
+AMDEP_FALSE
+AMDEP_TRUE
+am__quote
+am__include
+DEPDIR
+OBJEXT
+EXEEXT
+ac_ct_CC
+CPPFLAGS
+LDFLAGS
+CFLAGS
+CC
+MAINT
+MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE
+MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE
+am__untar
+am__tar
+AMTAR
+am__leading_dot
+SET_MAKE
+AWK
+mkdir_p
+MKDIR_P
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM
+STRIP
+install_sh
+MAKEINFO
+AUTOHEADER
+AUTOMAKE
+AUTOCONF
+ACLOCAL
+VERSION
+PACKAGE
+CYGPATH_W
+am__isrc
+INSTALL_DATA
+INSTALL_SCRIPT
+INSTALL_PROGRAM
+target_alias
+host_alias
+build_alias
+LIBS
+ECHO_T
+ECHO_N
+ECHO_C
+DEFS
+mandir
+localedir
+libdir
+psdir
+pdfdir
+dvidir
+htmldir
+infodir
+docdir
+oldincludedir
+includedir
+localstatedir
+sharedstatedir
+sysconfdir
+datadir
+datarootdir
+libexecdir
+sbindir
+bindir
+program_transform_name
+prefix
+exec_prefix
+PACKAGE_URL
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
+PACKAGE_STRING
+PACKAGE_VERSION
+PACKAGE_TARNAME
+PACKAGE_NAME
+PATH_SEPARATOR
+SHELL'
+ac_subst_files=''
+ac_user_opts='
+enable_option_checking
+enable_maintainer_mode
+enable_dependency_tracking
+enable_strict_compilation
+enable_silent_rules
+enable_specs
+with_asciidoc
+'
+ ac_precious_vars='build_alias
+host_alias
+target_alias
+CC
+CFLAGS
+LDFLAGS
+LIBS
+CPPFLAGS
+CPP
+PKG_CONFIG
+PKG_CONFIG_PATH
+PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR
+ASCIIDOC'
+
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+ac_init_help=
+ac_init_version=false
+ac_unrecognized_opts=
+ac_unrecognized_sep=
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+cache_file=/dev/null
+exec_prefix=NONE
+no_create=
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+
+# Installation directory options.
+# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
+# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
+# by default will actually change.
+# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.
+# (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.)
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datarootdir='${prefix}/share'
+datadir='${datarootdir}'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}'
+infodir='${datarootdir}/info'
+htmldir='${docdir}'
+dvidir='${docdir}'
+pdfdir='${docdir}'
+psdir='${docdir}'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+localedir='${datarootdir}/locale'
+mandir='${datarootdir}/man'
+
+ac_prev=
+ac_dashdash=
+for ac_option
+do
+ # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+ if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+ eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option
+ ac_prev=
+ continue
+ fi
+
+ case $ac_option in
+ *=?*) ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;;
+ *=) ac_optarg= ;;
+ *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+ case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in
+ --)
+ ac_dashdash=yes ;;
+
+ -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+ ac_prev=bindir ;;
+ -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+ bindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+ ac_prev=build_alias ;;
+ -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+ build_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+ | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+ ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+ -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+ | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+ cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ --config-cache | -C)
+ cache_file=config.cache ;;
+
+ -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad)
+ ac_prev=datadir ;;
+ -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*)
+ datadir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \
+ | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar)
+ ac_prev=datarootdir ;;
+ -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \
+ | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*)
+ datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -disable-* | --disable-*)
+ ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+ as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt"
+ ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+ ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+ case $ac_user_opts in
+ *"
+"enable_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+ *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig"
+ ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+ esac
+ eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;;
+
+ -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do)
+ ac_prev=docdir ;;
+ -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*)
+ docdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv)
+ ac_prev=dvidir ;;
+ -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*)
+ dvidir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -enable-* | --enable-*)
+ ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+ as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt"
+ ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+ ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+ case $ac_user_opts in
+ *"
+"enable_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+ *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig"
+ ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+ esac
+ eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+ | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+ | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+ ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+ -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+ | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+ | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+ exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+ # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+ with_gas=yes ;;
+
+ -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h)
+ ac_init_help=long ;;
+ -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*)
+ ac_init_help=recursive ;;
+ -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*)
+ ac_init_help=short ;;
+
+ -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+ ac_prev=host_alias ;;
+ -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+ host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht)
+ ac_prev=htmldir ;;
+ -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \
+ | --ht=*)
+ htmldir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+ | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+ ac_prev=includedir ;;
+ -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+ | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+ includedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+ ac_prev=infodir ;;
+ -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+ infodir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+ ac_prev=libdir ;;
+ -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+ libdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+ | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+ ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+ -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+ | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+ libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale)
+ ac_prev=localedir ;;
+ -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*)
+ localedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+ | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals)
+ ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+ -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+ | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*)
+ localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+ ac_prev=mandir ;;
+ -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+ mandir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+ # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+ with_fp=no ;;
+
+ -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+ | --no-cr | --no-c | -n)
+ no_create=yes ;;
+
+ -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+ | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+ no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+ -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+ | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+ | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+ ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+ -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+ | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+ | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+ oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+ ac_prev=prefix ;;
+ -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+ prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+ | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+ ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+ -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+ | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+ program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+ | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+ ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+ -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+ | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+ program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+ | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+ | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+ | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+ | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+ | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+ | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+ ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+ -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+ | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+ | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+ | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+ | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+ | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+ | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+ program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd)
+ ac_prev=pdfdir ;;
+ -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*)
+ pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps)
+ ac_prev=psdir ;;
+ -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*)
+ psdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+ silent=yes ;;
+
+ -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+ ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+ -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+ | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+ sbindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+ | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+ | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+ | --sha | --sh)
+ ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+ -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+ | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+ | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+ | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+ sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -site | --site | --sit)
+ ac_prev=site ;;
+ -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+ site=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+ ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+ -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+ srcdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+ | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+ ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+ -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+ | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+ sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+ ac_prev=target_alias ;;
+ -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+ target_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+ verbose=yes ;;
+
+ -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
+ ac_init_version=: ;;
+
+ -with-* | --with-*)
+ ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+ as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt"
+ ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+ ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+ case $ac_user_opts in
+ *"
+"with_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+ *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig"
+ ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+ esac
+ eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -without-* | --without-*)
+ ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+ as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt"
+ ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+ ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+ case $ac_user_opts in
+ *"
+"with_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+ *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig"
+ ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+ esac
+ eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;;
+
+ --x)
+ # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+ with_x=yes ;;
+
+ -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+ | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+ ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+ -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+ | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+ x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+ | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+ ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+ -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+ | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+ x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$ac_option'
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+ ;;
+
+ *=*)
+ ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ case $ac_envvar in #(
+ '' | [0-9]* | *[!_$as_cr_alnum]* )
+ as_fn_error $? "invalid variable name: \`$ac_envvar'" ;;
+ esac
+ eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg
+ export $ac_envvar ;;
+
+ *)
+ # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
+ $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
+ expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+ $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
+ : "${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}"
+ ;;
+
+ esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+ ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
+ as_fn_error $? "missing argument to $ac_option"
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then
+ case $enable_option_checking in
+ no) ;;
+ fatal) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" ;;
+ *) $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;;
+ esac
+fi
+
+# Check all directory arguments for consistency.
+for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \
+ datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \
+ oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \
+ libdir localedir mandir
+do
+ eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+ # Remove trailing slashes.
+ case $ac_val in
+ */ )
+ ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'`
+ eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;;
+ esac
+ # Be sure to have absolute directory names.
+ case $ac_val in
+ [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) continue;;
+ NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;;
+ esac
+ as_fn_error $? "expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val"
+done
+
+# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
+# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+build=$build_alias
+host=$host_alias
+target=$target_alias
+
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
+ if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
+ cross_compiling=maybe
+ $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: if you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host.
+ If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used" >&2
+ elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
+ cross_compiling=yes
+ fi
+fi
+
+ac_tool_prefix=
+test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-
+
+test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null
+
+
+ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" &&
+ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` &&
+ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` ||
+ as_fn_error $? "working directory cannot be determined"
+test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" ||
+ as_fn_error $? "pwd does not report name of working directory"
+
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+ ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+ # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory.
+ ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" ||
+$as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$as_myself" |
+ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\).*/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ s/.*/./; q'`
+ srcdir=$ac_confdir
+ if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
+ srcdir=..
+ fi
+else
+ ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
+ test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .."
+ as_fn_error $? "cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir"
+fi
+ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work"
+ac_abs_confdir=`(
+ cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || as_fn_error $? "$ac_msg"
+ pwd)`
+# When building in place, set srcdir=.
+if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then
+ srcdir=.
+fi
+# Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir.
+# Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info
+# mess up M-x gdb in Emacs.
+case $srcdir in
+*/) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;;
+esac
+for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do
+ eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
+ eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
+ eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
+ eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
+done
+
+#
+# Report the --help message.
+#
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
+ # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+ # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+ cat <<_ACEOF
+\`configure' configures InputProto 2.2 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
+
+To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
+VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.
+
+Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
+
+Configuration:
+ -h, --help display this help and exit
+ --help=short display options specific to this package
+ --help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages
+ -V, --version display version information and exit
+ -q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking ...' messages
+ --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled]
+ -C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache'
+ -n, --no-create do not create output files
+ --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..']
+
+Installation directories:
+ --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+ [$ac_default_prefix]
+ --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+ [PREFIX]
+
+By default, \`make install' will install all the files in
+\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify
+an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix',
+for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'.
+
+For better control, use the options below.
+
+Fine tuning of the installation directories:
+ --bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
+ --sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
+ --libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]
+ --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
+ --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
+ --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
+ --libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
+ --includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include]
+ --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]
+ --datarootdir=DIR read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share]
+ --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR]
+ --infodir=DIR info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info]
+ --localedir=DIR locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale]
+ --mandir=DIR man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man]
+ --docdir=DIR documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/inputproto]
+ --htmldir=DIR html documentation [DOCDIR]
+ --dvidir=DIR dvi documentation [DOCDIR]
+ --pdfdir=DIR pdf documentation [DOCDIR]
+ --psdir=DIR ps documentation [DOCDIR]
+_ACEOF
+
+ cat <<\_ACEOF
+
+Program names:
+ --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
+ --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
+ --program-transform-name=PROGRAM run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
+
+System types:
+ --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [guessed]
+ --host=HOST cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD]
+_ACEOF
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
+ case $ac_init_help in
+ short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of InputProto 2.2:";;
+ esac
+ cat <<\_ACEOF
+
+Optional Features:
+ --disable-option-checking ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
+ --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+ --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+ --enable-maintainer-mode enable make rules and dependencies not useful
+ (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer
+ --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build
+ --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors
+ --enable-strict-compilation
+ Enable all warnings from compiler and make them
+ errors (default: disabled)
+ --enable-silent-rules less verbose build output (undo: `make V=1')
+ --disable-silent-rules verbose build output (undo: `make V=0')
+ --enable-specs Enable building the specs (default: yes)
+
+Optional Packages:
+ --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+ --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+ --with-asciidoc Use asciidoc to regenerate documentation (default:
+ auto)
+
+Some influential environment variables:
+ CC C compiler command
+ CFLAGS C compiler flags
+ LDFLAGS linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a
+ nonstandard directory <lib dir>
+ LIBS libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l<library>
+ CPPFLAGS (Objective) C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if
+ you have headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir>
+ CPP C preprocessor
+ PKG_CONFIG path to pkg-config utility
+ PKG_CONFIG_PATH
+ directories to add to pkg-config's search path
+ PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR
+ path overriding pkg-config's built-in search path
+ ASCIIDOC Path to asciidoc command
+
+Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help
+it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations.
+
+Report bugs to <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg>.
+_ACEOF
+ac_status=$?
+fi
+
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then
+ # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help.
+ for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue
+ test -d "$ac_dir" ||
+ { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } ||
+ continue
+ ac_builddir=.
+
+case "$ac_dir" in
+.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+*)
+ ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'`
+ # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+ ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
+ case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
+ "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+ *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
+ esac ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
+ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
+# for backward compatibility:
+ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix
+
+case $srcdir in
+ .) # We are building in place.
+ ac_srcdir=.
+ ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub
+ ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name.
+ ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+ ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
+ ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+ *) # Relative name.
+ ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+ ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir
+ ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+
+ cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; }
+ # Check for guested configure.
+ if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then
+ echo &&
+ $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive
+ elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then
+ echo &&
+ $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive
+ else
+ $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2
+ fi || ac_status=$?
+ cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
+ done
+fi
+
+test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
+if $ac_init_version; then
+ cat <<\_ACEOF
+InputProto configure 2.2
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68
+
+Copyright (C) 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+_ACEOF
+ exit
+fi
+
+## ------------------------ ##
+## Autoconf initialization. ##
+## ------------------------ ##
+
+# ac_fn_c_try_compile LINENO
+# --------------------------
+# Try to compile conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
+ac_fn_c_try_compile ()
+{
+ as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+ rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+ if { { ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+ (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.err
+ ac_status=$?
+ if test -s conftest.err; then
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.er1 >&5
+ mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
+ fi
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ test $ac_status = 0; } && {
+ test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+ test ! -s conftest.err
+ } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then :
+ ac_retval=0
+else
+ $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ ac_retval=1
+fi
+ eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+ as_fn_set_status $ac_retval
+
+} # ac_fn_c_try_compile
+
+# ac_fn_c_check_decl LINENO SYMBOL VAR INCLUDES
+# ---------------------------------------------
+# Tests whether SYMBOL is declared in INCLUDES, setting cache variable VAR
+# accordingly.
+ac_fn_c_check_decl ()
+{
+ as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+ as_decl_name=`echo $2|sed 's/ *(.*//'`
+ as_decl_use=`echo $2|sed -e 's/(/((/' -e 's/)/) 0&/' -e 's/,/) 0& (/g'`
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $as_decl_name is declared" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $as_decl_name is declared... " >&6; }
+if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+$4
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef $as_decl_name
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ (void) $as_decl_use;
+#else
+ (void) $as_decl_name;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+ eval "$3=yes"
+else
+ eval "$3=no"
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+eval ac_res=\$$3
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+ eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+
+} # ac_fn_c_check_decl
+
+# ac_fn_c_try_cpp LINENO
+# ----------------------
+# Try to preprocess conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
+ac_fn_c_try_cpp ()
+{
+ as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+ if { { ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+ (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.err
+ ac_status=$?
+ if test -s conftest.err; then
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.er1 >&5
+ mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
+ fi
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ test $ac_status = 0; } > conftest.i && {
+ test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+ test ! -s conftest.err
+ }; then :
+ ac_retval=0
+else
+ $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ ac_retval=1
+fi
+ eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+ as_fn_set_status $ac_retval
+
+} # ac_fn_c_try_cpp
+
+# ac_fn_c_try_run LINENO
+# ----------------------
+# Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. Assumes
+# that executables *can* be run.
+ac_fn_c_try_run ()
+{
+ as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+ if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+ (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ test $ac_status = 0; } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { { case "(($ac_try" in
+ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+ (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then :
+ ac_retval=0
+else
+ $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+ $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ ac_retval=$ac_status
+fi
+ rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo
+ eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+ as_fn_set_status $ac_retval
+
+} # ac_fn_c_try_run
+
+# ac_fn_c_check_header_compile LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES
+# -------------------------------------------------------
+# Tests whether HEADER exists and can be compiled using the include files in
+# INCLUDES, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly.
+ac_fn_c_check_header_compile ()
+{
+ as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
+if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+$4
+#include <$2>
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+ eval "$3=yes"
+else
+ eval "$3=no"
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+eval ac_res=\$$3
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+ eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+
+} # ac_fn_c_check_header_compile
+cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+
+It was created by InputProto $as_me 2.2, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68. Invocation command line was
+
+ $ $0 $@
+
+_ACEOF
+exec 5>>config.log
+{
+cat <<_ASUNAME
+## --------- ##
+## Platform. ##
+## --------- ##
+
+hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/hostinfo = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/bin/machine = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+_ASUNAME
+
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir"
+ done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+} >&5
+
+cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
+
+
+## ----------- ##
+## Core tests. ##
+## ----------- ##
+
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Keep a trace of the command line.
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
+# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
+# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
+ac_configure_args=
+ac_configure_args0=
+ac_configure_args1=
+ac_must_keep_next=false
+for ac_pass in 1 2
+do
+ for ac_arg
+ do
+ case $ac_arg in
+ -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
+ -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+ continue ;;
+ *\'*)
+ ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+ esac
+ case $ac_pass in
+ 1) as_fn_append ac_configure_args0 " '$ac_arg'" ;;
+ 2)
+ as_fn_append ac_configure_args1 " '$ac_arg'"
+ if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then
+ ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal.
+ else
+ case $ac_arg in
+ *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \
+ | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \
+ | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \
+ | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x)
+ case "$ac_configure_args0 " in
+ "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+done
+{ ac_configure_args0=; unset ac_configure_args0;}
+{ ac_configure_args1=; unset ac_configure_args1;}
+
+# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete
+# config.log. We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there
+# would cause problems or look ugly.
+# WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap.
+# WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug.
+trap 'exit_status=$?
+ # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging.
+ {
+ echo
+
+ $as_echo "## ---------------- ##
+## Cache variables. ##
+## ---------------- ##"
+ echo
+ # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+(
+ for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do
+ eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+ case $ac_val in #(
+ *${as_nl}*)
+ case $ac_var in #(
+ *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;;
+ esac
+ case $ac_var in #(
+ _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
+ BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
+ *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;;
+ esac ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ (set) 2>&1 |
+ case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #(
+ *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
+ sed -n \
+ "s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g;
+ s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p"
+ ;; #(
+ *)
+ sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
+ ;;
+ esac |
+ sort
+)
+ echo
+
+ $as_echo "## ----------------- ##
+## Output variables. ##
+## ----------------- ##"
+ echo
+ for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars
+ do
+ eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+ case $ac_val in
+ *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;;
+ esac
+ $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''"
+ done | sort
+ echo
+
+ if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then
+ $as_echo "## ------------------- ##
+## File substitutions. ##
+## ------------------- ##"
+ echo
+ for ac_var in $ac_subst_files
+ do
+ eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+ case $ac_val in
+ *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;;
+ esac
+ $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''"
+ done | sort
+ echo
+ fi
+
+ if test -s confdefs.h; then
+ $as_echo "## ----------- ##
+## confdefs.h. ##
+## ----------- ##"
+ echo
+ cat confdefs.h
+ echo
+ fi
+ test "$ac_signal" != 0 &&
+ $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal"
+ $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status"
+ } >&5
+ rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* &&
+ rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files &&
+ exit $exit_status
+' 0
+for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do
+ trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; as_fn_exit 1' $ac_signal
+done
+ac_signal=0
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h
+
+$as_echo "/* confdefs.h */" > confdefs.h
+
+# Predefined preprocessor variables.
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_URL "$PACKAGE_URL"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to.
+# Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+ac_site_file1=NONE
+ac_site_file2=NONE
+if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+ # We do not want a PATH search for config.site.
+ case $CONFIG_SITE in #((
+ -*) ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;;
+ */*) ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE;;
+ *) ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;;
+ esac
+elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+ ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site
+ ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site
+else
+ ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site
+ ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site
+fi
+for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2"
+do
+ test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue
+ if test /dev/null != "$ac_site_file" && test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;}
+ sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5
+ . "$ac_site_file" \
+ || { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "failed to load site script $ac_site_file
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+ fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+ # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special files
+ # actually), so we avoid doing that. DJGPP emulates it as a regular file.
+ if test /dev/null != "$cache_file" && test -f "$cache_file"; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+ case $cache_file in
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";;
+ *) . "./$cache_file";;
+ esac
+ fi
+else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+ >$cache_file
+fi
+
+# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same
+# value.
+ac_cache_corrupted=false
+for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do
+ eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set
+ eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set
+ eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value
+ eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value
+ case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in
+ set,)
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;}
+ ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+ ,set)
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;}
+ ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+ ,);;
+ *)
+ if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then
+ # differences in whitespace do not lead to failure.
+ ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val`
+ ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val`
+ if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;}
+ ac_cache_corrupted=:
+ else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;}
+ eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val
+ fi
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;}
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;}
+ fi;;
+ esac
+ # Pass precious variables to config.status.
+ if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then
+ case $ac_new_val in
+ *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+ *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;;
+ esac
+ case " $ac_configure_args " in
+ *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups. Use of quotes ensures accuracy.
+ *) as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+done
+if $ac_cache_corrupted; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;}
+ as_fn_error $? "run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+## -------------------- ##
+## Main body of script. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+am__api_version='1.11'
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in "$srcdir" "$srcdir/.." "$srcdir/../.."; do
+ if test -f "$ac_dir/install-sh"; then
+ ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+ ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+ break
+ elif test -f "$ac_dir/install.sh"; then
+ ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+ ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+ break
+ elif test -f "$ac_dir/shtool"; then
+ ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+ ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c"
+ break
+ fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+ as_fn_error $? "cannot find install-sh, install.sh, or shtool in \"$srcdir\" \"$srcdir/..\" \"$srcdir/../..\"" "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+
+# These three variables are undocumented and unsupported,
+# and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release.
+# They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory
+# whose full name contains unusual characters.
+ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess" # Please don't use this var.
+ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" # Please don't use this var.
+ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure" # Please don't use this var.
+
+
+# Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs
+# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+# Reject install programs that cannot install multiple files.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for a BSD-compatible install... " >&6; }
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if ${ac_cv_path_install+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+case $as_dir/ in #((
+ ./ | .// | /[cC]/* | \
+ /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \
+ ?:[\\/]os2[\\/]install[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]OS2[\\/]INSTALL[\\/]* | \
+ /usr/ucb/* ) ;;
+ *)
+ # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+ # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root
+ # by default.
+ for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if test $ac_prog = install &&
+ grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention.
+ :
+ elif test $ac_prog = install &&
+ grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use.
+ :
+ else
+ rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir
+ echo one > conftest.one
+ echo two > conftest.two
+ mkdir conftest.dir
+ if "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" -c conftest.one conftest.two "`pwd`/conftest.dir" &&
+ test -s conftest.one && test -s conftest.two &&
+ test -s conftest.dir/conftest.one &&
+ test -s conftest.dir/conftest.two
+ then
+ ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c"
+ break 3
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ done
+ ;;
+esac
+
+ done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir
+
+fi
+ if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+ INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install
+ else
+ # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a
+ # value for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+ # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+ # removed, or if the value is a relative name.
+ INSTALL=$ac_install_sh
+ fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $INSTALL" >&5
+$as_echo "$INSTALL" >&6; }
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether build environment is sane... " >&6; }
+# Just in case
+sleep 1
+echo timestamp > conftest.file
+# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory
+# name. Accept space and tab only in the latter.
+am_lf='
+'
+case `pwd` in
+ *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]*)
+ as_fn_error $? "unsafe absolute working directory name" "$LINENO" 5;;
+esac
+case $srcdir in
+ *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]*)
+ as_fn_error $? "unsafe srcdir value: \`$srcdir'" "$LINENO" 5;;
+esac
+
+# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
+# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
+# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
+# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
+# directory).
+if (
+ set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null`
+ if test "$*" = "X"; then
+ # -L didn't work.
+ set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file`
+ fi
+ rm -f conftest.file
+ if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \
+ && test "$*" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then
+
+ # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen
+ # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
+ # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually
+ # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane".
+ as_fn_error $? "ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken
+alias in your environment" "$LINENO" 5
+ fi
+
+ test "$2" = conftest.file
+ )
+then
+ # Ok.
+ :
+else
+ as_fn_error $? "newly created file is older than distributed files!
+Check your system clock" "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+test "$program_prefix" != NONE &&
+ program_transform_name="s&^&$program_prefix&;$program_transform_name"
+# Use a double $ so make ignores it.
+test "$program_suffix" != NONE &&
+ program_transform_name="s&\$&$program_suffix&;$program_transform_name"
+# Double any \ or $.
+# By default was `s,x,x', remove it if useless.
+ac_script='s/[\\$]/&&/g;s/;s,x,x,$//'
+program_transform_name=`$as_echo "$program_transform_name" | sed "$ac_script"`
+
+# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path
+am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`
+
+if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then
+ case $am_aux_dir in
+ *\ * | *\ *)
+ MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;;
+ *)
+ MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;;
+ esac
+fi
+# Use eval to expand $SHELL
+if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then
+ am_missing_run="$MISSING --run "
+else
+ am_missing_run=
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&2;}
+fi
+
+if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then
+ case $am_aux_dir in
+ *\ * | *\ *)
+ install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;;
+ *)
+ install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh"
+ esac
+fi
+
+# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user
+# run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right
+# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake
+# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program.
+if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then
+ if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+ # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$STRIP"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip"
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+ done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP
+if test -n "$STRIP"; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $STRIP" >&5
+$as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; }
+else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then
+ ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP
+ # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy strip; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip"
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+ done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP
+if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; }
+else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+ if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then
+ STRIP=":"
+ else
+ case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+ STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP
+ fi
+else
+ STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"
+fi
+
+fi
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s"
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p... " >&6; }
+if test -z "$MKDIR_P"; then
+ if ${ac_cv_path_mkdir+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/opt/sfw/bin
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_prog in mkdir gmkdir; do
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; } || continue
+ case `"$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" --version 2>&1` in #(
+ 'mkdir (GNU coreutils) '* | \
+ 'mkdir (coreutils) '* | \
+ 'mkdir (fileutils) '4.1*)
+ ac_cv_path_mkdir=$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext
+ break 3;;
+ esac
+ done
+ done
+ done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+
+ test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version
+ if test "${ac_cv_path_mkdir+set}" = set; then
+ MKDIR_P="$ac_cv_path_mkdir -p"
+ else
+ # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a
+ # value for MKDIR_P within a source directory, because that will
+ # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+ # removed, or if the value is a relative name.
+ MKDIR_P="$ac_install_sh -d"
+ fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MKDIR_P" >&5
+$as_echo "$MKDIR_P" >&6; }
+
+mkdir_p="$MKDIR_P"
+case $mkdir_p in
+ [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]*) ;;
+ */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;;
+esac
+
+for ac_prog in gawk mawk nawk awk
+do
+ # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_AWK+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$AWK"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog"
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+ done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+AWK=$ac_cv_prog_AWK
+if test -n "$AWK"; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AWK" >&5
+$as_echo "$AWK" >&6; }
+else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+ test -n "$AWK" && break
+done
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... " >&6; }
+set x ${MAKE-make}
+ac_make=`$as_echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'`
+if eval \${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+all:
+ @echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%'
+_ACEOF
+# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us.
+case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in
+ *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*)
+ eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;;
+ *)
+ eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;;
+esac
+rm -f conftest.make
+fi
+if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+ SET_MAKE=
+else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+ SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}"
+fi
+
+rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null
+mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+if test -d .tst; then
+ am__leading_dot=.
+else
+ am__leading_dot=_
+fi
+rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+
+if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then
+ # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output
+ # is not polluted with repeated "-I."
+ am__isrc=' -I$(srcdir)'
+ # test to see if srcdir already configured
+ if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
+ as_fn_error $? "source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" "$LINENO" 5
+ fi
+fi
+
+# test whether we have cygpath
+if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then
+ if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+ CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w'
+ else
+ CYGPATH_W=echo
+ fi
+fi
+
+
+# Define the identity of the package.
+ PACKAGE='inputproto'
+ VERSION='2.2'
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE "$PACKAGE"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define VERSION "$VERSION"
+_ACEOF
+
+# Some tools Automake needs.
+
+ACLOCAL=${ACLOCAL-"${am_missing_run}aclocal-${am__api_version}"}
+
+
+AUTOCONF=${AUTOCONF-"${am_missing_run}autoconf"}
+
+
+AUTOMAKE=${AUTOMAKE-"${am_missing_run}automake-${am__api_version}"}
+
+
+AUTOHEADER=${AUTOHEADER-"${am_missing_run}autoheader"}
+
+
+MAKEINFO=${MAKEINFO-"${am_missing_run}makeinfo"}
+
+# We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on
+# some platforms.
+# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility.
+
+AMTAR=${AMTAR-"${am_missing_run}tar"}
+
+am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -'
+
+
+
+
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles... " >&6; }
+ # Check whether --enable-maintainer-mode was given.
+if test "${enable_maintainer_mode+set}" = set; then :
+ enableval=$enable_maintainer_mode; USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval
+else
+ USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=no
+fi
+
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" >&5
+$as_echo "$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" >&6; }
+ if test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes; then
+ MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE=
+ MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE='#'
+else
+ MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE='#'
+ MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE=
+fi
+
+ MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE
+
+
+
+# Require xorg-macros: XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+DEPDIR="${am__leading_dot}deps"
+
+ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands depfiles"
+
+
+am_make=${MAKE-make}
+cat > confinc << 'END'
+am__doit:
+ @echo this is the am__doit target
+.PHONY: am__doit
+END
+# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for style of include used by $am_make" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for style of include used by $am_make... " >&6; }
+am__include="#"
+am__quote=
+_am_result=none
+# First try GNU make style include.
+echo "include confinc" > confmf
+# Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'.
+case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
+*the\ am__doit\ target*)
+ am__include=include
+ am__quote=
+ _am_result=GNU
+ ;;
+esac
+# Now try BSD make style include.
+if test "$am__include" = "#"; then
+ echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf
+ case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
+ *the\ am__doit\ target*)
+ am__include=.include
+ am__quote="\""
+ _am_result=BSD
+ ;;
+ esac
+fi
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $_am_result" >&5
+$as_echo "$_am_result" >&6; }
+rm -f confinc confmf
+
+# Check whether --enable-dependency-tracking was given.
+if test "${enable_dependency_tracking+set}" = set; then :
+ enableval=$enable_dependency_tracking;
+fi
+
+if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then
+ am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp"
+ AMDEPBACKSLASH='\'
+fi
+ if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then
+ AMDEP_TRUE=
+ AMDEP_FALSE='#'
+else
+ AMDEP_TRUE='#'
+ AMDEP_FALSE=
+fi
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+ # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$CC"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+ done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
+ ac_ct_CC=$CC
+ # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+ done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+ if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+ CC=""
+ else
+ case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+ CC=$ac_ct_CC
+ fi
+else
+ CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+ if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+ # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$CC"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+ done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+ fi
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+ # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$CC"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+ ac_prog_rejected=no
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+ ac_prog_rejected=yes
+ continue
+ fi
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+ done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+ # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+ set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+ shift
+ if test $# != 0; then
+ # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+ # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+ # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+ shift
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
+ fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+ if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+ for ac_prog in cl.exe
+ do
+ # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$CC"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+ done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+ test -n "$CC" && break
+ done
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+ ac_ct_CC=$CC
+ for ac_prog in cl.exe
+do
+ # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+ done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+ test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
+done
+
+ if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+ CC=""
+ else
+ case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+ CC=$ac_ct_CC
+ fi
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+
+# Provide some information about the compiler.
+$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5
+set X $ac_compile
+ac_compiler=$2
+for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do
+ { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+ (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err
+ ac_status=$?
+ if test -s conftest.err; then
+ sed '10a\
+... rest of stderr output deleted ...
+ 10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.er1 >&5
+ fi
+ rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ test $ac_status = 0; }
+done
+
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out"
+# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out.
+# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition
+# of exeext.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; }
+ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'`
+
+# The possible output files:
+ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*"
+
+ac_rmfiles=
+for ac_file in $ac_files
+do
+ case $ac_file in
+ *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
+ * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";;
+ esac
+done
+rm -f $ac_rmfiles
+
+if { { ac_try="$ac_link_default"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+ (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
+ # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'.
+# So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no'
+# in a Makefile. We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached,
+# so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to
+# Autoconf.
+for ac_file in $ac_files ''
+do
+ test -f "$ac_file" || continue
+ case $ac_file in
+ *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj )
+ ;;
+ [ab].out )
+ # We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most
+ # certainly right.
+ break;;
+ *.* )
+ if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no;
+ then :; else
+ ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
+ fi
+ # We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not
+ # safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o'
+ # argument, so we may need to know it at that point already.
+ # Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of
+ # actually working.
+ break;;
+ * )
+ break;;
+ esac
+done
+test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext=
+
+else
+ ac_file=''
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_file"; then :
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error 77 "C compiler cannot create executables
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; }
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; }
+ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext
+
+rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of executables" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; }
+if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+ (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
+ # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable)
+# catch `conftest.exe'. For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will
+# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with
+# `rm'.
+for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do
+ test -f "$ac_file" || continue
+ case $ac_file in
+ *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
+ *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
+ break;;
+ * ) break;;
+ esac
+done
+else
+ { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+fi
+rm -f conftest conftest$ac_cv_exeext
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; }
+
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext
+ac_exeext=$EXEEXT
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <stdio.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.out", "w");
+ return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0;
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files conftest.out"
+# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either
+# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; }
+if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
+ { { ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+ (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ test $ac_status = 0; }
+ if { ac_try='./conftest$ac_cv_exeext'
+ { { case "(($ac_try" in
+ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+ (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then
+ cross_compiling=no
+ else
+ if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then
+ cross_compiling=yes
+ else
+ { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "cannot run C compiled programs.
+If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+ fi
+ fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $cross_compiling" >&5
+$as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; }
+
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest$ac_cv_exeext conftest.out
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of object files" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_objext+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj
+if { { ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+ (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
+ for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do
+ test -f "$ac_file" || continue;
+ case $ac_file in
+ *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;;
+ *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'`
+ break;;
+ esac
+done
+else
+ $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; }
+OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext
+ac_objext=$OBJEXT
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+ choke me
+#endif
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+ ac_compiler_gnu=yes
+else
+ ac_compiler_gnu=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; }
+if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then
+ GCC=yes
+else
+ GCC=
+fi
+ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag
+ ac_c_werror_flag=yes
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+ CFLAGS="-g"
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+ CFLAGS=""
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+ ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+ CFLAGS="-g"
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; }
+if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+ CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
+elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+ if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+ CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+ else
+ CFLAGS="-g"
+ fi
+else
+ if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+ CFLAGS="-O2"
+ else
+ CFLAGS=
+ fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no
+ac_save_CC=$CC
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */
+struct buf { int x; };
+FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
+static char *e (p, i)
+ char **p;
+ int i;
+{
+ return p[i];
+}
+static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
+{
+ char *s;
+ va_list v;
+ va_start (v,p);
+ s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
+ va_end (v);
+ return s;
+}
+
+/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has
+ function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
+ These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
+ as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std is added to get
+ proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
+ array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
+ that's true only with -std. */
+int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
+
+/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters
+ inside strings and character constants. */
+#define FOO(x) 'x'
+int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1];
+
+int test (int i, double x);
+struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
+struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
+int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \
+ -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
+do
+ CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
+ if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
+ test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break
+done
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+CC=$ac_save_CC
+
+fi
+# AC_CACHE_VAL
+case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in
+ x)
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5
+$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;;
+ xno)
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5
+$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;;
+ *)
+ CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89"
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;;
+esac
+if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then :
+
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list=
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; }
+if ${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then
+ # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up
+ # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For
+ # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up
+ # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output
+ # in D'.
+ mkdir conftest.dir
+ # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're
+ # using a relative directory.
+ cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir
+ cd conftest.dir
+ # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because
+ # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance
+ # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a
+ # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in
+ # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object
+ # directory.
+ mkdir sub
+
+ am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+ if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then
+ am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp`
+ fi
+ am__universal=false
+ case " $depcc " in #(
+ *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
+ esac
+
+ for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do
+ # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers
+ # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and
+ # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this.
+ #
+ # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may
+ # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines.
+ # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler.
+ : > sub/conftest.c
+ for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do
+ echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c
+ # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with
+ # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh.
+ touch sub/conftst$i.h
+ done
+ echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf
+
+ # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout"
+ # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly
+ # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel
+ # versions had trouble with output in subdirs
+ am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
+ am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj"
+ case $depmode in
+ gcc)
+ # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode.
+ test "$am__universal" = false || continue
+ ;;
+ nosideeffect)
+ # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll
+ # only be used when explicitly requested
+ if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then
+ continue
+ else
+ break
+ fi
+ ;;
+ msvisualcpp | msvcmsys)
+ # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has
+ # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and
+ # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted.
+ am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
+ am__minus_obj=
+ ;;
+ none) break ;;
+ esac
+ if depmode=$depmode \
+ source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \
+ depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \
+ $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \
+ >/dev/null 2>conftest.err &&
+ grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings
+ # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message
+ # that says an option was ignored or not supported.
+ # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly:
+ # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required
+ # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0:
+ # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported
+ if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err ||
+ grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+ am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode
+ break
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+
+ cd ..
+ rm -rf conftest.dir
+else
+ am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5
+$as_echo "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; }
+CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type
+
+ if
+ test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \
+ && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then
+ am__fastdepCC_TRUE=
+ am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#'
+else
+ am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#'
+ am__fastdepCC_FALSE=
+fi
+
+
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C99" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C99... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_c99+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_c99=no
+ac_save_CC=$CC
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+// Check varargs macros. These examples are taken from C99 6.10.3.5.
+#define debug(...) fprintf (stderr, __VA_ARGS__)
+#define showlist(...) puts (#__VA_ARGS__)
+#define report(test,...) ((test) ? puts (#test) : printf (__VA_ARGS__))
+static void
+test_varargs_macros (void)
+{
+ int x = 1234;
+ int y = 5678;
+ debug ("Flag");
+ debug ("X = %d\n", x);
+ showlist (The first, second, and third items.);
+ report (x>y, "x is %d but y is %d", x, y);
+}
+
+// Check long long types.
+#define BIG64 18446744073709551615ull
+#define BIG32 4294967295ul
+#define BIG_OK (BIG64 / BIG32 == 4294967297ull && BIG64 % BIG32 == 0)
+#if !BIG_OK
+ your preprocessor is broken;
+#endif
+#if BIG_OK
+#else
+ your preprocessor is broken;
+#endif
+static long long int bignum = -9223372036854775807LL;
+static unsigned long long int ubignum = BIG64;
+
+struct incomplete_array
+{
+ int datasize;
+ double data[];
+};
+
+struct named_init {
+ int number;
+ const wchar_t *name;
+ double average;
+};
+
+typedef const char *ccp;
+
+static inline int
+test_restrict (ccp restrict text)
+{
+ // See if C++-style comments work.
+ // Iterate through items via the restricted pointer.
+ // Also check for declarations in for loops.
+ for (unsigned int i = 0; *(text+i) != '\0'; ++i)
+ continue;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// Check varargs and va_copy.
+static void
+test_varargs (const char *format, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start (args, format);
+ va_list args_copy;
+ va_copy (args_copy, args);
+
+ const char *str;
+ int number;
+ float fnumber;
+
+ while (*format)
+ {
+ switch (*format++)
+ {
+ case 's': // string
+ str = va_arg (args_copy, const char *);
+ break;
+ case 'd': // int
+ number = va_arg (args_copy, int);
+ break;
+ case 'f': // float
+ fnumber = va_arg (args_copy, double);
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ va_end (args_copy);
+ va_end (args);
+}
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+ // Check bool.
+ _Bool success = false;
+
+ // Check restrict.
+ if (test_restrict ("String literal") == 0)
+ success = true;
+ char *restrict newvar = "Another string";
+
+ // Check varargs.
+ test_varargs ("s, d' f .", "string", 65, 34.234);
+ test_varargs_macros ();
+
+ // Check flexible array members.
+ struct incomplete_array *ia =
+ malloc (sizeof (struct incomplete_array) + (sizeof (double) * 10));
+ ia->datasize = 10;
+ for (int i = 0; i < ia->datasize; ++i)
+ ia->data[i] = i * 1.234;
+
+ // Check named initializers.
+ struct named_init ni = {
+ .number = 34,
+ .name = L"Test wide string",
+ .average = 543.34343,
+ };
+
+ ni.number = 58;
+
+ int dynamic_array[ni.number];
+ dynamic_array[ni.number - 1] = 543;
+
+ // work around unused variable warnings
+ return (!success || bignum == 0LL || ubignum == 0uLL || newvar[0] == 'x'
+ || dynamic_array[ni.number - 1] != 543);
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_arg in '' -std=gnu99 -std=c99 -c99 -AC99 -xc99=all -qlanglvl=extc99
+do
+ CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
+ if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_c99=$ac_arg
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
+ test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" != "xno" && break
+done
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+CC=$ac_save_CC
+
+fi
+# AC_CACHE_VAL
+case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" in
+ x)
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5
+$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;;
+ xno)
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5
+$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;;
+ *)
+ CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c99"
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" >&6; } ;;
+esac
+if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" != xno; then :
+
+fi
+
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor... " >&6; }
+# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
+if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
+ CPP=
+fi
+if test -z "$CPP"; then
+ if ${ac_cv_prog_CPP+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded
+ for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp"
+ do
+ ac_preproc_ok=false
+for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
+do
+ # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+ # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+ # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+ # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
+ # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+ # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+ Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+ # Broken: fails on valid input.
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
+
+ # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers
+ # can be detected and how.
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
+ # Broken: success on invalid input.
+continue
+else
+ # Passes both tests.
+ac_preproc_ok=:
+break
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
+
+done
+# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
+rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+if $ac_preproc_ok; then :
+ break
+fi
+
+ done
+ ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
+
+fi
+ CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP
+else
+ ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CPP" >&5
+$as_echo "$CPP" >&6; }
+ac_preproc_ok=false
+for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
+do
+ # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+ # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+ # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+ # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
+ # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+ # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+ Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+ # Broken: fails on valid input.
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
+
+ # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers
+ # can be detected and how.
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
+ # Broken: success on invalid input.
+continue
+else
+ # Passes both tests.
+ac_preproc_ok=:
+break
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
+
+done
+# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
+rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+if $ac_preproc_ok; then :
+
+else
+ { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for grep that handles long lines and -e" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_path_GREP+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ if test -z "$GREP"; then
+ ac_path_GREP_found=false
+ # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
+ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+ { test -f "$ac_path_GREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_GREP"; } || continue
+# Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found.
+ # Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP
+case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in
+*GNU*)
+ ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_found=:;;
+*)
+ ac_count=0
+ $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
+ while :
+ do
+ cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
+ mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
+ cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
+ $as_echo 'GREP' >> "conftest.nl"
+ "$ac_path_GREP" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
+ diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+ as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val
+ if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_GREP_max-0}; then
+ # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+ ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP"
+ ac_path_GREP_max=$ac_count
+ fi
+ # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+ test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
+ done
+ rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
+esac
+
+ $ac_path_GREP_found && break 3
+ done
+ done
+ done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ if test -z "$ac_cv_path_GREP"; then
+ as_fn_error $? "no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5
+ fi
+else
+ ac_cv_path_GREP=$GREP
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_GREP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_GREP" >&6; }
+ GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP"
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for egrep" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_path_EGREP+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1
+ then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E"
+ else
+ if test -z "$EGREP"; then
+ ac_path_EGREP_found=false
+ # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
+ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_prog in egrep; do
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+ { test -f "$ac_path_EGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_EGREP"; } || continue
+# Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found.
+ # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP
+case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in
+*GNU*)
+ ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;;
+*)
+ ac_count=0
+ $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
+ while :
+ do
+ cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
+ mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
+ cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
+ $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl"
+ "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
+ diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+ as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val
+ if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then
+ # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+ ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP"
+ ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count
+ fi
+ # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+ test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
+ done
+ rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
+esac
+
+ $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3
+ done
+ done
+ done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then
+ as_fn_error $? "no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5
+ fi
+else
+ ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP
+fi
+
+ fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; }
+ EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP"
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_header_stdc+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <float.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+ ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
+else
+ ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+ # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <string.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+ $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+
+else
+ ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+ # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+ $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+
+else
+ ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+ # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
+ if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
+ :
+else
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020)
+# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
+#else
+# define ISLOWER(c) \
+ (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \
+ || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \
+ || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z'))
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c))
+#endif
+
+#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
+int
+main ()
+{
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+ if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
+ || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
+ return 2;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+ ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
+ conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+
+$as_echo "#define STDC_HEADERS 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting.
+for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \
+ inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h
+do :
+ as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default
+"
+if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then :
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+
+
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "__clang__" "ac_cv_have_decl___clang__" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl___clang__" = xyes; then :
+ CLANGCC="yes"
+else
+ CLANGCC="no"
+fi
+
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "__INTEL_COMPILER" "ac_cv_have_decl___INTEL_COMPILER" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl___INTEL_COMPILER" = xyes; then :
+ INTELCC="yes"
+else
+ INTELCC="no"
+fi
+
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "__SUNPRO_C" "ac_cv_have_decl___SUNPRO_C" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl___SUNPRO_C" = xyes; then :
+ SUNCC="yes"
+else
+ SUNCC="no"
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+if test "x$ac_cv_env_PKG_CONFIG_set" != "xset"; then
+ if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+ # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}pkg-config", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}pkg-config; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ case $PKG_CONFIG in
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+ ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG="$PKG_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+ done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+ ;;
+esac
+fi
+PKG_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG
+if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $PKG_CONFIG" >&5
+$as_echo "$PKG_CONFIG" >&6; }
+else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG"; then
+ ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG=$PKG_CONFIG
+ # Extract the first word of "pkg-config", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy pkg-config; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ case $ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG in
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+ ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG="$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+ done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+ ;;
+esac
+fi
+ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG
+if test -n "$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG"; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" >&6; }
+else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+ if test "x$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" = x; then
+ PKG_CONFIG=""
+ else
+ case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+ PKG_CONFIG=$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG
+ fi
+else
+ PKG_CONFIG="$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG"
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
+ _pkg_min_version=0.9.0
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version... " >&6; }
+ if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $_pkg_min_version; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+ else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+ PKG_CONFIG=""
+ fi
+fi
+# Make sure we can run config.sub.
+$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+ as_fn_error $? "cannot run $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" "$LINENO" 5
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking build system type" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking build system type... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_build+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ ac_build_alias=$build_alias
+test "x$ac_build_alias" = x &&
+ ac_build_alias=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.guess"`
+test "x$ac_build_alias" = x &&
+ as_fn_error $? "cannot guess build type; you must specify one" "$LINENO" 5
+ac_cv_build=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $ac_build_alias` ||
+ as_fn_error $? "$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $ac_build_alias failed" "$LINENO" 5
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_build" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_build" >&6; }
+case $ac_cv_build in
+*-*-*) ;;
+*) as_fn_error $? "invalid value of canonical build" "$LINENO" 5;;
+esac
+build=$ac_cv_build
+ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-'
+set x $ac_cv_build
+shift
+build_cpu=$1
+build_vendor=$2
+shift; shift
+# Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*,
+# except with old shells:
+build_os=$*
+IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+case $build_os in *\ *) build_os=`echo "$build_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking host system type" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking host system type... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_host+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ if test "x$host_alias" = x; then
+ ac_cv_host=$ac_cv_build
+else
+ ac_cv_host=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $host_alias` ||
+ as_fn_error $? "$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $host_alias failed" "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_host" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_host" >&6; }
+case $ac_cv_host in
+*-*-*) ;;
+*) as_fn_error $? "invalid value of canonical host" "$LINENO" 5;;
+esac
+host=$ac_cv_host
+ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-'
+set x $ac_cv_host
+shift
+host_cpu=$1
+host_vendor=$2
+shift; shift
+# Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*,
+# except with old shells:
+host_os=$*
+IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+case $host_os in *\ *) host_os=`echo "$host_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a sed that does not truncate output" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for a sed that does not truncate output... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_path_SED+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ ac_script=s/aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa/bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb/
+ for ac_i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7; do
+ ac_script="$ac_script$as_nl$ac_script"
+ done
+ echo "$ac_script" 2>/dev/null | sed 99q >conftest.sed
+ { ac_script=; unset ac_script;}
+ if test -z "$SED"; then
+ ac_path_SED_found=false
+ # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
+ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_prog in sed gsed; do
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ ac_path_SED="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+ { test -f "$ac_path_SED" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_SED"; } || continue
+# Check for GNU ac_path_SED and select it if it is found.
+ # Check for GNU $ac_path_SED
+case `"$ac_path_SED" --version 2>&1` in
+*GNU*)
+ ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED" ac_path_SED_found=:;;
+*)
+ ac_count=0
+ $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
+ while :
+ do
+ cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
+ mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
+ cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
+ $as_echo '' >> "conftest.nl"
+ "$ac_path_SED" -f conftest.sed < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
+ diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+ as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val
+ if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_SED_max-0}; then
+ # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+ ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED"
+ ac_path_SED_max=$ac_count
+ fi
+ # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+ test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
+ done
+ rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
+esac
+
+ $ac_path_SED_found && break 3
+ done
+ done
+ done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ if test -z "$ac_cv_path_SED"; then
+ as_fn_error $? "no acceptable sed could be found in \$PATH" "$LINENO" 5
+ fi
+else
+ ac_cv_path_SED=$SED
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_SED" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_SED" >&6; }
+ SED="$ac_cv_path_SED"
+ rm -f conftest.sed
+
+
+
+
+
+
+if test "x$GCC" = xyes ; then
+ CWARNFLAGS="-Wall -Wpointer-arith -Wstrict-prototypes -Wmissing-prototypes \
+-Wmissing-declarations -Wnested-externs -fno-strict-aliasing \
+-Wbad-function-cast -Wformat=2"
+ case `$CC -dumpversion` in
+ 3.4.* | 4.*)
+ CWARNFLAGS="$CWARNFLAGS -Wold-style-definition -Wdeclaration-after-statement"
+ ;;
+ esac
+else
+ if test "x$SUNCC" = "xyes"; then
+ CWARNFLAGS="-v"
+ fi
+fi
+
+
+
+# If the module's configure.ac calls AC_PROG_CC later on, CC gets set to C89
+
+
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-strict-compilation was given.
+if test "${enable_strict_compilation+set}" = set; then :
+ enableval=$enable_strict_compilation; STRICT_COMPILE=$enableval
+else
+ STRICT_COMPILE=no
+fi
+
+if test "x$GCC" = xyes ; then
+ STRICT_CFLAGS="-pedantic -Werror"
+ # Add -Werror=attributes if supported (gcc 4.2 & later)
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $CC supports -Werror=attributes" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if $CC supports -Werror=attributes... " >&6; }
+ save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $STRICT_CFLAGS -Werror=attributes"
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+return 0;
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+ STRICT_CFLAGS="$STRICT_CFLAGS -Werror=attributes"
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ CFLAGS="$save_CFLAGS"
+elif test "x$SUNCC" = "xyes"; then
+ STRICT_CFLAGS="-errwarn"
+elif test "x$INTELCC" = "xyes"; then
+ STRICT_CFLAGS="-Werror"
+fi
+if test "x$STRICT_COMPILE" = "xyes"; then
+ CWARNFLAGS="$CWARNFLAGS $STRICT_CFLAGS"
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR `echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 1`
+_ACEOF
+
+ PVM=`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 2 | cut -d - -f 1`
+ if test "x$PVM" = "x"; then
+ PVM="0"
+ fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR $PVM
+_ACEOF
+
+ PVP=`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 3 | cut -d - -f 1`
+ if test "x$PVP" = "x"; then
+ PVP="0"
+ fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL $PVP
+_ACEOF
+
+
+
+CHANGELOG_CMD="(GIT_DIR=\$(top_srcdir)/.git git log > \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp && \
+mv \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp \$(top_srcdir)/ChangeLog) \
+|| (rm -f \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp; touch \$(top_srcdir)/ChangeLog; \
+echo 'git directory not found: installing possibly empty changelog.' >&2)"
+
+
+
+
+macros_datadir=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors --variable=pkgdatadir xorg-macros`
+INSTALL_CMD="(cp -f "$macros_datadir/INSTALL" \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp && \
+mv \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp \$(top_srcdir)/INSTALL) \
+|| (rm -f \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp; touch \$(top_srcdir)/INSTALL; \
+echo 'util-macros \"pkgdatadir\" from xorg-macros.pc not found: installing possibly empty INSTALL.' >&2)"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+if test x$APP_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then
+ APP_MAN_SUFFIX=1
+fi
+if test x$APP_MAN_DIR = x ; then
+ APP_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX)'
+fi
+
+if test x$LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then
+ LIB_MAN_SUFFIX=3
+fi
+if test x$LIB_MAN_DIR = x ; then
+ LIB_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX)'
+fi
+
+if test x$FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then
+ case $host_os in
+ solaris*) FILE_MAN_SUFFIX=4 ;;
+ *) FILE_MAN_SUFFIX=5 ;;
+ esac
+fi
+if test x$FILE_MAN_DIR = x ; then
+ FILE_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(FILE_MAN_SUFFIX)'
+fi
+
+if test x$MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then
+ case $host_os in
+ solaris*) MISC_MAN_SUFFIX=5 ;;
+ *) MISC_MAN_SUFFIX=7 ;;
+ esac
+fi
+if test x$MISC_MAN_DIR = x ; then
+ MISC_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(MISC_MAN_SUFFIX)'
+fi
+
+if test x$DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then
+ case $host_os in
+ solaris*) DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX=7 ;;
+ *) DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX=4 ;;
+ esac
+fi
+if test x$DRIVER_MAN_DIR = x ; then
+ DRIVER_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX)'
+fi
+
+if test x$ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then
+ case $host_os in
+ solaris*) ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX=1m ;;
+ *) ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX=8 ;;
+ esac
+fi
+if test x$ADMIN_MAN_DIR = x ; then
+ ADMIN_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX)'
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+XORG_MAN_PAGE="X Version 11"
+
+MAN_SUBSTS="\
+ -e 's|__vendorversion__|\"\$(PACKAGE_STRING)\" \"\$(XORG_MAN_PAGE)\"|' \
+ -e 's|__xorgversion__|\"\$(PACKAGE_STRING)\" \"\$(XORG_MAN_PAGE)\"|' \
+ -e 's|__xservername__|Xorg|g' \
+ -e 's|__xconfigfile__|xorg.conf|g' \
+ -e 's|__projectroot__|\$(prefix)|g' \
+ -e 's|__apploaddir__|\$(appdefaultdir)|g' \
+ -e 's|__appmansuffix__|\$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
+ -e 's|__drivermansuffix__|\$(DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
+ -e 's|__adminmansuffix__|\$(ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
+ -e 's|__libmansuffix__|\$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
+ -e 's|__miscmansuffix__|\$(MISC_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
+ -e 's|__filemansuffix__|\$(FILE_MAN_SUFFIX)|g'"
+
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-silent-rules was given.
+if test "${enable_silent_rules+set}" = set; then :
+ enableval=$enable_silent_rules;
+fi
+
+case $enable_silent_rules in
+yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;;
+no) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;;
+*) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;;
+esac
+AM_BACKSLASH='\'
+
+
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-specs was given.
+if test "${enable_specs+set}" = set; then :
+ enableval=$enable_specs; build_specs=$enableval
+else
+ build_specs=yes
+fi
+
+
+ if test x$build_specs = xyes; then
+ ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE=
+ ENABLE_SPECS_FALSE='#'
+else
+ ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE='#'
+ ENABLE_SPECS_FALSE=
+fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to build functional specifications" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether to build functional specifications... " >&6; }
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $build_specs" >&5
+$as_echo "$build_specs" >&6; }
+
+
+
+
+
+# Check whether --with-asciidoc was given.
+if test "${with_asciidoc+set}" = set; then :
+ withval=$with_asciidoc; use_asciidoc=$withval
+else
+ use_asciidoc=auto
+fi
+
+
+
+if test "x$use_asciidoc" = x"auto"; then
+ # Extract the first word of "asciidoc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy asciidoc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_path_ASCIIDOC+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ case $ASCIIDOC in
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+ ac_cv_path_ASCIIDOC="$ASCIIDOC" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ ac_cv_path_ASCIIDOC="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+ done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+ ;;
+esac
+fi
+ASCIIDOC=$ac_cv_path_ASCIIDOC
+if test -n "$ASCIIDOC"; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ASCIIDOC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ASCIIDOC" >&6; }
+else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+ if test "x$ASCIIDOC" = "x"; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: asciidoc not found - documentation targets will be skipped" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: asciidoc not found - documentation targets will be skipped" >&2;}
+ have_asciidoc=no
+ else
+ have_asciidoc=yes
+ fi
+elif test "x$use_asciidoc" = x"yes" ; then
+ # Extract the first word of "asciidoc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy asciidoc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_path_ASCIIDOC+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ case $ASCIIDOC in
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+ ac_cv_path_ASCIIDOC="$ASCIIDOC" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ ac_cv_path_ASCIIDOC="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+ done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+ ;;
+esac
+fi
+ASCIIDOC=$ac_cv_path_ASCIIDOC
+if test -n "$ASCIIDOC"; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ASCIIDOC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ASCIIDOC" >&6; }
+else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+ if test "x$ASCIIDOC" = "x"; then
+ as_fn_error $? "--with-asciidoc=yes specified but asciidoc not found in PATH" "$LINENO" 5
+ fi
+ have_asciidoc=yes
+elif test "x$use_asciidoc" = x"no" ; then
+ if test "x$ASCIIDOC" != "x"; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: ignoring ASCIIDOC environment variable since --with-asciidoc=no was specified" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: ignoring ASCIIDOC environment variable since --with-asciidoc=no was specified" >&2;}
+ fi
+ have_asciidoc=no
+else
+ as_fn_error $? "--with-asciidoc expects 'yes' or 'no'" "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+if test "$have_asciidoc" = yes; then
+ # scrape the asciidoc version
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking the asciidoc version" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking the asciidoc version... " >&6; }
+ asciidoc_version=`$ASCIIDOC --version 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2`
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $asciidoc_version" >&5
+$as_echo "$asciidoc_version" >&6; }
+ as_arg_v1=$asciidoc_version
+as_arg_v2=8.4.5
+awk "$as_awk_strverscmp" v1="$as_arg_v1" v2="$as_arg_v2" /dev/null
+case $? in #(
+ 1) :
+ if test "x$use_asciidoc" = xauto; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: asciidoc version $asciidoc_version found, but 8.4.5 needed" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: asciidoc version $asciidoc_version found, but 8.4.5 needed" >&2;}
+ have_asciidoc=no
+ else
+ as_fn_error $? "asciidoc version $asciidoc_version found, but 8.4.5 needed" "$LINENO" 5
+ fi ;; #(
+ 0) :
+ ;; #(
+ 2) :
+ ;; #(
+ *) :
+ ;;
+esac
+fi
+ if test "$have_asciidoc" = yes; then
+ HAVE_ASCIIDOC_TRUE=
+ HAVE_ASCIIDOC_FALSE='#'
+else
+ HAVE_ASCIIDOC_TRUE='#'
+ HAVE_ASCIIDOC_FALSE=
+fi
+
+
+
+ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile specs/Makefile inputproto.pc"
+
+cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
+# It is not useful on other systems. If it contains results you don't
+# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it
+# the --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when
+# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the
+# following values.
+
+_ACEOF
+
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, we kill variables containing newlines.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+(
+ for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do
+ eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+ case $ac_val in #(
+ *${as_nl}*)
+ case $ac_var in #(
+ *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;;
+ esac
+ case $ac_var in #(
+ _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
+ BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
+ *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;;
+ esac ;;
+ esac
+ done
+
+ (set) 2>&1 |
+ case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #(
+ *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
+ # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes: double-quote
+ # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \.
+ sed -n \
+ "s/'/'\\\\''/g;
+ s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p"
+ ;; #(
+ *)
+ # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+ sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
+ ;;
+ esac |
+ sort
+) |
+ sed '
+ /^ac_cv_env_/b end
+ t clear
+ :clear
+ s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/
+ t end
+ s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/
+ :end' >>confcache
+if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+ if test -w "$cache_file"; then
+ if test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null"; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: updating cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+ if test ! -f "$cache_file" || test -h "$cache_file"; then
+ cat confcache >"$cache_file"
+ else
+ case $cache_file in #(
+ */* | ?:*)
+ mv -f confcache "$cache_file"$$ &&
+ mv -f "$cache_file"$$ "$cache_file" ;; #(
+ *)
+ mv -f confcache "$cache_file" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ fi
+ else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+ fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
+# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
+# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
+#
+# If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that
+# take arguments), then branch to the quote section. Otherwise,
+# look for a macro that doesn't take arguments.
+ac_script='
+:mline
+/\\$/{
+ N
+ s,\\\n,,
+ b mline
+}
+t clear
+:clear
+s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ (][^ (]*([^)]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g
+t quote
+s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ ][^ ]*\)[ ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g
+t quote
+b any
+:quote
+s/[ `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'\''"<>?]/\\&/g
+s/\[/\\&/g
+s/\]/\\&/g
+s/\$/$$/g
+H
+:any
+${
+ g
+ s/^\n//
+ s/\n/ /g
+ p
+}
+'
+DEFS=`sed -n "$ac_script" confdefs.h`
+
+
+ac_libobjs=
+ac_ltlibobjs=
+U=
+for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue
+ # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed.
+ ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'
+ ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"`
+ # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR. When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR
+ # will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built.
+ as_fn_append ac_libobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext"
+ as_fn_append ac_ltlibobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo'
+done
+LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs
+
+LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs
+
+
+ if test -n "$EXEEXT"; then
+ am__EXEEXT_TRUE=
+ am__EXEEXT_FALSE='#'
+else
+ am__EXEEXT_TRUE='#'
+ am__EXEEXT_FALSE=
+fi
+
+if test -z "${MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE}" && test -z "${MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE}"; then
+ as_fn_error $? "conditional \"MAINTAINER_MODE\" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+if test -z "${AMDEP_TRUE}" && test -z "${AMDEP_FALSE}"; then
+ as_fn_error $? "conditional \"AMDEP\" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then
+ as_fn_error $? "conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+if test -z "${ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE}" && test -z "${ENABLE_SPECS_FALSE}"; then
+ as_fn_error $? "conditional \"ENABLE_SPECS\" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+if test -z "${HAVE_ASCIIDOC_TRUE}" && test -z "${HAVE_ASCIIDOC_FALSE}"; then
+ as_fn_error $? "conditional \"HAVE_ASCIIDOC\" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+
+: "${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}"
+ac_write_fail=0
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS"
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;}
+as_write_fail=0
+cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1
+#! $SHELL
+# Generated by $as_me.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in config.log if it exists.
+
+debug=false
+ac_cs_recheck=false
+ac_cs_silent=false
+
+SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
+export SHELL
+_ASEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1
+## -------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+# Be more Bourne compatible
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+ emulate sh
+ NULLCMD=:
+ # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+ # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
+ alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+ setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+ case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #(
+ *posix*) :
+ set -o posix ;; #(
+ *) :
+ ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+
+as_nl='
+'
+export as_nl
+# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
+as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris,
+# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh.
+if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \
+ && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+ as_echo='print -r --'
+ as_echo_n='print -rn --'
+elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+ as_echo='printf %s\n'
+ as_echo_n='printf %s'
+else
+ if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
+ as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
+ as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
+ else
+ as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"'
+ as_echo_n_body='eval
+ arg=$1;
+ case $arg in #(
+ *"$as_nl"*)
+ expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl";
+ arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;;
+ esac;
+ expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
+ '
+ export as_echo_n_body
+ as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
+ fi
+ export as_echo_body
+ as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
+fi
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+ PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+ (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
+ (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+ PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+ }
+fi
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is
+# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
+# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
+# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
+IFS=" "" $as_nl"
+
+# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
+as_myself=
+case $0 in #((
+ *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+ *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+ done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+ ;;
+esac
+# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+ as_myself=$0
+fi
+if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+ $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in
+# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1"
+# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could
+# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14.
+for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \
+ && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || :
+done
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+LANGUAGE=C
+export LANGUAGE
+
+# CDPATH.
+(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+
+
+# as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD]
+# ----------------------------------------
+# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are
+# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the
+# script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0.
+as_fn_error ()
+{
+ as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1
+ if test "$4"; then
+ as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4
+ fi
+ $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2
+ as_fn_exit $as_status
+} # as_fn_error
+
+
+# as_fn_set_status STATUS
+# -----------------------
+# Set $? to STATUS, without forking.
+as_fn_set_status ()
+{
+ return $1
+} # as_fn_set_status
+
+# as_fn_exit STATUS
+# -----------------
+# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context.
+as_fn_exit ()
+{
+ set +e
+ as_fn_set_status $1
+ exit $1
+} # as_fn_exit
+
+# as_fn_unset VAR
+# ---------------
+# Portably unset VAR.
+as_fn_unset ()
+{
+ { eval $1=; unset $1;}
+}
+as_unset=as_fn_unset
+# as_fn_append VAR VALUE
+# ----------------------
+# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take
+# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over
+# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive
+# implementations.
+if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then :
+ eval 'as_fn_append ()
+ {
+ eval $1+=\$2
+ }'
+else
+ as_fn_append ()
+ {
+ eval $1=\$$1\$2
+ }
+fi # as_fn_append
+
+# as_fn_arith ARG...
+# ------------------
+# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the
+# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments
+# must be portable across $(()) and expr.
+if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then :
+ eval 'as_fn_arith ()
+ {
+ as_val=$(( $* ))
+ }'
+else
+ as_fn_arith ()
+ {
+ as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1`
+ }
+fi # as_fn_arith
+
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
+ as_expr=expr
+else
+ as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+ as_basename=basename
+else
+ as_basename=false
+fi
+
+if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ as_dirname=dirname
+else
+ as_dirname=false
+fi
+
+as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
+ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X/"$0" |
+ sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\/\(\/\).*/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ s/.*/./; q'`
+
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=
+case `echo -n x` in #(((((
+-n*)
+ case `echo 'xy\c'` in
+ *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character.
+ xy) ECHO_C='\c';;
+ *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null
+ ECHO_T=' ';;
+ esac;;
+*)
+ ECHO_N='-n';;
+esac
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+if test -d conf$$.dir; then
+ rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
+else
+ rm -f conf$$.dir
+ mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+fi
+if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
+ if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+ as_ln_s='ln -s'
+ # ... but there are two gotchas:
+ # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
+ # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
+ # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'.
+ ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||
+ as_ln_s='cp -p'
+ elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+ as_ln_s=ln
+ else
+ as_ln_s='cp -p'
+ fi
+else
+ as_ln_s='cp -p'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
+rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+
+
+# as_fn_mkdir_p
+# -------------
+# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary.
+as_fn_mkdir_p ()
+{
+
+ case $as_dir in #(
+ -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;;
+ esac
+ test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || {
+ as_dirs=
+ while :; do
+ case $as_dir in #(
+ *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'(
+ *) as_qdir=$as_dir;;
+ esac
+ as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs"
+ as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" ||
+$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$as_dir" |
+ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\).*/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ s/.*/./; q'`
+ test -d "$as_dir" && break
+ done
+ test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs"
+ } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir"
+
+
+} # as_fn_mkdir_p
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+ as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"'
+else
+ test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+ as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ as_test_x='test -x'
+else
+ if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ as_ls_L_option=L
+ else
+ as_ls_L_option=
+ fi
+ as_test_x='
+ eval sh -c '\''
+ if test -d "$1"; then
+ test -d "$1/.";
+ else
+ case $1 in #(
+ -*)set "./$1";;
+ esac;
+ case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in #((
+ ???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi
+ '\'' sh
+ '
+fi
+as_executable_p=$as_test_x
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+
+exec 6>&1
+## ----------------------------------- ##
+## Main body of $CONFIG_STATUS script. ##
+## ----------------------------------- ##
+_ASEOF
+test $as_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# Save the log message, to keep $0 and so on meaningful, and to
+# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
+# values after options handling.
+ac_log="
+This file was extended by InputProto $as_me 2.2, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68. Invocation command line was
+
+ CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES
+ CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS
+ CONFIG_LINKS = $CONFIG_LINKS
+ CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
+ $ $0 $@
+
+on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+"
+
+_ACEOF
+
+case $ac_config_files in *"
+"*) set x $ac_config_files; shift; ac_config_files=$*;;
+esac
+
+
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# Files that config.status was made for.
+config_files="$ac_config_files"
+config_commands="$ac_config_commands"
+
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+ac_cs_usage="\
+\`$as_me' instantiates files and other configuration actions
+from templates according to the current configuration. Unless the files
+and actions are specified as TAGs, all are instantiated by default.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [TAG]...
+
+ -h, --help print this help, then exit
+ -V, --version print version number and configuration settings, then exit
+ --config print configuration, then exit
+ -q, --quiet, --silent
+ do not print progress messages
+ -d, --debug don't remove temporary files
+ --recheck update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
+ --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
+ instantiate the configuration file FILE
+
+Configuration files:
+$config_files
+
+Configuration commands:
+$config_commands
+
+Report bugs to <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg>."
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`"
+ac_cs_version="\\
+InputProto config.status 2.2
+configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68,
+ with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\"
+
+Copyright (C) 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."
+
+ac_pwd='$ac_pwd'
+srcdir='$srcdir'
+INSTALL='$INSTALL'
+MKDIR_P='$MKDIR_P'
+AWK='$AWK'
+test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file.
+ac_need_defaults=:
+while test $# != 0
+do
+ case $1 in
+ --*=?*)
+ ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='`
+ ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
+ ac_shift=:
+ ;;
+ --*=)
+ ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='`
+ ac_optarg=
+ ac_shift=:
+ ;;
+ *)
+ ac_option=$1
+ ac_optarg=$2
+ ac_shift=shift
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ case $ac_option in
+ # Handling of the options.
+ -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+ ac_cs_recheck=: ;;
+ --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V )
+ $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;;
+ --config | --confi | --conf | --con | --co | --c )
+ $as_echo "$ac_cs_config"; exit ;;
+ --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d )
+ debug=: ;;
+ --file | --fil | --fi | --f )
+ $ac_shift
+ case $ac_optarg in
+ *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+ '') as_fn_error $? "missing file argument" ;;
+ esac
+ as_fn_append CONFIG_FILES " '$ac_optarg'"
+ ac_need_defaults=false;;
+ --he | --h | --help | --hel | -h )
+ $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;;
+ -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s)
+ ac_cs_silent=: ;;
+
+ # This is an error.
+ -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$1'
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." ;;
+
+ *) as_fn_append ac_config_targets " $1"
+ ac_need_defaults=false ;;
+
+ esac
+ shift
+done
+
+ac_configure_extra_args=
+
+if $ac_cs_silent; then
+ exec 6>/dev/null
+ ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent"
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+if \$ac_cs_recheck; then
+ set X '$SHELL' '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion
+ shift
+ \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6
+ CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL'
+ export CONFIG_SHELL
+ exec "\$@"
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+exec 5>>config.log
+{
+ echo
+ sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX
+## Running $as_me. ##
+_ASBOX
+ $as_echo "$ac_log"
+} >&5
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+#
+# INIT-COMMANDS
+#
+AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"
+
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+
+# Handling of arguments.
+for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
+do
+ case $ac_config_target in
+ "depfiles") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS depfiles" ;;
+ "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;;
+ "specs/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES specs/Makefile" ;;
+ "inputproto.pc") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES inputproto.pc" ;;
+
+ *) as_fn_error $? "invalid argument: \`$ac_config_target'" "$LINENO" 5;;
+ esac
+done
+
+
+# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
+# then the envvar interface is used. Set only those that are not.
+# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
+# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
+if $ac_need_defaults; then
+ test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
+ test "${CONFIG_COMMANDS+set}" = set || CONFIG_COMMANDS=$config_commands
+fi
+
+# Have a temporary directory for convenience. Make it in the build tree
+# simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition,
+# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems.
+# Hook for its removal unless debugging.
+# Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned:
+# after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'.
+$debug ||
+{
+ tmp= ac_tmp=
+ trap 'exit_status=$?
+ : "${ac_tmp:=$tmp}"
+ { test ! -d "$ac_tmp" || rm -fr "$ac_tmp"; } && exit $exit_status
+' 0
+ trap 'as_fn_exit 1' 1 2 13 15
+}
+# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.
+
+{
+ tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
+ test -d "$tmp"
+} ||
+{
+ tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM
+ (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp")
+} || as_fn_error $? "cannot create a temporary directory in ." "$LINENO" 5
+ac_tmp=$tmp
+
+# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section.
+# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
+# This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'.
+if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then
+
+
+ac_cr=`echo X | tr X '\015'`
+# On cygwin, bash can eat \r inside `` if the user requested igncr.
+# But we know of no other shell where ac_cr would be empty at this
+# point, so we can use a bashism as a fallback.
+if test "x$ac_cr" = x; then
+ eval ac_cr=\$\'\\r\'
+fi
+ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' </dev/null 2>/dev/null`
+if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then
+ ac_cs_awk_cr='\\r'
+else
+ ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr
+fi
+
+echo 'BEGIN {' >"$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" &&
+_ACEOF
+
+
+{
+ echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" &&
+ echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' &&
+ echo "_ACEOF"
+} >conf$$subs.sh ||
+ as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
+ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '^'`
+ac_delim='%!_!# '
+for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do
+ . ./conf$$subs.sh ||
+ as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
+
+ ac_delim_n=`sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X`
+ if test $ac_delim_n = $ac_delim_num; then
+ break
+ elif $ac_last_try; then
+ as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
+ else
+ ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! "
+ fi
+done
+rm -f conf$$subs.sh
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK &&
+_ACEOF
+sed -n '
+h
+s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/
+p
+g
+s/^[^!]*!//
+:repl
+t repl
+s/'"$ac_delim"'$//
+t delim
+:nl
+h
+s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/
+t more1
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/
+p
+n
+b repl
+:more1
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/
+p
+g
+s/.\{148\}//
+t nl
+:delim
+h
+s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/
+t more2
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/
+p
+b
+:more2
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/
+p
+g
+s/.\{148\}//
+t delim
+' <conf$$subs.awk | sed '
+/^[^""]/{
+ N
+ s/\n//
+}
+' >>$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
+rm -f conf$$subs.awk
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+_ACAWK
+cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK &&
+ for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1
+ FS = "\a"
+
+}
+{
+ line = $ 0
+ nfields = split(line, field, "@")
+ substed = 0
+ len = length(field[1])
+ for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) {
+ key = field[i]
+ keylen = length(key)
+ if (S_is_set[key]) {
+ value = S[key]
+ line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3)
+ len += length(value) + length(field[++i])
+ substed = 1
+ } else
+ len += 1 + keylen
+ }
+
+ print line
+}
+
+_ACAWK
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+ sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g"
+else
+ cat
+fi < "$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" > "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \
+ || as_fn_error $? "could not setup config files machinery" "$LINENO" 5
+_ACEOF
+
+# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove sole $(srcdir),
+# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ entries from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and
+# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty
+# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers).
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+ ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[ ]*/{
+h
+s///
+s/^/:/
+s/[ ]*$/:/
+s/:\$(srcdir):/:/g
+s/:\${srcdir}:/:/g
+s/:@srcdir@:/:/g
+s/^:*//
+s/:*$//
+x
+s/\(=[ ]*\).*/\1/
+G
+s/\n//
+s/^[^=]*=[ ]*$//
+}'
+fi
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"
+
+
+eval set X " :F $CONFIG_FILES :C $CONFIG_COMMANDS"
+shift
+for ac_tag
+do
+ case $ac_tag in
+ :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;;
+ esac
+ case $ac_mode$ac_tag in
+ :[FHL]*:*);;
+ :L* | :C*:*) as_fn_error $? "invalid tag \`$ac_tag'" "$LINENO" 5;;
+ :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;;
+ :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;;
+ esac
+ ac_save_IFS=$IFS
+ IFS=:
+ set x $ac_tag
+ IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+ shift
+ ac_file=$1
+ shift
+
+ case $ac_mode in
+ :L) ac_source=$1;;
+ :[FH])
+ ac_file_inputs=
+ for ac_f
+ do
+ case $ac_f in
+ -) ac_f="$ac_tmp/stdin";;
+ *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree
+ # (if the path is not absolute). The absolute path cannot be DOS-style,
+ # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'.
+ test -f "$ac_f" ||
+ case $ac_f in
+ [\\/$]*) false;;
+ *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";;
+ esac ||
+ as_fn_error 1 "cannot find input file: \`$ac_f'" "$LINENO" 5;;
+ esac
+ case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac
+ as_fn_append ac_file_inputs " '$ac_f'"
+ done
+
+ # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
+ # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
+ # /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */
+ configure_input='Generated from '`
+ $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g'
+ `' by configure.'
+ if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+ configure_input="$ac_file. $configure_input"
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
+ fi
+ # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings.
+ case $configure_input in #(
+ *\&* | *\|* | *\\* )
+ ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" |
+ sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #(
+ *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;;
+ esac
+
+ case $ac_tag in
+ *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$ac_tmp/stdin" \
+ || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" ||
+$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$ac_file" |
+ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\).*/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ s/.*/./; q'`
+ as_dir="$ac_dir"; as_fn_mkdir_p
+ ac_builddir=.
+
+case "$ac_dir" in
+.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+*)
+ ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'`
+ # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+ ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
+ case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
+ "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+ *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
+ esac ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
+ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
+# for backward compatibility:
+ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix
+
+case $srcdir in
+ .) # We are building in place.
+ ac_srcdir=.
+ ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub
+ ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name.
+ ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+ ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
+ ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+ *) # Relative name.
+ ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+ ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir
+ ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+
+
+ case $ac_mode in
+ :F)
+ #
+ # CONFIG_FILE
+ #
+
+ case $INSTALL in
+ [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;;
+ *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_build_prefix$INSTALL ;;
+ esac
+ ac_MKDIR_P=$MKDIR_P
+ case $MKDIR_P in
+ [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;;
+ */*) ac_MKDIR_P=$ac_top_build_prefix$MKDIR_P ;;
+ esac
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it.
+# FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60.
+ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen=
+ac_sed_dataroot='
+/datarootdir/ {
+ p
+ q
+}
+/@datadir@/p
+/@docdir@/p
+/@infodir@/p
+/@localedir@/p
+/@mandir@/p'
+case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in
+*datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;;
+*@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*)
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;}
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+ ac_datarootdir_hack='
+ s&@datadir@&$datadir&g
+ s&@docdir@&$docdir&g
+ s&@infodir@&$infodir&g
+ s&@localedir@&$localedir&g
+ s&@mandir@&$mandir&g
+ s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;;
+esac
+_ACEOF
+
+# Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'.
+# Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub.
+# FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature?
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+:t
+/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
+s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t
+s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t
+s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t
+s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t
+s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t
+s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t
+s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t
+s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t
+s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t
+s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t
+s&@INSTALL@&$ac_INSTALL&;t t
+s&@MKDIR_P@&$ac_MKDIR_P&;t t
+$ac_datarootdir_hack
+"
+eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \
+ >$ac_tmp/out || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5
+
+test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" &&
+ { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } &&
+ { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[ ]*datarootdir[ ]*:*=/p' \
+ "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } &&
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir'
+which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir'
+which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&2;}
+
+ rm -f "$ac_tmp/stdin"
+ case $ac_file in
+ -) cat "$ac_tmp/out" && rm -f "$ac_tmp/out";;
+ *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$ac_tmp/out" "$ac_file";;
+ esac \
+ || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5
+ ;;
+
+
+ :C) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: executing $ac_file commands" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: executing $ac_file commands" >&6;}
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+
+ case $ac_file$ac_mode in
+ "depfiles":C) test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || {
+ # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files
+ # are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval
+ # if we detect the quoting.
+ case $CONFIG_FILES in
+ *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;;
+ *) set x $CONFIG_FILES ;;
+ esac
+ shift
+ for mf
+ do
+ # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file.
+ mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'`
+ # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not.
+ # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but
+ # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content.
+ # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process
+ # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so.
+ # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line
+ # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000.
+ if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ dirpart=`$as_dirname -- "$mf" ||
+$as_expr X"$mf" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+ X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+ X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$mf" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$mf" |
+ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\).*/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ s/.*/./; q'`
+ else
+ continue
+ fi
+ # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote
+ # from the Makefile without running `make'.
+ DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"`
+ test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue
+ am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"`
+ test -z "am__include" && continue
+ am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"`
+ # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it
+ U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"`
+ # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with
+ # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the
+ # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the
+ # expansion.
+ for file in `sed -n "
+ s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \
+ sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do
+ # Make sure the directory exists.
+ test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue
+ fdir=`$as_dirname -- "$file" ||
+$as_expr X"$file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+ X"$file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+ X"$file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$file" |
+ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\).*/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ s/.*/./; q'`
+ as_dir=$dirpart/$fdir; as_fn_mkdir_p
+ # echo "creating $dirpart/$file"
+ echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file"
+ done
+ done
+}
+ ;;
+
+ esac
+done # for ac_tag
+
+
+as_fn_exit 0
+_ACEOF
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+
+test $ac_write_fail = 0 ||
+ as_fn_error $? "write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
+
+
+# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status.
+# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log.
+# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open
+# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its
+# output is simply discarded. So we exec the FD to /dev/null,
+# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and
+# appended to by config.status. When coming back to configure, we
+# need to make the FD available again.
+if test "$no_create" != yes; then
+ ac_cs_success=:
+ ac_config_status_args=
+ test "$silent" = yes &&
+ ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet"
+ exec 5>/dev/null
+ $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false
+ exec 5>>config.log
+ # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which
+ # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction.
+ $ac_cs_success || as_fn_exit 1
+fi
+if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;}
+fi
+
--- /dev/null
+AC_PREREQ([2.60])
+AC_INIT([InputProto], [2.2], [https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg])
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([foreign dist-bzip2])
+AM_MAINTAINER_MODE
+
+# Require xorg-macros: XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC
+m4_ifndef([XORG_MACROS_VERSION],
+ [m4_fatal([must install xorg-macros 1.10 or later before running autoconf/autogen])])
+XORG_MACROS_VERSION(1.10)
+XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
+XORG_ENABLE_SPECS
+XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC(8.4.5)
+
+AC_OUTPUT([Makefile
+ specs/Makefile
+ inputproto.pc])
--- /dev/null
+prefix=@prefix@
+exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
+libdir=@libdir@
+includedir=@includedir@
+
+Name: InputProto
+Description: Input extension headers
+Version: @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+Cflags: -I${includedir}
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+
+scriptversion=2006-10-14.15
+
+# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
+# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
+# following copyright and license.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
+#
+# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
+# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
+# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+#
+# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+#
+# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
+# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+#
+# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
+# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
+# tium.
+#
+#
+# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.
+
+nl='
+'
+IFS=" "" $nl"
+
+# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
+
+# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
+doit="${DOITPROG-}"
+if test -z "$doit"; then
+ doit_exec=exec
+else
+ doit_exec=$doit
+fi
+
+# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
+# or use environment vars.
+
+mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
+cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
+chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
+chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
+chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
+stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
+rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
+mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
+
+posix_glob=
+posix_mkdir=
+
+# Desired mode of installed file.
+mode=0755
+
+chmodcmd=$chmodprog
+chowncmd=
+chgrpcmd=
+stripcmd=
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+mvcmd="$mvprog"
+src=
+dst=
+dir_arg=
+dstarg=
+no_target_directory=
+
+usage="Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
+ or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
+ or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
+ or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
+
+In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
+In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
+In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
+
+Options:
+-c (ignored)
+-d create directories instead of installing files.
+-g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
+-m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
+-o USER $chownprog installed files to USER.
+-s $stripprog installed files.
+-t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY.
+-T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
+--help display this help and exit.
+--version display version info and exit.
+
+Environment variables override the default commands:
+ CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG RMPROG STRIPPROG
+"
+
+while test $# -ne 0; do
+ case $1 in
+ -c) shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -d) dir_arg=true
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+ shift
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
+
+ -m) mode=$2
+ shift
+ shift
+ case $mode in
+ *' '* | *' '* | *'
+'* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
+ echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
+ exit 1;;
+ esac
+ continue;;
+
+ -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+ shift
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -s) stripcmd=$stripprog
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -t) dstarg=$2
+ shift
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -T) no_target_directory=true
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
+
+ --) shift
+ break;;
+
+ -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
+ exit 1;;
+
+ *) break;;
+ esac
+done
+
+if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dstarg"; then
+ # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
+ # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
+ # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@.
+ for arg
+ do
+ if test -n "$dstarg"; then
+ # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
+ set fnord "$@" "$dstarg"
+ shift # fnord
+ fi
+ shift # arg
+ dstarg=$arg
+ done
+fi
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+ if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+ echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
+ # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
+ exit 0
+fi
+
+if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+ trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15
+
+ # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
+ # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
+ case $mode in
+ # Optimize common cases.
+ *644) cp_umask=133;;
+ *755) cp_umask=22;;
+
+ *[0-7])
+ if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+ u_plus_rw=
+ else
+ u_plus_rw='% 200'
+ fi
+ cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
+ *)
+ if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+ u_plus_rw=
+ else
+ u_plus_rw=,u+rw
+ fi
+ cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
+ esac
+fi
+
+for src
+do
+ # Protect names starting with `-'.
+ case $src in
+ -*) src=./$src ;;
+ esac
+
+ if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+ dst=$src
+ dstdir=$dst
+ test -d "$dstdir"
+ dstdir_status=$?
+ else
+
+ # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
+ # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
+ # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+ if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
+ echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ if test -z "$dstarg"; then
+ echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ dst=$dstarg
+ # Protect names starting with `-'.
+ case $dst in
+ -*) dst=./$dst ;;
+ esac
+
+ # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
+ # if double slashes aren't ignored.
+ if test -d "$dst"; then
+ if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
+ echo "$0: $dstarg: Is a directory" >&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ dstdir=$dst
+ dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
+ dstdir_status=0
+ else
+ # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
+ dstdir=`
+ (dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
+ expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+ X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+ X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+ echo X"$dst" |
+ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\).*/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ s/.*/./; q'
+ `
+
+ test -d "$dstdir"
+ dstdir_status=$?
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ obsolete_mkdir_used=false
+
+ if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
+ case $posix_mkdir in
+ '')
+ # Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
+ # This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
+ umask=`umask`
+ case $stripcmd.$umask in
+ # Optimize common cases.
+ *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
+ .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
+
+ *[0-7])
+ mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
+ - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
+ - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
+ `;;
+ *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
+ esac
+
+ # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
+ # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
+ if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+ mkdir_mode=-m$mode
+ else
+ mkdir_mode=
+ fi
+
+ posix_mkdir=false
+ case $umask in
+ *[123567][0-7][0-7])
+ # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
+ # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
+ trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
+
+ if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+ exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
+ then
+ if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
+ # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
+ # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
+ # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
+ # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
+ ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
+ case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
+ d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
+ d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
+ *) false;;
+ esac &&
+ $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
+ ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
+ test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
+ }
+ }
+ then posix_mkdir=:
+ fi
+ rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
+ else
+ # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
+ rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
+ fi
+ trap '' 0;;
+ esac;;
+ esac
+
+ if
+ $posix_mkdir && (
+ umask $mkdir_umask &&
+ $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
+ )
+ then :
+ else
+
+ # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
+ # or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the
+ # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
+
+ case $dstdir in
+ /*) prefix=/ ;;
+ -*) prefix=./ ;;
+ *) prefix= ;;
+ esac
+
+ case $posix_glob in
+ '')
+ if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
+ posix_glob=true
+ else
+ posix_glob=false
+ fi ;;
+ esac
+
+ oIFS=$IFS
+ IFS=/
+ $posix_glob && set -f
+ set fnord $dstdir
+ shift
+ $posix_glob && set +f
+ IFS=$oIFS
+
+ prefixes=
+
+ for d
+ do
+ test -z "$d" && continue
+
+ prefix=$prefix$d
+ if test -d "$prefix"; then
+ prefixes=
+ else
+ if $posix_mkdir; then
+ (umask=$mkdir_umask &&
+ $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
+ # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+ test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
+ else
+ case $prefix in
+ *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+ *) qprefix=$prefix;;
+ esac
+ prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
+ fi
+ fi
+ prefix=$prefix/
+ done
+
+ if test -n "$prefixes"; then
+ # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+ (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+ eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
+ test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
+ obsolete_mkdir_used=true
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+ { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
+ { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
+ { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
+ test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
+ else
+
+ # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
+ dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
+ rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
+
+ # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
+ trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
+
+ # Copy the file name to the temp name.
+ (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
+
+ # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
+ #
+ # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
+ # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+ # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
+ #
+ { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } \
+ && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } \
+ && { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } \
+ && { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
+
+ # Now rename the file to the real destination.
+ { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null \
+ || {
+ # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
+ # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
+ # support -f.
+
+ # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
+ # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
+ # systems and the destination file might be busy for other
+ # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
+ # file should still install successfully.
+ {
+ if test -f "$dst"; then
+ $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null \
+ || { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null \
+ && { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }; }\
+ || {
+ echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
+ (exit 1); exit 1
+ }
+ else
+ :
+ fi
+ } &&
+
+ # Now rename the file to the real destination.
+ $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
+ }
+ } || exit 1
+
+ trap '' 0
+ fi
+done
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-end: "$"
+# End:
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
+
+scriptversion=2006-05-10.23
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+# 02110-1301, USA.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+ echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+run=:
+sed_output='s/.* --output[ =]\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'
+sed_minuso='s/.* -o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'
+
+# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the
+# srcdir already.
+if test -f configure.ac; then
+ configure_ac=configure.ac
+else
+ configure_ac=configure.in
+fi
+
+msg="missing on your system"
+
+case $1 in
+--run)
+ # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds.
+ run=
+ shift
+ "$@" && exit 0
+ # Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens
+ # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on
+ # a file that requires a minimum version. In this case we
+ # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or
+ # if --run hadn't been passed.
+ if test $? = 63; then
+ run=:
+ msg="probably too old"
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
+ echo "\
+$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
+
+Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
+error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
+
+Options:
+ -h, --help display this help and exit
+ -v, --version output version information and exit
+ --run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails
+
+Supported PROGRAM values:
+ aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4'
+ autoconf touch file \`configure'
+ autoheader touch file \`config.h.in'
+ autom4te touch the output file, or create a stub one
+ automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files
+ bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
+ flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
+ help2man touch the output file
+ lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
+ makeinfo touch the output file
+ tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags
+ yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
+
+Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>."
+ exit $?
+ ;;
+
+ -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
+ echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
+ exit $?
+ ;;
+
+ -*)
+ echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option"
+ echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+
+esac
+
+# Now exit if we have it, but it failed. Also exit now if we
+# don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect
+# the program).
+case $1 in
+ lex|yacc)
+ # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version.
+ ;;
+
+ tar)
+ if test -n "$run"; then
+ echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run"
+ exit 1
+ elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # We have it, but it failed.
+ exit 1
+ elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then
+ # Could not run --version or --help. This is probably someone
+ # running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether
+ # $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing.
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version),
+# try to emulate it.
+case $1 in
+ aclocal*)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
+ you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want
+ to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from
+ any GNU archive site."
+ touch aclocal.m4
+ ;;
+
+ autoconf)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
+ you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the
+ \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU
+ archive site."
+ touch configure
+ ;;
+
+ autoheader)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
+ you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want
+ to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them
+ from any GNU archive site."
+ files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}`
+ test -z "$files" && files="config.h"
+ touch_files=
+ for f in $files; do
+ case $f in
+ *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" |
+ sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;;
+ *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";;
+ esac
+ done
+ touch $touch_files
+ ;;
+
+ automake*)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
+ you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.
+ You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.
+ Grab them from any GNU archive site."
+ find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print |
+ sed 's/\.am$/.in/' |
+ while read f; do touch "$f"; done
+ ;;
+
+ autom4te)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg.
+ You might have modified some files without having the
+ proper tools for further handling them.
+ You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU
+ archive site."
+
+ file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
+ test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
+ if test -f "$file"; then
+ touch $file
+ else
+ test -z "$file" || exec >$file
+ echo "#! /bin/sh"
+ echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of"
+ echo "# $ $@"
+ echo "exit 0"
+ chmod +x $file
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ bison|yacc)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' $msg. You should only need it if
+ you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package
+ in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
+ \`Bison' from any GNU archive site."
+ rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h
+ if test $# -ne 1; then
+ eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
+ case $LASTARG in
+ *.y)
+ SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'`
+ if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
+ cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c
+ fi
+ SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'`
+ if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
+ cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if test ! -f y.tab.h; then
+ echo >y.tab.h
+ fi
+ if test ! -f y.tab.c; then
+ echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ lex|flex)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
+ you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package
+ in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
+ \`Flex' from any GNU archive site."
+ rm -f lex.yy.c
+ if test $# -ne 1; then
+ eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
+ case $LASTARG in
+ *.l)
+ SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'`
+ if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
+ cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if test ! -f lex.yy.c; then
+ echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ help2man)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
+ you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the
+ \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take
+ effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site."
+
+ file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
+ test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
+ if test -f "$file"; then
+ touch $file
+ else
+ test -z "$file" || exec >$file
+ echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page"
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ makeinfo)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
+ you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file
+ indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious
+ call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX,
+ DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or
+ the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site."
+ # The file to touch is that specified with -o ...
+ file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
+ test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
+ if test -z "$file"; then
+ # ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ...
+ infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
+ file=`sed -n '
+ /^@setfilename/{
+ s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/
+ p
+ q
+ }' $infile`
+ # ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info)
+ test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info
+ fi
+ # If the file does not exist, the user really needs makeinfo;
+ # let's fail without touching anything.
+ test -f $file || exit 1
+ touch $file
+ ;;
+
+ tar)
+ shift
+
+ # We have already tried tar in the generic part.
+ # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error
+ # messages.
+ if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
+ gnutar "$@" && exit 0
+ fi
+ if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
+ gtar "$@" && exit 0
+ fi
+ firstarg="$1"
+ if shift; then
+ case $firstarg in
+ *o*)
+ firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//`
+ tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
+ ;;
+ esac
+ case $firstarg in
+ *h*)
+ firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//`
+ tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments.
+ You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the
+ command line arguments."
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg.
+ You might have modified some files without having the
+ proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file,
+ it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing
+ this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
+ some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-end: "$"
+# End:
--- /dev/null
+
+if ENABLE_SPECS
+if HAVE_ASCIIDOC
+
+doc_DATA = XI2proto.html XIproto.html
+dist_doc_DATA = XI2proto.txt XIproto.txt
+
+%.html: %.txt
+ $(AM_V_GEN)$(ASCIIDOC) -o $@ $<
+
+CLEANFILES = $(doc_DATA)
+
+endif
+endif
--- /dev/null
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+build_triplet = @build@
+host_triplet = @host@
+subdir = specs
+DIST_COMMON = $(am__dist_doc_DATA_DIST) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
+ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+ $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_$(V))
+am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_$(V))
+am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
+am__v_at_0 = @
+SOURCES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+am__dist_doc_DATA_DIST = XI2proto.txt XIproto.txt
+am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
+am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
+ $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+ *) f=$$p;; \
+ esac;
+am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
+am__install_max = 40
+am__nobase_strip_setup = \
+ srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
+am__nobase_strip = \
+ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
+am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
+ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
+ sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
+ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
+ if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
+ { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
+ END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
+am__base_list = \
+ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
+ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
+am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)"
+DATA = $(dist_doc_DATA) $(doc_DATA)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+ADMIN_MAN_DIR = @ADMIN_MAN_DIR@
+ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = @ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
+APP_MAN_DIR = @APP_MAN_DIR@
+APP_MAN_SUFFIX = @APP_MAN_SUFFIX@
+ASCIIDOC = @ASCIIDOC@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CHANGELOG_CMD = @CHANGELOG_CMD@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CWARNFLAGS = @CWARNFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+DRIVER_MAN_DIR = @DRIVER_MAN_DIR@
+DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = @DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+FILE_MAN_DIR = @FILE_MAN_DIR@
+FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = @FILE_MAN_SUFFIX@
+GREP = @GREP@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_CMD = @INSTALL_CMD@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LIB_MAN_DIR = @LIB_MAN_DIR@
+LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = @LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAINT = @MAINT@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MAN_SUBSTS = @MAN_SUBSTS@
+MISC_MAN_DIR = @MISC_MAN_DIR@
+MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = @MISC_MAN_SUFFIX@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
+PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@
+PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@
+SED = @SED@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRICT_CFLAGS = @STRICT_CFLAGS@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+XORG_MAN_PAGE = @XORG_MAN_PAGE@
+abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
+abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
+abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
+abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build = @build@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+build_cpu = @build_cpu@
+build_os = @build_os@
+build_vendor = @build_vendor@
+builddir = @builddir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+docdir = @docdir@
+dvidir = @dvidir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+host = @host@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_cpu = @host_cpu@
+host_os = @host_os@
+host_vendor = @host_vendor@
+htmldir = @htmldir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+pdfdir = @pdfdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+psdir = @psdir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
+top_builddir = @top_builddir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_ASCIIDOC_TRUE@doc_DATA = XI2proto.html XIproto.html
+@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_ASCIIDOC_TRUE@dist_doc_DATA = XI2proto.txt XIproto.txt
+@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_ASCIIDOC_TRUE@CLEANFILES = $(doc_DATA)
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
+ @for dep in $?; do \
+ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+ *$$dep*) \
+ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
+ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign specs/Makefile'; \
+ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
+ $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign specs/Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ @case '$?' in \
+ *config.status*) \
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
+ *) \
+ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+ esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps)
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
+install-dist_docDATA: $(dist_doc_DATA)
+ @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+ test -z "$(docdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)"
+ @list='$(dist_doc_DATA)'; test -n "$(docdir)" || list=; \
+ for p in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+ echo "$$d$$p"; \
+ done | $(am__base_list) | \
+ while read files; do \
+ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)'"; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" || exit $$?; \
+ done
+
+uninstall-dist_docDATA:
+ @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+ @list='$(dist_doc_DATA)'; test -n "$(docdir)" || list=; \
+ files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
+ test -n "$$files" || exit 0; \
+ echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
+ cd "$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" && rm -f $$files
+install-docDATA: $(doc_DATA)
+ @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+ test -z "$(docdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)"
+ @list='$(doc_DATA)'; test -n "$(docdir)" || list=; \
+ for p in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+ echo "$$d$$p"; \
+ done | $(am__base_list) | \
+ while read files; do \
+ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)'"; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" || exit $$?; \
+ done
+
+uninstall-docDATA:
+ @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+ @list='$(doc_DATA)'; test -n "$(docdir)" || list=; \
+ files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
+ test -n "$$files" || exit 0; \
+ echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
+ cd "$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" && rm -f $$files
+tags: TAGS
+TAGS:
+
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS:
+
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+ @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
+ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
+ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
+ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
+ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
+ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
+ case $$dist_files in \
+ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
+ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
+ sort -u` ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for file in $$dist_files; do \
+ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
+ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
+ fi; \
+ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+ else \
+ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+ || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile $(DATA)
+installdirs:
+ for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)"; do \
+ test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
+ done
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+ @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+ `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+ echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+ -test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
+
+distclean-generic:
+ -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+ -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+ -rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-am
+
+html-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am: install-dist_docDATA install-docDATA
+
+install-dvi: install-dvi-am
+
+install-dvi-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-html: install-html-am
+
+install-html-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-info-am:
+
+install-man:
+
+install-pdf: install-pdf-am
+
+install-pdf-am:
+
+install-ps: install-ps-am
+
+install-ps-am:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+ -rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-dist_docDATA uninstall-docDATA
+
+.MAKE: install-am install-strip
+
+.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
+ distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
+ install install-am install-data install-data-am \
+ install-dist_docDATA install-docDATA install-dvi \
+ install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \
+ install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
+ install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \
+ install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
+ maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
+ mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall uninstall-am \
+ uninstall-dist_docDATA uninstall-docDATA
+
+
+@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_ASCIIDOC_TRUE@%.html: %.txt
+@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_ASCIIDOC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_GEN)$(ASCIIDOC) -o $@ $<
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
--- /dev/null
+The X Input Extension 2.x
+=========================
+:toc:
+:numbered:
+
+Authors:
+
+- Peter Hutterer (Red Hat) <peter.hutterer@redhat.com>
+- Daniel Stone (Collabora Ltd.) <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+- Chase Douglas (Canonical, Ltd.) <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
+
+[[history]]
+History
+-------
+
+- v2.2, March 2012: Multitouch support added
+- v2.1, December 2011: new raw event behaviour, smooth scrolling support
+ added
+- v2.0, October 2009: Initial release of XI2 protocol
+
+[[intro-xi20]]
+Introduction
+------------
+
+The X Input Extension version 2.0 (XI2) is the second major release of the X
+Input Extension.
+
+XI2 provides a number of enhancements over version 1.5, including:
+
+- use of XGE and GenericEvents. GenericEvents are of flexible length with a
+ minimum length of 32 bytes.
+- explicit device hierarchy of master and slave devices. See Section
+<<hierarchy,The Master/Slave device hierarchy>>.
+- use of multiple independent master devices (Multi-Poiner X or MPX).
+- the ability for devices to change capabilities at runtime.
+- raw device events
+
+XI2's intent is to replace both core input processing and prior versions of
+the X Input Extension. Historically, the majority of applications employed the
+core protocol requests and events to handle user input. The core protocol does
+not provide information about which device generated the event. The X Input
+Extension version up to 1.5 requires the differentiation between core and
+extended devices. Extended devices may not be core devices and thus cannot be
+used on applications employing the core protocol. XI2 addresses both of these
+issues by enabling devices to be both extended and core devices and providing
+device information in each event (with the exception of core events).
+
+Changes in version 2.1
+----------------------
+
+- RawEvents are sent regardless of the grab state.
+- Addition of the ScrollClass for smooth scrolling
+
+Changes in version 2.2
+----------------------
+
+- Multitouch support added
+
+
+// ❧❧❧❧❧❧❧❧❧❧❧
+
+Notations used in this document
+-------------------------------
+
+Notation for requests:
+
+ ┌───
+ Name of request
+ name of request field: type of request field
+ name of request field: type of request field
+ ▶
+ name of reply field: type of reply field
+ └───
+
+Notation for events:
+
+ ┌───
+ Name of event
+ name of field: type of field
+ name of field: type of field
+ └───
+
+Complex fields are specified in the following notation:
+
+ name of field: COMPLEXFIELDTYPE
+
+or, if multiple of these fields exist:
+
+ name of field: LISTofCOMPLEXFIELDTYPE
+
+ COMPLEXFIELDTYPE: { name of subfield: type of subfield,
+ name of subfield: type of subfield }
+
+// ❧❧❧❧❧❧❧❧❧❧❧
+
+Interoperability between version 1.x and 2.0
+--------------------------------------------
+
+There is little interaction between 1.x and 2.x versions of the X Input
+Extension. Clients are requested to avoid mixing XI1.x and XI2 code as much as
+possible. Several direct incompatibilities are observable:
+
+[[interop-xi1-limitations]]
+Limitations resulting from different variable ranges
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+XI2 provides a larger range for some fields than XI1. As a result, XI1 clients
+may not receive data an XI2 client receives.
+These fields include:
+
+- devices with a deviceid of greater than 127 are invisible to XI1 clients.
+- key events and key grabs featuring larger than 255 can only be sent to XI2
+ clients.
+- no subpixel information is available to XI1 clients. If motion events are in
+ a subpixel range only, the server may omit these events and an XI 1.x client
+ will not receive events until the pixel boundary is crossed.
+
+
+[[interop-xi1-grabs]]
+Blocking of grabs
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+XI1 grabs are different to XI2 grab and a device may not be grabbed through an
+XI2 grab if an XI1 grab is currently active on this device or vice versa.
+Likewise, a keycode or button already grabbed by an XI 1.x or XI2 client may
+not be grabbed with the same modifier combination by an XI2 or XI 1.x client,
+respectively.
+
+[[interop-xi1-device-list]]
+Invisibility of Master Devices
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+XI 1.x was not designed with support for multiple master devices. As a
+result, only the first master pointer and master keyboard are visible to XI
+1.x clients; all other master devices are invisible and cannot be accessed
+from XI 1.x calls.
+
+Smooth scrolling
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Historically, X implemented scrolling events by using button press events:
+button 4 was one “click” of the scroll wheel upwards, button 5 was downwards,
+button 6 was one unit of scrolling left, and button 7 was one unit of scrolling
+right. This is insufficient for e.g. touchpads which are able to provide
+scrolling events through multi-finger drag gestures, or simply dragging your
+finger along a designated strip along the side of the touchpad.
+
+Newer X servers may provide scrolling information through valuators to
+provide clients with more precision than the legacy button events. This
+scrolling information is part of the valuator data in device events.
+Scrolling events do not have a specific event type.
+
+Valuators for axes sending scrolling information must have one
+ScrollClass for each scrolling axis. If scrolling valuators are present on a
+device, the server must provide two-way emulation between these valuators
+and the legacy button events for each delta unit of scrolling.
+
+One unit of scrolling in either direction is considered to be equivalent to
+one button event, e.g. for a unit size of 1.0, -2.0 on an valuator type
+Vertical sends two button press/release events for button 4. Likewise, a
+button press event for button 7 generates an event on the Horizontal
+valuator with a value of +1.0. The server may accumulate deltas of less than
+one unit of scrolling.
+
+Any server providing this behaviour marks emulated button or valuator events
+with the XIPointerEmulated flag for DeviceEvents, and the XIRawEmulated flag
+for raw events, to hint at applications which event is a hardware event.
+
+If more than one scroll valuator of the same type is present on a device,
+the valuator marked with Preferred for the same scroll direction is used to
+convert legacy button events into scroll valuator events. If no valuator is
+marked Preferred or more than one valuator is marked with Preferred for this
+scroll direction, this should be considered a driver bug and the behaviour
+is implementation-dependent.
+
+[[hierarchy]]
+The Master/Slave device hierarchy
+---------------------------------
+
+XI2 introduces a device hierarchy split up into so-called Master Devices (MD)
+and Slave Devices (SD).
+
+[[hierarchy-master]]
+Master devices
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+An MD is a virtual device created and managed by the server. MDs may send core
+events and XI events. However, an MD does not represent a physical device and
+relies on SDs for event generation. MDs come in two forms: as master pointers
+or as master keyboards. A master pointer is represented by a visible cursor on
+the screen. A master keyboard is represented by a keyboard focus.
+
+Each master pointer is paired with the respective master keyboard and vice
+versa, and this pairing is constant for the lifetime of both input devices.
+Clients can use this pairing behaviour to implement input paradigms that
+require pointer and keyboard interation (e.g. SHIFT + Click).
+
+[[hierarchy-slave]]
+Slave devices
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+An SD is usually a physical device configured in the server. SDs are not
+represented by a cursor or keyboard focus and may be attached to a master
+pointer or master keyboard. SDs can only be attached to any master of the same
+type (e.g. a physical pointer device can be attached to any master pointer).
+
+If an event is generated by an SD
+
+- if the SD is attached to a master pointer, it changes the position and/or
+ button state of the master pointer.
+- if the SD is attached to a master keyboard, it sends events to this
+ keyboard's focus window (if applicable) and/or changes the modifier state of
+ this keyboard.
+- if the SD is not attached to an MD ("floating"), it does not change
+ any master device. The SD has its own (invisible) sprite and its own focus.
+ Both the sprite and the focus must be managed explicitly by the client
+ program.
+
+[[hierarchy-dcce]]
+Event processing for attached slave devices
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Whenever an SD changes its logical state,
+
+- the event is delivered as an XI event to any interested clients. If the
+ device is floating, event processing stops.
+ Otherwise, if the device is attached,
+- the master device changes its classes to reflect the SD's capabilities. All
+ interested clients are notified of this device change.
+- then, the event is delivered as an XI event from the MD to any interested
+ clients. If the event has been delivered, event processing stops.
+ Otherwise,
+- the event is delivered as a core event to any interested clients.
+
+Given that W is the event window, and P the parent window of W, event delivery
+to P is only attempted if neither the XI event, nor the core event has been
+delivered on W. Once an event has been delivered as either XI or core event,
+event processing stops.
+
+[[clientpointer]]
+The ClientPointer principle
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Many core protocol and some extension requests are ambiguous when multiple
+master devices are available (e.g. QueryPointer does not specify which pointer).
+The X server does not have the knowledge to chose the contextually correct
+master device. For each client, one master pointer is designated as this
+clients's "ClientPointer". Whenever a client sends an ambiguous request (e.g.
+QueryPointer), the ClientPointer or the keyboard paired with the ClientPointer
+is chosen to provide the data for this request.
+
+This ClientPointer may be explicitly assigned to a client with the
+SetClientPointer call. If no ClientPointer is set when a client issues an
+ambiguous request, the server choses one device as the ClientPointer. The
+method of chosing a ClientPointer from the available master pointers is
+implementation-specific.
+
+If the master pointer currently set as ClientPointer for one or more clients is
+removed, the server may either unset the ClientPointer setting or change the
+ClientPointer to a different master pointer.
+
+[[multitouch]]
+Touch device support
+--------------------
+
+XI 2.2 introduces support for multi-touch devices. The traditional
+pointer/keyboard approach enforced by XI 2.0 with the master/slave device
+hierarchy is not always suitable for multi-touch devices that can provide a
+dynamic number of touchpoints per physical device; it is not known without
+client-specific interpretation whether the touchpoints must be considered
+separately or grouped together.
+
+The additions in XI 2.2 aim to:
+
+- support a dynamic number of simultaneous touch points,
+- support devices that are both multi-touch and traditional pointer devices,
+- allow touchpoints to be either grouped together or handled separately,
+- be backwards-compatible to pre-XI 2.2 clients through emulation of XI 2.x/XI 1.x and core
+ pointer events.
+
+Touch events are only available to clients supporting version 2.2 or later of
+the X Input Extension. Clients must use the XIQueryVersion request to announce
+support for this version. Touch devices may generate emulated pointer events
+alongside XI 2.2 touch events to support older clients; see Section
+<<multitouch-processing,Touch event delivery>>.
+
+Touch event processing differs from normal event processing in a few ways.
+The most notable differences are that touch events are processed partially
+out-of-band from pointer and keyboard events, and that touch events may be
+sent to multiple clients simultaneously. For more details see Section
+<<multitouch-processing, Touch event delivery>>.
+
+[[multitouch-lifecycle]]
+Touch event sequences
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Touch input follows a three-stage cycle:
+
+ begin - update - update - ... - end
+
+i.e. “begin” the sequence by touching the device, “update” the current
+touch location or properties any number of times, and finally “end” the
+sequence by ceasing to touch the device. Within this document, the term
+"touch sequence" is used to describe the above sequence of events.
+In the protocol, the three stages are represented with the event
+types TouchBegin, TouchUpdate, and TouchEnd, respectively. A touch sequence
+always generates TouchBegin and TouchEnd events, and may also generate
+TouchUpdate events. Clients must select for all three of these events
+simultaneously.
+
+When a touch starts, clients are sent a TouchBegin event
+detailing the position of the touchpoint, as well as the
+initial properties of the touchpoint. Note that the logical state of the
+device (as seen through the input protocol) may lag the physical state if event
+processing is affected by grabs. Multiple touchpoints may be active on the
+same device at any time, potentially owned by and/or delivered to a different
+set of clients.
+
+Whenever the touch position or any other property of the touchpoint changes,
+a TouchUpdate event is sent to all clients listening
+to events for that touchpoint with the updated information.
+
+When the touch has physically ended, or a client will otherwise not receive
+any more events for a given touchpoint, a TouchEnd event will be sent to
+that client.
+
+Passive touch grabs are similar to standard input event grabs in that they
+take precedence over event selections and are searched from the root window
+to the child window (as opposed to selections, which start their search at the
+child window and continue up to the root window). When a touch grab activates,
+the client whose grab activates becomes the “owner” of this touch sequence,
+and must decide what to do with it, as per Section
+<<multitouch-ownership,Ownership of touch sequences>>. See the
+<<requests-passivegrabdevice,XIPassiveGrabDevice>> request
+documentation for more information on passive grab activation.
+
+Only one client may select for touch events from a given device on a window.
+
+[[multitouch-ownership]]
+Ownership of touch sequences
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Once a grabbing client becomes the owner of a touch, it must either “accept” or
+"reject" the touch sequence using the XIAllowEvents request. If a touch sequence
+is rejected, a TouchEnd event is sent to the rejecting client, and it will not
+receive any more events for this touch. The server then looks to the next
+window in the stack for another passive grab, and attempts to pass ownership
+on to the next candidate for a passive grab (i.e. the next window towards
+the final child window with a matching grab), or to the first applicable
+event selection if there are no more grabs.
+
+If a touch sequence is accepted by its owner, all other clients receive
+TouchEnd events, and the touch sequence is exclusively delivered to the
+owner from that point on.
+
+If the touch sequence physically ends while the owner of the touch sequence
+has not yet accepted or rejected ownership, the owner receives a TouchEnd
+event and all other clients receive a TouchUpdate event with the
+TouchPendingEnd flag set. The owner must still accept or reject the sequence
+nonetheless. If the owner rejects the touch sequence, the server will still
+attempt to exhaust all other passive grabs and/or event selections looking
+for a final owner.
+
+If the touch sequence has not physically ended yet and the owner of the
+touch sequence rejects, the owner receives a TouchEnd event and ownership is
+passed to the next client.
+
+Clients may opt for touch events to be delivered before they become the
+owner of the touch sequence. In this case, the logical state of the device (as
+seen by means of the protocol) always matches the physical state of the device.
+Clients must use caution if they opt for this feature; any action taken must be
+undone if the touch sequence ends without the client becoming the owner.
+
+To select for touch events regardless of ownership, a client must set the
+TouchOwnership event mask in addition to the
+TouchBegin, TouchUpdate and TouchEnd mask. When selected, a client will receive
+touch events as they occur on the device. If and when the client
+becomes the owner of a touch sequence, a TouchOwnership event is sent to the
+client. If the client is the initial owner of the sequence, the TouchBegin is
+immediately followed by the TouchOwnership event. Otherwise, TouchUpdate events
+may preceed a TouchOwnership event. A client is not guaranteed to become the
+owner of any given touch sequence.
+
+The server delivers touch events to all clients that have selected for
+TouchOwnership and to the current owner of the sequence in parallel.
+
+If a client has selected for TouchOwnership and is not the current owner of
+the sequence and the current owner accepts the sequence, the client receives
+a TouchEnd event and no further events from this sequence are sent to this
+client.
+
+If a client has selected for TouchOwnership and the physical touch ends
+before the current owner has accepted or rejected the sequence, the client
+receives a TouchUpdate event with the TouchPendingEnd flag set. No further
+TouchUpdate events will be sent for this sequence. If the current owner
+accepts the sequence, the client receives a TouchEnd event. Otherwise, if
+the current owner rejects the sequence, the client may become
+the owner of the touch sequence and receive a TouchOwnership event and a
+TouchEnd event.
+
+[[multitouch-device-modes]]
+Touch device modes
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Touch devices come in many different forms with varying capabilities. The
+following device modes are defined for this protocol:
+
+'DirectTouch':
+ These devices map their input region to a subset of the screen region. Touch
+ events are delivered to window at the location of the touch. "direct"
+ here refers to the user manipulating objects at their screen location.
+ An example of a DirectTouch device is a touchscreen.
+
+'DependentTouch':
+ These devices do not have a direct correlation between a touch location and
+ a position on the screen. Touch events are delivered according to the
+ location of the device's cursor and often need to be interpreted
+ relative to the current position of that cursor. Such interactions are
+ usually the result of a gesture performed on the device, rather than
+ direct manipulation. An example of a DependentTouch device is a
+ trackpad.
+
+A device is identified as only one of the device modes above at any time, and
+the touch mode may change at any time. If a device's touch mode changes, an
+XIDeviceChangedEvent is generated.
+
+[[multitouch-processing]]
+Touch event delivery
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+For direct touch devices, the window set for event propagation is the set of
+windows from the root window to the topmost window lying at the co-ordinates
+of the touch.
+
+For dependent devices, the window set for event propagation is the set of
+windows from the root window to the window that contains the device's
+pointer. A dependent device may only have one window set at a time, for all
+touches. Any future touch sequence will use the same window set. The window set
+is cleared when all touch sequences on the device end.
+
+A window set is calculated on TouchBegin and remains constant until the end
+of the sequence. Modifications to the window hierarchy, new grabs or changed
+event selection do not affect the window set.
+
+Pointer control of dependent devices
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+On a dependent device, the device may differ between a pointer-controlling
+touch and a non-pointer-controlling touch. For example, on a touchpad the
+first touch is pointer-controlling (i.e. serves only to move the visible
+pointer). Multi-finger gestures on a touchpad cause all touches to be
+non-pointer-controlling.
+
+For pointer-controlling touches, no touch events are sent; the touch
+generates regular pointer events instead. Non-pointer-controlling touches
+send touch events. A touch may change from pointer-controlling to
+non-pointer-controlling, or vice versa.
+
+- If a touch changes from pointer-controlling to non-pointer-controlling,
+ a new touch ID is assigned and a TouchBegin is sent for the last known
+ position of the touch. Further events are sent as TouchUpdate events, or as
+ TouchEnd event if the touch terminates.
+
+- If a touch changes from non-pointer-controlling to pointer-controlling, a
+ TouchEnd is sent for that touch at the last known position of the touch.
+ Further events are sent as pointer events.
+
+The conditions to switch from pointer-controlling to non-pointer-controlling
+touch is implementation-dependent. A device may support touches that are
+both pointer-controlling and a touch event.
+
+In the dependent touch example event sequence below, touches are marked when
+switching to pointer-controlling (pc) or to non-pointer-controlling (np).
+
+.Dependent touch example event sequence on a touchpad
+[width="50%", options="header"]
+|====================================================
+| Finger 1 | Finger 2 | Event generated(touchid)
+| down | | Motion
+| move | | Motion
+| move | | Motion
+| (np) | down | TouchBegin(0), TouchBegin(1)
+| move | -- | TouchUpdate(0)
+| -- | move | TouchUpdate(1)
+| up | (pc) | TouchEnd(0), TouchEnd(1)
+| | move | Motion
+| down | (np) | TouchBegin(2), TouchBegin(3)
+| move | -- | TouchUpdate(2)
+| up | (pc) | TouchEnd(2), TouchEnd(3)
+| | up | Motion
+| down | | Motion
+| (np) | down | TouchBegin(4), TouchBegin(5)
+| (pc) | up | TouchEnd(4), TouchEnd(5)
+| move | | Motion
+| up | | Motion
+|====================================================
+
+
+[[multitouch-emulation]]
+Pointer emulation from multitouch events
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Touch sequences from direct touch devices may emulate pointer events. Only one
+touch sequence from a device may emulate pointer events at a time; which touch
+sequence emulates pointer events is implementation-dependent.
+
+Pointer events are emulated as follows:
+
+- A TouchBegin event generates a pointer motion event to the location of the
+ touch with the same axis values of the touch event, followed by a button press
+ event for button 1.
+- A TouchUpdate event generates a pointer motion event to the location of the
+ touch and/or to update axis values of the pointer device. The button state
+ as seen from the protocol includes button 1 set.
+- A TouchEnd event generates a pointer motion event to the location of the touch
+ and/or to update the axis values if either have changed, followed by a button
+ release event for button 1. The button state as seen from the protocol
+ includes button 1 set.
+
+If a touch sequence emulates pointer events and an emulated pointer event
+triggers the activation of a passive grab, the grabbing client becomes the
+owner of the touch sequence.
+
+The touch sequence is considered to have been accepted if
+
+- the grab mode is asynchronous, or
+- the grab mode is synchronous and the device is thawed as a result of
+ AllowEvents with AsyncPointer or AsyncDevice
+
+Otherwise, if the button press is replayed by the client, the touch sequence
+is considered to be rejected.
+
+Touch event delivery precedes pointer event delivery. A touch event emulating
+pointer events is delivered:
+
+- as a touch event to the top-most window of the current window set if a
+ client has a touch grab on this window,
+- otherwise, as a pointer event to the top-most window of the current window
+ set if a client has a pointer grab on this window,
+- otherwise, to the next child window in the window set until a grab has been
+ found.
+
+If no touch or pointer grab on any window is active and the last window in the
+window set has been reached, the event is delivered:
+
+- as a touch event to the window if a client has selected for touch events
+ on this window
+- otherwise, as a pointer event to the window if a client has selected for
+ pointer events.
+- otherwise, to the next parent window in the window set until a selection has
+ been found.
+
+Emulated pointer events will have the PointerEmulated flag set. A touch
+event that emulates pointer events has the TouchEmulatingPointer flag set.
+
+[[glossary-notations]]
+Notations used in this document
+-------------------------------
+
+Notation for requests:
+
+ ┌───
+ Name of request
+ name of request field: type of request field
+ name of request field: type of request field
+ ▶
+ name of reply field: type of reply field
+ └───
+
+Notation for events:
+
+ ┌───
+ Name of event
+ name of field: type of field
+ name of field: type of field
+ └───
+
+Complex fields are specified in the following notation:
+
+ name of field: COMPLEXFIELDTYPE
+
+or, if multiple of these fields exist:
+
+ name of field: LISTofCOMPLEXFIELDTYPE
+
+ COMPLEXFIELDTYPE: { name of subfield: type of subfield,
+ name of subfield: type of subfield }
+
+
+[[glossary-datatypes]]
+Data types
+----------
+
+ BUTTONMASK
+ A binary mask defined as (1 << button number).
+ A SETofBUTTONMASK is a binary OR of zero or more BUTTONMASK.
+
+ DEVICE { DEVICEID, AllDevices, AllMasterDevices }
+ A DEVICE specifies either a DEVICEID or AllDevices or
+ AllMasterDevices.
+
+ DEVICEID { CARD16 }
+ A DEVICEID is a numerical ID for a device currently available in the
+ server. The server may re-use a device ID after a device's removal.
+ The device IDs 0 and 1 are reserved.
+ AllDevices ........ 0
+ AllMasterDevices .. 1
+
+ DEVICEUSE { MasterPointer, MasterKeyboard, SlavePointer,
+ SlaveKeyboard, FloatingSlave }
+ A DEVICEUSE field specifies the current use of a device in the MD/SD
+ device hierarchy. See Section "The Master/Slave device hierarchy"
+ for more information.
+
+ EVENTMASK
+ An EVENTMASK is a binary mask defined as (1 << event type).
+ A SETofEVENTMASK is a binary OR of zero or more EVENTMASK.
+
+ FP1616
+ Fixed point decimal in 16.16 format as one INT16 and one CARD16.
+ The INT16 contains the integral part, the CARD32 the decimal fraction
+ shifted by 16.
+
+ FP3232
+ Fixed point decimal in 32.32 format as one INT32 and one CARD32.
+ The INT32 contains the integral part, the CARD32 the decimal fraction
+ shifted by 32.
+
+ VALUATORMASK
+ A binary mask defined as (1 << valuator number).
+ A SETofVALUATORMASK is a binary OR of zero or more VALUATORMASK.
+
+
+[[errors]]
+Errors
+------
+
+Errors are sent using core X error reports.
+
+ Device
+ A value for a DEVICE argument does not specify a valid DEVICE.
+
+
+[[requests]]
+Requests:
+---------
+
+The server does not guarantee that the length of a reply remains constant in
+future revisions of XI2. A client must always retrieve the exact length of the
+protocol reply from the connection, even if the reply is longer than defined
+for the XI2 version supported by the client.
+Additional bytes in a request may include data supported in later versions of
+XI2. Clients should ignore this data. Padding bytes in XI2 protocol requests
+are required to be 0.
+
+[[requests-xi20]]
+Requests introduced in version 2.0
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+[[requests-queryversion]]
+ ┌───
+ XIQueryVersion
+ major_version: CARD16
+ minor_version: CARD16
+ ▶
+ major_version: CARD16
+ minor_version: CARD16
+ └───
+
+The client sends the highest supported version to the server and the
+server sends the highest version it supports, but no higher than the
+requested version. Major versions changes can introduce incompatibilities
+in existing functionality, minor version changes introduce only backward
+compatible changes. It is the client's responsibility to ensure that the
+server supports a version which is compatible with its expectations.
+
+ major_version
+ Major XI2 version.
+ minor_version
+ Minor XI2 version.
+
+If major_version is less than 2, a BadValue error occurs.
+
+[[requests-querydevice]]
+ ┌───
+ XIQueryDevice
+ DEVICE deviceid
+ ▶
+ num_devices: CARD16
+ deviceinfo: LISTofDEVICEINFO
+ └───
+
+ DEVICEINFO { deviceid: DEVICEID
+ use: DEVICEUSE
+ attachment: DEVICEID
+ enabled: BOOL
+ num_classes: CARD16
+ name_len: CARD16
+ name: LISTofCHAR8
+ classes: LISTofCLASS }
+
+ CLASS { BUTTONCLASS, KEYCLASS, AXISCLASS, SCROLLCLASS, TOUCHCLASS }
+
+ BUTTONCLASS { type: ButtonClass
+ length: CARD16
+ sourceid: CARD16
+ buttons_len: CARD16
+ state: SETofBUTTONMASK
+ labels: LISTofATOM }
+
+ KEYCLASS { type: KeyClass
+ length: CARD16
+ sourceid: CARD16
+ num_keys: CARD16
+ keys: LISTofCARD32 }
+
+ AXISCLASS { type: AxisClass
+ length: CARD16
+ sourceid: CARD16
+ axisnumber: CARD16
+ label: ATOM
+ min: FP3232
+ max: FP3232
+ value: FP3232
+ resolution: CARD32
+ mode: CARD8 }
+
+ SCROLLCLASS¹ {type: ScrollClass
+ length: CARD16
+ sourceid: CARD16
+ axisnumber: CARD16
+ scroll_type: SCROLLTYPE
+ flags: SETofSCROLLFLAGS
+ increment: FP3232 }
+
+ SCROLLTYPE { Vertical, Horizontal }
+
+ SCROLLFLAGS { NoEmulation, Preferred }
+
+ TOUCHCLASS² { type: TouchClass
+ length: CARD16
+ sourceid: CARD16
+ mode: TOUCHMODE
+ num_touches: CARD16 }
+
+ TOUCHMODE { DirectTouch, DependentTouch }
+
+ ¹ since XI 2.1
+ ² since XI 2.2
+
+XIQueryDevice details information about the requested input devices.
+
+ devices
+ The device to list. If devices is AllDevices, all enabled and
+ disabled devices are listed. If devices is AllMasterDevices, all
+ enabled and disabled master devices are listed. If devices is a
+ valid DEVICE, only this DEVICE is listed and num_devices is 1.
+ num_devices
+ The number of deviceinfos returned.
+
+Each deviceinfo is detailed as follows:
+
+ deviceid
+ The unique ID of the device. Device IDs may get re-used when a device
+ is removed.
+ use
+ If the device is a master pointer, use is MasterPointer.
+ If the device is a master keyboard, use is MasterKeyboard.
+ If the device is a slave pointer, use is SlavePointer.
+ If the device is a slave keyboard, use is SlaveKeyboard.
+ If the device is a floating slave, use is FloatingSlave.
+ attachment
+ If the device is a master pointer or a master keyboard, attachment
+ specifies the paired master keyboard, or the paired master pointer,
+ respectively. If the device is a non-floating slave device
+ attachment specifies the master device this device is attached to.
+ If the device is a floating slave, attachment is undefined.
+ enabled
+ Zero if the device is disabled, non-zero otherwise.
+ num_classes
+ Number of classes provided.
+ name_len
+ Length of the name in bytes not including padding.
+ classes
+ Details the available classes provided by the device in an undefined
+ order.
+ name
+ The device's name. padded to a multiple of 4 bytes.
+
+For all classes, type specifies the device class. Clients are required
+to ignore unknown device classes. The length field specifies the length
+of the class in 4 byte units.
+The following classes may occur only once: ButtonClass, KeyClass
+
+ ButtonClass:
+ type
+ Always ButtonClass.
+ length
+ Length in 4 byte units.
+ sourceid
+ The device this class originates from.
+ num_buttons
+ Number of buttons provided by the device.
+ labels
+ List of Atoms specifying the label for each button. An Atom of None
+ specifies an unlabeled button. Buttons are listed in the device-native
+ order regardless of the current button mapping.
+ state
+ The current button mask for this device after button mapping is
+ applied. Each bit representing a button is 1 if this button is
+ logically down, or 0 otherwise. State is a multiple of 4-byte units
+ and always contains at least num_buttons bits.
+
+ KeyClass:
+ type
+ Always KeyClass.
+ length
+ Length in 4 byte units.
+ sourceid
+ The device this class originates from.
+ num_keys
+ Number of keycodes provided by the device.
+ keys
+ List of keycodes provided.
+
+ AxisClass:
+ type
+ Always AxisClass.
+ length
+ Length in 4 byte units.
+ sourceid
+ The device this class originates from.
+ axisnumber
+ Axis number of this axis. The axis number is in device-native
+ order and potential axis mappings are ignored.
+ label
+ Atom specifying the axis name. An Atom of None specifies an unlabeled
+ axis.
+ min
+ Minimum value.
+ max
+ Minimum value.
+ resolution
+ Resolution in counts/meter.
+ mode
+ Relative or Absolute.
+ value
+ Last published axis value (if mode is absolute).
+
+An axis in Relative mode may specify min and max as a hint to the
+client. If no min and max information is available, both must be 0.
+
+ ScrollClass:
+ type
+ Always ScrollClass.
+ axisnumber
+ Axis number that is referred to. This axis number must be listed in
+ the ValuatorClassInfo.
+ scroll_type:
+ Vertical for a vertical scrolling axis, Horizontal for a horizontal
+ scrolling axis.
+ flags:
+ A set of flags that apply to this scroll axis.
+ NoEmulation: no legacy scroll button events are generated for events
+ on this scrolling axis.
+ Preferred: This axis is the preferred axis for emulating valuator
+ events from legacy scroll button events.
+ increment:
+ The valuator delta equivalent to one positive unit of scrolling.
+
+A ScrollClass may only exist if the device has at least one ValuatorClass
+and each axisnumber listed in any ScrollClass. Only one ScrollClass may
+exist per ValuatorClass.
+
+ TouchClass:
+ type
+ Always TouchClass.
+ length
+ Length in 4 byte units.
+ sourceid
+ The device this class originates from.
+ mode
+ The device type of the touch device. This mode may change at runtime.
+ num_touches
+ The maximum number of simultaneous touchpoints the device may send.
+ If num_touches is 0, the number of supported touches is unknown or
+ unlimited.
+
+Devices with a TouchClass emit touch events with the same axes as pointer
+events.
+
+[[requests-selectevents]]
+ ┌───
+ XISelectEvents
+ window: Window
+ num_masks: CARD16
+ masks: LISTofEVENTMASK
+
+ └───
+
+ EVENTMASK { deviceid: DEVICE,
+ mask_len: CARD16,
+ mask: SETofEVENTMASK
+
+ window
+ The window to select the events on.
+ num_masks
+ Number of items in masks.
+ deviceid
+ Numerical deviceid, or AllDevices, or AllMasterDevices.
+ mask_len
+ Length of mask in 4 byte units.
+ mask
+ Event mask. An event mask for an event type T is defined as (1 << T).
+
+XISelectEvents selects for XI2 events on window.
+
+If num_masks is 0, a BadValue error occurs.
+
+Each mask sets the (and overwrites a previous) event mask for the DEVICE
+specified through deviceid. The device AllDevices or
+AllMasterDevices is treated as a separate device by server. A client's
+event mask is the union of AllDevices, AllMasterDevices and the
+per-device event mask.
+The removal of device from the server unsets the event masks for the
+device. If an event mask is set for AllDevices or AllMasterDevices, the
+event mask is not cleared on device removal and affects all future
+devices.
+
+If mask_len is 0, the event mask for the given device is cleared.
+
+The mask for XIHierarchyEvents may only be selected for XIAllDevices.
+Setting it for any other device results in a BadValue error.
+
+A client selecting for any of XI_TouchBegin, XI_TouchUpdate, or XI_TouchEnd
+must select for all three events at the same time, else a BadValue error
+will be generated. A client selecting for XI_TouchOwnership must select for
+all three of the other touch events. If the selection for these touch events
+overlaps a current selection by another client (e.g. selecting for a
+specific device when another client has a selection for XIAllDevices), a
+BadAccess error occurs.
+
+[[requests-getselectedevents]]
+ ┌───
+ XIGetSelectedEvents
+ window: Window
+ ▶
+ num_masks: CARD16
+ masks: LISTofEVENTMASK
+ └───
+
+ window
+ The window to select the events on.
+ num_masks
+ Number of items in masks.
+ masks
+ Selected event masks by this client.
+
+Masks are returned on a per-device basis, with masks for AllDevices and
+AllMasterDevices returned separately. A client can calculate the
+effective mask for a device with a bitwise OR of the AllDevices, the
+AllMasterDevices and the device-specific mask.
+
+If num_masks is 0, no events have been selected by this client on the
+given window.
+
+[[requests-querypointer]]
+ ┌───
+ XIQueryPointer
+ window: Window
+ deviceid: DEVICEID
+ ▶
+ root: Window
+ child: Window
+ root_x: FP1616
+ root_y: FP1616
+ win_x: FP1616
+ win_y: FP1616
+ same_screen: BOOL
+ mods: MODIFIERINFO
+ group: GROUPINFO
+ buttons_len: CARD16
+ buttons: SETofBUTTONMASK
+ └───
+
+Query a master pointer device for its current position.
+
+ root
+ The root window the pointer is logically on.
+ child
+ The child window of window that contains the pointer or None.
+ root_x
+ root_y
+ Pointer position relative to the root window's origin.
+ win_x
+ win_y
+ Pointer position relative to window or 0 if same_screen is false.
+ same_screen
+ True if window is on the same screen as the pointer.
+ mods
+ XKB modifier state on the paired device.
+ group
+ XKB group state on the paired device.
+ buttons_len
+ The length of buttons in 4 byte units.
+ buttons
+ Button state.
+
+If the device is not a master pointer device or not a floating slave
+pointer, a BadDevice error results.
+
+[[requests-warppointer]]
+ ┌───
+ XIWarpPointer
+ src_win: Window
+ dst_win: Window
+ src_x: FP1616
+ src_y: FP1616
+ src_width: INT16
+ src_height: INT16
+ dst_x: FP1616
+ dst_y: FP1616
+ deviceid: DEVICEID
+ └───
+
+WarpPointer moves the pointer of deviceid as if the user had moved
+the pointer. WarpPointer can only be called for MasterPointer and
+FloatingSlave devices.
+
+ src_win
+ If src_window is not None, the move only takes place if src_window
+ contains the pointer and the pointer is contained in the specified
+ rectangle of src_window.
+ dst_win
+ If dst_win is None, this request moves the pointer by offsets
+ dst_x/dst_y relative to the current position of the pointer. If
+ dst_window is a window, this request moves the pointer to
+ dst_x/dst_y relative to dst_win's origin.
+ src_x
+ src_y
+ src_width
+ src_height
+ Specifies the source window rectangle.
+ dst_x
+ dst_y
+ The relative coordinates to move the pointer if dst_win is None, or
+ the absolute coordinates if dst_win is a window.
+ deviceid
+ The device to warp.
+
+This request cannot be used to move the pointer outside the confine-to
+window of an active pointer grab. An attempt will only move the pointer as
+far as the closest edge of the confine-to window.
+
+This request will generate events just as if the user had instantaneously
+moved the pointer.
+
+[[requests-changecursor]]
+ ┌───
+ XIChangeCursor
+ win: Window
+ cursor: Cursor
+ deviceid: DEVICEID
+ └───
+
+Change a master pointer's cursor on the specified window.
+
+ window
+ The window.
+ cursor
+ The new cursor or None.
+ deviceid
+ The master pointer device.
+
+Whenever device enters a window W, the cursor shape is selected in the
+following order:
+
+- if the current window has a device cursor C(d) defined for device,
+ display this cursor C(d).
+- otherwise, if the current window has a cursor C(w) defined in the core
+ protocol's window attributes, display cursor C(w).
+- repeat on parent window until a cursor has been found.
+
+The device cursor for a given window is reset once the window is destroyed
+or the device is removed, whichever comes earlier.
+
+If deviceid does not specify a master pointer, a BadDevice error
+is returned.
+
+[[requests-changehierarchy]]
+ ┌───
+ XIChangeHierarchy
+ num_changes: CARD8
+ changes: LISTofHIERARCHYCHANGES
+ └───
+
+ HIERARCHYCHANGE { ADDMASTER, REMOVEMASTER, ATTACHSLAVE, DETACHSLAVE }
+
+ HIERARCHYCHANGETYPE { AddMaster, RemoveMaster, AttachSlave, DetachSlave }
+
+ CHANGEMODE { Float, Attach }
+
+ ADDMASTER { type: HIERARCHYCHANGETYPE
+ length: CARD16
+ name_len: CARD16
+ send_core: BOOL
+ enable: BOOL
+ name: LISTofCHAR8 }
+
+ REMOVEMASTER { type: HIERARCHYCHANGETYPE
+ length: CARD16
+ deviceid: DEVICEID
+ return_mode: CHANGEMODE
+ return_pointer: DEVICEID
+ return_keyboard: DEVICEID }
+
+ ATTACHSLAVE { type: HIERARCHYCHANGETYPE
+ length: CARD16
+ deviceid: DEVICEID
+ master: DEVICEID }
+
+ DETACHSLAVE { type: HIERARCHYCHANGETYPE
+ length: CARD16
+ deviceid: DEVICEID }
+
+XIChangeHierarchy allows a client to modify the
+<<hierarchy,Master/Slave device hierarchy>>.
+
+ num_changes
+ The number of changes to apply to the current hierarchy.
+ changes
+ The list of changes.
+
+The server processes the changes in the order received from the client and
+applies each requested change immediately. If an error occurs, processing
+stops at the current change and returns the number of successfully applied
+changes in the error.
+
+ ADDMASTER creates a pair of master devices.
+ type
+ Always AddMaster.
+ length
+ Length in 4 byte units.
+ name_len
+ Length of name in bytes.
+ send_core
+ True if the device should send core events.
+ enable
+ True if the device is to be enabled immediately.
+ name
+ The name for the new master devices. The master pointer's name is
+ automatically appended with " pointer", the master keyboard's name is
+ automatically appended with " keyboard".
+
+ REMOVEMASTER removes an existing master device.
+ type
+ Always RemoveMaster.
+ length
+ Length in 4 byte units.
+ deviceid
+ The device to remove.
+ return_mode
+ Return mode for attached slave devices.
+ If return_mode is Float, all slave devices are set to floating.
+ If return_mode is Attach, slave pointers are attached to
+ return_pointer and slave keyboards are attached to
+ return_keyboard.
+ return_pointer
+ return_keyboard
+ The master pointer and master keyboard to attach slave devices to, if
+ return_mode is Attach. If return_mode is Float, return_pointer
+ and return_keyboard are undefined.
+
+Removing a master pointer removes the paired master keyboard and vice
+versa.
+
+ ATTACHSLAVE attaches a slave device to a given master device.
+ type
+ Always ChangeAttachment.
+ length
+ Length in 4 byte units.
+ deviceid
+ Deviceid of the slave device.
+ master
+ The new master device to attach this slave device to.
+
+If any clients are selecting for touch events from the slave device, their
+selection will be canceled.
+
+ DETACHSLAVE detaches a slave device from its current master device.
+ type
+ Always ChangeAttachment.
+ length
+ Length in 4 byte units.
+ deviceid
+ Deviceid of the slave device.
+
+[[requests-setclientpointer]]
+ ┌───
+ XISetClientPointer
+ win: Window
+ deviceid: DEVICEID
+ └───
+
+Set the ClientPointer for the client owning win to the given device.
+
+ win
+ Window or client ID.
+ deviceid
+ The master pointer or master keyboard that acts as ClientPointer.
+
+Some protocol requests are ambiguous and the server has to choose a device
+to provide data for a request or a reply. By default, the server will
+choose a client's ClientPointer device to provide the data, unless the
+client currently has a grab on another device. See section
+<<clientpointer,The ClientPointer principle>> for more details.
+
+If win is None, the ClientPointer for this client is set to the given
+device. Otherwise, if win is a valid window, the ClientPointer for the
+client owning this window is set to the given device. Otherwise, if win is
+not a valid window but a client with the client mask equal to win exists,
+this client's ClientPointer is set to the given device.
+
+If deviceid does not specify a master pointer or master keyboard, a
+BadDevice error is returned.
+
+If window does not specify a valid window or client ID and is not None, a
+BadWindow error is returned.
+
+[[requests-getclientpointer]]
+ ┌───
+ XIGetClientPointer
+ win: Window
+ ▶
+ set: BOOL
+ deviceid: DEVICEID
+ └───
+
+Query the ClientPointer for the client owning win.
+
+ win
+ The window or client ID.
+ set
+ True if the client has a ClientPointer set.
+ deviceid
+ The master pointer that acts as a ClientPointer if set is True.
+
+No difference is made between a ClientPointer set explicitly through
+XISetClientPointer and a ClientPointer implicitly assigned by the server
+in response to an ambiguous request.
+
+[[requests-setfocus]]
+ ┌───
+ XISetFocus
+ focus: Window
+ deviceid: DEVICEID
+ time: Time
+ └───
+
+Set the focus for the given device to the given window. Future key events
+from this device are sent to this window.
+This request generates FocusIn and FocusOut events.
+
+ focus
+ A viewable window or None.
+ deviceid
+ The device to modify the focus window for.
+ time
+ Specifies the time to change the focus or CurrentTime.
+
+If focus is None, key events from this device are discarded until a new
+focus window is set. If focus is a viewable window, key events from this
+device are sent to this window. If the window becomes unviewable, the
+window's first viewable ancestor automatically becomes the focus window
+and FocusIn and FocusOut events are sent as if a client had changed the
+focus window.
+This is equivalent to RevertToParent in the core XSetInputFocus window.
+
+This request has no effect if the specified time is earlier than the
+current last-focus-change time or is later than the current X server time.
+Otherwise, the last-focus-change time is set to the specified time.
+
+[[requests-getfocus]]
+ ┌───
+ XIGetFocus
+ deviceid: DEVICEID
+ ▶
+ focus: Window
+ └───
+
+Return the current focus window for the given device.
+
+[[requests-grabdevice]]
+ ┌───
+ XIGrabDevice
+ deviceid: DEVICEID
+ grab_window: Window
+ owner_events: BOOL
+ grab_mode: { Synchronous, Asynchronous }
+ paired_device_mode: { Synchronous, Asynchronous }
+ time: TIMESTAMP or CurrentTime
+ cursor: Cursor
+ mask_len: CARD16
+ masks: SETofEVENTMASK
+ ▶
+ status: Success, AlreadyGrabbed, Frozen, InvalidTime, NotViewable
+ └───
+
+This request actively grabs control of the specified input device. Further
+input events from this device are reported only to the grabbing client.
+This request overides any previous active grab by this client for this
+device. This request does not affect the processing of XI 2.2
+touch events.
+
+ deviceid
+ The device to grab.
+ grab_window
+ Events are reported relative to the grab window.
+ owner_events
+ Specifies whether event will be reported normally or relative to the
+ grab window.
+ grab_mode
+ Specifies if this device will be frozen as a result of the grab.
+ paired_device_mode
+ Specifies if the master device paired with this device will be frozen
+ as a result of the grab.
+ time
+ A valid server time or CurrentTime.
+ cursor
+ The cursor to display for the duration of the grab or None.
+ mask_len
+ Length of mask in 4 byte units.
+ mask
+ Event mask. An event mask for an event type T is defined as (1 << T).
+ status
+ Success or the reason why the grab could not be established.
+
+The masks parameter specifies which events the client wishes to receive
+while the device is grabbed.
+
+If owner-events is False, input events generated from this device are
+reported with respect to grab-window, and are only reported if selected by
+being included in the event-list. If owner-events is True, then if a
+generated event would normally be reported to this client, it is reported
+normally, otherwise the event is reported with respect to the grab-window,
+and is only reported if selected by being included in the event-list. For
+either value of owner-events, unreported events are discarded.
+
+If grab-mode is Asynchronous, device event processing continues normally.
+If the device is currently frozen by this client, then processing of
+device events is resumed. If grab-mode is Synchronous, the state of the
+grabbed device (as seen by means of the protocol) appears to freeze,
+and no further device events are generated by the server until the
+grabbing client issues a releasing XIAllowEvents request or until the
+device grab is released. Actual device input events are not lost while the
+device is frozen; they are simply queued for later processing.
+
+If the device is a slave device, the paired-device-mode is ignored.
+Otherwise, if this device is a master device and paired-device-mode is
+Asynchronous, event processing is unaffected by activation of the grab. If
+this device is a master device and paired-device-mode is Synchronous, the
+state of the master device paired with this device (as seen by means of the
+protocol) appears to freeze, and no further events are generated by the
+server until the grabbing client issues a releasing XIAllowEvents request
+or until the device grab is released. Actual events are not lost while the
+devices are frozen; they are simply queued for later processing.
+
+If the cursor is not None and the device is a master pointer device, the
+cursor will be displayed until the device is ungrabbed.
+
+This request fails and returns:
+
+ AlreadyGrabbed: If the device is actively grabbed by some other client.
+ NotViewable: If grab-window is not viewable.
+ InvalidTime: If the specified time is earlier than the last-grab-time for
+ the specified device or later than the current X server time.
+ Otherwise, the last-grab-time for the specified device is set
+ to the specified time and CurrentTime is replaced by the
+ current X server time.
+ Frozen: If the device is frozen by an active grab of another client.
+
+To release a grab of a device, use XIUngrabDevice.
+
+[[requests-ungrabdevice]]
+ ┌───
+ XIUngrabDevice
+ deviceid: DEVICEID
+ time: TIMESTAMP or CurrentTime
+ └───
+
+This request releases the device if this client has it actively grabbed
+(from either XIGrabDevice or XIPassiveGrabDevice) and
+releases any queued events. If any devices were frozen by the grab,
+XIUngrabDevice thaws them.
+
+ deviceid
+ The device to grab.
+ time
+ A valid server time or CurrentTime.
+
+The request has no effect if the specified time is earlier than the
+last-device-grab time or is later than the current server time.
+This request generates FocusIn and FocusOut events.
+An XIUngrabDevice is performed automatically if the event window for an
+active device grab becomes not viewable.
+
+[[requests-allowevents]]
+ ┌───
+ XIAllowEvents:
+ deviceid: DEVICEID
+ time: TIMESTAMP or CurrentTime
+ event_mode: { AsyncDevice, SyncDevice,
+ AsyncPairedDevice, SyncPairedDevice,
+ ReplayDevice, AsyncPair, SyncPair,
+ AcceptTouch¹, RejectTouch¹ }
+ touchid¹: CARD32
+ grab_window¹: Window
+ └───
+
+ ¹ since XI 2.2
+
+The XIAllowEvents request releases some queued events if the client
+has caused a device to freeze. It also is used to handle touch grab and
+ownership processing.
+
+ deviceid
+ The device to grab.
+ time
+ A valid server time or CurrentTime.
+ event_mode
+ Specifies whether a device is to be thawed and events are to be
+ replayed, or how to handle a grabbed touch sequence.
+ touchid
+ The ID of the touch sequence to accept or reject. The value is undefined
+ for event modes other than AcceptTouch and RejectTouch.
+ grab_window
+ The window on which to accept or reject a touch sequence grab. The value
+ is undefined for event modes other than AcceptTouch and RejectTouch.
+
+The request has no effect if the specified time is earlier than the last-grab
+time of the most recent active grab for the client, or if the specified time is
+later than the current X server time. The time parameter must be CurrentTime for
+requests with event modes of AcceptTouch and RejectTouch.
+
+When event-mode is AcceptTouch, a BadValue error occurs if the touch ID is
+invalid. A BadAccess error occurs if this client is not the current or potential
+owner of the specified touch ID.
+
+The following describes the processing that occurs depending on what constant
+you pass to the event-mode argument:
+
+ AsyncDevice:
+ If the specified device is frozen by the client, event processing for that
+ device continues as usual. If the device is frozen multiple times by the
+ client on behalf of multiple separate grabs, AsyncDevice thaws for
+ all.
+ AsyncDevice has no effect if the specified device is not frozen by the
+ client, but the device need not be grabbed by the client.
+ SyncDevice:
+ If the specified device is frozen and actively grabbed by the client,
+ event processing for that device continues normally until the next
+ event is reported to the client. At this time, the specified device
+ again appears to freeze. However, if the reported event causes the
+ grab to be released, the specified device does not freeze.
+ SyncDevice has no effect if the specified device is not frozen by the
+ client or is not grabbed by the client.
+ ReplayDevice:
+ If the specified device is actively grabbed by the client and is frozen
+ as the result of an event having been sent to the client (either from
+ the activation of a XIGrabButton or from a previous XIAllowEvents with
+ mode SyncDevice, but not from a Grab), the grab is released and
+ that event is completely reprocessed. This time, however, the request
+ ignores any passive grabs at or above (towards the root) the
+ grab-window of the grab just released.
+ The request has no effect if the specified device is not grabbed by
+ the client or if it is not frozen as the result of an event.
+ AsyncPairedDevice
+ If the paired master device is frozen by the client, event processing
+ for it continues as usual. If the paired device is frozen multiple
+ times by the client on behalf of multiple separate grabs,
+ AsyncPairedDevice thaws for all.
+ AsyncPairedDevice has no effect if the device is not frozen by the
+ client, but those devices need not be grabbed by the client.
+ AsyncPairedDevice has no effect if deviceid specifies a slave device.
+ SyncPairedDevice
+ If the paired master device is frozen by the client, event processing (for
+ the paired master device) continues normally until the next button or key
+ event is reported to the client for the grabbed device (button event for
+ the grabbed device, key or motion event for the device), at which time
+ the device again appears to freeze. However, if the reported event causes
+ the grab to be released, then the device does not freeze.
+ SyncPairedDevice has no effect if the specified device is not grabbed
+ by the client or if it is no frozen as the result of an event.
+ SyncPairedDevice has no effect if deviceid specifies a slave device.
+ SyncPair
+ If both the device and the paired master device are frozen by the
+ client, event processing (for both devices) continues normally until
+ the next XIButtonPress, XIButtonRelease, XIKeyPress, or XIKeyRelease
+ event is reported to the client for a grabbed device (button event for
+ a pointer, key event for a keyboard), at which time the devices again
+ appear to freeze. However, if the reported event causes the grab to be
+ released, then the devices do not freeze (but if the other device is
+ still grabbed, then a subsequent event for it will still cause both
+ devices to freeze).
+ SyncPair has no effect unless both the device and the paired master
+ device are frozen by the client. If the device or paired master device
+ is frozen twice by the client on behalf of two separate grabs,
+ SyncPair thaws for both (but a subsequent freeze for SyncPair will
+ only freeze each device once).
+ SyncPair has no effect if deviceid specifies a slave device.
+ AsyncPair
+ If the device and the paired master device are frozen by the client,
+ event processing for both devices continues normally. If a device is
+ frozen twice by the client on behalf of two separate grabs, AsyncBoth
+ thaws for both. AsyncPair has no effect unless both the device and the
+ paired master device frozen by the client.
+ AsyncPair has no effect if deviceid specifies a slave device.
+ AcceptTouch
+ The client is deemed to have taken control of the touch sequence once it
+ owns the sequence. TouchEnd events will be sent to all clients listening
+ to the touch sequence that have either grabbed the touch sequence on a
+ child window of the grab_window or have received events for the touch
+ sequence through event selection. These clients will no longer receive
+ any TouchUpdate events.
+ RejectTouch
+ The client is no longer interested in the touch sequence, and will
+ receive a TouchEnd event. If the client is the current owner of the
+ sequence, ownership will be passed on to the next listener.
+
+[[requests-passivegrabdevice]]
+ ┌───
+ XIPassiveGrabDevice
+ deviceid: DEVICE
+ detail: CARD32
+ grab_type: GRABTYPE
+ grab_window: Window
+ cursor: Cursor
+ owner_events: Bool
+ grab_mode: { Synchronous, Asynchronous, Touch¹ }
+ paired_device_mode: { Synchronous, Asynchronous }
+ num_modifiers: INT16
+ mask_len: CARD16
+ masks: SETofEVENTMASK
+ modifiers: CARD32 or GrabAnyModifier
+ ▶
+ num_modifiers_return: INT16
+ modifiers_return: GRABMODIFIERINFO
+ └───
+
+ GRABTYPE { GrabtypeButton, GrabtypeKeycode, GrabtypeEnter,
+ GrabtypeFocusIn, GrabtypeTouchBegin¹ }
+
+ GRABMODIFIERINFO { status: Access
+ modifiers: CARD32 }
+
+ ¹ since XI 2.2
+
+Establish an explicit passive grab for a button or keycode
+on the specified input device.
+
+ cursor
+ The cursor to display for the duration of the grab. If grab_type
+ is not GrabtypeButton, this argument is ignored.
+ deviceid
+ The device to establish the passive grab on or AllDevices or
+ AllMasterDevices.
+ detail
+ The button number, or key symbol to grab for.
+ Must be 0 for GrabtypeEnter, GrabtypeFocusIn, and
+ GrabtypeTouchBegin.
+ grab_type
+ The type of grab to establish.
+ grab_window
+ Events are reported relative to the grab window.
+ grab_mode
+ If grab-mode is Asynchronous, device event processing continues
+ normally. If the device is currently frozen by this client, then
+ processing of device events is resumed. If grab-mode is
+ Synchronous, the state of the grabbed device (as seen by means of
+ the protocol) appears to freeze, and no further device events are
+ generated by the server until the grabbing client issues a
+ releasing XIAllowEvents request or until the device grab is
+ released. Actual device input events are not lost while the device
+ is frozen; they are simply queued for later processing. If grab_type
+ is GrabtypeTouchBegin, grab_mode must be set to Touch.
+ mask_len
+ Length of mask in 4 byte units.
+ mask
+ Event mask. An event mask for an event type T is defined as (1 << T).
+ modifiers
+ XKB modifier state to activate this passive grab.
+ num_modifiers
+ Number of elements in modifiers.
+ owner_events
+ Specifies whether event will be reported normally or relative to the
+ grab window.
+ num_modifiers_return
+ Number of elements in modifiers_return
+ modifiers_return
+ XKB modifier state that could not be grabbed.
+
+If owner-events is False, input events generated from this device are
+reported with respect to grab-window, and are only reported if
+selected by being included in the event-list. If owner-events is
+True, then if a generated event would normally be reported to this
+client, it is reported normally, otherwise the event is reported
+with respect to the grab-window, and is only reported if selected
+by being included in the event-list. For either value of
+owner-events, unreported events are discarded.
+
+If deviceid specifies a master pointer, the modifiers of the paired
+master keyboard are used. If deviceid specifies a slave pointer
+the modifiers of the master keyboard paired with the attached master
+pointers are used. If deviceid specifies a slave keyboard, the
+modifiers of the attached master keyboard are used. Note that
+activating a grab on a slave device detaches the device from its
+master. In this case, the modifiers after activation of the grab are
+from the slave device only and may be different to the modifier state
+when the grab was triggered.
+
+In the future, if grab_type is GrabtypeButton or GrabtypeKeyboard, the
+device is actively grabbed if:
+
+ - the device is not grabbed, and
+ - the specified modifier keys are down, and
+ - the grab_type is GrabtypeButton and the button specified in detail
+ is logically pressed or the grab_type is GrabtypeKeycode and the
+ keycode specified in detail is logically pressed, and
+ - the grab_window contains the pointer, and
+ - a passive grab on the same button/keycode + modifier
+ combination does not exist on an ancestor of grab_window.
+
+Otherwise, if grab_type is GrabtypeEnter or GrabtypeFocusIn, the
+device is actively grabbed if:
+
+ - the device is not actively grabbed, and
+ - the specified modifier keys are down, and
+ - the grab_type is GrabtypeEnter and the device's pointer has moved
+ into grab_window or a descendant of grab_window, or the grab_type is
+ GrabtypeFocusIn and the device's focus has been set to the
+ grab_window or a descendant of grab_window, and
+ - a passive grab of the same grab_type + modifier combination does not
+ does not exist on an ancestor of grab_window.
+
+Otherwise, if grab_type is GrabtypeTouchBegin, a touch grab begins if:
+
+ - the device is not actively grabbed, and
+ - the specified modifier keys are down
+ - a touch begins in grab_window or a descendant of grab_window, and
+ - a passive grab of the same grab_type + modifier combination does not
+ does not exist on an ancestor of grab_window.
+
+Ownership of the touch sequence is granted to the grabbing client if:
+
+ - a TouchBegin or pointer grab for an emulated touch sequence of a
+ direct touch device with the same modifier set does not exist on
+ an ancestor of grab_window, or all applicable grabs have released
+ ownership.
+
+A modifier of GrabAnyModifier is equivalent to issuing the request for
+all possible modifier combinations (including no modifiers). A client
+may request a grab for GrabAnyModifier and explicit modifier
+combinations in the same request.
+
+A GrabtypeButton or GrabtypeKeyboard grab is released when all buttons
+or keycode are released, independent of the state of modifier keys.
+A GrabtypeEnter or GrabtypeFocusIn grab is released when the
+pointer or focus leaves the window and all of its descendants,
+independent of the state of modifier keys.
+A GrabtypeTouchBegin grab is released when the touch sequence ends or
+the client uses XIAllowEvents with mode RejectTouch.
+Note that the logical state of a device (as seen by means of the
+protocol) may lag the physical state if device event processing is
+frozen.
+
+This request overrides all previous passive grabs by the same
+client on the same button/key/enter/focus in + modifier combinations
+on the same window.
+
+If some other client already has issued a XIPassiveGrabDevice request
+with the same button or keycode and modifier combination, the
+failed modifier combinations is returned in modifiers_return. If some
+other client already has issued an XIPassiveGrabDevice request of
+grab_type XIGrabtypeEnter, XIGrabtypeFocusIn, or
+XIGrabtypeTouchBegin with the same grab_window and the same
+modifier combination, the failed modifier combinations are returned
+in modifiers_return. If num_modifiers_return is zero, all passive
+grabs have been successful.
+
+If a button grab or enter grab activates, EnterNotify and LeaveNotify
+events with mode Grab are generated as if the pointer were to suddenly
+warp from its current position some position in the grab_window.
+However, the pointer does not warp, and the pointer position is used
+as both the initial and final positions for the events.
+
+If a keycode grab or focus grab activates, FocusIn and FocusOut events
+with mode Grab are generated as if the focus were to change from the
+current window to the grab_window.
+
+If an enter or focus in grab activates, additional EnterNotify events
+with mode XIPassiveGrabNotify are generated as if the pointer or focus
+were to suddenly warp from its current position to some position in
+the grab window. These events are sent to the grabbing client only
+and only if the grab event mask has selected for it. If such a passive
+grab deactivates, addional LeaveNotify events with mode
+XIPassiveUngrabNotify are generated and sent to the grabbing client
+before the grab deactivates.
+
+For GrabtypeTouchBegin, grab_mode must be Touch or a BadValue error
+is generated.
+
+See section <<multitouch-ownership, Ownership of touch sequences>> for
+additional notes on touch grabs, as they do not behave like traditional
+grabs: in particular, they do not freeze the device, and delivery of touch
+events continues even if the device is frozen due to a grab by another
+client.
+
+[[requests-passiveungrabdevice]]
+ ┌───
+ XIPassiveUngrabDevice
+ deviceid: DEVICEID
+ detail: CARD32
+ grab_type: GRABTYPE
+ grab_window: Window
+ num_modifiers: INT16
+ modifiers: MODIFIERINFO
+ └───
+
+Release an explicit passive grab on the specified input device.
+
+ deviceid
+ The device to establish the passive grab on.
+ detail
+ The button number or key symbol to ungrab.
+ Must be 0 for GrabtypeEnter, GrabtypeFocusIn, and
+ GrabtypeTouchBegin.
+ grab_type
+ The type of grab to establish.
+ grab_window
+ Events are reported relative to the grab window.
+ modifiers
+ XKB modifier state to activate this passive grab.
+ num_modifiers
+ Number of elements in modifiers.
+
+This request has no effect if the client does not have a passive grab
+of the same type, same button or keycode (if applicable) and modifier
+combination on the grab_window.
+
+[[requests-listproperties]]
+ ┌───
+ XIListProperties
+ deviceid: DEVICEID
+ ▶
+ num_properties: INT16
+ properties: LISTofATOM
+ └───
+
+List the properties associated with the given device.
+
+ deviceid
+ The device to list the properties for.
+ num_atoms
+ Number of atoms in the reply
+ atoms
+ All properties on the device.
+
+[[requests-changeproperty]]
+ ┌───
+ XIChangeProperty
+ deviceid: DEVICEID
+ property: ATOM
+ type: ATOM
+ format: { 8, 16, 32 }
+ mode: { Append, Prepend, Replace }
+ num_items: CARD32
+ data: LISTofINT8, or LISTofINT16, or LISTofINT32
+ └───
+
+Change the given property on the given device.
+
+ deviceid
+ The device to change the property on.
+ property
+ The property to modify.
+ type
+ The property's type.
+ mode
+ One of Append, Prepend, or Replace
+ num_items
+ Number of items following this request.
+ data
+ Property data (nitems * format/8 bytes)
+
+The type is uninterpreted by the server. The format specifies whether
+the data should be viewed as a list of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit
+quantities so that the server can correctly byte-swap as necessary.
+
+If the mode is Replace, the previous propert y value is discarded. If
+the mode is Prepend or Append, then the type and format must match the
+existing property value (or a Match error results). If the property is
+undefined, it is treated as defined with the correct type and format
+with zero-length data. For Prepend, the data is tacked on to the
+beginning of the existing data, and for Append, it is tacked on to the
+end of the existing data.
+
+The lifetime of a property is not tied to the storing client. Properties
+remain until explicitly deleted, until the device is removed, or
+until server reset.
+
+A property cannot be deleted by setting nitems to zero. To delete a
+property, use XIDeleteProperty.
+
+This request generates an XIPropertyEvent.
+
+[[requests-deleteproperty]]
+ ┌───
+ XIDeleteProperty
+ deviceid: DEVICEID
+ property: ATOM
+ └───
+
+Deletes the given property on the given device.
+
+ deviceid
+ The device to delete the property on.
+ property
+ The property to delete.
+
+If the property is deleted, an XIPropertyEvent is generated on the device.
+If the property does not exist, this request does nothing.
+
+[[requests-getproperty]]
+ ┌───
+ XIGetProperty
+ deviceid: DEVICEID
+ property: ATOM
+ type: Atom or AnyPropertyType
+ offset: CARD32
+ len: CARD32
+ delete: BOOL
+ ▶
+ type: Atom
+ bytes_after: CARD32
+ num_items: CARD32
+ format: { 8, 16, 32 }
+ data: LISTofINT8, or LISTofINT16, or LISTofINT32
+ └───
+
+Get the data for the given property on the given device.
+
+ deviceid
+ The device to retrieve the property data from.
+ property
+ The property to retrieve the data from..
+ type
+ The property type to retrieve or AnyPropertyType
+ offset
+ The offset in 4-byte units.
+ len
+ Number of bytes to receive in 4-byte units.
+ delete
+ Delete the property after retrieving the data.
+ bytes_after
+ Number of unread bytes in the stored property
+ num_items
+ Number of items in data
+ format
+ 8, 16, or 32
+ data
+ Property data (nitems * format/8 bytes)
+
+If the specified property does not exist for the specified device, then
+the return type is None, the format and bytes-after are zero, and the value is
+empty. The delete argument is ignored in this case. If the specified property
+exists but its type does not match the specified type, then the return
+type is the actual type of the property, the format is the actual format of the
+property (never zero), the bytes-after is the length of the property in bytes
+(even if the format is 16 or 32), and the value is empty. The delete
+argument is ignored in this case. If the specified property exists and
+either AnyPropertyType is specified or the specified type matches the actual
+type of the property, then the return type is the actual type of the property,
+the format is the actual format of the property
+(never zero), and the bytes-after and value are as follows, given:
+ N = actual length of the stored property in bytes
+ (even if the format is 16 or 32)
+ I = 4 * long-offset
+ T = N−I
+ L = MINIMUM(T, 4 * long-length)
+ A = N − (I + L)
+The returned value starts at byte index I in the property (indexing
+from 0), and its length in bytes is L. However, it is a Value error if
+offset is given such that L is negative. The value of bytes_after is A,
+giving the number of trailing unread bytes in the stored property. If
+delete is True and the bytes_after is zero, the property is also
+deleted from the device, and a XIPropertyNotify event is generated on
+the device.
+
+[[events]]
+Events
+------
+
+An event specifies its length in 4-byte units after the initial 32 bytes.
+Future versions of the protocol may provide additional information
+in the same event, thus increasing the event size. Clients are required to
+always read the number of bytes specified by the event, not the size of the
+event they may have been compiled against.
+
+
+The following event types are available in XI2.
+
+Version 2.0:
+
+ - HierarchyChanged
+ - DeviceChanged
+ - KeyPress
+ - KeyRelease
+ - ButtonPress
+ - ButtonRelease
+ - Motion
+ - RawKeyPress
+ - RawKeyRelease
+ - RawButtonPress
+ - RawButtonRelease
+ - RawMotion
+ - Enter
+ - Leave
+ - FocusIn
+ - FocusOut
+ - PropertyEvent
+
+Version 2.2:
+
+ - TouchBegin
+ - TouchUpdate
+ - TouchOwnership
+ - TouchEnd
+ - RawTouchBegin
+ - RawTouchUpdate
+ - RawTouchEnd
+
+All events have a set of common fields specified as EVENTHEADER.
+
+
+ EVENTHEADER { type: BYTE
+ extension: BYTE
+ sequenceNumber: CARD16
+ length: CARD32
+ evtype: CARD16
+ deviceid: DEVICEID
+ time: Time }
+
+ type
+ Always GenericEvent.
+ extension
+ Always the X Input extension offset.
+ sequenceNumber
+ Sequence number of last request processed by the server.
+ length
+ Length in 4-byte units after the initial 32 bytes.
+ evtype
+ XI-specific event type.
+ deviceid
+ Numerical device id for a device.
+ time
+ Time in ms when the event occurred.
+
+
+[[events-xi20]]
+Events introduced in version 2.0
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+[[events-hierarchyevent]]
+ ┌───
+ HierarchyEvent:
+ EVENTHEADER
+ flags: SETofHIERARCHYMASK
+ num_info: CARD16
+ info: LISTofHIERARCHYINFO
+ └───
+
+
+ HIERARCHYMASK { MasterAdded, MasterRemoved, SlaveAttached, SlaveDetached,
+ SlaveAdded, SlaveRemoved, DeviceEnabled, DeviceDisabled }
+
+ HIERARCHYINFO { deviceid: DEVICEID,
+ attachment: DEVICEID,
+ type: DEVICEUSE
+ enabled: BOOL
+ flags: SETofHIERARCHYMASK}
+
+ flags
+ Set of the changes that have occured, causing this event.
+ num_info
+ The number of device info structs following the request.
+ info:
+ The current hierarchy information.
+
+An XIHierarchyEvent is sent whenever the device hierarchy been
+changed. The flags specify all types of hierarchy modifiations that have
+occured.
+For all devices, info details the hierarchy information after the
+modification of the hierarchy has occured. For each device specified with
+deviceid:
+
+- if type is MasterPointer or MasterKeyboard, attachment decribes the
+ pairing of this device.
+- if type is SlavePointer or SlaveKeyboard, attachment describes the
+ master device this device is attached to.
+- if type is FloatingSlave device, attachment is undefined.
+
+ enabled
+ True if the device is enabled and can send events. A disabled master
+ device will not forward events from an attached, enabled slave
+ device.
+
+Note: Multiple devices may be affected in one hierarchy change,
+deviceid in an XIHierarchyEvent is always the first affected
+device. Clients should ignore deviceid and instead use the devices list.
+
+[[events-devicechangedevent]]
+ ┌───
+ DeviceChangedEvent:
+ EVENTHEADER
+ reason: CHANGEREASON
+ source: DEVICEID
+ num_classes: CARD16
+ classes: LISTofCLASS
+ └───
+
+ CHANGEREASON { SlaveSwitch, DeviceChange }
+
+A DeviceChangeEvent is sent whenever a device changes it's capabilities.
+This can happen either by a new slave device sending events through a
+master device, or by a physical device changing capabilities at runtime.
+
+ reason
+ The reason for generating this event.
+ If reason is SlaveSwitch, the slave device sending events through
+ this device has changed and source specifies the new slave device.
+ A SlaveSwitch reason can only occur on a master device.
+ If reason is DeviceChange, the device itself has changed through
+ other means (e.g. a physical device change) and source is
+ the device itself.
+ source
+ The source of the new classes.
+ num_classes
+ Number of classes provided.
+ classes
+ Details the available classes provided by the device. The order the
+ classes are provided in is undefined.
+
+For a detailed description of classes, see the XIQueryDevice request.
+
+[[events-deviceevent]]
+ ┌───
+ DeviceEvent:
+ EVENTHEADER
+ detail: CARD32
+ root: Window
+ event: Window
+ child: Window
+ root_x: FP1616
+ root_y: FP1616
+ event_x: FP1616
+ event_y: FP1616
+ buttons_len: CARD16
+ valuators_len: CARD16
+ sourceid: DEVICEID
+ mods: MODIFIERINFO
+ group: GROUPINFO
+ flags: DEVICEEEVENTFLAGS
+ buttons: SETofBUTTONMASK
+ valuators: SETofVALUATORMASK
+ axisvalues: LISTofFP3232
+ └───
+
+ BUTTONBIT { (1 << Button1), (1 << Button2), ... , (1 << ButtonN) }
+ VALUATORBIT { (1 << 1), ( 1 << 2), ... ( 1 << n) }
+
+ MODIFIERINFO { base_mods: CARD32,
+ latched_mods: CARD32,
+ locked_mods: CARD32,
+ effective_mods: CARD32}
+ GROUPINFO { base_group: CARD8,
+ latched_group: CARD8,
+ locked_group: CARD8,
+ effective_group: CARD8}
+
+ DEVICEEVENTFLAGS (all events): none
+ DEVICEEVENTFLAGS (key events only): { KeyRepeat }
+ DEVICEEVENTFLAGS (pointer events only): { PointerEmulated }
+ DEVICEEVENTFLAGS (touch events only): { TouchPendingEnd,
+ TouchEmulatingPointer }
+
+An XIDeviceEvent is generated whenever the logical state of a device
+changes in response to a button press, a button release, a motion, a key
+press or a key release. The event type may be one of KeyPress,
+KeyRelease, ButtonPress, ButtonRelease, Motion.
+
+XI 2.2: The event type may also be TouchBegin, TouchUpdate, or TouchEnd.
+
+ detail
+ The button number, key code, touch ID, or 0.
+ root
+ event
+ child
+ The root window, event window or subwindow, respectively. See core
+ protocol specification for more detail.
+ root_x
+ root_y
+ The position of the pointer in screen coordinates (16.16 fixed point).
+ event_x
+ event_y
+ The position of the pointer in screen coordinates relative to the
+ event window (16.16 fixed point).
+
+ buttons_len
+ The length of buttons in 4 byte units.
+ valuators_len
+ The length of valuators in 4 byte units.
+ sourceid
+ The source device that originally generated the event.
+ mods
+ XKB modifier state before the event occured.
+ group
+ XKB group state before the event.
+ buttons
+ Button state before the event.
+ valuators
+ Bitmask of valuators provided in axisvalues.
+ axisvalues
+ Valuator data in device-native resolution.
+ flags
+ Miscellaneous information about this event; the union of the
+ common flag set and either the key or pointer flag set,
+ depending on the event type.
+ KeyRepeat means that this event is for repeating purposes, and
+ the physical state of the key has not changed. This is only
+ valid for KeyPress events.
+ PointerEmulated signals that the event has been emulated from another
+ XI 2.x event for legacy client support, and that this event should
+ be ignored if the client listens for these events. This flag is
+ set on scroll ButtonPress and RawButtonPress events (buttons 4, 5, 6
+ and 7) if a smooth-scrolling event on the Rel Vert Scroll or
+ Rel Horiz Scroll axes was also generated. It is also set on Motion,
+ ButtonPress, and ButtonRelease events generated by direct touch devices.
+ TouchPendingEnd (for touch events only) means that the touch
+ has physically ended, however another client still holds a grab, so the
+ touch should be considered alive until all grabbing clients have
+ accepted or passed on ownership. The touch will not generate any
+ further TouchUpdate events once an event with TouchPendingEnd has been
+ received.
+ TouchEmulatingPointer is set on touch events that emulate pointer
+ events.
+
+Modifier state in mods is detailed as follows:
+
+ base_mods
+ XKB base modifier state.
+ latched_mods
+ XKB latched modifier state.
+ locked_mods
+ XKB locked modifier state.
+
+ Group state in group is detailed as follows:
+ base_group
+ XKB base group state.
+ latched_group
+ XKB latched group state.
+ locked_group
+ XKB locked group state.
+
+In servers supporting XI 2.2, a TouchBegin event is generated whenever a new
+touch sequence initializes.
+A TouchEnd event is generated whenever a touch sequence ceases. A
+TouchUpdate event is generated whenever a valuator value changes, or a flag
+flag (e.g. pending end) has changed for that touch sequence; this may result
+in a TouchUpdate event being sent with zero valuators.
+
+The average finger size is significantly larger than one pixel. The
+selection of the hotspot of a touchpoint is implementation dependent and
+may not be the logical center of the touch.
+
+Touch tracking IDs are provided in the detail field of touch events. Its
+value is always provided in every touch event. Tracking IDs are
+represented as unsigned 32-bit values and increase strictly monotonically in
+value for each new touch, wrapping back to 0 upon reaching the numerical limit
+of IDs. The increment between two touch IDs is indeterminate. Clients may not
+assume that any future touches will have specific touch IDs. IDs are globally
+unique.
+
+The button state in touch events represents the state of the device's
+physical buttons only, even if that sequence is emulating pointer events.
+
+Touch events do not generate enter/leave events.
+
+[[events-rawevent]]
+ ┌───
+ RawEvent
+ EVENTHEADER
+ detail: CARD32
+ sourceid¹: DEVICEID
+ flags: DEVICEEVENTFLAGS
+ valuators_len: CARD16
+ valuators: SETofVALUATORMASK
+ axisvalues: LISTofFP3232
+ axisvalues_raw: LISTofFP3232
+ └───
+
+ ¹ since XI 2.1
+
+A RawEvent provides the information provided by the driver to the
+client. RawEvent provides both the raw data as supplied by the driver and
+transformed data as used in the server. Transformations include, but are
+not limited to, axis clipping and acceleration.
+Transformed valuator data may be equivalent to raw data. In this case,
+both raw and transformed valuator data is provided.
+RawEvents are sent exclusively to all root windows.
+Clients supporting XI 2.0 receive raw events when the device is not grabbed,
+or when the device is grabbed by the client but not when the device is
+grabbed by another client.
+Clients supporting XI 2.1 or later receive raw events at all times, even
+when the device is grabbed by another client.
+
+
+ eventtype
+ The type of event that occured on the device.
+ detail
+ The button number, keycode or touch ID¹.
+ sourceid
+ The source device that originally generated the event. The sourceid
+ is undefined for clients not supporting XI 2.1.
+ flags
+ Flags as described in DeviceEvent.
+ valuators_len
+ The length of valuators in 4 byte units.
+ valuators
+ Bitmask of valuators provided in axisvalues and axisvalues_raw.
+ axisvalues
+ Valuator data in device-native resolution.
+ axisvalues_raw
+ Untransformed valuator data in device-native resolution.
+
+ ¹ since XI 2.2
+
+[[events-enterleave]]
+ ┌───
+ Enter or Leave or FocusIn or FocusOut
+ EVENTHEADER
+ root: Window
+ event: Window
+ child: Window
+ sourceid: DEVICEID
+ root_x: FP1616
+ root_y: FP1616
+ event_x FP1616
+ event_y: FP1616
+ mode: NOTIFYMODE
+ detail: NOTIFYDETAIL
+ same_screen: BOOL
+ focus: BOOL
+ mods: MODIFIERINFO
+ group: GROUPINFO
+ buttons_len: CARD16
+ buttons: SETofBUTTONMASK
+ └───
+
+ NOTIFYMODE { Normal, Grab, Ungrab }
+ NOTIFYDETAIL { Ancestor, Virtual, Inferior, Nonlinear, NonlinearVirtual,
+ Pointer, PointerRoot, None }
+
+Enter or Leave events are sent whenever a device's pointer enters or
+leaves a window.
+FocusIn or FocusOut events are sent whenever a device's focus is set to or
+away from a window.
+The enter/leave and focus in/out model is described in the core protocol
+specification, Section 11. (EnterNotify, LeaveNotify events).
+
+For enter and leave events, the modifier and group state is the state of
+the paired master device if the device is a master device, or the state of
+the attached master keyboard if the device is an attached slave device, or
+zero if the device is a floating slave device.
+
+For focus in and out events, the button state is the state of the paired
+master device if the device is a master device, or the state of the
+attached master keyboard if the device is an attached slave device, or
+zero if the device is a floating slave device.
+
+ root
+ event
+ child
+ The root window, event window, and child window, respectively. See the
+ core protocol specification for more detail.
+ sourceid
+ The device that caused the pointer to move.
+ root_x
+ root_y
+ The pointer coordinates relative to the root window.
+ event_x
+ event_y
+ The pointer coordinates relative to the event window.
+ mode
+ Normal pointer motion events have mode Normal. Pseudo-motion events
+ when a grab activates have mode Grab, and pseudo-motion events when a
+ grab deactivates have mode Ungrab. Pseudo-motion events caused by the
+ activation or deactivation of a passive enter or focus in grab have mode
+ XIPassiveGrabNotify or XIPassiveUngrabNotify.
+ detail
+ Specifies the relation of the event window to the window the pointer
+ entered or left. See the core protocol spec for details.
+ same_screen
+ True if the event window is on the same screen as the pointer's root
+ window.
+ focus
+ If the event window is the focus window or an inferior of the focus
+ window, then focus is True. Otherwise, focus is False. This field is
+ unspecified for focus in/out events.
+ mods
+ XKB modifier state before the event occured.
+ group
+ XKB group state before the event.
+ buttons_len
+ The length of buttons in 4 byte units.
+ buttons
+ Button state before the event.
+
+[[events-propertyevent]]
+ ┌───
+ XIPropertyEvent
+ EVENTHEADER
+ property: ATOM
+ what: { PropertyCreated, PropertyDeleted, PropertyModified }
+ └───
+
+XIPropertyEvents are sent whenever a device property is created, deleted or
+modified by a client.
+
+ property
+ The property that has been created, deleted, or modified
+ what
+ Specifies what has been changed.
+
+[[events-xi22]]
+Events introduced in version 2.2
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+[[events-touchownershipevent]]
+ ┌───
+ TouchOwnershipEvent
+ EVENTHEADER
+ touchid: CARD32
+ root: Window
+ event: Window
+ child: Window
+ sourceid: DEVICEID
+ flags: SETofTOUCHOWNERSHIPFLAGS
+ └───
+
+ TOUCHOWNERSHIPFLAGS: (none currently defined)
+
+A TouchOwnershipEvent indicates that ownership has changed, and the client
+is now the owner of the touch sequence specified by touchid.
+
+ touchid
+ The identifier of the touch sequence.
+ root
+ event
+ child
+ The root window, event window, and child window, respectively. See the
+ core protocol specification for more detail.
+ sourceid
+ The source device that originally generated the event.
+ flags
+ A bitmask of flags for this event.
+
+
+:numbered!:
+[[xi22-usecases]]
+[appendix]
+XI 2.2 Use-cases
+----------------
+
+All use-cases that include the receiving and processing of touch events
+require the client to announce XI 2.2 support in the XIQueryVersion request.
+
+Client C wants to process touch events from a device D on window W.
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+* C calls XISelectEvent for XI_Touch{Begin|Update|End} from D on W.
+* C receives TouchBegin whenever a touch sequence starts within W's borders.
+* C receives TouchUpdate events whenever an axis valuator value changes for a
+ touch sequence it received a TouchBegin event for.
+* C receives TouchEnd whenever a touch it received a TouchBegin event for
+ ceases.
+
+While client I wants to pre-process touch events from device D on the parent window of W.
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+* C calls XISelectEvent for XI_Touch{Begin|Update|Ownership|End} from D on W.
+* I calls XIPassiveGrab for XI_Touch{Begin|Update|Ownership|End} from D on a
+ parent window of W.
+* I receives TouchBegin whenever a touch begins within window W, as well as a
+ TouchOwnership event indicating that it currently owns the touch sequence.
+ C receives a TouchBegin event as well, but without TouchOwnership.
+* When an axis valuator changes in this touch sequence, both I and C receive a
+ TouchUpdate event. I may process the event to determine if it is going to
+ accept or reject the touch, whereas C may perform reversible processing.
+* If I decides it is going to claim the touch sequence for its exclusive
+ processing, it calls XIAllowEvents with an event mode of XIAcceptTouch; at
+ this point, C receives a TouchEnd event, and undoes any processing it has
+ already performed due to the touch sequence. Further TouchUpdate events are
+ delivered only to I.
+* Alternatively, if I decides it does not want to receive further events
+ from this touch sequence, it calls XIAllowEvents with an event mode of
+ XIRejectTouch; at this point, I receives a TouchEnd event confirming that it
+ has rejected the touch. C receives a TouchOwnership event confirming that it
+ is now the new owner of the touch, and further TouchUpdate events are
+ delivered only to C. As C now owns the touch, it is free to perform
+ irreversible processing of the sequence.
+* When the touch physically ceases, a TouchEnd event is sent to C.
+
+While client I wants to process pointer events on window W's parent, window Y.
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+* I calls XIPassiveGrab for XI_{ButtonPress,MotionNotify,ButtonRelease} to
+ create a synchronous pointer grab from D on Y.
+* C calls XISelectEvent for XI_Touch{Begin|Update|Ownership|End} from D on W.
+* I receives a ButtonPress event whenever a touch begins within W, and is
+ considered the owner of the event. C receives a TouchBegin event, but does
+ not receive a TouchOwnership event.
+* When the touchpoint moves, C will receive a TouchUpdate event. Event
+ delivery to I is subject to the synchronous delivery mechanism. The
+ emulated motion notify event is queued in the server while the device is
+ frozen.
+* I may assert ownership by calling XIAllowEvents on Y with any mode other
+ than ReplayDevice, which will cause all further events to be sent only to I,
+ with a TouchEnd event being sent to C.
+* Alternatively, I may reject the touch sequence by calling XIAllowEvents on
+ Y with mode ReplayDevice, which will cause no further events from that touch
+ to be sent to I, and a TouchOwnership event to be sent to C, with subsequent
+ motion events being sent as TouchUpdate events.
+
+Driver DRV provides touch support from tracked device D:
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+* DRV initializes a TouchClass for the device.
+* DRV parses D's device protocol and selects one touch sequence to be emulated
+ as pointer event.
+* DRV calls the respective input driver API with the touch sequence data. The
+ touch sequence emulating a pointer has the respective flag set. DRV does not
+ submit pointer data for any touchpoint.
--- /dev/null
+X11 Input Extension Protocol Specification
+==========================================
+
+ Version 1.0
+ X Consortium Standard
+ X Version 11, Release 6.8
+ Mark Patrick, Ardent Computer
+ George Sachs, Hewlett-Packard
+
+ Version 1.5
+ Peter Hutterer
+
+ Copyright © 1989, 1990, 1991 by Hewlett-Packard Company and
+ Ardent Computer
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this
+ documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
+ granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this
+ permission notice appear in all copies. Ardent and
+ Hewlett-Packard make no representations about the suitability
+ for any purpose of the information in this document. It is
+ provided "as is" without express or implied warranty. Copyright
+ © 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992 X Consortium
+
+ Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
+ files (the “Software”), to deal in the Software without
+ restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
+ copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+ sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
+ conditions:
+
+ The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+ included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+ THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS”, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
+ OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE
+ FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
+ OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+ THE SOFTWARE.
+
+ Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X
+ Consortium shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to
+ promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software
+ without prior written authorization from the X Consortium. X
+ Window System is a trademark of The Open Group.
+
+ Copyright © 2008 by Peter Hutterer
+
+ Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
+ files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
+ restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
+ copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+ sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
+ conditions:
+
+ The above copyright notice and this permission notice
+ (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies
+ or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+ THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
+ OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
+ HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+ WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+ OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+1. Input Extension Overview
+---------------------------
+
+This document defines an extension to the X11 protocol to
+support input devices other than the core X keyboard and
+pointer. An accompanying document defines a corresponding
+extension to Xlib (similar extensions for languages other than
+C are anticipated). This first section gives an overview of the
+input extension. The next section defines the new protocol
+requests defined by the extension. We conclude with a
+description of the new input events generated by the additional
+input devices.
+
+This document only describes the behaviour of servers supporting
+up to the X Input Extension 1.5. For servers supporting the X
+Input Extensions 2.0, see XI2proto.txt. New clients are discouraged
+from using this protocol specification. Instead, the use of XI 2.x
+is recommended.
+
+1.1 Design Approach
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The design approach of the extension is to define requests and
+events analogous to the core requests and events. This allows
+extension input devices to be individually distinguishable from
+each other and from the core input devices. These requests and
+events make use of a device identifier and support the
+reporting of n-dimensional motion data as well as other data
+that is not reportable via the core input events.
+
+1.2 Core Input Devices
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The X server core protocol supports two input devices: a
+pointer and a keyboard. The pointer device has two major
+functions. First, it may be used to generate motion information
+that client programs can detect. Second, it may also be used to
+indicate the current location and focus of the X keyboard. To
+accomplish this, the server echoes a cursor at the current
+position of the X pointer. Unless the X keyboard has been
+explicitly focused, this cursor also shows the current location
+and focus of the X keyboard. The X keyboard is used to generate
+input that client programs can detect.
+
+In servers supporting XI 1.4 and above, the core pointer and
+the core keyboard are virtual devices that do not represent a
+physical device connected to the host computer.
+In servers supporting XI 2.0 and above, there may be multiple
+core pointers and keyboards. Refer to XI2proto.txt for more
+information.
+
+The X keyboard and X pointer are referred to in this document
+as the core devices, and the input events they generate
+(KeyPress, KeyRelease, ButtonPress, ButtonRelease, and
+MotionNotify) are known as the core input events. All other
+input devices are referred to as extension input devices and
+the input events they generate are referred to as extension
+input events.
+
+In servers supporting only XI 1.x, this input extension does
+not change the behavior or functionality of the core input
+devices, core events, or core protocol requests, with the
+exception of the core grab requests. These requests may affect
+the synchronization of events from extension devices. See the
+explanation in the section titled "Event Synchronization and
+Core Grabs".
+
+Selection of the physical devices to be initially used by the
+server as the core devices is left implementation-dependent.
+Requests are defined that allow client programs to change which
+physical devices are used as the core devices.
+
+1.3 Extension Input Devices
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The input extension v1.x controls access to input devices other
+than the X keyboard and X pointer. It allows client programs to
+select input from these devices independently from each other
+and independently from the core devices.
+
+A client that wishes to access a specific device must first
+determine whether that device is connected to the X server.
+This is done through the ListInputDevices request, which will
+return a list of all devices that can be opened by the X
+server. A client can then open one or more of these devices
+using the OpenDevice request, specify what events they are
+interested in receiving, and receive and process input events
+from extension devices in the same way as events from the X
+keyboard and X pointer. Input events from these devices are of
+extension types ( DeviceKeyPress, DeviceKeyRelease,
+DeviceButtonPress, DeviceButtonRelease, DeviceMotionNotify,
+etc.) and contain a device identifier so that events of the
+same type coming from different input devices can be
+distinguished.
+
+Any kind of input device may be used as an extension input
+device. Extension input devices may have 0 or more keys, 0 or
+more buttons, and may report 0 or more axes of motion. Motion
+may be reported as relative movements from a previous position
+or as an absolute position. All valuators reporting motion
+information for a given extension input device must report the
+same kind of motion information (absolute or relative).
+
+This extension is designed to accommodate new types of input
+devices that may be added in the future. The protocol requests
+that refer to specific characteristics of input devices
+organize that information by input classes. Server implementors
+may add new classes of input devices without changing the
+protocol requests. Input classes are unique numbers registered
+with the X Consortium. Each extension input device may support
+multiple input classes.
+
+In XI 1.x, all extension input devices are treated like the
+core X keyboard in determining their location and focus. The
+server does not track the location of these devices on an
+individual basis, and therefore does not echo a cursor to
+indicate their current location. Instead, their location is
+determined by the location of the core X pointer. Like the core
+X keyboard, some may be explicitly focused. If they are not
+explicitly focused, their focus is determined by the location
+of the core X pointer.
+
+Most input events reported by the server to a client are of
+fixed size (32 bytes). In order to represent the change in
+state of an input device the extension may need to generate a
+sequence of input events. A client side library (such as Xlib)
+will typically take these raw input events and format them into
+a form more convenient to the client.
+
+1.4 Event Classes
+-----------------
+
+In the core protocol a client registers interest in receiving
+certain input events directed to a window by modifying that
+window's event-mask. Most of the bits in the event mask are
+already used to specify interest in core X events. The input
+extension specifies a different mechanism by which a client can
+express interest in events generated by this extension.
+
+When a client opens a extension input device via the OpenDevice
+request, an XDevice structure is returned. Macros are provided
+that extract 32-bit numbers called event classes from that
+structure, that a client can use to register interest in
+extension events via the SelectExtensionEvent request. The
+event class combines the desired event type and device id, and
+may be thought of as the equivalent of core event masks.
+
+1.5 Input Classes
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Some of the input extension requests divide input devices into
+classes based on their functionality. This is intended to allow
+new classes of input devices to be defined at a later time
+without changing the semantics of these requests. The following
+input device classes are currently defined:
+
+ KEY
+ The device reports key events.
+
+ BUTTON
+ The device reports button events.
+
+ VALUATOR
+ The device reports valuator data in motion events.
+
+ PROXIMITY
+ The device reports proximity events.
+
+ FOCUS
+ The device can be focused and reports focus events.
+
+ FEEDBACK
+ The device supports feedbacks.
+
+ OTHER
+ The ChangeDeviceNotify, DeviceMappingNotify, and
+ DeviceStateNotify macros may be invoked passing the
+ XDevice structure returned for this device.
+
+Each extension input device may support multiple input classes.
+Additional classes may be added in the future. Requests that
+support multiple input classes, such as the ListInputDevices
+function that lists all available input devices, organize the
+data they return by input class. Client programs that use these
+requests should not access data unless it matches a class
+defined at the time those clients were compiled. In this way,
+new classes can be added without forcing existing clients that
+use these requests to be recompiled.
+
+2. Requests
+-----------
+
+Extension input devices are accessed by client programs through
+the use of new protocol requests. This section summarizes the
+new requests defined by this extension. The syntax and type
+definitions used below follow the notation used for the X11
+core protocol.
+
+2.1 Getting the Extension Version
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The GetExtensionVersion request returns version information
+about the input extension.
+
+ GetExtensionVersion
+ name: STRING
+ =>
+ present: BOOL
+ protocol-major-version: CARD16
+ protocol-minor-version: CARD16
+
+The protocol version numbers returned indicate the version of
+the input extension supported by the target X server. The
+version numbers can be compared to constants defined in the
+header file XI.h. Each version is a superset of the previous
+versions.
+
+The name must be the name of the Input Extension as defined
+in the header file XI.h.
+
+2.2 Listing Available Devices
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+A client that wishes to access a specific device must first
+determine whether that device is connected to the X server.
+This is done through the ListInputDevices request, which will
+return a list of all devices that can be opened by the X
+server.
+
+ ListInputDevices
+ =>
+ input-devices: ListOfDeviceInfo
+
+where
+
+ DEVICEINFO:
+ [type: ATOM
+ id: CARD8
+ num_classes: CARD8
+ use: {IsXKeyboard, IsXPointer, IsXExtensionPointer,
+ IsXExtensionKeyboard, IsExtensionDevice}
+ info: LISTofINPUTINFO
+ name: STRING8]
+
+ INPUTINFO: {KEYINFO, BUTTONINFO, VALUATORINFO}
+ KEYINFO:
+ [class: CARD8
+ length: CARD8
+ min-keycode: KEYCODE
+ max-keycode: KEYCODE
+ num-keys: CARD16]
+ BUTTONINFO:
+ [class: CARD8
+ length: CARD8
+ num-buttons: CARD16]
+ VALUATORINFO:
+ [class: CARD8
+ length: CARD8
+ num_axes: CARD8
+ mode: SETofDEVICEMODE
+ motion_buffer_size: CARD32
+ axes: LISTofAXISINFO]
+
+ AXISINFO:
+ [resolution: CARD32
+ min-val: CARD32
+ max-val: CARD32]
+ DEVICEMODE: {Absolute, Relative}
+
+ Errors: None
+
+This request returns a list of all devices that can be opened
+by the X server, including the core X keyboard and X pointer.
+Some implementations may open all input devices as part of X
+initialization, while others may not open an input device until
+requested to do so by a client program.
+
+The information returned for each device is as follows:
+
+ type
+ The type field is of type Atom and indicates the nature
+ of the device. Clients may determine device types by
+ invoking the XInternAtom request passing one of the
+ names defined in the header file XI.h. The following
+ names have been defined to date:
+
+ MOUSE
+ TABLET
+ KEYBOARD
+ TOUCHSCREEN
+ TOUCHPAD
+ BUTTONBOX
+ BARCODE
+ KNOB_BOX
+ TRACKBALL
+ QUADRATURE
+ SPACEBALL
+ DATAGLOVE
+ EYETRACKER
+ CURSORKEYS
+ FOOTMOUSE
+ ID_MODULE
+ ONE_KNOB
+ NINE_KNOB
+ JOYSTICK
+
+
+ id
+ The id is a small cardinal value in the range 0-128 that
+ uniquely identifies the device. It is assigned to the
+ device when it is initialized by the server. Some
+ implementations may not open an input device until
+ requested by a client program, and may close the device
+ when the last client accessing it requests that it be
+ closed. If a device is opened by a client program via
+ XOpenDevice, then closed via XCloseDevice, then opened
+ again, it is not guaranteed to have the same id after
+ the second open request.
+
+ num_classes
+ The num_classes field is a small cardinal value in the
+ range 0-255 that specifies the number of input classes
+ supported by the device for which information is
+ returned by ListInputDevices. Some input classes, such
+ as class Focus and class Proximity do not have any
+ information to be returned by ListInputDevices.
+
+ use
+ The use field specifies how the device is currently
+ being used. If the value is IsXKeyboard, the device is
+ currently being used as the X keyboard. If the value is
+ IsXPointer, the device is currently being used as the X
+ pointer. If the value is IsXExtensionPointer, the device
+ is available for use as an extension pointer. If the value
+ is IsXExtensionKeyboard, the device is available for use as
+ and extension keyboard.
+ Older versions of XI report all extension devices as
+ IsXExtensionDevice.
+
+ name
+ The name field contains a pointer to a null-terminated
+ string that corresponds to one of the defined device
+ types.
+
+ InputInfo
+ InputInfo is one of: KeyInfo, ButtonInfo or
+ ValuatorInfo. The first two fields are common to all
+ three:
+
+ class
+ The class field is a cardinal value in the range
+ 0-255. It uniquely identifies the class of input
+ for which information is returned.
+
+ length
+ The length field is a cardinal value in the range
+ 0-255. It specifies the number of bytes of data
+ that are contained in this input class. The length
+ includes the class and length fields.
+
+The remaining information returned for input class
+KEYCLASS is as follows:
+
+ min_keycode
+ min_keycode is of type KEYCODE. It specifies the
+ minimum keycode that the device will report. The
+ minimum keycode will not be smaller than 8.
+
+ max_keycode
+ max_keycode is of type KEYCODE. It specifies the
+ maximum keycode that the device will report. The
+ maximum keycode will not be larger than 255.
+
+ num_keys
+ num_keys is a cardinal value that specifies the
+ number of keys that the device has.
+
+The remaining information returned for input class
+BUTTONCLASS is as follows:
+
+ num_buttons
+ num_buttons is a cardinal value that specifies the
+ number of buttons that the device has.
+
+The remaining information returned for input class
+VALUATORCLASS is as follows:
+
+ mode
+ mode is a constant that has one of the following
+ values: Absolute or Relative. Some devices allow
+ the mode to be changed dynamically via the
+ SetDeviceMode request.
+
+ motion_buffer_size
+ motion_buffer_size is a cardinal number that
+ specifies the number of elements that can be
+ contained in the motion history buffer for the
+ device.
+
+ axes
+ The axes field contains a pointer to an AXISINFO
+ struture.
+
+The information returned for each axis reported by the
+device is:
+
+ resolution
+ The resolution is a cardinal value in
+ counts/meter.
+
+ min_val
+ The min_val field is a cardinal value in that
+ contains the minimum value the device reports for
+ this axis. For devices whose mode is Relative, the
+ min_val field will contain 0.
+
+ max_val
+ The max_val field is a cardinal value in that
+ contains the maximum value the device reports for
+ this axis. For devices whose mode is Relative, the
+ max_val field will contain 0.
+
+2.3 Enabling Devices
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Client programs that wish to access an extension device must
+request that the server open that device. This is done via the
+OpenDevice request.
+
+ OpenDevice
+ id: CARD8
+ =>
+ DEVICE:
+ [device_id: XID
+ num_classes: INT32
+ classes: LISTofINPUTCLASSINFO]
+ INPUTCLASSINFO:
+ [input_class: CARD8
+ event_type_base: CARD8]
+
+ Errors: Device
+
+This request returns the event classes to be used by the client
+to indicate which events the client program wishes to receive.
+Each input class may report several event classes. For example,
+input class Keys reports DeviceKeyPress and DeviceKeyRelease
+event classes. Input classes are unique numbers registered with
+the X Consortium. Input class Other exists to report event
+classes that are not specific to any one input class, such as
+DeviceMappingNotify, ChangeDeviceNotify, and DeviceStateNotify.
+
+The information returned for each device is as follows:
+
+ device_id
+ The device_id is a number that uniquely identifies the
+ device.
+
+ num_classes
+ The num_classes field contains the number of input
+ classes supported by this device.
+
+ For each class of input supported by the device, the
+ InputClassInfo structure contains the following information:
+
+ input_class
+ The input_class is a small cardinal number that
+ identifies the class of input.
+
+ event_type_base
+ The event_type_base is a small cardinal number that
+ specifies the event type of one of the events reported
+ by this input class. This information is not directly
+ used by client programs. Instead, the Device is used by
+ macros that return extension event types and event
+ classes. This is described in the section of this
+ document entitled "Selecting Extension Device Events".
+
+The information in the InputClassInfo reflects the state of
+this device at the time the request was processed.
+
+Before it exits, the client program should explicitly request
+that the server close the device. This is done via the
+CloseDevice request.
+
+A client may open the same extension device more than once.
+Requests after the first successful one return an additional
+XDevice structure with the same information as the first, but
+otherwise have no effect. A single CloseDevice request will
+terminate that client's access to the device.
+
+Closing a device releases any active or passive grabs the
+requesting client has established. If the device is frozen only
+by an active grab of the requesting client, the queued events
+are released when the client terminates.
+
+If a client program terminates without closing a device, the
+server will automatically close that device on behalf of the
+client. This does not affect any other clients that may be
+accessing that device.
+
+ CloseDevice:
+ device: DEVICE
+
+ Errors: Device
+
+2.4 Changing The Mode Of A Device
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Some devices are capable of reporting either relative or
+absolute motion data. To change the mode of a device from
+relative to absolute, use the SetDeviceMode request. The valid
+values are Absolute or Relative.
+
+This request will fail and return DeviceBusy if another client
+already has the device open with a different mode. It will fail
+and return AlreadyGrabbed if another client has the device
+grabbed. The request will fail with a BadMatch error if the
+device has no valuators and reports no axes of motion. The
+request will fail with a BadMode error if the requested mode
+is not supported by the device.
+
+ SetDeviceMode
+ device:DEVICE
+ mode: {Absolute, Relative}
+ =>
+ status: {Success, DeviceBusy, AlreadyGrabbed}
+
+ Errors: Device, Match, Mode
+
+2.5 Initializing Valuators on an Input Device
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Some devices that report absolute positional data can be
+initialized to a starting value. Devices that are capable of
+reporting relative motion or absolute positional data may
+require that their valuators be initialized to a starting value
+after the mode of the device is changed to Absolute. To
+initialize the valuators on such a device, use the
+SetDeviceValuators request.
+
+ SetDeviceValuators
+ device: DEVICE
+ first_valuator: CARD8
+ num_valuators: CARD8
+ valuators: LISTOFINT32
+ =>
+ status: {Success, AlreadyGrabbed}
+
+ Errors: Length, Device, Match, Value
+
+This request initializes the specified valuators on the
+specified extension input device. Valuators are numbered
+beginning with zero. Only the valuators in the range specified
+by first_valuator and num_valuators are set. If the number of
+valuators supported by the device is less than the expression
+first_valuator + num_valuators, a Value error will result.
+
+If the request succeeds, Success is returned. If the specifed
+device is grabbed by some other client, the request will fail
+and a status of AlreadyGrabbed will be returned.
+
+2.6 Getting Input Device Controls
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+ GetDeviceControl
+ device: DEVICE
+ control: XID
+ =>
+ controlState: {DeviceState}
+
+where
+
+ DeviceState: DeviceResolutionState
+
+ Errors: Length, Device, Match, Value
+
+This request returns the current state of the specified device
+control. The device control must be supported by the target
+server and device or an error will result.
+
+If the request is successful, a pointer to a generic
+DeviceState structure will be returned. The information
+returned varies according to the specified control and is
+mapped by a structure appropriate for that control.
+
+GetDeviceControl will fail with a BadValue error if the server
+does not support the specified control. It will fail with a
+BadMatch error if the device does not support the specified
+control.
+
+Supported device controls and the information returned for them
+include:
+
+ DEVICE_RESOLUTION:
+ [control: CARD16
+ length: CARD16
+ num_valuators: CARD8
+ resolutions: LISTofCARD32
+ min_resolutions: LISTofCARD32
+ max_resolutions: LISTofCARD32]
+
+This device control returns a list of valuators and the range
+of valid resolutions allowed for each. Valuators are numbered
+beginning with 0. Resolutions for all valuators on the device
+are returned. For each valuator i on the device, resolutions[i]
+returns the current setting of the resolution,
+min_resolutions[i] returns the minimum valid setting, and
+max_resolutions[i] returns the maximum valid setting.
+
+When this control is specified, XGetDeviceControl will fail
+with a BadMatch error if the specified device has no valuators.
+
+ ChangeDeviceControl:
+ device: DEVICE
+ XID: controlId
+ control: DeviceControl
+
+where
+
+ DeviceControl: DeviceResolutionControl
+ =>
+ status: {Success, DeviceBusy, AlreadyGrabbed}
+
+ Errors: Length, Device, Match, Value
+
+ChangeDeviceControl changes the specifed device control
+according to the values specified in the DeviceControl
+structure. The device control must be supported by the target
+server and device or an error will result.
+
+The information passed with this request varies according to
+the specified control and is mapped by a structure appropriate
+for that control.
+
+ChangeDeviceControl will fail with a BadValue error if the
+server does not support the specified control. It will fail
+with a BadMatch error if the server supports the specified
+control, but the requested device does not. The request will
+fail and return a status of DeviceBusy if another client
+already has the device open with a device control state that
+conflicts with the one specified in the request. It will fail
+with a status of AlreadyGrabbed if some other client has
+grabbed the specified device. If the request succeeds, Success
+is returned. If it fails, the device control is left unchanged.
+
+Supported device controls and the information specified for
+them include:
+
+ DEVICE_RESOLUTION:
+ [control: CARD16
+ length: CARD16
+ first_valuator: CARD8
+ num_valuators: CARD8
+ resolutions: LISTofCARD32]
+
+This device control changes the resolution of the specified
+valuators on the specified extension input device. Valuators
+are numbered beginning with zero. Only the valuators in the
+range specified by first_valuator and num_valuators are set. A
+value of -1 in the resolutions list indicates that the
+resolution for this valuator is not to be changed.
+num_valuators specifies the number of valuators in the
+resolutions list.
+
+When this control is specified, XChangeDeviceControl will fail
+with a BadMatch error if the specified device has no valuators.
+If a resolution is specified that is not within the range of
+valid values (as returned by XGetDeviceControl) the request
+will fail with a BadValue error. If the number of valuators
+supported by the device is less than the expression
+first_valuator + num_valuators, a BadValue error will result.
+
+If the request fails for any reason, none of the valuator
+resolutions will be changed.
+
+ChangeDeviceControl causes the server to send a DevicePresence
+event to interested clients.
+
+2.7 Selecting Extension Device Events
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Extension input events are selected using the
+SelectExtensionEvent request.
+
+ SelectExtensionEvent
+ interest: LISTofEVENTCLASS
+ window: WINDOW
+
+ Errors: Window, Class, Access
+
+This request specifies to the server the events within the
+specified window which are of interest to the client. As with
+the core XSelectInput function, multiple clients can select
+input on the same window.
+
+XSelectExtensionEvent requires a list of event classes. An
+event class is a 32-bit number that combines an event type and
+device id, and is used to indicate which event a client wishes
+to receive and from which device it wishes to receive it.
+Macros are provided to obtain event classes from the data
+returned by the XOpenDevice request. The names of these macros
+correspond to the desired events, i.e. the DeviceKeyPress is
+used to obtain the event class for DeviceKeyPress events. The
+syntax of the macro invocation is:
+
+ DeviceKeyPress (device, event_type, event_class);
+ device: DEVICE
+ event_type: INT
+ event_class: INT
+
+The value returned in event_type is the value that will be
+contained in the event type field of the XDeviceKeyPressEvent
+when it is received by the client. The value returned in
+event_class is the value that should be passed in making an
+XSelectExtensionEvent request to receive DeviceKeyPress events.
+
+For DeviceButtonPress events, the client may specify whether or
+not an implicit passive grab should be done when the button is
+pressed. If the client wants to guarantee that it will receive
+a DeviceButtonRelease event for each DeviceButtonPress event it
+receives, it should specify the DeviceButtonPressGrab event
+class as well as the DeviceButtonPress event class. This
+restricts the client in that only one client at a time may
+request DeviceButtonPress events from the same device and
+window if any client specifies this class.
+
+If any client has specified the DeviceButtonPressGrab class,
+any requests by any other client that specify the same device
+and window and specify DeviceButtonPress or
+DeviceButtonPressGrab will cause an Access error to be
+generated.
+
+If only the DeviceButtonPress class is specified, no implicit
+passive grab will be done when a button is pressed on the
+device. Multiple clients may use this class to specify the same
+device and window combination.
+
+A client may also specify the DeviceOwnerGrabButton class. If
+it has specified both the DeviceButtonPressGrab and the
+DeviceOwnerGrabButton classes, implicit passive grabs will
+activate with owner_events set to True. If only the
+DeviceButtonPressGrab class is specified, implicit passive
+grabs will activate with owner_events set to False.
+
+The client may select DeviceMotion events only when a button is
+down. It does this by specifying the event classes
+Button1Motion through Button5Motion, or ButtonMotion. An input
+device will only support as many button motion classes as it
+has buttons.
+
+2.8 Determining Selected Events
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+To determine which extension events are currently selected from
+a given window, use GetSelectedExtensionEvents.
+
+ GetSelectedExtensionEvents
+ window: WINDOW
+ =>
+ this-client: LISTofEVENTCLASS
+ all-clients: LISTofEVENTCLASS
+
+ Errors: Window
+
+This request returns two lists specifying the events selected
+on the specified window. One list gives the extension events
+selected by this client from the specified window. The other
+list gives the extension events selected by all clients from
+the specified window. This information is equivalent to that
+returned by your-event-mask and all-event-masks in a
+GetWindowAttributes request.
+
+2.9 Controlling Event Propagation
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Extension events propagate up the window hierarchy in the same
+manner as core events. If a window is not interested in an
+extension event, it usually propagates to the closest ancestor
+that is interested, unless the dont_propagate list prohibits
+it. Grabs of extension devices may alter the set of windows
+that receive a particular extension event.
+
+Client programs may control extension event propagation through
+the use of the following two requests.
+
+XChangeDeviceDontPropagateList adds an event to or deletes an
+event from the do_not_propagate list of extension events for
+the specified window. This list is maintained for the life of
+the window, and is not altered if the client terminates.
+
+ ChangeDeviceDontPropagateList
+ window: WINDOW
+ eventclass: LISTofEVENTCLASS
+ mode: {AddToList, DeleteFromList}
+
+ Errors: Window, Class, Mode
+
+This function modifies the list specifying the events that are
+not propagated to the ancestors of the specified window. You
+may use the modes AddToList or DeleteFromList.
+
+ GetDeviceDontPropagateList
+ window: WINDOW
+ =>
+ dont-propagate-list: LISTofEVENTCLASS
+
+ Errors: Window
+
+This function returns a list specifying the events that are not
+propagated to the ancestors of the specified window.
+
+2.10 Sending Extension Events
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+One client program may send an event to another via the
+XSendExtensionEvent function.
+
+The event in the XEvent structure must be one of the events
+defined by the input extension, so that the X server can
+correctly byte swap the contents as necessary. The contents of
+the event are otherwise unaltered and unchecked by the X server
+except to force send_event to True in the forwarded event and
+to set the sequence number in the event correctly.
+
+XSendExtensionEvent returns zero if the conversion-to-wire
+protocol failed, otherwise it returns nonzero.
+
+ SendExtensionEvent
+ device: DEVICE
+ destination: WINDOW
+ propagate: BOOL
+ eventclass: LISTofEVENTCLASS
+ event: XEVENT
+
+ Errors: Device, Value, Class, Window
+
+2.11 Getting Motion History
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+ GetDeviceMotionEvents
+ device: DEVICE
+ start, stop: TIMESTAMP or CurrentTime
+ =>
+ nevents_return: CARD32
+ mode_return: {Absolute, Relative}
+ axis_count_return: CARD8
+ events: LISTofDEVICETIMECOORD
+
+where
+
+ DEVICETIMECOORD:
+ [data: LISTofINT32
+ time: TIMESTAMP]
+
+ Errors: Device, Match
+
+This request returns all positions in the device's motion
+history buffer that fall between the specified start and stop
+times inclusive. If the start time is in the future, or is
+later than the stop time, no positions are returned.
+
+The data field of the DEVICETIMECOORD structure is a sequence
+of data items. Each item is of type INT32, and there is one
+data item per axis of motion reported by the device. The number
+of axes reported by the device is returned in the axis_count
+variable.
+
+The value of the data items depends on the mode of the device,
+which is returned in the mode variable. If the mode is
+Absolute, the data items are the raw values generated by the
+device. These may be scaled by the client program using the
+maximum values that the device can generate for each axis of
+motion that it reports. The maximum and minimum values for each
+axis are reported by the ListInputDevices request.
+
+If the mode is Relative, the data items are the relative values
+generated by the device. The client program must choose an
+initial position for the device and maintain a current position
+by accumulating these relative values.
+
+2.12 Changing The Core Devices
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+These requests are provided to change which physical device is
+used as the X pointer or X keyboard. These requests are
+deprecated in servers supporting XI 1.4 and above, and will
+always return a a BadDevice error.
+
+Using these requests may change the characteristics of the core
+devices. The new pointer device may have a different number of
+buttons than the old one did, or the new keyboard device may
+have a different number of keys or report a different range of
+keycodes. Client programs may be running that depend on those
+characteristics. For example, a client program could allocate
+an array based on the number of buttons on the pointer device,
+and then use the button numbers received in button events as
+indicies into that array. Changing the core devices could cause
+such client programs to behave improperly or abnormally
+terminate.
+
+These requests change the X keyboard or X pointer device and
+generate an ChangeDeviceNotify event and a MappingNotify event.
+The ChangeDeviceNotify event is sent only to those clients that
+have expressed an interest in receiving that event via the
+XSelectExtensionEvent request. The specified device becomes the
+new X keyboard or X pointer device. The location of the core
+device does not change as a result of this request.
+
+These requests fail and return AlreadyGrabbed if either the
+specified device or the core device it would replace are
+grabbed by some other client. They fail and return GrabFrozen
+if either device is frozen by the active grab of another
+client.
+
+These requests fail with a BadDevice error if the specified
+device is invalid, or has not previously been opened via
+OpenDevice. To change the X keyboard device, use the
+ChangeKeyboardDevice request. The specified device must support
+input class Keys (as reported in the ListInputDevices request)
+or the request will fail with a BadMatch error. Once the device
+has successfully replaced one of the core devices, it is
+treated as a core device until it is in turn replaced by
+another ChangeDevice request, or until the server terminates.
+The termination of the client that changed the device will not
+cause it to change back. Attempts to use the CloseDevice
+request to close the new core device will fail with a BadDevice
+error.
+
+The focus state of the new keyboard is the same as the focus
+state of the old X keyboard. If the new keyboard was not
+initialized with a FocusRec, one is added by the
+ChangeKeyboardDevice request. The X keyboard is assumed to have
+a KbdFeedbackClassRec. If the device was initialized without a
+KbdFeedbackClassRec, one will be added by this request. The
+KbdFeedbackClassRec will specify a null routine as the control
+procedure and the bell procedure.
+
+ ChangeKeyboardDevice
+ device: DEVICE
+ =>
+ status: Success, AlreadyGrabbed, Frozen
+
+ Errors: Device, Match
+
+To change the X pointer device, use the ChangePointerDevice
+request. The specified device must support input class
+Valuators (as reported in the ListInputDevices request) or the
+request will fail with a BadMatch error. The valuators to be
+used as the x- and y-axes of the pointer device must be
+specified. Data from other valuators on the device will be
+ignored.
+
+The X pointer device does not contain a FocusRec. If the new
+pointer was initialized with a FocusRec, it is freed by the
+ChangePointerDevice request. The X pointer is assumed to have a
+ButtonClassRec and a PtrFeedbackClassRec. If the device was
+initialized without a ButtonClassRec or a PtrFeedbackClassRec,
+one will be added by this request. The ButtonClassRec added
+will have no buttons, and the PtrFeedbackClassRec will specify
+a null routine as the control procedure.
+
+If the specified device reports absolute positional
+information, and the server implementation does not allow such
+a device to be used as the X pointer, the request will fail
+with a BadDevice error.
+
+Once the device has successfully replaced one of the core
+devices, it is treated as a core device until it is in turn
+replaced by another ChangeDevice request, or until the server
+terminates. The termination of the client that changed the
+device will not cause it to change back. Attempts to use the
+CloseDevice request to close the new core device will fail with
+a BadDevice error.
+
+ ChangePointerDevice
+ device: DEVICE
+ xaxis: CARD8
+ yaxis: CARD8
+ =>
+ status: Success, AlreadyGrabbed, Frozen
+
+ Errors: Device, Match
+
+2.12 Event Synchronization And Core Grabs
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Implementation of the input extension requires an extension of
+the meaning of event synchronization for the core grab
+requests. This is necessary in order to allow window managers
+to freeze all input devices with a single request.
+
+The core grab requests require a pointer_mode and keyboard_mode
+argument. The meaning of these modes is changed by the input
+extension. For the XGrabPointer and XGrabButton requests,
+pointer_mode controls synchronization of the pointer device,
+and keyboard_mode controls the synchronization of all other
+input devices. For the XGrabKeyboard and XGrabKey requests,
+pointer_mode controls the synchronization of all input devices
+except the X keyboard, while keyboard_mode controls the
+synchronization of the keyboard. When using one of the core
+grab requests, the synchronization of extension devices is
+controlled by the mode specified for the device not being
+grabbed.
+
+2.13 Extension Active Grabs
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Active grabs of extension devices are supported via the
+GrabDevice request in the same way that core devices are
+grabbed using the core GrabKeyboard request, except that a
+Device is passed as a function parameter. A list of events that
+the client wishes to receive is also passed. The UngrabDevice
+request allows a previous active grab for an extension device
+to be released.
+
+To grab an extension device, use the GrabDevice request. The
+device must have previously been opened using the OpenDevice
+request.
+
+ GrabDevice
+ device: DEVICE
+ grab-window: WINDOW
+ owner-events: BOOL
+ event-list: LISTofEVENTCLASS
+ this-device-mode: {Synchronous, Asynchronous}
+ other-device-mode: {Synchronous, Asynchronous}
+ time:TIMESTAMP or CurrentTime
+ =>
+ status: Success, AlreadyGrabbed, Frozen,
+ InvalidTime, NotViewable
+
+ Errors: Device, Window, Value
+
+This request actively grabs control of the specified input
+device. Further input events from this device are reported only
+to the grabbing client. This request overrides any previous
+active grab by this client for this device.
+
+The event-list parameter is a pointer to a list of event
+classes. These are used to indicate which events the client
+wishes to receive while the device is grabbed. Only event
+classes obtained from the grabbed device are valid.
+
+If owner-events is False, input events generated from this
+device are reported with respect to grab-window, and are only
+reported if selected by being included in the event-list. If
+owner-events is True, then if a generated event would normally
+be reported to this client, it is reported normally, otherwise
+the event is reported with respect to the grab-window, and is
+only reported if selected by being included in the event-list.
+For either value of owner-events, unreported events are
+discarded.
+
+If this-device-mode is Asynchronous, device event processing
+continues normally. If the device is currently frozen by this
+client, then processing of device events is resumed. If
+this-device-mode is Synchronous, the state of the grabbed
+device (as seen by means of the protocol) appears to freeze,
+and no further device events are generated by the server until
+the grabbing client issues a releasing AllowDeviceEvents
+request or until the device grab is released. Actual device
+input events are not lost while the device is frozen; they are
+simply queued for later processing.
+
+If other-device-mode is Asynchronous, event processing is
+unaffected by activation of the grab. If other-device-mode is
+Synchronous, the state of all input devices except the grabbed
+one (as seen by means of the protocol) appears to freeze, and
+no further events are generated by the server until the
+grabbing client issues a releasing AllowDeviceEvents request or
+until the device grab is released. Actual events are not lost
+while the devices are frozen; they are simply queued for later
+processing.
+
+This request generates DeviceFocusIn and DeviceFocusOut events.
+
+This request fails and returns:
+
+ AlreadyGrabbed
+ If the device is actively grabbed by some other client.
+
+ NotViewable
+ If grab-window is not viewable.
+
+ InvalidTime
+ If the specified time is earlier than the last-grab-time
+ for the specified device or later than the current X
+ server time. Otherwise, the last-grab-time for the
+ specified device is set to the specified time and
+ CurrentTime is replaced by the current X server time.
+
+ Frozen
+ If the device is frozen by an active grab of another
+ client.
+
+If a grabbed device is closed by a client while an active grab
+by that client is in effect, that active grab will be released.
+Any passive grabs established by that client will be released.
+If the device is frozen only by an active grab of the
+requesting client, it is thawed.
+
+To release a grab of an extension device, use UngrabDevice.
+
+ UngrabDevice
+ device: DEVICE
+ time: TIMESTAMP or CurrentTime
+
+ Errors: Device
+
+This request releases the device if this client has it actively
+grabbed (from either GrabDevice or GrabDeviceKey) and releases
+any queued events. If any devices were frozen by the grab,
+UngrabDevice thaws them. The request has no effect if the
+specified time is earlier than the last-device-grab time or is
+later than the current server time.
+
+This request generates DeviceFocusIn and DeviceFocusOut events.
+
+An UngrabDevice is performed automatically if the event window
+for an active device grab becomes not viewable.
+
+2.14 Passively Grabbing A Key
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Passive grabs of buttons and keys on extension devices are
+supported via the GrabDeviceButton and GrabDeviceKey requests.
+These passive grabs are released via the UngrabDeviceKey and
+UngrabDeviceButton requests.
+
+To passively grab a single key on an extension device, use
+GrabDeviceKey. That device must have previously been opened
+using the OpenDevice request.
+
+ GrabDeviceKey
+ device: DEVICE
+ keycode: KEYCODE or AnyKey
+ modifiers: SETofKEYMASK or AnyModifier
+ modifier-device: DEVICE or NULL
+ grab-window: WINDOW
+ owner-events: BOOL
+ event-list: LISTofEVENTCLASS
+ this-device-mode: {Synchronous, Asynchronous}
+ other-device-mode: {Synchronous, Asynchronous}
+
+ Errors: Device, Match, Access, Window, Value
+
+This request is analogous to the core GrabKey request. It
+establishes a passive grab on a device. Consequently, in the
+future:
+
+ * IF the device is not grabbed and the specified key, which
+ itself can be a modifier key, is logically pressed when the
+ specified modifier keys logically are down on the specified
+ modifier device (and no other keys are down),
+ * AND no other modifier keys logically are down,
+ * AND EITHER the grab window is an ancestor of (or is) the
+ focus window OR the grab window is a descendent of the
+ focus window and contains the pointer,
+ * AND a passive grab on the same device and key combination
+ does not exist on any ancestor of the grab window,
+ * THEN the device is actively grabbed, as for GrabDevice, the
+ last-device-grab time is set to the time at which the key
+ was pressed (as transmitted in the DeviceKeyPress event),
+ and the DeviceKeyPress event is reported.
+
+The interpretation of the remaining arguments is as for
+GrabDevice. The active grab is terminated automatically when
+logical state of the device has the specified key released
+(independent of the logical state of the modifier keys).
+
+Note that the logical state of a device (as seen by means of
+the X protocol) may lag the physical state if device event
+processing is frozen.
+
+A modifier of AnyModifier is equivalent to issuing the request
+for all possible modifier combinations (including the
+combination of no modifiers). It is not required that all
+modifiers specified have currently assigned keycodes. A key of
+AnyKey is equivalent to issuing the request for all possible
+keycodes. Otherwise, the key must be in the range specified by
+min-keycode and max-keycode in the ListInputDevices request. If
+it is not within that range, GrabDeviceKey generates a Value
+error.
+
+NULL may be passed for the modifier_device. If the
+modifier_device is NULL, the core X keyboard is used as the
+modifier_device.
+
+An Access error is generated if some other client has issued a
+GrabDeviceKey with the same device and key combination on the
+same window. When using AnyModifier or AnyKey, the request
+fails completely and the X server generates a Access error and
+no grabs are established if there is a conflicting grab for any
+combination.
+
+This request cannot be used to grab a key on the X keyboard
+device. The core GrabKey request should be used for that
+purpose.
+
+To release a passive grab of a single key on an extension
+device, use UngrabDeviceKey.
+
+ UngrabDeviceKey
+ device: DEVICE
+ keycode: KEYCODE or AnyKey
+ modifiers: SETofKEYMASK or AnyModifier
+ modifier-device: DEVICE or NULL
+ grab-window: WINDOW
+
+ Errors: Device, Match, Window, Value, Alloc
+
+This request is analogous to the core UngrabKey request. It
+releases the key combination on the specified window if it was
+grabbed by this client. A modifier of AnyModifier is equivalent
+to issuing the request for all possible modifier combinations
+(including the combination of no modifiers). A key of AnyKey is
+equivalent to issuing the request for all possible keycodes.
+This request has no effect on an active grab.
+
+NULL may be passed for the modifier_device. If the
+modifier_device is NULL, the core X keyboard is used as the
+modifier_device.
+
+2.15 Passively Grabbing A Button
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+To establish a passive grab for a single button on an extension
+device, use GrabDeviceButton.
+
+ GrabDeviceButton
+ device: DEVICE
+ button: BUTTON or AnyButton
+ modifiers: SETofKEYMASK or AnyModifier
+ modifier-device: DEVICE or NULL
+ grab-window: WINDOW
+ owner-events: BOOL
+ event-list: LISTofEVENTCLASS
+ this-device-mode: {Synchronous, Asynchronous}
+ other-device-mode: {Synchronous, Asynchronous}
+
+ Errors: Device, Match, Window, Access, Value
+
+This request is analogous to the core GrabButton request. It
+establishes an explicit passive grab for a button on an
+extension input device. Since the server does not track
+extension devices, no cursor is specified with this request.
+For the same reason, there is no confine-to parameter. The
+device must have previously been opened using the OpenDevice
+request.
+
+The GrabDeviceButton request establishes a passive grab on a
+device. Consequently, in the future,
+
+ * IF the device is not grabbed and the specified button is
+ logically pressed when the specified modifier keys
+ logically are down (and no other buttons or modifier
+ keys are down),
+
+ * AND the grab window contains the device,
+
+ * AND a passive grab on the same device and button/ key
+ combination does not exist on any ancestor of the grab
+ window,
+
+ * THEN the device is actively grabbed, as for GrabDevice,
+ the last-grab time is set to the time at which the
+ button was pressed (as transmitted in the
+ DeviceButtonPress event), and the DeviceButtonPress
+ event is reported.
+
+The interpretation of the remaining arguments is as for
+GrabDevice. The active grab is terminated automatically when
+logical state of the device has all buttons released
+(independent of the logical state of the modifier keys).
+
+Note that the logical state of a device (as seen by means of
+the X protocol) may lag the physical state if device event
+processing is frozen.
+
+A modifier of AnyModifier is equivalent to issuing the request
+for all possible modifier combinations (including the
+combination of no modifiers). It is not required that all
+modifiers specified have currently assigned keycodes. A button
+of AnyButton is equivalent to issuing the request for all
+possible buttons. It is not required that the specified button
+be assigned to a physical button.
+
+NULL may be passed for the modifier_device. If the
+modifier_device is NULL, the core X keyboard is used as the
+modifier_device.
+
+An Access error is generated if some other client has issued a
+GrabDeviceButton with the same device and button combination on
+the same window. When using AnyModifier or AnyButton, the
+request fails completely and the X server generates a Access
+error and no grabs are established if there is a conflicting
+grab for any combination. The request has no effect on an
+active grab.
+
+This request cannot be used to grab a button on the X pointer
+device. The core GrabButton request should be used for that
+purpose.
+
+To release a passive grab of a button on an extension device,
+use UngrabDeviceButton.
+
+ UngrabDeviceButton
+ device: DEVICE
+ button: BUTTON or AnyButton
+ modifiers: SETofKEYMASK or AnyModifier
+ modifier-device: DEVICE or NULL
+ grab-window: WINDOW
+
+ Errors: Device, Match, Window, Value, Alloc
+
+This request is analogous to the core UngrabButton request. It
+releases the passive button/key combination on the specified
+window if it was grabbed by the client. A modifiers of
+AnyModifier is equivalent to issuing the request for all
+possible modifier combinations (including the combination of no
+modifiers). A button of AnyButton is equivalent to issuing the
+request for all possible buttons. This request has no effect on
+an active grab. The device must have previously been opened
+using the OpenDevice request otherwise a Device error will be
+generated.
+
+NULL may be passed for the modifier_device. If the
+modifier_device is NULL, the core X keyboard is used as the
+modifier_device.
+
+This request cannot be used to ungrab a button on the X pointer
+device. The core UngrabButton request should be used for that
+purpose.
+
+2.16 Thawing A Device
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+To allow further events to be processed when a device has been
+frozen, use AllowDeviceEvents.
+
+ AllowDeviceEvents
+ device: DEVICE
+ event-mode: {AsyncThisDevice, SyncThisDevice, AsyncOtherDevices,
+ ReplayThisdevice, AsyncAll, or SyncAll}
+ time:TIMESTAMP or CurrentTime
+
+ Errors: Device, Value
+
+The AllowDeviceEvents request releases some queued events if
+the client has caused a device to freeze. The request has no
+effect if the specified time is earlier than the last-grab time
+of the most recent active grab for the client, or if the
+specified time is later than the current X server time.
+
+The following describes the processing that occurs depending on
+what constant you pass to the event-mode argument:
+
+ * If the specified device is frozen by the client, event
+ processing for that device continues as usual. If the
+ device is frozen multiple times by the client on behalf
+ of multiple separate grabs, AsyncThisDevice thaws for
+ all. AsyncThisDevice has no effect if the specified
+ device is not frozen by the client, but the device need
+ not be grabbed by the client.
+
+ * If the specified device is frozen and actively grabbed
+ by the client, event processing for that device
+ continues normally until the next button or key event is
+ reported to the client. At this time, the specified
+ device again appears to freeze. However, if the reported
+ event causes the grab to be released, the specified
+ device does not freeze. SyncThisDevice has no effect if
+ the specified device is not frozen by the client or is
+ not grabbed by the client.
+
+ * If the specified device is actively grabbed by the
+ client and is frozen as the result of an event having
+ been sent to the client (either from the activation of a
+ GrabDeviceButton or from a previous AllowDeviceEvents
+ with mode SyncThisDevice, but not from a Grab), the grab
+ is released and that event is completely reprocessed.
+ This time, however, the request ignores any passive
+ grabs at or above (towards the root) the grab-window of
+ the grab just released. The request has no effect if the
+ specified device is not grabbed by the client or if it
+ is not frozen as the result of an event.
+
+ * If the remaining devices are frozen by the client, event
+ processing for them continues as usual. If the other
+ devices are frozen multiple times by the client on
+ behalf of multiple separate grabs, AsyncOtherDevices
+ “thaws” for all. AsyncOtherDevices has no effect if the
+ devices are not frozen by the client, but those devices
+ need not be grabbed by the client.
+
+ * If all devices are frozen by the client, event
+ processing (for all devices) continues normally until
+ the next button or key event is reported to the client
+ for a grabbed device (button event for the grabbed
+ device, key or motion event for the device), at which
+ time the devices again appear to freeze. However, if the
+ reported event causes the grab to be released, then the
+ devices do not freeze (but if any device is still
+ grabbed, then a subsequent event for it will still cause
+ all devices to freeze). SyncAll has no effect unless all
+ devices are frozen by the client. If any device is
+ frozen twice by the client on behalf of two separate
+ grabs, SyncAll "thaws" for both (but a subsequent freeze
+ for SyncAll will only freeze each device once).
+
+ * If all devices are frozen by the client, event
+ processing (for all devices) continues normally. If any
+ device is frozen multiple times by the client on behalf
+ of multiple separate grabs, AsyncAll "thaws" for all.
+ AsyncAll has no effect unless all devices are frozen by
+ the client.
+
+AsyncThisDevice, SyncThisDevice, and ReplayThisDevice
+have no effect on the processing of events from the
+remaining devices. AsyncOtherDevices has no effect on
+the processing of events from the specified device. When
+the event_mode is SyncAll or AsyncAll, the device
+parameter is ignored.
+
+It is possible for several grabs of different devices
+(by the same or different clients) to be active
+simultaneously. If a device is frozen on behalf of any
+grab, no event processing is performed for the device.
+It is possible for a single device to be frozen because
+of several grabs. In this case, the freeze must be
+released on behalf of each grab before events can again
+be processed.
+
+2.17 Controlling Device Focus
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The current focus window for an extension input device can be
+determined using the GetDeviceFocus request. Extension devices
+are focused using the SetDeviceFocus request in the same way
+that the keyboard is focused using the SetInputFocus request,
+except that a device is specified as part of the request. One
+additional focus state, FollowKeyboard, is provided for
+extension devices.
+
+To get the current focus state, revert state, and focus time of
+an extension device, use GetDeviceFocus.
+
+ GetDeviceFocus
+ device: DEVICE
+ =>
+ focus: WINDOW, PointerRoot, FollowKeyboard, or None
+ revert-to: Parent, PointerRoot, FollowKeyboard, or None
+ focus-time: TIMESTAMP
+
+ Errors: Device, Match
+
+This request returns the current focus state, revert-to state,
+and last-focus-time of an extension device.
+
+To set the focus of an extension device, use SetDeviceFocus.
+
+ SetDeviceFocus
+ device: DEVICE
+ focus: WINDOW, PointerRoot, FollowKeyboard, or None
+ revert-to: Parent, PointerRoot, FollowKeyboard, or None
+ focus-time: TIMESTAMP
+
+ Errors: Device, Window, Value, Match
+
+This request changes the focus for an extension input device
+and the last-focus-change-time. The request has no effect if
+the specified time is earlier than the last-focus-change-time
+or is later than the current X server time. Otherwise, the
+last-focus-change-time is set to the specified time, with
+CurrentTime replaced by the current server time.
+
+The action taken by the server when this request is requested
+depends on the value of the focus argument:
+
+ * If the focus argument is None, all input events from
+ this device will be discarded until a new focus window
+ is set. In this case, the revert-to argument is ignored.
+
+ * If a window ID is assigned to the focus argument, it
+ becomes the focus window of the device. If an input
+ event from the device would normally be reported to this
+ window or to one of its inferiors, the event is reported
+ normally. Otherwise, the event is reported relative to
+ the focus window.
+
+ * If you assign PointerRoot to the focus argument, the
+ focus window is dynamically taken to be the root window
+ of whatever screen the pointer is on at each input
+ event. In this case, the revert-to argument is ignored.
+
+ * If you assign FollowKeyboard to the focus argument, the
+ focus window is dynamically taken to be the same as the
+ focus of the X keyboard at each input event.
+ The specified focus window must be viewable at the time
+ of the request (else a Match error). If the focus window
+ later becomes not viewable, the X server evaluates the
+ revert-to argument to determine the new focus window.
+
+ * If you assign RevertToParent to the revert-to argument,
+ the focus reverts to the parent (or the closest viewable
+ ancestor), and the new revert-to value is taken to be
+ RevertToNone.
+
+ * If you assign RevertToPointerRoot,
+ RevertToFollowKeyboard, or RevertToNone to the revert-to
+ argument, the focus reverts to that value.
+
+When the focus reverts, the X server generates DeviceFocusIn
+and DeviceFocusOut events, but the last-focus-change time is
+not affected.
+
+This request causes the X server to generate DeviceFocusIn and
+DeviceFocusOut events.
+
+2.18 Controlling Device Feedback
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+To get the settings of feedbacks on an extension device, use
+GetFeedbackControl. This request provides functionality
+equivalent to the core GetKeyboardControl and GetPointerControl
+functions. It also provides a way to control displays
+associated with an input device that are capable of displaying
+an integer or string.
+
+ GetFeedbackControl
+ device: DEVICE
+ =>
+ num_feedbacks_return: CARD16
+ return_value: LISTofFEEDBACKSTATE
+
+where
+
+ FEEDBACKSTATE: {KbdFeedbackState, PtrFeedbackState,
+ IntegerFeedbackState, StringFeedbackState,
+ BellFeedbackState, LedFeedbackState}
+
+Feedbacks are reported by class. Those feedbacks that are
+reported for the core keyboard device are in class KbdFeedback,
+and are returned in the KbdFeedbackState structure. The members
+of that structure are as follows:
+
+ CLASS Kbd:
+ [class: CARD8
+ length: CARD16
+ feedback id: CARD8
+ key_click_percent: CARD8
+ bell_percent: CARD8
+ bell_pitch: CARD16
+ bell_duration: CARD16
+ led_value: BITMASK
+ global_auto_repeat: {AutoRepeatModeOn, AutoRepeatModeOff}
+ auto_repeats: LISTofCARD8]
+
+Those feedbacks that are equivalent to those reported for the
+core pointer are in feedback class PtrFeedback and are reported
+in the PtrFeedbackState structure. The members of that
+structure are:
+
+ CLASS Ptr:
+ [class: CARD8
+ length: CARD16
+ feedback id: CARD8
+ accelNumerator: CARD16
+ accelDenominator: CARD16
+ threshold: CARD16]
+
+Some input devices provide a means of displaying an integer.
+Those devices will support feedback class IntegerFeedback,
+which is reported in the IntegerFeedbackState structure. The
+members of that structure are:
+
+ CLASS Integer:
+ [class: CARD8
+ length: CARD16
+ feedback id: CARD8
+ resolution: CARD32
+ min-val: INT32
+ max-val: INT32]
+
+Some input devices provide a means of displaying a string.
+Those devices will support feedback class StringFeedback, which
+is reported in the StringFeedbackState structure. The members
+of that structure are:
+
+ CLASS String:
+ [class: CARD8
+ length: CARD16
+ feedback id: CARD8
+ max_symbols: CARD16
+ num_keysyms_supported: CARD16
+ keysyms_supported: LISTofKEYSYM]
+
+Some input devices contain a bell. Those devices will support
+feedback class BellFeedback, which is reported in the
+BellFeedbackState structure. The members of that structure are:
+
+ CLASS Bell:
+ [class: CARD8
+ length: CARD16
+ feedback id: CARD8
+ percent: CARD8
+ pitch: CARD16
+ duration: CARD16]
+
+The percent sets the base volume for the bell between 0 (off)
+and 100 (loud) inclusive, if possible. Setting to -1 restores
+the default. Other negative values generate a Value error.
+
+The pitch sets the pitch (specified in Hz) of the bell, if
+possible. Setting to -1 restores the default. Other negative
+values generate a Value error.
+
+The duration sets the duration (specified in milliseconds) of
+the bell, if possible. Setting to -1 restores the default.
+Other negative values generate a Value error.
+
+A bell generator connected with the console but not directly on
+the device is treated as if it were part of the device. Some
+input devices contain LEDs. Those devices will support feedback
+class Led, which is reported in the LedFeedbackState structure.
+The members of that structure are:
+
+ CLASS Led:
+ [class: CARD8
+ length: CARD16
+ feedback id: CARD8
+ led_mask: BITMASK
+ led_value: BITMASK]
+
+Each bit in led_mask indicates that the corresponding led is
+supported by the feedback. At most 32 LEDs per feedback are
+supported. No standard interpretation of LEDs is defined.
+
+This function will fail with a BadMatch error if the device
+specified in the request does not support feedbacks.
+
+ Errors: Device, Match
+
+To change the settings of a feedback on an extension device,
+use ChangeFeedbackControl.
+
+ ChangeFeedbackControl
+ device: DEVICE
+ feedbackid: CARD8
+ value-mask: BITMASK
+ value: FEEDBACKCONTROL
+ FEEDBACKCONTROL: {KBDFEEDBACKCONTROL,
+ PTRFEEDBACKCONTROL,
+ INTEGERFEEDBACKCONTROL,
+ STRINGFEEDBACKCONTROL,
+ BELLFEEDBACKCONTROL,
+ LEDFEEDBACKCONTROL}
+
+ Errors: Device, Match, Value
+
+Feedback controls are grouped by class. Those feedbacks that
+are equivalent to those supported by the core keyboard are
+controlled by feedback class KbdFeedbackClass using the
+KbdFeedbackControl structure. The members of that structure
+are:
+
+ KBDFEEDBACKCTL
+ [class: CARD8
+ length: CARD16
+ feedback id: CARD8
+ key_click_percent: INT8
+ bell_percent: INT8
+ bell_pitch: INT16
+ bell_duration: INT16
+ led_mask: INT32
+ led_value: INT32
+ key: KEYCODE
+ auto_repeat_mode: {AutoRepeatModeOn, AutoRepeatModeOff,
+ AutoRepeatModeDefault}]
+
+The key_click_percent sets the volume for key clicks between 0
+(off) and 100 (loud) inclusive, if possible. Setting to -1
+restores the default. Other negative values generate a Value
+error.
+
+If both auto_repeat_mode and key are specified, then the
+auto_repeat_mode of that key is changed, if possible. If only
+auto_repeat_mode is specified, then the global auto-repeat mode
+for the entire keyboard is changed, if possible, without
+affecting the per-key settings. It is a Match error if a key is
+specified without an auto_repeat_mode.
+
+The order in which controls are verified and altered is
+server-dependent. If an error is generated, a subset of the
+controls may have been altered.
+
+Those feedback controls equivalent to those of the core pointer
+are controlled by feedback class PtrFeedbackClass using the
+PtrFeedbackControl structure. The members of that structure are
+as follows:
+
+ PTRFEEDBACKCTL:
+ [class: CARD8
+ length: CARD16
+ feedback id: CARD8
+ accelNumerator: INT16
+ accelDenominator: INT16
+ threshold: INT16]
+
+The acceleration, expressed as a fraction, is a multiplier for
+movement. For example, specifying 3/1 means the device moves
+three times as fast as normal. The fraction may be rounded
+arbitrarily by the X server. Acceleration only takes effect if
+the device moves more than threshold pixels at once and only
+applies to the amount beyond the value in the threshold
+argument. Setting a value to -1 restores the default. The
+values of the do-accel and do-threshold arguments must be
+nonzero for the device values to be set. Otherwise, the
+parameters will be unchanged. Negative values generate a Value
+error, as does a zero value for the accel-denominator argument.
+
+Some devices are capable of displaying an integer. This is done
+using feedback class IntegerFeedbackClass using the
+IntegerFeedbackControl structure. The members of that structure
+are as follows:
+
+ INTEGERCTL:
+ [class: CARD8
+ length: CARD16
+ feedback id: CARD8
+ int_to_display: INT32]
+
+Some devices are capable of displaying a string. This is done
+using feedback class StringFeedbackClass using the
+StringFeedbackCtl structure. The members of that structure are
+as follows:
+
+ STRINGCTL:
+ [class: CARD8
+ length: CARD16
+ feedback id: CARD8
+ syms_to_display: LISTofKEYSYMS]
+
+Some devices contain a bell. This is done using feedback class
+BellFeedbackClass using the BellFeedbackControl structure. The
+members of that structure are as follows:
+
+ BELLCTL:
+ [class: CARD8
+ length: CARD16
+ feedback id: CARD8
+ percent: INT8
+ pitch: INT16
+ duration: INT16]
+
+Some devices contain leds. These can be turned on and off using
+the LedFeedbackControl structure. The members of that structure
+are as follows:
+
+ LEDCTL:
+ [class: CARD8
+ length: CARD16
+ feedback id: CARD8
+ led_mask: BITMASK
+ led_value: BITMASK]
+
+ Errors: Device, Match, Value
+
+2.20 Ringing a Bell on an Input Device
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+To ring a bell on an extension input device, use DeviceBell.
+
+ DeviceBell:
+ device: DEVICE
+ feedbackclass: CARD8
+ feedbackid: CARD8
+ percent: INT8
+
+ Errors: Device, Value
+
+This request is analogous to the core Bell request. It rings
+the specified bell on the specified input device feedback,
+using the specified volume. The specified volume is relative to
+the base volume for the feedback. If the value for the percent
+argument is not in the range -100 to 100 inclusive, a Value
+error results. The volume at which the bell rings when the
+percent argument is nonnegative is:
+
+ base - [(base * percent) / 100] + percent
+
+The volume at which the bell rings when the percent argument is
+negative is:
+
+ base + [(base * percent) / 100]
+
+To change the base volume of the bell, use
+ChangeFeedbackControl request.
+
+Controlling Device Encoding
+
+To get the keyboard mapping of an extension device that has
+keys, use GetDeviceKeyMapping.
+
+ GetDeviceKeyMapping
+ device: DEVICE
+ first-keycode: KEYCODE
+ count: CARD8
+ =>
+ keysyms-per-keycode: CARD8
+ keysyms: LISTofKEYSYM
+
+ Errors: Device, Match, Value
+
+This request returns the symbols for the specified number of
+keycodes for the specified extension device, starting with the
+specified keycode. The first-keycode must be greater than or
+equal to min-keycode as returned in the connection setup (else
+a Value error), and
+
+ first-keycode + count - 1
+
+must be less than or equal to max-keycode as returned in the
+connection setup (else a Value error). The number of elements
+in the keysyms list is
+
+ count * keysyms-per-keycode
+
+and KEYSYM number N (counting from zero) for keycode K has an
+index (counting from zero) of
+
+ (K - first-keycode) * keysyms-per-keycode + N
+
+in keysyms. The keysyms-per-keycode value is chosen arbitrarily
+by the server to be large enough to report all requested
+symbols. A special KEYSYM value of NoSymbol is used to fill in
+unused elements for individual keycodes.
+
+If the specified device has not first been opened by this
+client via OpenDevice, or if that device does not support input
+class Keys, this request will fail with a Device error.
+
+To change the keyboard mapping of an extension device that has
+keys, use ChangeDeviceKeyMapping.
+
+ ChangeDeviceKeyMapping
+ device: DEVICE
+ first-keycode: KEYCODE
+ keysyms-per-keycode: CARD8
+ keysyms: LISTofKEYSYM
+ num_codes: CARD8
+
+ Errors: Device, Match, Value, Alloc
+
+This request is analogous to the core ChangeKeyMapping request.
+It defines the symbols for the specified number of keycodes for
+the specified extension device. If the specified device has not
+first been opened by this client via OpenDevice, or if that
+device does not support input class Keys, this request will
+fail with a Device error.
+
+The number of elements in the keysyms list must be a multiple
+of keysyms_per_keycode. Otherwise, ChangeDeviceKeyMapping
+generates a Length error. The specified first_keycode must be
+greater than or equal to the min_keycode value returned by the
+ListInputDevices request, or this request will fail with a
+Value error. In addition, if the following expression is not
+less than the max_keycode value returned by the
+ListInputDevices request, the request will fail with a Value
+error:
+
+ first_keycode + (num_codes / keysyms_per_keycode) - 1
+
+To obtain the keycodes that are used as modifiers on an
+extension device that has keys, use GetDeviceModifierMapping.
+
+ GetDeviceModifierMapping
+ device: DEVICE
+ =>
+ keycodes-per-modifier: CARD8
+ keycodes: LISTofKEYCODE
+
+ Errors: Device, Match
+
+This request is analogous to the core GetModifierMapping
+request. This request returns the keycodes of the keys being
+used as modifiers. The number of keycodes in the list is
+8*keycodes-per-modifier. The keycodes are divided into eight
+sets, with each set containing keycodes-per-modifier elements.
+The sets are assigned in order to the modifiers Shift, Lock,
+Control, Mod1, Mod2, Mod3, Mod4, and Mod5. The
+keycodes-per-modifier value is chosen arbitrarily by the
+server; zeroes are used to fill in unused elements within each
+set. If only zero values are given in a set, the use of the
+corresponding modifier has been disabled. The order of keycodes
+within each set is chosen arbitrarily by the server.
+
+To set which keycodes that are to be used as modifiers for an
+extension device, use SetDeviceModifierMapping.
+
+ SetDeviceModifierMapping
+ device: DEVICE
+ keycodes-per-modifier: CARD8
+ keycodes: LISTofKEYCODE
+ =>
+ status: {Success, Busy, Failed}
+
+ Errors: Device, Match, Value, Alloc
+
+This request is analogous to the core SetModifierMapping
+request. This request specifies the keycodes (if any) of the
+keys to be used as modifiers. The number of keycodes in the
+list must be 8*keycodes-per-modifier (else a Length error). The
+keycodes are divided into eight sets, with the sets, with each
+set containing keycodes-per-modifier elements. The sets are
+assigned in order to the modifiers Shift, Lock, Control, Mod1,
+Mod2, Mod3, Mod4, and Mod5. Only non-zero keycode values are
+used within each set; zero values are ignored. All of the
+non-zero keycodes must be in the range specified by min-keycode
+and max-keycode in the ListInputDevices request (else a Value
+error). The order of keycodes within a set does not matter. If
+no non-zero values are specified in a set, the use of the
+corresponding modifier is disabled, and the modifier bit will
+always be zero. Otherwise, the modifier bit will be one
+whenever at least one of the keys in the corresponding set is
+in the down position.
+
+A server can impose restrictions on how modifiers can be
+changed (for example, if certain keys do not generate up
+transitions in hardware or if multiple keys per modifier are
+not supported). If some such restriction is violated, the status
+reply is MappingFailed, and none of the modifiers are changed.
+
+If the new keycodes specified for a modifier differ from those
+currently defined and any (current or new) keys for that
+modifier are in the logically down state, the status reply is
+MappingBusy, and none of the modifiers are changed.
+
+This request generates a DeviceMappingNotify event on a Success
+status. The DeviceMappingNotify event will be sent only to
+those clients that have expressed an interest in receiving that
+event via the XSelectExtensionEvent request.
+
+2.20 Controlling Button Mapping
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+These requests are analogous to the core GetPointerMapping and
+ChangePointerMapping requests. They allow a client to determine
+the current mapping of buttons on an extension device, and to
+change that mapping.
+
+To get the current button mapping for an extension device, use
+GetDeviceButtonMapping.
+
+ GetDeviceButtonMapping
+ device: DEVICE
+ nmap: CARD8
+ =>
+ map_return: LISTofCARD8
+
+ Errors: Device, Match
+
+The GetDeviceButtonMapping function returns the current mapping
+of the buttons on the specified device. Elements of the list
+are indexed starting from one. The length of the list indicates
+the number of physical buttons. The nominal mapping is the
+identity mapping map[i]=i.
+
+nmap indicates the number of elements in the map_return array.
+Only the first nmap entries will be copied by the library into
+the map_return array.
+
+To set the button mapping for an extension device, use
+SetDeviceButtonMapping.
+
+ SetDeviceButtonMapping
+ device: DEVICE
+ map: LISTofCARD8
+ nmap: CARD8
+ =>
+ status: CARD8
+
+ Errors: Device, Match, Value
+
+The SetDeviceButtonMapping function sets the mapping of the
+specified device and causes the X server to generate a
+DeviceMappingNotify event on a status of MappingSuccess.
+Elements of the list are indexed starting from one. The length
+of the list, specified in nmap, must be the same as
+GetDeviceButtonMapping would return. Otherwise,
+SetDeviceButtonMapping generates a Value error. A zero element
+disables a button, and elements are not restricted in value by
+the number of physical buttons. If any of the buttons to be
+altered are in the down state, the status reply is MappingBusy
+and the mapping is not changed.
+
+In servers supporting XI 1.x, no two elements can have the same
+nonzero value. Otherwise, this function generates a Value
+error.
+
+2.21 Obtaining The State Of A Device
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+To obtain vectors that describe the state of the keys, buttons
+and valuators of an extension device, use QueryDeviceState.
+
+ QueryDeviceState
+ device: DEVICE
+ =>
+ device-id: CARD8
+ data: LISTofINPUTCLASS
+
+where
+
+ INPUTCLASS: {VALUATOR, BUTTON, KEY}
+ CLASS VALUATOR:
+ [class: CARD8
+ num_valuators: CARD8
+ mode: CARD8
+ #x01 device mode (0 = Relative, 1 = Absolute)
+ #x02 proximity state (0 = InProximity, 1 = OutOfProximity)
+ valuators: LISTofINT32]
+ CLASS BUTTON:
+ [class: CARD8
+ num_buttons: CARD8
+ buttons: LISTofCARD8]
+ CLASS KEY:
+ [class: CARD8
+ num_keys: CARD8
+ keys: LISTofCARD8]
+
+ Errors: Device
+
+The QueryDeviceState request returns the current logical state
+of the buttons, keys, and valuators on the specified input
+device. The buttons and keys arrays, byte N (from 0) contains
+the bits for key or button 8N to 8N+7 with the least
+significant bit in the byte representing key or button 8N.
+
+If the device has valuators, a bit in the mode field indicates
+whether the device is reporting Absolute or Relative data. If
+it is reporting Absolute data, the valuators array will contain
+the current value of the valuators. If it is reporting Relative
+data, the valuators array will contain undefined data.
+
+If the device reports proximity information, a bit in the mode
+field indicates whether the device is InProximity or
+OutOfProximity.
+
+2.22 Listing Device Properties
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Introduced with XI 1.5
+
+ ListDeviceProperties
+ deviceid: CARD8
+ =>
+ nAtoms: CARD16
+ Atoms: LISTofATOM
+
+ Errors: Device
+
+Each device can store an arbitrary number of properties. These
+properties can be allocated by either the client or the driver.
+The client can change device properties and the server
+guarantees that the device driver is notified about a change of
+the device's properties.
+
+ListDeviceProperties returns all properties of a device. The
+client is expected to retrieve details about the properties it
+is interested in separately.
+
+2.23 Getting a Device Property
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Introduced with XI 1.5
+
+ GetDeviceProperty:
+ property: ATOM
+ type: ATOM
+ longOffset: CARD32
+ longLength: CARD32
+ deviceid: CARD8
+ delete: BOOL
+ =>
+ propertyType: ATOM
+ bytesAfter: CARD32
+ nItems: CARD32
+ format: CARD8
+ deviceid: CARD8
+ data: [LISTofCARD8]
+
+ Errors: Atom, Device, Value, Access
+
+Retrieve the value for a property. If the property does not
+exist, propertyType is None and all other fields are undefined.
+
+If type is not AnyPropertyType and does not match the
+property's actual type, the propertyType, bytesAfter, and
+format are returned but not the actual data.
+
+longOffset and longLength specify the offset and length
+respectively in 32-bit multiples of the data to retrieve.
+
+If delete is True, the property is deleted after querying its
+data. If the property cannot be deleted, a BadAccess error is
+returned.
+
+propertyType returns the atom identifier that defines the
+actual type of the property.
+
+If bytesAfter is non-zero, it specifies the number of data
+4-byte units after the retrieved chunk of data.
+
+format specifies whether the data should be viewed as a list of
+8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit quantities. Possible values are 8, 16,
+and 32. This information allows the X server to correctly
+perform byte-swap operations as necessary.
+
+nItem specifies the number of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit items
+returned after the request.
+
+2.24 Changing a Device Property
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Introduced with XI 1.5
+
+ ChangeDeviceProperty:
+ property: ATOM
+ type: ATOM
+ deviceid: CARD8
+ format: CARD8
+ mode: CARD8
+ nUnits: CARD32
+
+ Errors: Atom, Device, Value, Match, Access
+
+Changes the value of a specified property.
+
+The type specifies the atom identifier that defines the type of
+the property. If mode is not PropModeReplace, the type must
+match the current type of the property or a BadMatch error is
+returned.
+
+format specifies whether the data should be viewed as a list of
+8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit quantities. Possible values are 8, 16,
+and 32. This information allows the X server to correctly
+perform byte-swap operations as necessary.
+
+If mode is PropModeReplace, a preexising value for this
+property is replaced with the new value. If mode is
+PropModePrepend or PropModeAppend, the value is prepended or
+appended, respectively, to the current value of the property.
+
+nUnits specifies the number of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit items
+supplied after the reply.
+
+Changing a device property results in a
+DevicePropertyNotifyEvent being sent to all clients.
+
+2.25 Deleting a Device Property
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Introduced with XI 1.5
+
+ DeleteDeviceProperty:
+ property: ATOM
+ deviceid: CARD8
+
+ Errors: Atom, Device, Match, Access.
+
+Deletes the specified property. If the property cannot be
+deleted by the client, a BadAccess error is returned.
+
+3. Events
+---------
+
+The input extension creates input events analogous to the core
+input events. These extension input events are generated by
+manipulating one of the extension input devices.
+
+3.1 Button, Key, and Motion Events
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+ DeviceKeyPress
+ DeviceKeyRelease
+ DeviceButtonPress,
+ DeviceButtonRelease
+ DeviceMotionNotify
+ device: CARD8
+ root, event: WINDOW
+ child: Window or None
+ same-screen: BOOL
+ root-x, root-y, event-x, event-y: INT16
+ detail: <see below>
+ state: SETofKEYBUTMASK
+ time: TIMESTAMP
+
+These events are generated when a key, button, or valuator
+logically changes state. The generation of these logical
+changes may lag the physical changes, if device event
+processing is frozen. Note that DeviceKeyPress and
+DeviceKeyRelease are generated for all keys, even those mapped
+to modifier bits. The “source” of the event is the window the
+pointer is in. The window with respect to which the event is
+normally reported is found by looking up the hierarchy
+(starting with the source window) for the first window on which
+any client has selected interest in the event. The actual
+window used for reporting can be modified by active grabs and
+by the focus window.The window the event is reported with
+respect to is called the “event” window.
+
+The root is the root window of the “source” window, and root-x
+and root-y are the pointer coordinates relative to root's
+origin at the time of the event. Event is the “event” window.
+If the event window is on the same screen as root, then event-x
+and event-y are the pointer coordinates relative to the event
+window's origin. Otherwise, event-x and event-y are zero. If
+the source window is an inferior of the event window, then
+child is set to the child of the event window that is an
+ancestor of (or is) the source window. Otherwise, it is set to
+None.
+
+The state component gives the logical state of the buttons on
+the X pointer and modifier keys on the core X keyboard just
+before the event.
+
+The detail component type varies with the event type:
+Event Component
+DeviceKeyPress KEYCODE
+DeviceKeyRelease KEYCODE
+DeviceButtonPress BUTTON
+DeviceButtonRelease BUTTON
+DeviceMotionNotify { Normal , Hint }
+
+The granularity of motion events is not guaranteed, but a
+client selecting for motion events is guaranteed to get at
+least one event when a valuator changes. If DeviceMotionHint is
+selected, the server is free to send only one
+DeviceMotionNotify event (with detail Hint) to the client for
+the event window, until either a key or button changes state,
+the pointer leaves the event window, or the client issues a
+QueryDeviceState or GetDeviceMotionEvents request.
+
+3.2 DeviceValuator Event
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+ DeviceValuator
+ device: CARD8
+ device_state: SETofKEYBUTMASK
+ num_valuators: CARD8
+ first_valuator: CARD8
+ valuators: LISTofINT32
+
+DeviceValuator events are generated to contain valuator
+information for which there is insufficient space in DeviceKey,
+DeviceButton, DeviceMotion, and Proximity wire events. For
+events of these types, a second event of type DeviceValuator
+follows immediately. The library combines these events into a
+single event that a client can receive via XNextEvent.
+DeviceValuator events are not selected for by clients, they
+only exist to contain information that will not fit into some
+event selected by clients.
+
+The device_state component gives the state of the buttons and
+modifiers on the device generating the event.
+
+Extension motion devices may report motion data for a variable
+number of axes. The valuators array contains the values of all
+axes reported by the device. If more than 6 axes are reported,
+more than one DeviceValuator event will be sent by the server,
+and more than one DeviceKey, DeviceButton, DeviceMotion, or
+Proximity event will be reported by the library. Clients should
+examine the corresponding fields of the event reported by the
+library to determine the total number of axes reported, and the
+first axis reported in the current event. Axes are numbered
+beginning with zero.
+
+For Button, Key and Motion events on a device reporting
+absolute motion data the current value of the device's
+valuators is reported. For devices that report relative data,
+Button and Key events may be followed by a DeviceValuator event
+that contains 0s in the num_valuators field. In this case, only
+the device_state component will have meaning.
+
+3.3 Device Focus Events
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+ DeviceFocusIn
+ DeviceFocusOut
+ device: CARD8
+ time: TIMESTAMP
+ event: WINDOW
+ mode: { Normal, WhileGrabbed, Grab, Ungrab}
+ detail: { Ancestor, Virtual, Inferior, Nonlinear,
+ NonlinearVirtual, Pointer, PointerRoot, None}
+
+These events are generated when the input focus changes and are
+reported to clients selecting DeviceFocusChange for the
+specified device and window. Events generated by SetDeviceFocus
+when the device is not grabbed have mode Normal. Events
+generated by SetDeviceFocus when the device is grabbed have
+mode WhileGrabbed. Events generated when a device grab activates
+have mode Grab, and events generated when a device grab
+deactivates have mode Ungrab.
+
+All DeviceFocusOut events caused by a window unmap are
+generated after any UnmapNotify event, but the ordering of
+DeviceFocusOut with respect to generated EnterNotify,
+LeaveNotify, VisibilityNotify and Expose events is not
+constrained.
+
+DeviceFocusIn and DeviceFocusOut events are generated for focus
+changes of extension devices in the same manner as focus events
+for the core devices are generated.
+
+3.4 Device State Notify Event
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+ DeviceStateNotify
+ time: TIMESTAMP
+ device: CARD8
+ num_keys: CARD8
+ num_buttons: CARD8
+ num_valuators: CARD8
+ classes_reported: CARD8 {SetOfDeviceMode | SetOfInputClass}
+ SetOfDeviceMode:
+ #x80 ProximityState 0 = InProxmity, 1 = OutOfProximity
+ #x40 Device Mode (0 = Relative, 1 = Absolute)
+ SetOfInputClass: #x04 reporting valuators
+ #x02 reporting buttons
+ #x01 reporting keys
+ buttons: LISTofCARD8
+ keys: LISTofCARD8
+ valuators: LISTofCARD32
+
+This event reports the state of the device just as in the
+QueryDeviceState request. This event is reported to clients
+selecting DeviceStateNotify for the device and window and is
+generated immediately after every EnterNotify and
+DeviceFocusIn. If the device has no more than 32 buttons, no
+more than 32 keys, and no more than 3 valuators, This event can
+report the state of the device. If the device has more than 32
+buttons, the event will be immediately followed by a
+DeviceButtonStateNotify event. If the device has more than 32
+keys, the event will be followed by a DeviceKeyStateNotify
+event. If the device has more than 3 valuators, the event will
+be followed by one or more DeviceValuator events.
+
+3.5 Device KeyState and ButtonState Notify Events
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+ DeviceKeyStateNotify
+ device: CARD8
+ keys: LISTofCARD8
+ DeviceButtonStateNotify
+ device: CARD8
+ buttons: LISTofCARD8
+
+These events contain information about the state of keys and
+buttons on a device that will not fit into the
+DeviceStateNotify wire event. These events are not selected by
+clients, rather they may immediately follow a DeviceStateNotify
+wire event and be combined with it into a single
+DeviceStateNotify client event that a client may receive via
+XNextEvent.
+
+3.6 DeviceMappingNotify Event
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+ DeviceMappingNotify
+ time: TIMESTAMP
+ device: CARD8
+ request: CARD8
+ first_keycode: CARD8
+ count: CARD8
+
+This event reports a change in the mapping of keys, modifiers,
+or buttons on an extension device. This event is reported to
+clients selecting DeviceMappingNotify for the device and window
+and is generated after every client SetDeviceButtonMapping,
+ChangeDeviceKeyMapping, or ChangeDeviceModifierMapping request.
+
+3.7 ChangeDeviceNotify Event
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+ ChangeDeviceNotify
+ device: CARD8
+ time: TIMESTAMP
+ request: CARD8
+
+This event reports a change in the physical device being used
+as the core X keyboard or X pointer device. ChangeDeviceNotify
+events are reported to clients selecting ChangeDeviceNotify for
+the device and window and is generated after every client
+ChangeKeyboardDevice or ChangePointerDevice request.
+
+3.7 Proximity Events
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+ ProximityIn
+ ProximityOut
+ device: CARD8
+ root, event: WINDOW
+ child: Window or None
+ same-screen: BOOL
+ root-x, root-y, event-x, event-y: INT16
+ state: SETofKEYBUTMASK
+ time: TIMESTAMP
+ device-state: SETofKEYBUTMASK
+ axis-count: CARD8
+ first-axis: CARD8
+ axis-data: LISTofINT32
+
+These events are generated by some devices (such as graphics
+tablets or touchscreens) to indicate that a stylus has moved
+into or out of contact with a positional sensing surface.
+
+The “source” of the event is the window the pointer is in. The
+window with respect to which the event is normally reported is
+found by looking up the hierarchy (starting with the source
+window) for the first window on which any client has selected
+interest in the event. The actual window used for reporting can
+be modified by active grabs and by the focus window.The window
+the event is reported with respect to is called the “event”
+window.
+
+The root is the root window of the “source” window, and root-x
+and root-y are the pointer coordinates relative to root's
+origin at the time of the event. Event is the “event” window.
+If the event window is on the same screen as root, then event-x
+and event-y are the pointer coordinates relative to the event
+window's origin. Otherwise, event-x and event-y are zero. If
+the source window is an inferior of the event window, then
+child is set to the child of the event window that is an
+ancestor of (or is) the source window. Otherwise, it is set to
+None. The state component gives the logical state of the
+buttons on the core X pointer and modifier keys on the core X
+keyboard just before the event. The device-state component
+gives the state of the buttons and modifiers on the device
+generating the event.
+
+3.8 DevicePresenceEvents
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Introduced with XI 1.4.
+
+ DevicePresence
+ time: TIMESTAMP
+ devchange: BYTE
+ #x00: DeviceAdded
+ #x01: DeviceRemoved
+ #x02: DeviceEnabled
+ #x03: DeviceDisabled
+ #x04: DeviceUnrecoverable
+ #x05: DeviceControlChanged
+ deviceid: BYTE
+ control: CARD16
+
+DevicePresence events are sent when the server adds or removes,
+or enables or disables an input device. The client is expected
+to query the server for the list of input devices using the
+ListInputDevices request to obtain the updated list of input
+devices. DevicePresence events are also sent when a control on
+the device has been changed.
+
+The devchange field specifies the type of operation. In case of
+DeviceAdded, a new device has been added to the server, but
+this device does not yet send events. If devchange is set to
+DeviceEnabled, the device is enabled and will generate events.
+If the field is DeviceDisabled or DeviceRemoved, the given
+device is disabled and stops sending events or was removed from
+the server, respectively. If the field is DeviceUnrecoverable,
+an IO-error has occured on the device and the device is
+forcibly disabled and removed by the server. If devchange is
+DeviceControlChanged, control specifies the type of control
+that has been changed.
+
+3.9 DevicePropertyNotifyEvent
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Introduced with XI 1.5.
+
+ DevicePropertyNotifyEvent
+ deviceid: CARD8
+ state: CARD8
+ time: TIMESTAMP
+ atom: ATOM
+
+A DevicePropertyNotifyEvent is sent to all clients when a
+property on the device is created, deleted, or changes value.
+
+The deviceid specifies the device which's property has been
+modified.
+
+The atom specifies the named identifier of the property that
+has been altered.
+
+If state is PropertyNewValue, the given property has a new
+value or has been newly created. If state is PropertyDeleted,
+the given property has been deleted.
projects / platform / upstream / inputproto.git / commitdiff